Systems Product Catalogue Security Technology 2009 /2010
Honeywell Security
Systems Product Catalogue
Security Technology 2009 / 2010
2
Customer Service Centre
Our office hours are as follows:
Monday to Thursday from 7.30 am to 5.00 pm and Friday from 7.30 am to 3.00 pm, German time.
Albstadt
Manager
Achim Simmendinger
+49 (0) 74 31/ 801-14 37
Teamleader
Peter Koch
+49 (0) 74 31/ 801-18 02
Office Manager
Ute Erdmann
+49 (0) 74 31/ 801-18 05
Fax
+49 (0) 74 31/ 801-12 19
e-mail
awt.security.de@honeywell.com
Regarding intrusion detection systems
Collective call
+49 (0) 74 31/ 801-18 20
Regarding access control
Collective call
+49 (0) 74 31/ 801-18 30
Regarding time recording
Collective call
+49 (0) 74 31/ 801-18 40
Regarding WINMAG
Collective call
+49 (0) 74 31/ 801-18 50
Regarding escape route technology
Collective call
+49 (0) 74 31/ 801-18 60
Processing of Repairs and Replacement Components
Our office hours are as follows:
Monday to Thursday from 7.30 am to 4.30 pm and Friday from 7.30 am to 2.30 pm, German time.
Manager
Otto Trenker
+49 (0) 74 31/ 801-14 24
Frank Jenter
+49 (0) 74 31/ 801-18 77
Fax
+49 (0) 74 31/ 801-14 66
3
IP type of protection
The type of protection indicates the suitability of electric operating materials (for example devices, lights and installation material) for various
ambient conditions and, in addition, the protection of persons from a potential risk when using them.
Basics
In many applications, electric and electronic devices must work reliably over many years under difficult ambient conditions.
Apart from the admissible temperature range, exposure to chemical stress, which is understood as meaning their resistance to aggressive
media in industry such as vapours, acids, bases, oil or fuels, limit their use. Moreover, the penetration of moisture and foreign matter, such
as dust, must be prevented to ensure their reliable function.
As for their suitability for various ambient conditions, the systems are divided into suitable types of protection, the so-called IP codes.
According to DIN, the abbreviation IP stands for International Protection, but is used as Ingress Protection in the English-speaking world.
They are defined in DIN EN 60529 under the title Types of Protection and attached to the housing (IP code).
Nomenclature
A two-digit number is attached to the letters IP that always form part of the designation of the type of protection. It indicates the scope of
protection a housing offers with respect to touch or foreign bodies (first digit) and moisture (second digit).
The type of protection classified by means of the IP must be distinguished from the class of protection. Both, however, refer to the
protection from touching dangerous electric voltages, the IP additionally classifying the protection of the devices from soiling and moisture.
Levels of protection for protection from touch and foreign bodies (1st digit)
Digit Protection from touch
Protection from foreign bodies
0
No protection
No protection
1
Protection from large-sized body parts diameter 50 mm
Large foreign bodies (diameter from 50 mm)
2
Finger protection (diameter 12 mm)
Medium-size foreign bodies (diameter from 12.5 mm)
3
Tools and wires (diameter from 2.5 mm)
Small foreign matter (diameter from 2.5 mm)
4
Tools and wires (diameter from 1 mm)
Grain-shaped foreign matter (diameter from 1 mm)
5 (K) Wire protection (as IP 4) dust-protected
Dust accumulation
6 (K) Wire protection (as IP 4) dust-proof
No ingress of dust
Levels of protection of the protection from water (2nd digit)
Digit Protection from water
0
No protection
1
Protection from vertically dripping water
2
Protection from diagonally (15°) falling drip water
3
Protection from falling spray water up to 60°, relative to the vertical
4
Schutz gegen allseitiges Spritzwasser
4k
Protection from spray water on all sides
5
Protection from hose water (nozzle) from any angle
6
Protection from strong hose water (flooding)
6k
Protection from strong hose water under elevated pressure (flooding), only applicable to street vehicles
7
Protection from temporary submersion
8
Protection from permanent submersion
If one of the two digits does not have to be specified, that digit will be replaced with the letter X (for example "IPX1"). If required, letters can
be attached to the combination of number for more detailed description of the type of protection. Thus, the letter K is used to identify the
equipment of street vehicles for certain codes.
More information on the IP types of protection can be found in DIN EN 60529 and in the IEC Publication 529. Until October 1992, the types
of protection were defined in DIN 40050.
Typical types of protection
In industrial plants, the equipment is typically rated IP 54, in switch cabinets it is IP 20. Depending on the installation site, IP 65 is a useful
rating in the automotive field. In installation sites in vehicles that are openly accessible, in particular in construction machines, IP67 and
IP6K9K are used in disaster prevention and military technology.
Often (e.g. in operating elements in public transportation or in lifts) it is also necessary to make provisions against vandalism, in which case
IP5X is a useful rating, even if the operating circuits are working with low voltage and there is no increased risk of soiling. Complete
protection from touch is provided from IP 5X since accidental ingress is prevented starting with this level of protection.
4
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Informations
=
VdS approval
=
Information, important notes such as
=
Packaging unit
=
Scope of delivery of the article, list of
=
Delivery period of the article if it differs from
(VdS-Schadenverhütung GmbH)
delivered components not shown
special versions, dependencies, etc
the standard delivery period (1 to 7 days)
Information regarding the packaging units:
For all unlabelled articles, the packaging unit is 1.
If the packaging unit is greater than 1, the following applies:
1. The article shall only be sold in packaging units.
2. The quantity to be ordered always refers to the number of packaging units and not to the number of individual articles.
3. The price listed in the catalog is always the price of the packaging unit and not the price of the individual article.
Environmental class according to VdS
The VdS Guidelines for hazard detection systems VdS 2110 titled "Protection against environmental influences" describe the
requirements on the performance of hazard detection systems with environmental influences and the respective test
methods. The tests for determining the environmental classes comprise not only tightness to the penetration of foreign
bodies, dust and water, but include a wide range of further tests:
- Climatic environment
- Additional climatic requirements
- Biological environment
- Chemically active substances
- Mechanically active substances
- Mechanical environment
On the basis of these practice-oriented test for the division into environmental classes, this list of products also lists
the VdS environmental class for all devices suitable for outdoor use.
The VdS Guidelines define four environmental classes:
Test
Dry heat (T1)
according to IEC 60 068-2-2
Audit
x
Dry heat (T2)
according to IEC 60 068-2-2
x
Constant humid heat (T4)
according to IEC 60 068-2-56
x
Constant humid heat (T5)
according to IEC 60 068-2-3
Cyclic humid heat (T7)
according to IEC 60 068-2-30
1)
Degree of severity of the environmental class, short description of the influence
I
II
III
IV
+40° C,
16 h
+55 °C, 16 h
x
Cold (T3) according to
IEC 60 068-2-1
Cyclic humid heat (T6)
according to IEC 60 068-2-30
Endurance
test
No test
+5 °C, 16 h
-10 °C,
16 h
+40 °C, 4 d
93% rel. h.
x
x
+70 °C,
21 d1)
-25 °C, 16 h
No test
+40 °C, 21 d, 93% rel. LF
No
test
x
+70 °C,
16 h1)
+40 °C,
2 cycles
No test
+55 °C,
2 cycles
+55 °C,
6 cycles
The objective of the test at 70 °C is to cover the heating effect of solar radiation.
When selecting products for outdoor use, the relevant ambient conditions can be seen from the description of the environmental class. The test conditions are described in detail in the Guidelines "VdS 2110 - Protection against environmental
influences".
5
Abbreviations
The desired compactness of this list has made it necessary to work with abbreviations for some article designations.
For your orientation, the most frequent abbreviations (legend) are listed below.
AC
=
Alternating current
AM
=
Anti-Masking
BMT, FDT
=
Fire detection technology
BS
=
Block lock
BUS-1
=
Bus system 1
BUS-2
=
Bus system 2
BWK, APB
=
Anti Passback
DB
=
Database
DC
=
Direct current
DTMF
=
Dual Tone Multiple Frequency
el.
=
electronic
EMC
=
Intrusion detector computer
FAI
=
First alarm indication
EMT IDT
=
Intrusion detection technology
EMZ, IDCP
=
Intrusion detector control
panel
HE
=
Unit/s of height;
1 HE
=
44.45 mm
HF
=
High frequency
HTML
=
Hyper Text Mark up Language
IP
=
Internal Protection
or Internet Protocol
ISDN
=
=
LAN
=
Local Area Network
LCD
=
Liquid Cristal Display
MF
=
Multi-functional
PIN
=
Personal Identification Num-
PL
=
Product Line
RAID
=
Redundant Array of
ber
Independent Disks
www.honeywell.com/security/de
German Institute for Quality
Assurance and Marking
RWT
=
Rescue route technology
SQL
=
Standard Query Language
TE=HP
=
Horizontal Pitch
uni
=
universal
VdS
=
German Insurance Association
ZG0
=
Housing size
W 230 x H 155 x D 190 mm
ZG1
=
Housing size
W 300 x H 186 x D 125 mm
ZG2
=
Housing size
W 350 x H 300 x D 152 mm
ZG3.1
=
Housing size
W 500 x H 300 x D 210 mm
ZG3.2
=
Housing size
W 500 x H 300 x D 260 mm
ZG4
=
Housing size
W 580 x H 640 x D 300 mm
ZG5
=
Housing size
W 600 x H 630 x D 300 mm
ZG6
=
Integrated Services Digital
Network
6
RAL
Housing size
W 600 x H 1035 x D 300 mm
ZG7.1
=
Housing size
W 488 x H 272 x D 155 mm
ZG7.2
=
Housing size
W 488 x H 272 x D 230 mm
ZG8.1
=
Housing size
W 488 x H 405 x D 155 mm
ZK, AC
=
Access control
XML
=
Extended Markup Language
Table of Contents
Management-Systeme
11
Compact control panels / Control panels 561-MB
22
Power Supplies
33
Remote data transmission
3 44
Radio product line
55
Display and operating units
66
Connection modules
77
Switching devices
88
Readers / Keypads / ID Carriers
99
Motion detectors
10
10
Alarm contacts
11
11
Alarm devices
12
12
Installation material
13
13
Stand-Alone Solutions
14
14
Linkable Access Controllers
15
15
Software for Access Control Systems
16
16
Network components and Maintenance
17
17
DLC digital locking cylinders
18
18
DLF electronic fittings
19
19
Electrical locking devices / Door strikes / Motor locks / Key switsches
20
20
Escape route technology / Basis / TMS / Tableau / Networking
21
21
Order forms / Customer service / List of article numbers
22
22
23
23
7
Notizen
8
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Management-Systeme
14
14
WINMAG plus
WINMAG Lite
15
15
Network technology
- IGIS-LOOP
16
16
17
17
Parameterisation software
- IQ SystemControl
- WINFEM
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
9
Management Systems
WINMAG plus
Software Management System for Hazard Alarm Systems
Windows Management System for Hazard Alarm Systems
WINMAG plus is a PC-based management system developed especially for the requirements
of hazard detection technology.
WINMAG plus manages and visualises the fields of intrusion detection technology, fire
detection technology, access control technology, video technology, rescue route technology/escape door control under a uniform user interface. The database and user interface
are structured according to common standards. Messages are displayed graphically and in
text form.
The WINMAG plus options in terms of application technology are wide-ranging. They range
from clearly organized messages to the the active control of all signaling components.
Based on our IGIS-Loop and essernet® security networks, WINMAG plus is a professional
and convenient visual information and management solution.
Performance Features
• Compatible with Windows Vista, XP Professional
(SP2) and Windows 2003 Server
• Modular design and free programmability
• Direct control of the users in the network
• Sequence of measures for service personnel
• Individual assignment of user rights - priority
control
• Simulation functions integrated
• Extensive logging of events and operations
• Visualisation of messages
• Up to 12 active graphics can be displayed
simultaneously
• Integration of video sequences possible
• Output of information via Window print manager
to several printers, etc.
• 10 graphics printers possible per workstation
• Time programmes/calendar function
• Standard feature via integrated database
• Other programmes can be activated while in
WINMAG plus
• Powerful programming language SIAS for
customer-specific adaptation of the interface
and sequences in case of alarm
• Remote control via modem possible as an option
Current language versions of WINMAG plus:
- chinese
- czech
- german
- english
The program:
Through its modular design, WINMAG plus provides software suitable for every system size
and every field of application. The product range goes from the WINMAG plus standard pakkage for single-station systems to the upgrade software from GEMAG to WINMAG plus.
Licensing enables the purchased program options and authorises the use of the program.
The licence comes with a copy-protection plug (dongle), which is plugged into a parallel
interface or a USB port of the WINMAG plus computer. In a multi-station system, each computer containing transponders requires a copy-protection plug. Workstations which do not
have a connection of their own do not require a copy-protection plug.
The licence is for one release version from version 1. When changing from an old WINMAG
main version, the licence must be updated to the current version.
When the copy-protection plug is removed with the programme running, WINMAG plus will
run at most for another 72 hours in the online mode.
Service for setup engineers:
From entering detection points to preparing graphics, we offer a large number of services
in connection with WINMAG. We introduce WINMAG plus to the system operator, draw up
the specification together with him, prepare SIAS programs and complete applications, train
the operating personnel and oversee the installation up to the handover/acceptance.
Interfaces/Drivers:
In addition to the drivers for our security systems listed in the catalogue, we can offer you
a large number of additional drivers for a wide range of technical systems and manufacturers. Since the number of available drivers is constantly increasing, an updated list of drivers can be downloaded upon request. Should the required driver not be available, it can be
developed by us. An alternative possibility is to connect the technical systems via the standardised OPC interface. This interface is an international standard that is supported by many
manufacturers from a wide range of areas. For the development of your drivers, we offer the
Connection Server and a development package. It allows you to write your own drivers for
WINMAG plus.
- spanish
- french
- hungarian
- italian
- dutch
- romanian
- russian
- croatian
- slovak
Respective program version on request.
10
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Hardware and software requirements:
Pentium 3 GHz or higher, min. 512 MB RAM, min. 1 GB available hard disk storage,
XGA graphic card of min. 4 MB video memory, monitor of min. 1024x768 pixels,
sound card with external loudspeakers, compatible with Windows Vista, XP Professional (SP2)
and Windows 2003 Server, Internet Explorer from version 6.0. For the external logging the
Windows component “Internet Information Service” (IIS) is additionally required.
To order WINMAG plus and/or additional licences, please use the WINMAG plus order form.
Management Systems
013610
WINMAG plus
¬"E+#−
404,00 €
11
CD containing the WINMAG plus control centre software for hazard detection systems,
excluding licence,
compatible with Windows Vista, XP Professional (SP2) and Windows 2003 Server.
The standard software plus the appropriate licences allows you to manage and operate
hazard detection systems via a PC.
Hazard messages are displayed in text form and graphically. This makes it possible to use
the PC also as an electronic emergency plan.
22
CD control centre software WINMAG plus standard package
33
44
The WINMAG plus standard package will work without licence for demonstration purposes for
20 eight-hour days as full version with panel connection and will then switch back to the offline
mode.
After expiry of the test period, the connection to connected components will be disabled.
A start in the offline mode will not reduce the number of online test runs.
The demo mode is a viable editing interface. All components will work with the exception of
importing messages. Via simulation, every sequence can be tested even in the demo mode
and all editing functions can be used.
55
66
77
Standard licences
013630
88
¬"E?_−
WINMAG plus control centre software standard licence
5.805,00 €
99
WINMAG plus control centre software standard licence including copy-protection plug for
the parallel port.
10
10
This standard licence is for enabling the standard package/demo version as unlimited visualisation software on server workstations and on clients in the network. To connect control
panels to server workstations, further licences are required (see 013601, 013603 - 013606,
013608, 013611 - 013613, 013623 - 013626).
11
11
12
12
Copy-protection plug for the parallel port
13
13
013631
¬"E@b−
WINMAG plus control centre software standard licence
5.805,00 €
14
14
WINMAG plus control centre software standard licence including copy-protection plug for
USB port.
15
15
This standard licence is for enabling the standard package/demo version as unlimited visualisation software on server workstations and on clients in the network. To connect control
panels to server workstations, further licences are required (see 013601, 013603 - 013606,
013608, 013611 - 013613, 013623 - 013626).
16
16
Copy-protection plug for USB port
17
17
18
18
Upgrade packages
013616
¬"E15−
Upgrade of a WINMAG installation from version 6
Upgrade of a WINMAG installation to the latest WINMAG plus control centre software.
An existing WINMAG installation from version 6 can be upgraded to the latest WINMAG plus
control centre software. Entering the licence or update number is mandatory. For each PC it
is connected to, a separate upgrade must be ordered.
Please specify the licence number of the standard licence when ordering.
19
19
1.553,50 €
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
11
Management Systems
013617
WINMAG plus
¬"E28−
1.553,50 €
Upgrade of a WINMAG installation up to version 5
Upgrade of a WINMAG installation to the latest WINMAG plus control centre software.
An existing WINMAG installation lower than version 6 can be upgraded to the latest
WINMAG plus control centre software. For each PC it is connected to, a separate upgrade
must be ordered.
This upgrade includes a copy-protection plug (dongle) plus the licences for fire detection and
intrusion detection technologies and four clients. For extensive systems, an individual offer
must be requested.
013636
¬"EEq−
WINMAG Lite upgrade to WINMAG plus full version
3.781,50 €
Once the system limits of WINMAG Lite have been reached, an upgrade to the full version
is possible without problems, since both systems access a common database.
WINMAG plus options are not part of the upgrade and must be ordered separately.
Extension licences
013609
¬"E*©−
WINMAG plus control centre software later extension
0,00 €
This ordering number is an auxiliary number for a later option extension (e.g. additional
client or later enable of video technology) for an existing WINMAG installation from V6.0.
The appropriate licences must be ordered additionally.
Information regarding the licences in question:
Only one licence each is required for connecting any desired number of detection control panels
to a PC. These licences can be ordered separately (at a later stage) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
013601
¬"E"o−
Intrusion detection technology licence
629,00 €
Option for the WINMAG plus standard software. It is required when intrusion detection
technology units are to be connected to WINMAG plus.
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with
the auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
The licence is for connecting the Honeywell intrusion detection systems MB/HB, 5008.
013626
¬"E;S−
Fire detection technology licence
629,00 €
Option for the WINMAG plus standard software. It is required when fire detection
technology units are to be connected to WINMAG plus.
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with
the auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
The licence is for connecting the Honeywell fire detection systems 1024, 1016, 8000 and
IQ8Control.
12
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Management Systems
013603
WINMAG plus
¬"E$u−
629,00 €
11
Option for the WINMAG plus standard software. It is required when access control
technology units (e.g. ACS-2 and ACS-8) are to be connected to WINMAG plus.
This requires the MultiAccess for Windows or IQ MultiAccess software.
22
Access control licence
33
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with
the auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
The licence is for connecting the Honeywell access control systems ACS and (IQ) MultiAccess.
44
55
013604
¬"E%x−
Video technology licence
2.095,50 €
66
Option for the WINMAG plus standard software. It is required when video technology units
are to be operated on WINMAG plus. The crossbars are capable of executing commands
such as pivoting, zoom, tilting, monitor selection, etc., depending on the model.
The following video crossbars have previously been supported: Dallmeier; Bosch IP cams,
Ernitec M 500 and M 1000; Honeywell MaxPRO 32; Philips LTC 8x00; Geutebrück Vicrosoft; Geutebrück Multiscope; Honeywell Fusion; VisiOprime; Video X; Pelco; further brands
upon request.
77
88
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
99
10
10
013605
¬"E&{−
Escape route technology/escape door control licence
629,00 €
11
11
Option for the WINMAG plus standard software. It is required when WINMAG plus is to be
used to operate escape route technology/escape door control units (e.g. Dorma) are to
be operated. The status of escape doors is shown graphically.
12
12
13
13
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with
the auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
The licence is for connecting the Honeywell escape route technology/escape door control.
14
14
013623
¬"E8J−
DEZ 9000 interface licence
15
15
629,00 €
16
16
Option for connecting the remote operating control panel DEZ 9000 to the WINMAG plus
system.
The connection also allows applications to be connected to the WINMAG plus system that
work with the VdS-2465 transmission protocol.
17
17
18
18
013608
¬"E)¦−
WINMAG plus including RDT licence
19
19
1.237,00 €
Option for the WINMAG plus standard licence. Allows WINMAG plus to be operated via
modem lines using DS 7600 / 7700 / 9500 / 9600 and DS 6600 on Honeywell EMT and BMT.
20
20
21
21
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
22
22
23
23
13
Management Systems
WINMAG plus
Connection Server
013606
¬"E'~−
Connection Server licence
2.095,50 €
Option for the WINMAG plus standard software. The ConnectionServer is a software module
that allows an external system to be connected to WINMAG plus. The ConnectionServer
offers a comfortable interface that allows data and controls to be exchanged bidirectionally
in the detection point format with WINMAG plus.
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
013607
¬"E(£−
Connection Server developer kit
2.504,00 €
This Developer Kit allows you to program WINMAG plus connections to third providers
yourself. This package contains the ConnectionServer Developer Kit including the complete
documentation plus one day of support at the factory in Albstadt.
OPC and BACnet
013590
¬"D{C−
Universal Gateway for PC
3.066,00 €
Software gateway excluding graphic interface as stand-alone solution for providing data
points to master control centre systems via OPC, ESPA, BACnet.
The article 013590 can only be ordered in connection with the data point package article
013618 (500 data points). For any system connection, the corresponding licence
(013601/03/04/05/23/26) must also be ordered. For a BACnet connection, the article 013627
must be ordered in addition.
013618
¬"E3;−
Data point package
2.044,00 €
Package of 500 data points for project-related provision of OPC tags, BACnet objects, ESPA
data points, etc.
The data point package option can only be ordered in connection with the OPC Server licence
013590 for PC or the OPC Server licence 013611 or the BACnet Server licence 013627.
013611
¬"E,&−
OPC Server licence
5.478,00 €
Option for the WINMAG plus standard software. It is required if WINMAG plus is to function
as OPC server.
The OPC server licence can only be ordered in connection with the data point package option
(013618).
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
14
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Management Systems
013612
WINMAG plus
¬"E-)−
4.292,50 €
11
Option for the WINMAG plus standard licence. It is required when WINMAG plus is to
represent data from units equipped with OPC interfaces.
22
OPC Client licence
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
013627
¬"E<V−
BACnet Server licence
33
44
9.096,00 €
55
Option for the WINMAG plus standard licence. It is required when WINMAG plus data are to
be transmitted via BACnet. For commissioning, support by Honeywell is required.
66
The OPC server licence can only be ordered in connection with the data point package option
(013618).
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
For commissioning, support by Honeywell is required.
BACnet Server licence
To connect the Honeywell Security products to building automation systems by means of the
standardised BACnet protocol (ISO 16484-5), please contact our ISS team.
77
88
99
Options
013613
¬"E.,−
Notification licence
10
10
1.610,00 €
11
11
Option for the WINMAG plus standard licence. It is required when SMS, fax or e-mail is to
be sent from WINMAG plus.
12
12
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with
the auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
The notification function requires an ISDN connection (S0) and an ISDN card.
013650
¬"ES4−
Escalation licence
13
13
1.610,00 €
14
14
Option for the WINMAG plus standard licence. It is required when SMS sent from WINMAG
plus are to be acknowledged. If they remain unacknowledged, a pre-programmed escalation
plan will start.
15
15
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
The escalation licence requires the notification licence 013613. The function requires a sound
card in the PC.
013651
¬"ET7−
DTMF control option licence
16
16
17
17
629,00 €
18
18
Option for the WINMAG plus standard licence. It allows control sequences to be carried out
by DTMF. In this case, it is, for example, possible to control outputs of the system connected
to WINMAG plus by mobile phone.
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
013652
¬"EU:−
19
19
20
20
2.070,00 €
21
21
Option for the WINMAG plus standard licence that allows you to assign individual interfaces
and rights to several users.
22
22
Client processing ability licence
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
23
23
15
Management Systems
013653
WINMAG plus
¬"EV=−
Multi-Monitor licence
1.533,00 €
Option for the WINMAG plus standard licence. This allows WINMAG plus to be displayed on
up to 4 monitors showing different WINMAG plus displays from 8 possible monitors per PC.
This licence is PC-based. For unconnected PCs a standard licence is required.
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
013660
¬"E]R−
WEBX licence
3.674,50 €
Option for the WINMAG plus standard licence. Allows a display of all system statuses via
the Internet or Intranet using standard browsers (max. 5 browsers).
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
013655
¬"EXC−
Auto-CAD® connection licence
3.066,00 €
Option for the WINMAG plus standard licence. It is required when WINMAG plus data are to
be imported directly by AutoCAD® and detection points are to be set in AutoCAD®.
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
013624
¬"E9M−
Redundancy licence
4.906,00 €
Option for the redundant connection of the essernet and IGIS-Loop security networks to a
WINMAG plus server. The redundant network connection works in the master/backup mode
and protects the WINMAG plus premises from data loss when the network connection is
interrupted due to cable defects or when a COM port failure occurs.
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
013625
¬"E:P−
WINMAG plus Client licence
3.618,00 €
Option for the WINMAG plus standard licence. Allows a client to be operated in a computer
network at a server workstation. The licence must be installed at the server workstation.
For each client, only the WINMAG plus software is required. For each client, one WINMAG
plus Client licence is required.
This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the
auxiliary number 013609. The update number of the standard licence must be given.
16
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Management Systems
WINMAG plus
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
17
Management Systems
18
www.honeywell.com/security/de
WINMAG plus
Management Systems
WINMAG plus
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
19
Management Systems
013635
WINMAG Lite
¬"EDn−
WINMAG Lite including USB copy-protection plug
2.034,00 €
WINMAG Lite is the low-cost entry into the management of hazard detection systems. It is
easy to use, and its predefined, practice-related control unit and detection point types
facilitate the startup and operation of WINMAG Lite.
WINMAG Lite is highly suitable for small systems for which in the near future no large
extensions or no link-up of further hazard detection control panels are planned. Thus, the
Lite version offers a wide range of applications even to WINMAG plus professionals.
Performance Features
• Low-cost management software for hazard
detection systems
• Visualisation and control of video management
systems VisiOprime or Fusion and additionally:
• Visualisation and control of only one hazard
detection central unit (FDCP, IDS, rescue route
technology, AC)
• a maximum of three users possible
• Management of up to 500 detection points per
premises
• Processing of up to 100 messages per second
• Processing of up to 100 macro sequences
• Connection of log and alarm printers
• Information output via monitor and/or printer
(Windows standard printer)
• Adjustable program background
The combination of a hazard detection system with the Honeywell Fusion and VisiOprime
video management systems allows especially small premises to be secured in a professional manner. WINMAG Lite provides the user with almost all WINMAG plus standard functions. In contrast to the full version, only one hazard detection control panel can be
connected. Support for WINMAG Lite must be purchased.
The user makes use of predefined programs, which can be adapted to the situation at hand
on-site by means of a text editor.
The alarm stack known from previous WINMAG versions is replaced by the message display
in the head bar in the form of icons. This new performance feature improves clarity for the
user and thus allows faster reaction times in case of alarm.
Hardware and software requirements:
Pentium 1000 MHz or higher, min. 256 MB RAM (128 MB recommended), min. 200 MB free
hard disk memory, XGA graphic card of min. 4 MB video memory, monitor of min. 1024x768
pixels, sound card with external loudspeakers, Windows 2000 or Windows XP (Professional),
Internet Explorer from version 6.0.
• Flexible, window-oriented graphics
• Displaying and finding detectors in graphics
CD control centre software WINMAG Lite
• Displaying the current situation
• Predefined alarm message
• Simulation function
• Extensive logging of events and operation
• Connection via RS-232, modem, ISDN, TCP/IP
Application example
013636
¬"EEq−
WINMAG Lite upgrade to WINMAG plus full version
3.781,50 €
Once the system limits of WINMAG Lite have been reached, an upgrade to the full version
is possible without problems, since both systems access a common database.
WINMAG plus options are not part of the upgrade and must be ordered separately.
20
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Management Systems
WINMAG Lite
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
21
Management Systems
Differences between WINMAG Lite and WINMAG plus
22
www.honeywell.com/security/de
WINMAG Lite
Management Systems
012590
WINMAG Lite
¬":{/−
Performance Features
• Touch Panel Computer with 12,1" TFT monitor
• LCD display SVGATFT 12,1“
• Resolution 800 x 600 pixel
• Compact housing with aluminium front cover
• Front cover protected as for IP 65
• Silent operation without fan
• Modern, user-friendly interface
• Operation through non-glare touchscreen
• WINMAG options Intrusion and Fire included
• Operation and connection of up to four panels
over TCP/IP or serial
• Display of system informations of connected fire
and intrusion panels
• User access rights to be individually set
• Connection of PC peripherals over PC interfaces
and PC networking possible
4.000,00 €
11
The PanelPC is a PC based display and operation terminal for WINMAGplus. It consists of
a fully-featured PC with Touchscreen with an easy and comfortable user interface.
The installed WINMAG touch is able to process and display data from different networks,
e.g. the Honeywell-IGIS-network, the Honeywell-IGIS-LOOP-network, the Essernet and
IP-networks.
22
PanelPC with WINMAG touch
33
All system information of the connected fire and/or intruder panels are displayed on the
PanelPC. Areas can be armed/disarmed and detector groups can be blocked/unblocked.
44
The WINMAG PanelPC can be operated in a WINMAG multi-user configuration as client,
where it receives all data (data base, graphics, layers, SIAS-programs etc.) from the
WINMAG plus server, which also distributes all status data and commands. In small
premises the PanelPC can also be operated as stand-alone display and operating unit.
55
66
Technical Data
Installation
Cooling
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Current consumption
Power supply
Class of protection
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Console- or wall mounting
noiseless without fan
345x265x60 mm
approx. 4,0 kg
27 W (typical)
12 V DC - 5 A (60 W)
IP65 (Monitor-Front site)
0 to 45 °C
-20 to +70 °C
System hardware
CPU
Internal memory
Memory
Audio inputs/outputs
Connections
Connections
Keyboard
Connection video output
Celeron®M Processor 1,5 GHz
SO-DDR slot up to 1 GB
1x Industry CompactFlash® with 8 GB
1x Mic in, 1x Line out
serial 2x RS232 (COM1,2)
USB 2.0 - 2x
PS/2 6-pin Mini DIN
1xVGA
LCD Monitor/Touchscreen
Type
Size
Resolution
Coulors
Luminance
Contrast
Surface
SVGA TFT LCD
12,1 "
800 x 600 pixel
262.144
400 cd/m²
500 : 1
non-reflecting coated
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
23
Network technology
Performance Features
• VdS approval
• Integrated hazard detection and information
system
• Loop-type network structure with opposite
galvanically separated RS-422 lines for maximum
fail-safe
• Up to 16 loops of up to 64 users each can be
linked
• Connection of several loops via routing paths
serial/V.24 or via Ethernet (TCP/IP)
• Optionally BSI-compliant encryption on routing
paths possible (RS-232/V.24 or Ethernet)
• Connection to IDP via I-BUS
(IDCP MB48/100/256plus)
• Connection to FDCP via K-BUS (1024-F) or per
connection kit (800X)
• Connection to WINMAG plus / WINFEM-PC via
RS-232/V.24 or Ethernet TCP/IP
• Optionally LED control panel function for IDP via
plug-in module, up to 2048 LEDs and 8 IDCP
• Networking of up to 3 remote control panels IDP
MB48/100, with remote operation and remote
control of detector groups
• Up to 1200 m between adjacent users possible,
each user is simultaneously repeater
• LOOP circuits with telephone cable J-Y-(St)Y
possible
• Parameterisation via WINFEM Advanced
• FLASH firmware update possible
IGIS-LOOP
Decentralised system structures allow an optimum adaptation to different circumstances of
the premises. What is required in practice, is not only an exactly adapted technology, but
also new standards in security and installation options.
This is why the IGIS-LOOP network is set up via a single hardware component. The IGISLOOP Controller is the central module for data exchange, communication and at the same
time also the interface for all integratable Honeywell hazard detection systems.
The loop-type network structure of the security network allows an increased fail-safe and
interference immunity of the system through complete monitoring of all segments in the
loop. Simple faults (e.g. short circuit or interruption) have no effect on the network function.
By providing detailed information, errors and faults in the loop can be detected and eliminated immediately.
The dynamic user management allows users to be logged in and out during network operation without impairing the overall function of the network. Upon complete failure of a user,
he/she will be disconnected from the system, while all other users within the IGIS-LOOP will
remain fully functional.
IGIS-LOOP triple function: The network structure can be used to set up an actively communicating main and secondary control centre system in fire detection systems. This allows
large premises-specific applications of decentralised structure to be achieved even without
connection to a PC.
Moreover, IGIS-LOOP allows complex hazard detection systems to be set up and the organisation to be managed visually in a professional and convenient manner via a PC using
WINMAG and remote parameterised via WINFEM.
The connection of hazard detection systems of a wide range of types (fire, intrusion, access
control) is coordinated via the completely monitored and redundantly designed IGIS-LOOP
network.
Individual loop systems can be routed with one another via the IGIS-LOOP Controller. Thus,
individual loops can be connected in a large mixed IGIS-LOOP security network and
managed centrally from a WINMAG control centre.
The standardised RS-422 interface allows a simple change of the transmission medium
(e.g. telephone cable (JYSTY), optical wave guide, online modem) between the individual
IGIS-LOOP Controllers.
For secure transmission, encryption according to BSI (Federal Agency for Security)
(BSI 7522, item 3.4 and 3.12, and TL 03400, formerly BSI 7500) is available for the routing
path between routed loops.
Technical Data
Data transmission speed
Interface
Interface
Interface
Interface
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Housing ZG0 dimensions (W x H x D)
Housing ZG2 dimensions (W x H x D)
19200-307200 baud (adjustable)
RS-422 (IGIS-LOOP)
RS-232 (WINMAG/WINFEM-PC, routing path, 800X)
K-BUS (FDP 1024-F)
I-BUS (IDP 561-MB16/48/100/256)
12 V DC
10.5 V to 15 V DC
200 mA
-5 °C to +45 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
II
230 x 155 x 90mm
350 x 300 x 152mm
List of control panels and software versions that can be used:
System 8000
from version 2.41 R 003
BMC 1024-F
V 5.00
Intrusion detection central unit 561-MB16 V 8.02
IDS central unit 561-MB100
V 8.02
ABIGA
V 1.03
IGIS-LOOP Controller
V 04.05
Application example
24
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Network technology
IGIS-LOOP
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
25
Network technology
IGIS-LOOP
Network technology
013330.10
¬"B?§/214−
IGIS-LOOP Controller
757,50 €
For EMT/BMT/ZK/PC.
Interface controller of universal use for integrating intrusion detection and fire detection
control panels in the IGIS-LOOP. The controller allows WINMAG control centre PCs to be
connected to the IGIS-LOOP via the integrated RS-232, thus setting up an extensive
security system.
013331.10
¬"B@§/217−
IGIS-LOOP Controller (in housing ZG0)
948,50 €
In housing ZG0. Housing with swivel door. Closure via seal.
No room for emergency power supply.
013332.10
¬"BA§/21:−
IGIS-LOOP Controller (in housing ZG2)
1.206,00 €
In housing ZG 2. Housing with swivel door. Closure via seal.
Room for emergency power supply Art. No. 010686.01 or 010690.02 and 1 accumulator
018007.10.
26
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Network technology
IGIS-LOOP
Accessories
013336
11
¬"BEk−
199,50 €
Ethernet connection module
22
Ethernet connection module for IGIS-LOOP Controller 013330
33
The Ethernet connection module is an adapter pcb for the IGIS-LOOP Controller to include
another Ethernet interface (TCP/IP). An IGIS-LOOP Controller extended by the Ethernet connection module allows a routing path to be set up via the Ethernet.
Moreover, an IGIS-LOOP can be connected to a WINMAG control centre of a security
system via the Ethernet. Intrusion detection control panels can also be connected to an
IGIS-LOOP directly via the Ethernet by means of the Ethernet connection module and
the IGIS-LOOP Controller. (I-BUS router operating mode)
44
55
66
Technical Data
Current consumption
70 mA
77
013069
¬"?fa−
88
78,50 €
V.24 connection adapter set
99
Required for programming or for I-BUS router via V.24.
10
10
11
11
013335
¬"BDh−
168,00 €
LED panel activation module
12
12
LED panel activation module for IGIS-LOOP Controller 013330.10
13
13
The LED activation module is equipped with 8 connection plugs. Max. 4 LED driver pcbs
(070750.03 or 070750.04) can be connected to each of these plugs. This allows a total of
max. 2048 LEDs of up to 8 IDCP to be addressed. The module also has 4 inputs, which can
be used as triggering criteria during macro programming (MB 48/100 only).
When activating more than 512 LEDs (LED panel activation module slots ST3 and ST4), the
use of a connection adapter 013335.01 is absolutely necessary for each additional 512
LEDs.
14
14
15
15
16
16
Technical Data
Current consumption
LED activation
15 mA
approx. 5 mA
17
17
18
18
013335.01
¬"BD§/12D−
Connection adapter of the external power supply
59,50 €
19
19
Connection adapter of the external power supply for the IGIS-LOOP LED panel
Connection adapter for supplying power to each additional 512 LEDs. The connection
adapter is connected to a 12 V power supply/charger unit from our product range.
20
20
Maximum extension:
Power supply for 512 LEDs on the activation module (013335) +
power supply for 512 LEDs at the connection adapter (013335.01) +
power supply for 512 LEDs at the connection adapter (013335.01) +
power supply for 512 LEDs at the connection adapter (013335.01)
= 2,048 LEDs
21
21
22
22
23
23
27
Network technology
070750.03
¬((S§/14Q−
IGIS-LOOP
210,60 €
32 groups display pcb
Integratable pcb containing 32 red and 32 yellow LEDs for displaying alarms, faults, etc.
The SMD allows extremely flat display panels to be designed. The LED pcb is adapted to the
IGIS-LOOP Controller (013330.10) via the LED panel actuation module for IGIS-LOOP
Controllers (013335).
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
070750.04
¬((S§/15X−
48 x 244 x 18 mm
221,30 €
Driver print SMD
The driver pcb is adapted to the IGIS-LOOP Controller (013330.10) via the LED panel actuation module for IGIS-LOOP Controllers (013335). It contains the electronics for addressing
4 x 16 LEDs. The LEDs arranged accordingly in the panel are connected via socket connectors. Each LED output already has the required preresistor, allowing one LED each to be
directly connected. The SMD allows extremely flat display panels to be designed.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
070750.09
¬((S§/1:{−
48 x 244 x 18 mm
13,00 €
10-pin connecting cable
Technical Data
Spacing
Length
28
www.honeywell.com/security/de
1.25 mm
100 mm
Parameterisation software
¬"D£U−
013596
Operator software
662,50 €
IQ SystemControl
• Export possible as xls, txt, html and xml files
IQ SystemControl replaces WINFEM User for intruder alarm control panels 561-MB24 /
561-MB48 / 561-MB100 from version 9.
For MB 256 plus and MB control panels up to version 8, WINFEM User must still be used.
IQ SystemControl is based on the high-end software suite IQ MultiAccess and can therefore
be easily upgraded to IQ MultiAccess. IQ SystemControl is a software that is very easy to
use and therefore contains no programming options.
The „ virtual operating unit“ option enables:
- arming / disarming
- switching on / off detector groups
- viewing alarm and event memory
- activating walking test
- starting macros
- maintenace functions
of all intruder alarm control panels connected to IQ SystemControl.
When connected to one or several IACP 561-MB24, 561-MB48 or 561-MB100, IQ SystemControl controls the data management for authorisations at IACP switching devices. They
include data carriers, room/time zones and their authorisations for access functions,
arming/disarming and control functions.
User entitlements are automatically adapted to VdS regulations via a "VdS switch".
The connected IACP hardware will be detected and automatically configured. Existing
master data of the intruder alarm control panel are transferred to IQ SystemControl where
they can now be managed centrally.
Entries into the event memory can be evaluated in IQ SystemControl using all individual list
adaptations. The technical integration of the unit is assisted by IQ SystemControl by
supporting all existing remote access versions of the the intruder alarm control panel. The
two systems can be coupled either by Ethernet (via TCP/IP), RDT (ISDN or analogue
modem) or via IGIS-LOOP. In this way, the existing infrastructure can be used and extended
without problems.
Independent of the intruder alarm control panel, IQ SystemControl can control doors
operated by locking cylinders / electronic strike plates. For data transfer a PDA/PALM is
used*.
IQ SystemControl - PDA: USB connection
PDA - locking cylinder: Infrared interface
• Print options
*Hardware not included
Performance Features
• Integration of several intruder alarm panels
MB24, MB48, MB100
• Via analogue modem, ISDN, IGIS-LOOP and
TCP/IP
• Arming / disarming and service tools via virtual
operating unit
• Integrated, IACP independent access control
function for doors operated by locking cylinders /
electronic strike plates.
• IP transmission with or without encryption
(AES, Chiasmus)
• Modern client/server system
• Server and client can run on different computers
• Flexible room/time zone concept
• Rights for arming / disarming / control units /
access / exit can be assigned separately
• Direct door control by simple mouse click
• Reasons for arming prevention can be displayed
by simple mouse click
• Large event memory for up to 10 million entries
• containing detailed information
(door, area, switching device, detector group,
ID number, macro)
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
Accessories:
029643
Upgrade to IQ MultiAccess 500 persons,
incl. option connection to intrusion
detection systems
013598
IQ User ControlCenter**
**One virtual operating unit is included
in 013596. Only needed when additional
operating units need to be operated
simultaneously
(e.g. on seperate computers)
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
Application example
19
19
20
20
013598
¬"D¥[−
IQ User ControlCenter
348,00 €
Option 013596 contains one virtual operating unit each.
21
21
22
22
Further virtual IACP operating units are only required when additional operating units need
to be operated simultaneously (e.g. on seperate computers).
23
23
29
Parameterisation software
WINFEM software
Programming and diagnostic software WINFEM and WINFEM Advanced
Programming is the decisive factor of the economical installation of a hazard detection
system.
This requirement is met by the PC parameterisation software WINFEM or WINFEM
Advanced in any respect. Clearly organised on-screen displays immediately show the
current settings or guide logically through the entire programming. To archive the system
programmings, they can be stored and can thus be retrieved whenever required. Likewise,
remote maintenance, remote parameterisation and remote control can also be carried out
via WINFEM or WINFEM Advanced.
System configuration for direct control panel programming on-site: Hazard detection
system including communication interface, for example USB, serial/V.24, frame BUS or
BUS-2; PC adapter cable; PC/laptop containing the corresponding WINFEM or WINFEM
Advanced software.
For the latest software, updates, firmware, etc., please go to the customer page of our website.
System configuration for remote maintenance, remote parameterisation and remote diagnosis:
Hazard detection system including communication interface, for example frame BUS or BUS-2;
ISDN dialler or DGA 2400 on the frame BUS or BUS-2; standard modem of 2400 baud* or ISDN controller
on PC/laptop; PC/laptop containing the corresponding WINFEM or WINFEM Advanced software.
* We recommend the modems tested and approved by us.
30
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Parameterisation software
013498
¬"C¥Y−
WINFEM software
WINFEM Advanced parameterisation software
225,00 €
11
Programming software for intrusion detection control panels HB24, MB24, HB48.10, MB48,
MB100.10, MB 256 plus and MB 256 (from firmware V03) and for the IK3 conventional
evaluating unit and the ISDN diallers DS 7600, DS 7700, DS 9500, DS 9600 and DS 6600.
22
Accessories:
026809
013467.10
Performance Features
33
Zero modem cable
USB adapter box (USB 1.1 compatible)
• Windows 2000, Windows XP
44
• Database for customers, premises and systems
• Operating unit emulation in different functionalities, depending on the type of connection
55
66
013595
¬"D¢R−
WINFEM - User
307,00 €
77
WINFEM User is an efficient help for operating the intrusion detection control panels
HB24/MB24, HB48/MB48, MB100 (up to V8) and MB256 plus on the user level.
The software uses the graphic options of a PC for display and operation.
It can be coupled either by modem, ISDN, serial interface, IGIS-LOOP or TCP/IP.
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
31
Notes
32
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Compact control panels / Control panels 561-MB
14
14
561-MB24
561-MB48
15
15
561-MB100
16
16
561-MB256 plus
GMZ 2001
17
17
50-M5
18
18
100-A5
19
19
100-AB8
561-H8
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
33
Control panels
System 561-MB
List of main functions of central units
The intruder alarm control panels 561-MB have been designed for use in the
private and small to large scale industry sectors and are
suitable, depending on the type of control panel, for creating medium- to
large-sized security systems. The control panel comply with the latest guidelines of the VdS risk class C for intrusion detection systems and with the
VDE regulations 0833, Part 1 and Part 3 of Class 1, configuration type B.
Control panels 561-MB24, 561-MB48 and 561-MB100, are also certified for
VdS risk class C for access control systems.
The programming of the control panel is done conveniently via a PC / laptop
using the corresponding WINFEM software. Remote programming or remote control is also possible via WINFEM. Alternatively, can be done programming via operating unit.
Control panels
Article No.
VdS class intrusion detection system
VdS approval no.
VdS class access control system
VdS approval no.
Detector groups
Main areas / Sub areas (groups)
Arming devices
Programmable analog inputs
User codes
ID codes
BUS-1 devices
BUS-2 devices
RF devices (from V9)
Extensions
BUS-1 modules
BUS-2 modules
IGIS-LOOP
Transmission devices
BUS-2 operating units
Incl. BUS-2 operating units
5-output modules
Operation features
Texts for detector groups
Texts for zones
Texts for inputs
Texts for ID-cards
Room timezones
Links
Link components
Macros
Event memory
Call numbers
Dialling sequences
Routine call
Connections
Conventional block lock
Acoustic alarm signalling device
Optical alarm signalling device
Printer connection
Programm. outputs +12 V DC
Programm. outputs 0 V
Relay 250 V AC / 5 A
Relay 24 V DC / 1 A
561-MB24
561-MB48
561-MB100
561-MB256 plus
012830, 012831 (LCD)
012832 (LED)
012911
Class C
G103013
Class C
Z105003
24
2/7
8
8
16
32
63
64
64
Class C
G105094
Class C
Z105011
48
4/15
16
8, max. 24
32
128
63, max. 315
64, max. 128
128
013201.10, 013202.10
013203.10, 013204.10
013208.10, 013209.10
Class C 1)
G1930401
Class C 1)
Z105002
512
16/63
64
8, max. 56
128
512
63, max. 567
64, max. 512
256
013222.10, 013223.10
013224.10, 013225.10
013228.10, 013229.10
Class C1)
G106037
–
–
2048
total 250
250
4, max. 1028
750
1000
63, max. 2583
64, max. 704
–
–
–
–
2
16
12
10
1
1
1
2
24
12
64
8
7
1
2
64
12
512
10
10
32
32
50
16
704
24 x 40 characters
9 x 40 characters
255 x 40 characters
32 x 40 characters
64
10
99
20
22000
8
4
1
48 x 40 characters
19 x 40 characters
255 x 40 characters
128 x 40 characters
64
10
99
20
22000
8
4
1
512 x 40 characters
79 x 40 characters
1000 x 40 characters
512 x 40 characters
64
50
500
100
22000
8
4
1
2048 x 40 characters
250 x 40 characters
5000 x 40 characters
1000 x 40 characters
250
4000
4000
600
4000
8 per transmission device
4 per transmission device
1 per transmission device
1
2
1
–, with WINFEM
10
6
1
1
1, max. 3
2
1
1
10, max. 20
6, max. 12
1
1
1, max. 3
2
1
1
10, max. 20
6, max. 12
1
1
–, max. 250
2, max. 66
1, max. 33
2
8, max. 1032
–, max. 1024
–, max. 128
4, max. 132
The specifications given refer to complete extensions and can differ, if several options are combined.
1
Legend:
= not for 19" version
34
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Control panels
System 561-MB
561-MB24
Performance Features
• 63 BUS-1 users and 64 BUS-2 users can be
connected
• up to 2 main zones are possible
• up to 7 secondary zones can be defined
• 1 to 24 detector groups (freely programmable)
• 8 conventional detector groups, 4 of which
include an extinguishing device
• 1 block lock/external operating unit connection
• 2 BUS-1 connections
• 2 BUS-2 connections
• 1 additional BUS-2 connection for dialler/modem
• 10 active semiconductor outputs 12 V DC
• 6 active semiconductor outputs 0V
11
The 561-MB24 intruder alarm control panel has been designed for use in the
private and commercial sectors and corresponds to VdS class C intrusion detection and
access control systems, VDE 0833 and in Austria to VSÖ class WS.
22
Many functions of the control panel are freely programmable via a plain text operating unit.
Programming can be done comprehensively and conveniently via a PC in connection with
the software package WINFEM Advanced. For the management of the data carrier authorizations, IQ MultiAccess and IQ SystemControl are available.
33
The control panel has an event memory for 22,000 events. The event memory can be
displayed via LCD and graphic operating units and via WINFEM Advanced or IQ MultiAccess /
IQ SystemControl. A connected printer allows the event memory to be printed out continuously or when required.
• 1 relay 24 V DC / 1 A
• connections for 2 acoustic alarm signalling
devices and 1 optical alarm signalling device
Technical Data
• sensitivity of the detector groups is programmable
• automatic adjustment of the detector groups
• 8 texts for zones of 40 characters each
24 detector group texts of 40 characters each
• freely programmable inputs and outputs
• 1 to 16 intelligent operating units on BUS-2
• simple operating units on BUS-1
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Battery charging voltage
Current consumption at rated voltage
Battery charge current
Max. battery space
Continuous current consumption
Current consumption
• 16 operating codes
• 32 data carriers possible
• 32 texts for IDENT-KEY of 40 characters each
• event memory for 22,000 entries
• selective standard programming possible
• integrated electronics for siren actuation
66
77
88
• 255 input texts of 40 characters each
• 1 to 8 external switching devices
55
The control panel contains 8 conventional detector groups. By incorporating the BUS-1 and
BUS-2 users, a total of 24 detector groups can be obtained. The groups can be distributed
over a maximum of 8 zones, allowing the following main/secondary zone structures:
- 1 main zone containing a maximum of 7 secondary zones;
- 2 main zones containing a total of no more than 6 secondary zones
• 1 relay 230 V AC / 5 A
44
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Colour
230V AC
230V AC/ -15% to +10%
50Hz
12V DC
10.5V to 15V DC
13.8V DC
100mA disarmed open zone connections,
1mA per zone connection (terminated with 12.1kOhm),
18mA small relay, 45mA large relay
max. 800mA
2 x 7.5Ah
1.2A max. (w/o external signalling device)
2.0A max. 3 minutes
(external signalling device included)
II
IP 30
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
415 x 279 x 96mm
5.2kg
grey, similar to RAL 7035
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
• 10 links programmable
• 20 macros for special functions
• approval for Austria (VSÖ class WS)
• connection for 2 acoustic and 1 optical
Alarm devices
NEW
• 64 room/timezones programmable
• expandable by BUS-2 radio components
(max. 64)
• extensive access control functionality
(Multiple person AC, etc.)
• reason for arming prevention is displayed
in the event memory (max. 5 reasons)
15
15
Accessories:
013498
026809
013467.10
018007.10
012540
012541
012532
012542
012544
012548
012575
012577
013596
010935
057872
057860
057650
057651
012835
PC parameterization software WINFEM Advanced
Serial programming cable
USB adapter box (USB 1.1 compatible)
Accumulator 12 V / at least 17 Ah, connection 4.8 mm plugs
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, surface-mounted, with flap
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, surface-mounted, without flap
8-detector group compact operating unit with disabling unit, surface-mounted
16-detector group disable and display module, surface-mounted
16-detector group operating unit (10 detector groups can be disabled),
surface-mounted
16-detector group display module, surface-mounted
Comfort Touch Colour operating unit
TouchCenter BUS-2 graphic operating unit
User software IQ SystemControl
Compact operating unit for HB/MB24 control panels
DS 9600 ISDN transmission device
DS 6600 Analog transmission device
DS 7600 ISDN transmission device
DS 7700 ISDN/IP transmission device
Mechanical kit for MB24 for installing transmission devices DS 7600, DS 7700, DS 6600
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
35
Control panels
012830
System 561-MB
¬"=?O−
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB24
Approval
460,00 €
G103013 (EMT), Class C; Z105003 (Access Control), Class C;
VSÖ W 031210/86 E
Max. accumulator space 2 x 6.5 Ah or 1 x 17 Ah
Computer/connection PCB 011890.01 with integrated power supply/charging unit, metal housing
012831
¬"=@R−
741,00 €
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB24, “Bundle with LCD operating unit”
Approval
G103013 (EMT), Class C; Z105003 (Access Control) Class C;
VSÖ W 031210/86 E
Max. accumulator space 2 x 6.5 Ah or 1 x 17 Ah
Computer/connection PCB 011890.01 with integrated power supply/charging unit;
metal housing; 2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit 012540
012832
¬"=AU−
652,50 €
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB24, “Bundle with LED operating unit”
Approval
G103013 (EMT), Class C; Z105003 (Access Control) Class C;
VSÖ W 031210/86 E
Max. accumulator space 2 x 6.5 Ah or 1 x 17 Ah
Computer/connection PCB 011890.01 with integrated power supply/charging unit;
metal housing; 10-detector group operating unit 012544
36
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Control panels
System 561-MB
Digital transmission
057872
11
¬&oig−
DS 9600 ISDN transmission device with dialler function for MB24
Approval
393,50 €
22
G107802 (EMT), transmission device
33
The DS 9600 is operated in the ISDN network. It is used for digital transmission of technical
faults, hazard messages and emergency calls and for remote parameterisation, remote
maintenance and remote diagnosis of the connected intrusion detection system 561-MB24.
Performance Features
• ISDN B channel VdS 2465
• ISDN B channel Telim
• ISDN B channel Plain text transmission
(dialler function)
55
It is connected to ISDN-capable alarm receivers, for example DEZ 9000, or to TELIM-compatible alarm receivers. It can be used for connecting IQ MultiAccess and IQ SystemControl.
66
It is equipped with an integrated dialler and paging device and allows remote control
functions and remote inquiries to be executed from any phone or mobile phone. It uses
language-controlled user guidance as known from operating a mailbox.
• e* Cityruf (alphanumeric or tone only)
The AWAG function, that is, the transmission of voice messages via ISDN to any telephone
connection, has been completely integrated into the DS 9600. Language memories containing previously prepared standard texts for 9 transmission channels are available.
• Voice transmission via standard texts and
DTMF detection without additional extensions
When the dialler is connected to the MB control panel via a serial interface, its 100 output
criteria can be assigned to the 9 transmission channels as desired.
• SMS via ISDN
• Up to 4 individual texts of 3 sec each can be
voice recorded by ISDN telephone
• VdS approval
Additional performance features of ISDN multipoint configuration:
• Remote control options in connection with
voice and telephone keypad (DTMF detection)
• Modem function for remote access to the
connected hazard detection control panel
44
The performance features for the remote control functions and the remote parameterisation
require an ISDN multipoint interface. A point-to-point connection having the desired remote
maintenance functionality requires, for example, the use of the transmission device
DS 7600.
77
88
99
Additional texts each about 3 sec. long can be freely supplemented in 4 of these 9 transmission channels. The supplementary text is dictated via a phone.
10
10
For the use of the DS 9600 as integration module in the intrusion detection control panel
561-MB24, the IDCP RS-232 interface with an extended range of functions is available. This
makes it possible to operate several connections in parallel via ISDN. The USB interface of
the transmission device can be used in this connection for programming the control panel.
11
11
12
12
The transmission device DS 9600 also has a BUS-2 interface. This enables its integration
into older control panel systems of the HB24 series via a compatibility mode (with a reduced
range of functions).
• Extensive remote service and remote diagnosis
options
The application-specific data are conveniently programmed via WINFEM Advanced.
• can be used for connecting IQ MultiAccess and
IQ SystemControl
Technical Data
13
13
14
14
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption stand-by
Current consumption active
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions PCB (L x W)
12 V DC
10,5 V DC to 15 V DC
80 mA
130 mA
II
-10 °C to +50 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
158 x 112 mm
15
15
16
16
17
17
ISDN connecting cable
Serial connecting cable for intrusion detection control panel
Mechanical kit for installing diallers
012835
¬"=D^−
19
19
25,00 €
Mechanical kit for MB24
For installing transmission devices (DS 6600, DS 7600, DS 7700, DS 9500)
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
18
18
20
20
21
21
112 x 175,5 x 1,5 mm
22
22
23
23
37
Control panels
System 561-MB
561-MB48
Performance Features
• in its standard configuration, 63 BUS-1 users and
64 BUS-2 users can be connected
• modular extension possible
• up to 4 main zones are possible
• up to 15 secondary zones can be defined
• 1 to 48 detector groups (freely programmable)
• automatic adjustment of the detector groups
• sensitivity of the detector groups programmable
• freely programmable inputs and outputs
• 48 detector group texts
• 255 input texts
• 1 to 16 external switching devices
• 1 to 24 intelligent operating units on BUS-2
• 32 operating codes
• 128 data carriers possible
• 22,000 events in the event memory
• 4 x 10 events in the alarm memory
• standard programming for certain program parts
possible
• integrated electronics for siren actuation
• 8 conventional detector group inputs / 4 of which
include an extinguishing device
The intruder alarm control panel 561-MB48 complies with the latest guidelines of the VdS
risk class C for intrusion detection and access control systems and with the VDE regulations
0833.
Many functions of the control panel are freely programmable via a plain text operating unit.
Programming can be done comprehensively and conveniently via a PC in connection with
the software package WINFEM Advanced. For the management of the data carrier authorizations, IQ MultiAccess and IQ SystemControl are available.
The control panel has an event memory for 22,000 events. The event memory can be
displayed via LCD and graphic operating units and via WINFEM Advanced or IQ MultiAccess/IQ SystemControl. A connected printer allows the event memory to be printed out
continuously or when required.
By conventional detectors and the BUS-1 and BUS-2 users, a total of 48 detector groups can
be obtained. The detector groups can be distributed over a maximum of 16 zones, allowing
the following main/secondary zone structures: 1 main zone containing max. 15 secondary
zones; 2 main zones containing a total of max. 14 secondary zones 3 main zones containing
max. 13 secondary zones; 4 main zones containing max. 12 secondary zones
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Power consumption
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Battery charge voltage
Current consumption at rated voltage
• max. 24 conventional detector group inputs
• 1 block lock/external operating unit connection
• 2 non-reactive BUS-1 connections for a total of
63 bus addresses
• 2 non-reactive BUS-2 connections for a total of
64 bus addresses
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class according to VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Colour of housing
Colour of front plate
230 V AC
230 V AC / -15% to +10%
50 Hz
36 VA
12 V DC
10,5 V to 15 V DC
13,8 V DC
100 mA disarmed, group connector open,
1 mA Ggroup connector terminated with 12,1 kOhm
terminating resistor, 18 mA relay small, 45 mA relay large
-5 °C to +45 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
II
IP 30
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
signal grey, similar to RAL 7004
• 1 BUS-2 connection for internal dialler/modem
• 10 active semiconductor outputs 12 V DC
• 6 active semiconductor outputs 0 V
• 1 relay 230 V AC / 5 A
• 1 relay 24 V AC / 1 A
• 1 connecting plug for extension modules
• parallel printer connection
• connections for 2 acoustic alarm signalling
devices and 1 optical alarm signalling device
• IGIS can be integrated
NEW
• 64 room/time zones programmable
• expandable by BUS-2 radio components
(max. 128)
• extensive access control functionality
(Multiple person AC, etc.)
• reason for arming prevention is displayed
in the event memory (max. 5 reasons)
38
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Accessories:
013100.04
013320.03
013100.05
013220.11
013220.07
013220.07.10
013330.10
013100.12
013100.08
070478
010686.01
010690.01
010690.02
050019
028050
057860
057871
057650
057651
057870
013220.14
012540
16-DGE module type A
16-DGE module type B
2-BLC/10-DGE module
BUS-1 module
BUS-2 module
BUS-2 loop module
IGIS-LOOP Controller
Connecting cable 250 mm
Relay extension module
Group relay card
Power supply/charger unit
12 V DC / 17 Ah
Power supply/charger unit
12 V DC / 32 Ah
Power supply/charger unit
12 V DC / 40 Ah
Distributor block
VdS housing lock
DS 6600 Analog transmission device
DS 9500 ISDN transmission device
DS 7600 ISDN transmission device
DS 7700 ISDN/IP transmission device
Motherboard DS 6500
Connection PCB for table-top printers
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit,
surface-mounted with flap
012541
012532
012542
012544
012548
012575
012577
010935
013498
013596
026809
013467.10
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit,
surface-mounted excluding flap
8-detector group compact operating
unit with disabling unit, surfacemounted
16-detector group disable and display
module, surface-mounted
10-detector group operating unit with
disabling unit, surface-mounted
16-detector group display module,
surface-mounted
Comfort Touch Colour operating unit
TouchCenter BUS-2 graphic
operating unit
Compact operating unit for control
panel HB48 / MB48
PC parameterization software
WINFEM Advanced
User software IQ SystemControl
Serial programming cable
USB adapter box
(USB 1.1 compatible)
Control panels
012911
System 561-MB
¬">,¡−
564,50 €
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB48 in ZG 3.1
Approval
11
G105094 (EMT), Class C; Z105011 (Access Control), Class C;
VSÖ W 070427/17 E
22
500 x 300 x 210 mm
33
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Max. accumulator space 2 x 17 Ah; space for 2 options; space for power supply unit
44
Computer PCB 011910.10.01; connection space 011910.02; housing ZG 3.1
55
66
77
Extension examples intruder alarm control panel 561-MB48
88
63 BUS-1 devices
128 BUS-2 devices
communication modules
315 BUS-1 devices
128 BUS-2 devices
99
10
10
BUS-2 module
013220.07
connection board
with main board
BUS-1 module
013220.11
space for
power supply
unit
010686.01
010690.01
010690.02
012168
012170
BUS-2 module
013220.07
connection board
with main board
transmission device
eg. DS 7600 ISDN
space for
power supply
unit
010686.01
010690.01
010690.02
012168
012170
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
63 BUS-1 devices
128 BUS-2 devices (max. 64 of them via loop)
Access to the IGIS-LOOP network
15
15
16
16
loop module BUS-2
013220.07.10
connection board
with main board
IGIS-LOOP
Controller
013330.10
space for
power supply
unit
010686.01
010690.01
010690.02
012168
012170
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
39
Control panels
System 561-MB
561-MB100
Performance Features
• in its basic configuration, 63 BUS-1 users and
64 BUS-2 users can be connected
• modular extension possible
• up to 16 main zones are possible
• up to 63 secondary zones can be defined
• 512 detector groups can be programmed
• 8 conventional detector group inputs
• 1 block lock connection
• up to 567 BUS-1 users can be connected
• IGIS can be integrated
• 64 arming devices can be programmed
• up to 512 BUS-2 users can be connected
• suitable for police emergency calls
• available with integrated printer
• operator guidance through plain text display
• 5 user levels of authorisation
• 128 Access codes
• up to a maximum of 56 detector groups in
conventional connection technology or a
maximum of 512 detector groups containing
BUS-1 and BUS-2 users
• automatic adjustment of the detector groups
• freely programmable inputs and outputs
• allocation of several group inputs to a detector
group
• standard programming for certain program
parts possible
• sensitivity of the detector groups is
programmable
• automatic maintenance interval display
• event memory for 22,000 entries
• 512 data carriers possible
The intruder alarm control panel 561-MB100 complies with the latest guidelines of the
VdS risk class C for intrusion detection and access control systems and with the VDE regulations 0833.
The corresponding modules allow a total of 512 detector groups to be obtained, allowing up
to 56 conventional detector group inputs. Of these, several detector group inputs and/or
BUS users can be allocated to a detector group. The individual detector groups can be
linked by logical operations on the basis of premises-specific requirements. A later extension to a maximum of 16 main zones is possible by means of the modular system.
The detector groups can be distributed over a maximum of 64 zones.
The programming of the control panel can be done conveniently via a Windows PC using
the software WINFEM Advanced. Remote programming and remote diagnostics are also
possible. Alternatively, many functions can be programmed via an operating unit. For the
management of the data carrier authorisations, IQ MultiAccess and IQ SystemControl are
available.
The control panel has an event memory for 22,000 events. The event memory can be
displayed via LCD and graphic operating units and via WINFEM Advanced or IQ MultiAccess /
IQ SystemControl. A connected printer allows the event memory to be printed out
continuously or when required.
The system is prepared for connecting additional devices, such as printers, IGIS components, transmission devices, larger power supplies and relay additional boards.
Since the 561-MB100 is equipped with the option of changing the language for operating
and display texts, it can also be widely used internationally. Many language versions have
already been realized and implemented in the control panel.
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Battery charging voltage
Current consumption at rated voltage
• transmission devices can be integrated
NEW
• 64 room/timezones programmable
• expandable by BUS-2 radio components
(max. 256)
• extensive access control functionality
(Multiple person AC, etc.)
• reason for arming prevention is displayed
in the event memory (max. 5 reasons)
40
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class according to VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Dimensions of housing (W x H x D)
Dimensions of housing (W x H x D) #2
Colour of housing
Colour of front plate
230 V AC
230 V AC / -15% to +10%
50 Hz
12 V DC
10.5 V to 15 V DC
13.8 V DC
100 mA disarmed group connections open,
1 mA group connection with 12.1 kOhm terminal
resistor, 5 mA per LED diplay,
18 mA relay small, 45 mA relay large
-5 °C to +45 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
II
IP 30
500 x 300 x 210 mm, type ZG 3.1
580 x 640 x 300 mm type ZG 4
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
signal grey, similar to RAL 7004
Control panels
System 561-MB
Accessories
11
Connecting cable
Conventional configuration
22
013100.05
2-BLC/10-DGE module
013100.10
Connecting cable set 40 mm / 250 mm
013100.04
16-DGE module type A
013100.12
Connecting cable 250 mm
013320.03
16-DGE module type B
013100.11
Connecting cable 15.75 in
013100.14
Connecting cable 25.59 in
013100.13
Connecting cable 39.37 in
44
Power supply/charger units
55
Housing
050055
19” housing ZG 4
050057
19” housing ZG 6
013106
Mounting plate for connection PCB and options
010686.01
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 17 Ah
in 19” housings
010690.01
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 32 Ah
013118
19” dummy plate 6 HE, signal-grey
010690.02
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 40 Ah
013119
19” dummy plate 3 HE, signal-grey
012168
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 80 Ah
012170
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 130 Ah
050019
Distributor block
Relay extension
013100.08
Relay extension for ACP 561-MB100,
070478
Group relay card, 4 relays 24V/1A
4 relays 250 V/5A and 2 slots
33
66
77
88
VdS kit for commercial use
028050
Printer accessories
99
VdS housing lock
10
10
RDT/transmission devices
013220.14
Connection PCB for table-top printers
057860
DS 6600 Analog transmission device
013900
40-digit alphanumeric heat transfer printer,
057871
DS 9500 ISDN transmission device
motorised paper take-up reel
057650
DS 7600 ISDN transmission device
057651
DS 7700 ISDN/IP transmission device
012540
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, with flap
BUS-2 extension to 512 users
012541
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, without flap
BUS-2 module for 64 users
012532
8-detector group compact operating unit with disabling unit
11
11
12
12
BUS-1 extension to 567 users
013220.11
013220.07
013220.07.10
BUS-1 module for a maximum of 252 users
BUS-2 operating units
012542
16-detector group disable and display module
BUS-2 loop extension
012544
10-detector group operating unit with disabling unit
BUS-2 loop module for 64 users
012548
16-detector group display module
012546
Flush-mounted mounting kit for
012540, 012541, 012532, 012542, 012544, 012548
012575.10
Comfort Touch Colour operating unit
012577
TouchCenter BUS-2 graphic operating unit
IGIS configuration
013330.10
IGIS-LOOP Controller
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
LED panel activation module
013335
013336
18
18
WINFEM control panel programming
for IGIS-LOOP Controller
013498
PC parameterization software WINFEM Advanced
Ethernet connection module
026809
Serial programming cable
Adapter card for IGIS-LOOP Controller to include
013467.10
USB adapter box (USB 1.1 compatible)
another Ethernet interface
013596
User software IQ SystemControl
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
41
Control panels
013201.10
System 561-MB
¬"A"§/21B−
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB100 in housing ZG 3.1
Approval
1.146,00 €
G193040 (EMT), Class C, Z105002 (Access Control), Class C;
VSÖ W 031210/05 E
Space for 2 options; space for power supply unit; max. accumulator space 2 x 17 Ah
Computer PCB 013200.10.01; connection PCB 011910.02; housing ZG 3.1
013202.10
¬"A#§/21E−
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB100 in ZG 3.1, incl. printer
Approval
2.770,00 €
G193040 (EMT), Class C; Z105002 (Access Control), Class C;
VSÖ W 031210/05 E
Space for 2 options; space for power supply unit; max. accumulator space 2 x 10 Ah
Computer PCB 013200.10.01; connection PCB 011910.02; heat transfer printer 013900;
housing ZG 3.1
42
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Control panels
013203.10
System 561-MB
¬"A$§/21H−
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB100 in housing ZG 4
Approval
1.686,50 €
11
G193040 (EMT), Class C; Z105002 (Access Control), Class C;
VSÖ W 031210/05 E
22
Space for 8 options; space for power supply unit; max. accumulator space 2 x 65 Ah
33
Computer PCB 013200.10.01; connection PCB 011910.02; lower dummy plate, 6 HE;
housing ZG 4
44
55
66
77
88
99
013204.10
¬"A%§/21K−
10
10
3.305,50 €
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB100 in housing ZG 4, incl. printer
Approval
G193040 (EMT), Class C; Z105002 (Access Control), Class C:
VSÖ W031210/05 E
11
11
Space for 8 options; space for power supply unit; max. accumulator space 2 x 65 Ah
12
12
Computer PCB 013200.10.01; connection PCB 011910.02; heat transfer printer 013900;
lower dummy plate, 6 HE; housing ZG 4
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
013208.10
¬"A)§/21W−
1.486,00 €
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB100, 19”, incl. LCD operating unit
20
20
Computer PCB 013200.10.01; connection PCB 011910.02; operating unit
21
21
22
22
23
23
43
Control panels
013209.10
System 561-MB
¬"A*§/21Z−
3.082,50 €
Intruder alarm control panel MB100, 19”, incl. LCD operating unit and printer
Computer PCB 013200.10.01; connection PCB 011910.02; operating unit;
heat transfer printer 013900
¬"@'t−
013106
Rear wall mounting plate for 19” rear wall mounting
156,00 €
Modules for MB48 and MB100
A modular extension has the advantage that the security system can be optimally adapted
to the circumstances of the premises. This also facilitates a later system extension. Different modules of identical dimensions are available. The rear walls of the individual housing
types are designed for plug-in of these modules. The arrangement of the modules within the
housing can be done individually.
013100.04
¬"@!§/15S−
16 -DGE input module type A
193,50 €
The module contains 16 group inputs with a protective circuit, 12 of which are provided with
clearing transistors.
The reference voltage is adjustable. Each group is adjusted automatically to the terminating
resistor. The response sensitivity of the groups is adjustable.
The groups can be assigned to any functions and can also be used as connection option for
door code devices or of any contacts for control purposes.
Also available are 4 programmable active semiconductor outputs 12 V DC / 50 mA.
Technical Data
Current consumption
013320.03
¬"B5§/14%−
16 -DGE group input module type B
approx. 1 mA per terminated detector group
203,50 €
The module has 16 group inputs with a protection circuit. The reference voltage is adjustable. Each group can be adjusted to the terminating resistor. The response sensitivity of
the groups is adjustable.
The groups can be assigned to any functions and can also be used for connecting any
contacts for control purposes.
Also available are 16 programmable active semiconductor outputs 12 V DC / 50 mA.
Technical Data
Current consumption
44
www.honeywell.com/security/de
approx. 1 mA per terminated detector group
Control panels
013100.05
System 561-MB
¬"@!§/16Z−
168,50 €
11
The module has 10 detector group inputs and 2 connections for monitored block locks or
external operating units. For each lock, a connection for housing monitoring is available.
The locks can be programmed as main block lock or door lock. Within a main zone,
different dependencies of the door locks can be programmed.
Also available are 16 programmable semiconductor outputs:
10 semiconductor outputs, active 12 V / 50 mA
6 semiconductor outputs, active 0 V / 50 mA
22
2-BLC/10-DGE module
33
44
Technical Data
Current consumption
Current consumption
3 mA per connected block lock
1 mA per terminated detector group
55
66
013220.11
¬"A5§/22¤−
327,00 €
BUS-1 module
77
Module for connecting BUS-1 users. 4 independent individually fuse-protected connections
are available for BUS-1 users. For each connection, 63 users are possible.
88
Technical Data
Current consumption
30 mA
99
10
10
013220.07
¬"A5§/18?−
11
11
327,00 €
BUS-2 module
12
12
Module for connecting BUS-2 users. 4 connections decoupled from one another are
available for a total of 64 BUS-2 users.
13
13
Technical Data
Current consumption
30 mA
14
14
15
15
013220.07.10
¬"A5§/18/21L−
363,00 €
16
16
The BUS-2 loop module can be used to set up, in connection with the BUS-2 separating
module (art. no. 013128), a BUS-2 loop system, which is distinguished by a particularly
high operating reliability. When an error occurs in the BUS-2 loop, only the defective
portion between two separating modules is disconnected, all other users remain fully
functional. For each module, either 2 loops, 1 loop and 2 stub lines or 4 stub lines can be
produced. The module is connected via the I-BUS in the housing of the control panel.
The BUS-2 loop module contains electronic fuses.
17
17
BUS-2 loop module
18
18
19
19
Technical Data
Operating voltage U_b
Operating voltage range
Current consumption at U_b=12 V DC
Environmental class according to VdS
Operating temperature range
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions PCB (W x H x D)
12 V DC
10 V to 15 V DC
65 mA in stand by mode (without BUS-2 users)
II
- 5 °C to +45 °C
- 25 °C to +70 °C
158 x 112 mm
20
20
21
21
22
22
When a loop module is used, the power supply units 012168 or 012170 must be used.
23
23
45
Control panels
System 561-MB
List of mounting components for 561-MB100
Article No.
561-MB100
in ZG 4
561-MB100
19"
013201.10
013202.10
013203.10
013204.10
013208.10
013209.10
010686.01
Power supply unit 12 V DC / 17 Ah
*
*
*
010690.01
Power supply unit 12 V DC / 32 Ah
*
*
*
010690.02
Power supply unit 12 V DC / 40 Ah
*
*
*
012168
Power supply unit 12 V DC / 80 Ah
*
*
*
012170
Power supply unit 12 V DC / 130 Ah
–
*
*
011910.02
Connection board 8 detector group inputs
S
S
S/R
013100.04
Group extension 16-DGE module type A
*
*
*/R
013320.03
Group extension 16-DGE module type B
*
*
*/R
013100.05
Zone extension 2-BLC/10-DGE module
*
*
*/R
013220.11
BUS-1 module
*
*
*/R
013220.07
BUS-2 module
*
*
*/R
BUS-2 loop module
*
*
*/R
013330.10
IGIS-LOOP Controller
*
*
*/R
013100.08
Relay extension module
*
*
*/R
013106
Rear wall mounting plate for 19"
–
–
*
013900
Thermo printer, 40-digit
S at 013202.10
S at 013204.10
S at 013209.10
Connection board for desktop printer
*
*
*/R
057860
Motherboard DS 6600
*
*
*/R
057650
Motherboard DS 7600 ISDN
*
*
*/R
057651
Motherboard DS 7700 ISDN / IP
*
*
*/R
057700
Motherboard DS 8800-AWUG
*
*
*/R
057871
Motherboard DS 9500 ISDN
*
*
*/R
050019
16-pin distributor block
*
*
*/R
013118
19" dummy plate 6 HE, signal-grey
–
S
*
013119
19" dummy plate 3 HE, signal-grey
–
*
*
013100.10
Connecting cable set 40 mm / 250 mm
*
*
*
013100.11
Connecting cable 400 mm
*
*
*
013100.12
Connecting cable 250 mm
*
*
*
013100.13
Connecting cable 1000 mm
*
*
*
013100.14
Connecting cable 650 mm
*
*
*
Legend:
* = possible component
S = integrated standard feature
013220.07.10
013220.14
46
Designation
561-MB100
in ZG 3.1
www.honeywell.com/security/de
R = in combination with rear wall mounting plate 013106
Control panels
System 561-MB
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus
Performance Features
• up to 2,048 detector groups can be defined,
of which up to 1,028 conventional detector
groups
• up to 250 main zones can be defined
• up to 2,583 BUS-1 users can be connected
• up to 704 BUS-2 users can be connected,
of which a maximum of 50 operating units
• Up to 16 graphic operating units can be
connected
• suitable for police emergency calls
• also available as 19” flush version
• depending on design, available with LCD
operating unit and printer
• programming via USB or TCP/IP in connection
with PC/laptop and software package WINFEM
Advanced
• simple firmware update by flash EPROM
• operator guidance through plain text display
• modular extension possible up to a maximum
of 32 modules
• automatic maintenance interval display
• IGIS-LOOP and transmission devices can be
integrated (also several of them)
• event memory for 4,000 entries
• alarm memory - 20 events per main zone
• technical alarm and fire alarm memory available
• 1,000 IDENT-KEY data carriers manageable
• up to 600 macros can be defined
• operator authorisation with or without code,
up to 750 operating codes. Each operating
function can be enabled or disabled individually
11
The intruder alarm control panel 562-MB256 plus has been designed for use in large-sized
complex solutions, owing to its wide range of extension options. It meets the latest guidelines of the VdS risk class C and the regulations according to VDE 0833 Parts 1 and 3.
22
33
In its basic configuration, the 561-MB256 plus exhibits the following performance features:
• 4 conventional detector group inputs
• 63 BUS-1 users can be connected
• 64 BUS-2 users can be connected
• 8 freely programmable semiconductor outputs and 4 freely programmable relays
• integrated, monitored signalling device connections
• serial and parallel printer interface
44
55
66
The corresponding extension modules allow a total of 2,048 detector groups to be obtained.
A full extension using 32 I/O modules give 1,028 conventional inputs (terminating
resistance 12.1 kOhm), which can be used as inputs for detectors and switching devices.
77
A maximum extension using BUS-1 and BUS-2 modules allows up to 2,583 BUS-1 users
and 704 BUS-2 users to be connected. Of these, several detector group inputs and/or BUS
users can be allocated to a detector group. This makes it possible to establish logical
relationships of the individual detector groups to the premises-specific circumstances
without any problems.
88
99
The mechanical assembly of the control panels is done in the standard housing ZG 4, where
the extension modules are mounted to the rear wall of the housing and connected to one
another via flat-band cables. Apart from control panels in the ZG4 housing, control panels
in 19” design are available, each with or without integrated printer. Depending on the size of
the system, the power supply (option) is effected via one or more of the 17 Ah to 130 Ah
power supply/charger units.
10
10
The programming of the control panel is done conveniently via a PC/laptop using the parameterisation software WINFEM Advanced. In connection with a transmission device and
WINFEM Advanced, remote programming, remote maintenance and remote control are
possible.
12
12
11
11
13
13
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Rated operating voltage U_b
Current consumption at U_b
Environmental class according to VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions housing (W x H x D)
19” version
Colour of housing
Colour of front plate
230 V AC
12 V DC
disarmed, without extension, max. 140 mA
II
IP 30
-5 °C to +45 °C
-25 °C to +70 C
580 x 640 x 300 mm type ZG 4
488 x 272 x 110 mm(incl. printer)
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
signal-grey, similar to RAL 7004
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
561-MB256 plus in ZG 4
23
23
47
Control panels
System 561-MB
Accessories
Housing
BUS-1 user
050055
19” housing ZG 4
010109.10
1-detector group module
050056
19” housing ZG 5
010110.10
2-detector group module
050057
19” housing ZG 6
010118
2-detector group module; flush-mounted model
013118
19” dummy plate 6 HE, signal-grey
010111
Universal connection module; surface-mounted model
013119
19” dummy plate 3 HE, signal-grey
010112
Universal connection module; flush-mounted model
010116
Active distributor module
Relay extension
010125
BUS-1 operating unit key switch
013100.08
Relay extension module
015128
Radio receiver module
070478
Group relay card
022310.10
Door module 1
031540
Hold-up pushbutton module
Printer/Printer Accessories
032211
IDENTLOC evaluating unit
013900
Alphanumeric heat transfer printer, 40-digit
032420
DETEKT 1000
013901
Paper roll (5 per package)
033370/71/72
PIR detector SCM 2000
033401/04/07
PIR detector SCM 3000
Power supply/charger units
041150.10
Switching module 24 V DC / 1 A
010686.01
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 17 Ah
041151.10
Switching module 250 V AC / 5 A
010690.01
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 32 Ah
042235
Indoor blinking light
010690.02
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 40 Ah
043050
Indoor siren module
012168
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 80 Ah
043060
Piezo indoor siren
012170
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 130 Ah
062085
Fire detector base module
050019
Distributor block
RDT/transmission devices
013130.10
5-input module
057860
DS 6600 Analog transmission device
013131.10
5-output module
057871
DS 9500 ISDN transmission device
022160.20
IDENT-KEY IK2 evaluating unit
057650
DS 7600 ISDN transmission device
023312.10
IDENT-KEY IK3 evaluating unit
057651
DS 7700 ISDN/IP transmission device
033442.20
Viewguard DUAL AM BUS-2
BUS-2 user
033443.20
Viewguard DUAL BUS-2
WINFEM control panel programming
033332.20
Viewguard PIR BUS-2
013467.10
USB adapter box (USB 1.1 compatible)
033432.20
Viewguard PIR AM BUS-2
013498
Parameterisation software WINFEM Advanced
010120
DUO I/O-Modul BUS-2/BUS-1, up
013595
WINFEM - User
010121
DUO Relaismodul 230V AC/8A, uP
062090
BUS-2/BUS-1 smoke detector base
Connecting cable
48
013100.10
Connecting cable set 40 mm / 250 mm
013100.12
Connecting cable 250 mm
012540/41
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit
013100.11
Connecting cable 15.75 in
012544
10-detector group operating unit with disabling unit
013100.14
Connecting cable 25.59 in
012542
16-detector group disable and display module
013100.13
Connecting cable 39.37 in
012548
16-detector group display module
013140
64-detector group display terminal
012577
TouchCenter BUS-2 graphic operating unit
www.honeywell.com/security/de
BUS-2, operating units
Control panels
013222.10
System 561-MB
¬"A7§/21£−
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus in housing ZG 4
Approval
3.229,50 €
11
G106037 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070627/09 E
22
Space for 8 options; space for power supply/charger unit; max. accumulator space 2 x 65 Ah
33
Computer/connection PCB; housing ZG 4; front plate 6 HE; dummy plate 6 HE
44
55
013223.10
¬"A8§/21¦−
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus in housing ZG 4,
incl. printer
Approval
66
4.906,50 €
G106037 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070627/09 E
77
Space for 8 options; space for power supply/charger unit; max. accumulator space 2 x 65 Ah
88
Computer/connection PCB; heat transfer printer 013900; housing ZG 4; front plate 6 HE;
dummy plate 6 HE
99
10
10
013224.10
¬"A9§/21©−
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus 19” model
11
11
2.570,00 €
12
12
Computer/connection PCB; front plate 6 HE
13
13
14
14
15
15
013225.10
¬"A:§/21#−
4.246,00 €
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus 19” model, incl. printer
16
16
Computer/connection PCB; heat transfer printer 013900; front plate 6 HE
17
17
18
18
19
19
013228.10
¬"A=§/21,−
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus 19” model,
incl. LCD operating unit
20
20
2.987,00 €
21
21
Computer/connection PCB; operating unit 012541; front plate 6 HE
22
22
23
23
49
Control panels
013229.10
System 561-MB
¬"A>§/21/−
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus 19” model,
incl. operating unit and printer
4.662,00 €
Computer/connection PCB; operating unit 012541; heat transfer printer 013900: front plate 6 HE
¬"A?W−
013230
Reconversion kit IDCP 561-MB256 to IDCP 561-MB256 plus
Approval
1.582,50 €
G106037 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070627/09 E
This reconversion kit allows you to reconvert a control panel 561-MB256 to a control panel
561-MB256 plus.
Computer/connection PCB, adapter PCB for serial printer, mounting adapter plate, mounting
and installation material, programming software WINFEM Advanced
Modules
A modular extension has the advantage that the security system can be optimally adapted
to the circumstances of the premises. This also facilitates a later system extension.
Different modules of identical dimensions are available. The rear walls of the individual
housing types are designed for plug-in of these modules. The arrangement of the modules
within the housing can be done individually.
013220.04
¬"A5§/15*−
Connection module for MB256 / MB256 plus
512,50 €
Large-sized module provided with slot for siren plug-in card and radio card.
Fitted with 4 relays 250 V AC / 5 A and 4 relays 24 V DC / 1 A. 10 programmable outputs
and one main output and one continuous alarm output can be used for relay activation or
as semiconductor outputs.
Technical Data
Current consumption (without plug-in cards)
013220.05
¬"A5§/161−
15 mA
I/O basic module for MB256 / MB256 plus
696,50 €
Large-sized module provided with 32 inputs for connecting one or more conventional
detectors or switching devices, such as block locks or operating units. Also available are
48 programmable outputs, 32 of which can be used for the deletion of detector groups via
programming plugs.
Technical Data
Current consumption (without plug-in cards)
Current consumption per terminated input
Semiconductor outputs
50
www.honeywell.com/security/de
50 mA
1 mA
12 V DC / 50 mA
Control panels
013220.06
System 561-MB
¬"A5§/178−
356,00 €
Keyboard module
11
Allows 4 code keypad units to be connected via a matrix connection.
22
Technical Data
Current consumption
33
15 mA
44
55
013220.07
¬"A5§/18?−
327,00 €
BUS-2 module
66
Module for connecting BUS-2 users. 4 connections decoupled from one another are
available for a total of 64 BUS-2 users.
77
Technical Data
Current consumption
30 mA
88
99
013220.11
¬"A5§/22¤−
327,00 €
10
10
Module for connecting BUS-1 users. 4 independent individually fuse-protected connections
are available for BUS-1 users. For each connection, 63 users are possible.
11
11
Technical Data
12
12
BUS-1 module
Current consumption
30 mA
13
13
14
14
013220.13
¬"A5§/24)−
87,50 €
Adapter for auxiliary power supply
15
15
The card is required when several power supply/charger units or more than 5 BUS modules
(BUS-1, BUS-2, IGIS) are being used. It guarantees the required 5 V DC supply of the
modules on the I-BUS and allows a star-shaped distribution of the 12 V DC operating
voltage to the modules.
Also available are 8 pin pairs for free switching.
16
16
17
17
Technical Data
Current consumption
10 mA
18
18
012690.03
¬";{§/14¤−
62,00 €
19
19
Plug-in card for operating a maximum of 2 additional acoustic alarm devices by means of
the connection module 013220.04 on an MB256 or MB256 plus.
20
20
Siren plug-in card for 2 pressure chamber loudspeakers
21
21
22
22
23
23
51
Control panels
Extension examples 561-MB256 plus
Extension examples 561-MB256 plus
52
www.honeywell.com/security/de
System 561-MB
Control panels
System 561-MB
Extension examples 561-MB256 plus
Extension examples 561-MB256 plus
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
53
Control panels
System 561-MB
List of mounting components for 561-MB256 plus
561-MB256 plus
in ZG 4
561-MB256 plus
19"
013222.10
013223.10
013224.10/225.10
013228.10/229.10
Article No.
Designation
010686.01
Power supply unit 12 V DC / 17 Ah
*
*/R
010690.01
Power supply unit 12 V DC / 32 Ah
*
*/R
010690.02
Power supply unit 12 V DC / 40 Ah
*
*/R
012168
Power supply unit 12 V DC / 80 Ah
*
*/R
012170
Power supply unit 12 V DC / 130 Ah
*
*/R
013220.13
Adapter for auxiliary power supply
*
*/R
013220.04
Connection module
*
*/R
013220.05
I/O basic module
*
*/R
013220.06
Keyboard module
*
*/R
013220.11
BUS-1 module
*
*/R
013220.07
BUS-2 module
*
*/R
013330.10
IGIS-LOOP Controller
*
*
013100.08
Relay extension module
*
*/R
070478
Group relay card
*
T
013900
Thermo printer, 40-digit
S at 013223.10
S at 013225.10
S at 013229.10
54
013220.14
Connection board for desktop printer
*
*/R
012690.03
Siren plug-in card
*
*/E
057860
Motherboard DS 6600
*
*/
057650
Motherboard DS 7600 ISDN
*/K
*/R/K
057651
Motherboard DS 7700 ISDN / IP
*/K
*/R/K
057700
Motherboard DS 8800-AWUG
*
*/R
057871
Motherboard DS 9500 ISDN
*
*/R
050019
16-pin distributor block
*
*
013106
19" rear wall mounting plate
–
*
013118
19" dummy plate 6 HE, signal-grey
S
*
013119
19" dummy plate 3 HE, signal-grey
*
*
013100.10
Connecting cable set 40 mm / 250 mm
*
*
013100.11
Connecting cable 400 mm
*
*
013100.12
Connecting cable 250 mm
*
*
013100.13
Connecting cable 1000 mm
*
*
013100.14
Connecting cable 650 mm
*
*
Legend:
* = possible component
S = integrated standard feature
www.honeywell.com/security/de
R = in combination with 013106
T = in combination with 013100.08
K = Compatibility mode 057500 ISDN
E = in combination with 013220.04
Control panels
System 561-MB
Accessories
013900
11
¬"H!r−
1.581,50 €
22
40-digit heat transfer printer plain text printout of operating procedures and messages.
The printed texts allow a complete documentation. Through the use of heat-sensitive paper,
the printer is always ready-for-use, as no ink ribbon has to be replaced. For the control panel
561-MB100, the printer is connected via the parallel interface, while for the 561-MB256 /
MB256 plus, it is connected via a serial or parallel interface.
33
Technical Data
55
Alphanumeric heat transfer printer
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption in no-load operation
Current consumption
Environmental class according to VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
44
12 V DC
10.5 V DC to 15 V DC
60 mA
600 mA average when printing
II
-5°C to +45°C
-20°C to +70°C
ca. 2.1kg
190x235x100mm
signal-grey, similar to RAL 7004
66
77
88
19” front plate, 6 HE; mounting material; connecting cable
99
013901
¬"H"u−
Paper roll for 40-digit heat transfer printer
39,00 €
10
10
11
11
5 units
12
12
13
13
14
14
013220.14
¬"A5§/250−
311,00 €
Connection pcb for table-top printers
15
15
Technical Data
Current consumption
16
16
160 mA (serial + parallel), 110 mA (parallel),
80 mA (serial), 10 MA (standby)
17
17
18
18
19
19
013100.10
¬"@!§/21=−
Connecting cable set 40 mm / 250 mm
30,50 €
20
20
Not suitable for connecting a serial printer to the 561-MB256 plus.
21
21
22
22
23
23
55
Control panels
56
System 561-MB
013100.11
¬"@!§/22D−
Connecting cable 15.75 in
21,00 €
013100.12
¬"@!§/23K−
Connecting cable 250 mm
16,50 €
013100.13
¬"@!§/24R−
Connecting cable 39.37 in
28,00 €
013100.14
¬"@!§/25Y−
Connecting cable 25.59 in
24,50 €
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Control panels
Compact control panels
Hazard detection control panel 2001
382001
¬G5"t−
11
236,00 €
22
Universal small control panel containing two detector groups for monitoring intrusion
and/or fire detectors. It allows contacts and motion or glass breakage detectors to be connected. Alternatively, up to 30 fire detectors of the 9000 / 76xxxx series or up to 10 fire
detectors equipped with switch-on control of the 9000 / 78xxxx series can be connected per
detector group.
33
An additional permanently armed, resistance-monitored entrance loop monitors technical
alarms, tamper, hold-up or manual fire detectors. Remote arming is possible, for example,
via a key switch. A control input allows alarms to be acknowledged or deleted or the hazard
detection control panel to be armed/disarmed.
55
Hazard alarm computer GMZ 2001
44
66
77
382011
¬G5,+−
Hazard alarm computer GMZ 2001 - English
236,00 €
88
As 382001, front plate labelled in English.
99
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Nominal frequency
Rated current
Rated operating voltage
Quiescent current
Current consumption for ext. devices
Battery capacity
Relays
Contact load relay
Transistor outputs
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class according to VdS
Type of protection
Housing
Colour
Colour of front plate
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Class of protection
Weight
230 V AC
50 to 60 Hz
0.1 A
12 V DC
approx. 40 mA
max. 350 mA
12 V / 2 Ah
2
30 V DC / 1A
4 (12 V DC / 0.5 A)
-5°C to +45°C
-5°C to +50°C
II
IP 40
ABS plastic
white, similar to RAL 9016
grey-blue, similar to RAL 5008
270 x 221 x 71 mm
I according to DIN EN 60950
1.5 kg
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
57
Control panels
Compact control panels
50-M5
010145.10
¬""N§/21!−
366,50 €
Intruder alarm control panel 50-M5
Compact control panel containing 5 detector groups. Option to program 2 tamper alarm
groups and 1 hold-up alarm group. The alarm groups 1 and 2 can be locked individually via
the control panel key switch or remote operating units.
It allows alarm signalling types, such as acoustic and optic external alarm, and internal
alarm, to be incorporated. Moreover, the control panel is equipped with first alarm indication, sabotage individual identification and an option for one-man revision.
Technical Data
Performance Features
• programming via DIP switch and
potentiometer
• 5 detector groups
• 1 shunt lock area
• microprocessor technology
• fully electronic voltage-stabilised and
current-limiting power supply/charger unit
• redundancy standby operation
• accumulator monitoring
• designed for 7.5 Ah
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Frequency
Power consumption
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Battery charging voltage
Current consumption disarmed
Continuous current consumption for ext. consumers
Maximum battery capacity according to VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Type of protection
Environmental class according to VdS
Relay contact rating
Max. battery space
Dimensions (W x H x D)
230 V AC
230 V AC/ -15% to +10%
50 Hz
20 VA
12 V DC
10.5 V to 15 V DC
13.8 V DC
60 mA
450 mA
6.5 Ah
-5 °C to +45 C
-25 °C to +70 °C
IP 30
II
30 V DC / 0.8 A
1 x battery 6.5 Ah
300 x 186 x 125 mm
• complete electronic assembly including relay
and connecting points
Motherboard 010145.01; display pcb 010145.02; housing
Accessories:
012624
012600
012601
012415
028032
048720
58
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Operating unit insert for intrusion detection control panel
50-M5/100-A5/100-A8/561-H8 (excluding basic housing/excluding half cylinder)
Surface-mounted basic housing
Flush-mounted basic housing
Flush-mounted housing for 012601
Half cylinder
VdS compact alarm device
Control panels
Compact control panels
100-A5
010146
11
¬""OI−
451,50 €
Intruder alarm control panel 100-A5
Approval
22
G193721 (EMT), Class A
33
Compact control panel designed for 5 detector groups. The control panel allows 2 tamper
alarm groups to be programmed. In addition, the detector groups 1 and 2 can be locked
individually.
44
In connection with optionally connected devices, optic and acoustic external alarm, silent
alarm via AWAG or dialler and internal alarm are available.
55
Moreover, the control panel is equipped with first alarm indication, sabotage individual
identification and an option for one-man revision.
Performance Features
• programming via DIP switch and
potentiometer
• 5 detector groups
• 1 shunt lock area
• transmission device can be connected
• fully electronic voltage-stabilised and
current-limiting power supply/charger unit
• redundancy standby operation
• accumulator monitoring
• designed for 7.5 Ah
• complete electronic assembly including
relay and connecting points
66
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Frequency
Power consumption
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Battery charging voltage
Current consumption disarmed
Continuous current consumption for ext. consumers
Maximum battery capacity according to VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Type of protection
Environmental class as per VdS
Contact rating relay 2
Contact rating relay 3
Max. battery space
Dimensions (W x H x D) #8
77
230 V AC
230 V AC-15% to +10%
50 Hz
20 VA
12 V DC
10. 5V to 15 V DC
13.8 V DC
60 mA
450 mA
7.5 Ah
-5 °C to +45 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
IP 30
II
250 V AC/ 5 A
30 V AC / 0.8 A
1 x battery 7.5 Ah
300 x 186 x 125 mm
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Motherboard 010146.01; display pcb 010146.02; housing
Accessories:
012624
012600
012601
012415
028032
048720
14
14
Operating unit insert for intrusion detection control panel
50-M5/100-A5/100-A8/561-H8 (excluding basic housing/excluding half cylinder)
Surface-mounted basic housing
Flush-mounted basic housing
Flush-mounted housing for 012601
Half cylinder
VdS compact alarm device
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
59
Control panels
Compact control panels
System 561-H
011900
¬"4!J−
702,00 €
Intruder alarm control panel 561-H8
Approval
G195505 (EMT), Class B
Control panel for up to 8 detector groups, depending on the type and number of arming
device. Option to program 2 tamper alarm groups and 1 hold-up alarm group. The alarm
groups 1 and 2 can be locked individually via the control panel key switch or operating units.
The available alarm signalling types are optic and acoustic external alarm, silent alarm via
AWAG or dialler, internal alarm and illumination alarm.
Moreover, the control panel is equipped with first alarm indication, sabotage individual
identification and an option for one-man revision.
Technical Data
Performance Features
• programming via DIP switch and
potentiometer
• 8 detector groups
• 1 shunt lock area
• Transmission device can be integrated
• Fully electronic voltage-stabilised and
current-limiting power supply/charger unit
• Redundancy standby operation
• Accumulator monitoring
• designed for 15 Ah
• complete electronic assembly including relay
and connecting points
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Frequency
Power consumption
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Battery charging voltage
Current consumption disarmed
Continuous current consumption for ext. consumers
Maximum battery capacity according to VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Type of protection
Environmental class according to VdS
Contact rating relay 2
Contact rating relay 3
Contact rating relay 4
Max. battery space
Dimensions (W x H x D)
230 V AC
230 V AC -15% to +10%
50 Hz
20 VA
12 V DC
10.5 V to 15 V DC
13.8 V DC
60 mA
800 mA
2 x 6.5 Ah
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
IP 30
II
250 V AC/ 5A
30 V DC / 0.8 A
30 V DC / 0.8
350 x 300 x 152 mm
350 x 300 x 152 mm
Motherboard 011900.01; display pcb 010142.02; housing
Accessories:
012624
012600
012601
012415
028032
057700
057650
057651
60
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Operating unit insert for intrusion detection control panel
50-M5/100-A5/100-A8/561-H8 (excluding basic housing/excluding half cylinder)
Surface-mounted basic housing
Flush-mounted basic housing
Flush-mounted housing for 012601
Half cylinder
Motherboard DS 8800 dialler
DS 7600 ISDN transmission device with AWAG function
DS 7700 ISDN/IP transmission device with AWAG function
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Power Supplies
14
14
Power supply/charger units
Accumulators
15
15
Batteries
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
61
Power Supplies
Power supply units
Board versions
For every application, a matching power supply unit/charger is available. The individual
power supply units/chargers are distinguished in particular by their permanent accumulator
monitoring, voltage stabilisation and current limitation.
The accumulators used in energy supply must have been tested and approved by the VdS.
For the parallel connection of accumulators, only accumulators of the same type and age
and from the same production series may be used. Moreover, the regulations according to
DIN VDE 0833-1 must be observed.
057530.10
¬&l?§/21%−
137,50 €
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah
Approval
G 190702 (EMT), Class A; VSÖ P 070427/79
Fully electronic, voltage-stabilised and current-limited power supply unit/charger for
redundancy standby operation with accumulator monitoring, designed for an accumulator
capacity of up to 7.2 Ah.
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Maximum charging current
Maximum permanent current
Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min.
Battery capacity according to VdS
Power consumption
Environmental class according to VdS
Dimensions (L x W)
010686.01
¬"'w§/12@−
230 V AC
230 V AC -15% to +10%
50 to 60 Hz
0.13 A
0.5 A
0.8 A
max. 7.2 Ah, max. 1 battery connectable
22 VA
II
140 x 60 mm
Power supply/charger unit 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 17Ah
Approval
252,50 €
G183012 (EMT), Class C
Fully electronic, voltage-stabilised and current-limited power supply unit/charger for
redundancy standby operation with accumulator monitoring, designed for an accumulator
capacity of up to 17 Ah.
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Maximum charging current
Maximum permanent current
Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min.
Battery capacity according to VdS
Power consumption
Environmental class according to VdS
Dimensions (L x W)
010690.01
¬"'{§/12L−
230 V AC
230 V AC -15% to +10%
50 to 60 Hz
0.7 A
1.4 A
2.4 A
max. 17 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable
36 VA
II
215 x 92.5 mm
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 32 Ah
Approval
340,00 €
G185054 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/78
Fully electronic, voltage-stabilised and current-limited power supply unit/charger for
redundancy standby operation with accumulator monitoring, designed for an accumulator
capacity of up to 32 Ah.
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Maximum charging current
Maximum permanent current
Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min.
Battery capacity according to VdS
Power consumption
Environmental class according to VdS
Dimensions (L x W)
62
www.honeywell.com/security/de
230 V AC
230 V AC -15% to +10%
50 to 60 Hz
1.1 A
2A
2.5 A
max. 32 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable
75 VA
II
250 x 97.5 mm
Power Supplies
010690.02
Power supply units
¬"'{§/13S−
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 40 Ah
Approval
465,50 €
11
G297021 (BMT), G197099 (EMT), Class C and EN 54-4;
VSÖ W 070427/77
22
Fully electronic, voltage-stabilised and current-limited power supply unit/charger for
redundancy standby operation with accumulator monitoring, designed for an accumulator
capacity of 40 Ah.
According to EN 54-4 equipped with deep-discharging protection, monitoring of charging
circuit and battery defect detection. In addition, 8 LEDs are available for trouble location.
33
44
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Maximum charging current
Maximum permanent current
Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min.
Battery capacity according to VdS
Power consumption
Environmental class according to VdS
Dimensions (L x W)
55
230 V AC
230 V AC -15% to +10%
50 to 60 Hz
1.5 A
1.5 A
2.2 A
max. 40 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable
100 VA
II
250 x 97.5 mm
66
77
88
Accessories:
010693
012168
¬"6eL−
NTC temperature sensor
99
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 80 Ah
Approval
10
10
914,00 €
G199022 (EMT), Class C, G299028 (BMT) and EN 54-4;
VSÖ W070427/80, W 070427/76
11
11
Fully electronic, voltage-stabilised and current-limited power supply unit/charger for
redundancy standby operation with accumulator monitoring, designed for an accumulator
capacity of up to 80 Ah. In addition to 12 V DC, the power supply/charger unit also supplies
24 V DC, up to a maximum load of 800 mA.
According to EN 54-4 equipped with deep-discharging protection, monitoring of charging
circuit and battery defect detection. In addition, 8 LEDs are available for trouble location.
12
12
13
13
14
14
Technical Data
Rated mains voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Maximum charging current
Max. continuous current 12 V DC output
Max. continuous current 24 V DC output
Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min.
Battery capacity according to VdS
Power consumption
Environmental class according to VdS
Dimensions PCB (L x W)
230 V AC
230 V AC, -15% to +10%
50 to 60 Hz
3.5 A
3.5 A
0.8 A
5A
80 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable
170 VA
II
102 x 252 x 80 mm
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
Accessories:
010693
NTC temperature sensor
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
63
Power Supplies
012170
Power supply units
¬"6gR−
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 130 Ah
Approval
669,00 €
G100030 (EMT), Class C and EN 54-4
Fully electronic, voltage-stabilised and current-limited power supply unit/charger for
redundancy standby operation with accumulator monitoring, designed for an accumulator
capacity of up to 130 Ah.
According to EN 54, Part 4, equipped with deep-discharging protection, monitoring of
charging circuit and battery defect detection. In addition, 8 LEDs are available for trouble
location.
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Maximum charging current
Maximum permanent current
Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min.
Battery capacity according to VdS
Power consumption
Environmental class according to VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
230 V AC
230V AC; -15% to +10%
50 to 60 Hz
5.7 A
5A
7A
max. 130 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable
170 VA
II
102 x 252 x 80 mm
Accessories:
012171
010693
012171
¬"6hU−
ZG 4 housing for power supply
NTC temperature sensor
ZG 4 housing for power supply 012170
545,50 €
Empty housing including lock insert for integrating the power supply/charger unit 012170.
Technical Data
Max. battery space
Housing
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
2 x 65 Ah batteries
2 mm sheet steel, powder-coated
approx. 25.8 kg (empty)
580 x 640 x 300 mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Accessories:
010693
028050
NTC temperature sensor with connecting cable 50 cm
VdS lock insert
Housing versions
012135
¬"6DP−
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah
Approval
260,50 €
G190702 (EMT), Class A; VSÖ P 070427/79
Same as power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah (057530.10), but inside housing.
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Maximum charging current
Maximum permanent current
Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min.
Battery capacity according to VdS
Power consumption
Housing
Colour
Max. battery space
Environmental class as per VdS
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Sheet steel front door
Colour
230 V AC
230 V AC; +10% -15%; 50 to 60 Hz
50 to 60 Hz
0.13 A
0.5 A
0.8 A
max. 7.2 Ah, 1 battery connectable
22 VA
Type ZG 1, 2 mm sheet steel
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
1 x 7.2 Ah
II
Type ZG 1, 2 mm sheet steel
300 x 186 x 125mm
powder-coated, printed
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Extension possible to include further distributor blocks, error signal fault transmitters, modem,
and the like.
64
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Power Supplies
012141
Power supply units
¬"6Jb−
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 17 Ah
Approval
494,50 €
11
G183012 (EMT), Class C
22
Same as power supply unit/charger 12 V DC / 17 Ah (010686.01), but inside housing.
33
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Maximum charging current
Maximum permanent current
Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min.
Battery capacity according to VdS
Power consumption
Max. battery space
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class according to VdS
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Sheet steel front door
Colour
230 V AC
230 V AC; +10% -15%; 50 to 60 Hz
50 to 60 Hz
0.7 A
1.4 A
2.4 A
max. 17 Ah, max 2 batteries connectable
36 VA
2 x 6.5 Ah
IP 30
II
Type ZG 2, 2 mm sheet steel
350 x 300 x 152mm
powder-coated, printed
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
44
55
66
77
88
Extension possible to include further distributor blocks, error signal fault transmitters, modem,
and the like.
99
A 16-pin distributor has been built in by the factory.
Accessories:
028050
10
10
VdS lock insert
11
11
010691
¬"'|s−
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 20 Ah
558,50 €
12
12
Approval
G185054 (EMT), Class C
Same as power supply unit/charger 010690.01 (12 V DC / 32 Ah), but inside housing.
Accumulator for max. 20 Ah.
13
13
Technical Data
14
14
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Maximum charging current
Maximum permanent current
Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min.
Battery capacity according to VdS
Power consumption
Max. battery space
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class according to VdS
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Sheet steel front door
Colour
230 V AC
230 V AC; +10% -15%
50 to 60 Hz
1.1 A
2A
2.5 A
20 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable
75 VA
2 x 10 Ah or 1 x 16 Ah
IP 30
II
Type ZG 2, 2 mm sheet steel
350 x 300 x 152 mm
powder-coated, printed
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
Extension possible to include further distributor blocks, error signal fault transmitters, modem,
and the like.
20
20
Accessories:
028050
VdS lock insert
21
21
22
22
23
23
65
Power Supplies
010692
Power supply units
¬"'}v−
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 32 Ah
Approval
631,00 €
G185054 (EMT), Class C
Same as power supply unit/charger 12 V DC / 32 Ah, 010690.01, but inside housing.
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Maximum charging current
Maximum permanent current
Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min.
Battery capacity according to VdS
Power consumption
Max. battery space
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class according to VdS
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
Sheet steel front door
230 V AC
230 V AC; +10% -15%
50 to 60 Hz
1.1 A
2A
2.5 A
32 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable
75 VA
2 x 10 Ah or 1 x 25 Ah or 16 Ah
IP 30
II
type ZG 3.1, 2 mm sheet steel
500 x 300 x 210mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
powder-coated, printed
Extension possible to include further distributor blocks, error signal fault transmitters, modem,
and the like.
Accessories:
028050
012169
¬"6fO−
VdS lock insert
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC/ 24 V DC / 80 Ah
Approval
1.148,00 €
G199022 (EMT), Class C and EN 54-4
Same as power supply unit/charger 12 V DC / 80 Ah, 012168, but inside housing.
Fully electronic 12 V DC power supply unit/charger with 24 DC output. Voltage-stabilised
with current limitation and redundancy standby operation with accumulator monitoring and
deep-discharging protection. Monitoring of charging circuit and battery defect detection.
The robust steel sheet housing, type ZG 3.1, with LED display for “Mains available” and
“Failure” has room for 2 x 40 Ah accumulators.
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Max. continuous current 12 V DC output
Max. continuous current 24 V DC output
Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min.
Battery capacity
Power consumption
Type of protection
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
Accessories:
010693
66
www.honeywell.com/security/de
NTC temperature sensor
230 V AC
230 V AC -15% to +10%
50 to 60 Hz
0.8 A
3.5 A
max . 5 A
max. 80 AH, max. 2 batteries connectable
170 VA
IP 30
II
500 x 300 x 210mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Power Supplies
Power supply units
Accessories
010693
11
¬"'~y−
12,00 €
NTC temperature sensor
22
For power supply units/chargers 012168, 012170 and 010690.02, for optimising the
temperature-controlled accumulator charging voltage. Required when accumulators are not
mounted in the immediate proximity of the power supply unit/charger.
33
44
The NTC temperature sensor is mandatory for VdS systems.
Including connecting cable 50 cm long.
55
66
028050
¬#qS&−
27,50 €
VdS lock insert
77
According to VdS for commercial use, for example for retrofitting housings.
The VdS lock insert is delivered with the Schulte 1k101 locking mechanism.
For alarm control panel, no single locking mechanism may be used.
88
2 keys
99
10
10
11
11
Small power supply units
094051
¬*ITG−
Power supply unit 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 0.5 A
12
12
110,00 €
13
13
The power supply unit provides 2 x 12 V DC, 1 x stabilised, 1 x non-stabilised and
non-smoothed.
14
14
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Mains frequency
Output voltage
Output voltage
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Output current
Environmental class according to VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
230 V AC
230 V AC +10% to -15%
40 Hz to 60 Hz
12 V DC not stabilised, non-smoothed
12 V DC not stabilised, non-smoothed
IP 40
500 mA max.
II
-5 °C to +45 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
151.5 x 45 x 79 mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
A total current (sum of both outputs) of max. 500 mA can be drained, for example output
1 = 100 mA, output 2 = 400 mA.
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
67
Power Supplies
Power supply units
Accumulators
The listed lead accumulators are maintenance-free, closed accumulators containing a solid
electrolyte. They operate independent of location, are exhaustive discharge protected, cycleresistant, long-lived (4 to 5 years) and designed for maximum load. The charging voltage
for 12 V accumulators (6 x 2.3 V per cell) is 13.8 V at an ambient temperature of + 20° C
The accumulators meet the VDE 0833 - 1 guidelines for hazard detection systems and are
VdS-approved. According to the VdS guidelines, the accumulators should be replaced, if not
stated otherwise in the approval certificate, at least every four years. Please make sure that the
batteries to be used from the same manufacturer have the same date of manufacture and
the same capacity.
018001.10
¬"q"§/21;−
32,00 €
12 V accumulator / capacity 1.2 Ah
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
018002.10
¬"q#§/21>−
98 x 53 x 43 mm
32,50 €
12 V accumulator / capacity 2.0 Ah
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
018003.10
¬"q$§/21A−
176 x 60 x 33 mm
33,00 €
12 V accumulator / capacity 3.5 Ah
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
018004.10
¬"q%§/21D−
134 x 60 x 67 mm
32,00 €
12 V accumulator / capacity 6.5 Ah
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
018005.10
¬"q&§/21G−
150 x 95 x 65 mm
55,00 €
12 V accumulator / capacity 10 Ah
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
018006.10
¬"q'§/21J−
151 x 93 x 97 mm
102,50 €
12 V accumulator / capacity 24 Ah
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
018007.10
¬"q(§/21M−
165 x 122 x 174 mm
70,50 €
12 V accumulator / capacity 17 Ah
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
68
www.honeywell.com/security/de
180 x 167 x 77 mm
Power Supplies
018008.10
Power supply units
¬"q)§/21P−
171,50 €
12 V accumulator / capacity 38 Ah
11
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
22
197 x 170 x 165 mm
33
018010.10
¬"q+§/21V−
342,50 €
12 V DC accumulator / capacity 65 Ah
44
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55
272 x 168 x 190 mm
66
018011.10
¬"q,§/21Y−
72,50 €
12 V accumulator / capacity 12 Ah
77
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
018012
¬"q-£−
150 x 94 x 97 mm
88
99
145,50 €
12V DC accumulator / capacity 16 Ah
10
10
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
181 x 167 x 76 mm
11
11
Required as part of VdS certification when used on power supply units 010690.01 and 010692
at full capacity (2 x 16 Ah).
12
12
13
13
Batteries
14
14
018050
¬"qS%−
11,00 €
3 V lithium battery
15
15
Technical Data
Button cell
16
16
3 V / 950 m Ah / type: CR2477N
17
17
018051
¬"qT(−
18
18
9,00 €
9 V alkali-manganese battery
19
19
Technical Data
Battery
9 V / 550 m Ah
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
69
Notes
70
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Remote data transmission
Analog dialling devices
ISDN dialling devices
Redundant radio channel
Receiving terminal stations
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
71
Remote data transmission
List of transmission devices
List of communication devices
List of transmission devices
Transmission device
DS 4200
AWAG 6200
DS 8800-AWUG
DS 6600
057605
057623
057700
057860
----
G188804
G193803
G107806
PSTN
x
x
x
x
Stand alone mode supported
x
x
x
35 sec.
2 x 22 sec.
1
2
Item nr.
VdS approval nr.
Speech capability
Inputs
Outputs onboard
8
BUS
2
Outputs with panel
BUS / 40
Phone numbers
4
6
8
20
VdS 2465 protocol
x
TELIM protocol
x
x
Contact ID protocol
x
e*cityruf (e-message) tone only
x
SMS transmission via TAP and UCP protocol
x
SMS transmission via PSTN with 1TR140 protocol
x
SMS transmission via PSTN to a E-Mail client
x
SMS transmission via PSTN to a fax machine
x
Connection to panel
conventional (hardwired)
conventional (hardwired)
conventional (hardwired)
EMZ-RS 232
BUS-22
I-BUS22
Compatibility to
DS 6500 / DGA 2400
Integration module for panels
x
Modem function
x
Remote parametrization / remote access
X1
Programming via PC /Notebook
x
Programming by mobile programming device 059998
Event log / number of events
Routine call functions / Number of dialling sequences
72
1 = Second device neede
www.honeywell.com/security/de
yes / yes
x, USB
FLASH-Firmware Update per USB
Legend:
x
x
x
1
14
75
1000
x/1
–/1
x/1
4/8
2 = Only compatibility mode
BUS = Functionality depends on panel
Remote data transmission
List of transmission devices
List of communication devices
11
List of transmission devices
22
33
Transmission device
DS 9500
DS 9600
DS 7600
DS 7700
Item nr.
057871
057872
057650.10
057651.10
VdS approval
G107803
G107802
G106801
G106802
x
x
x
x
x
x
ISDN
Stand alone mode supported
Ethernet connection
44
55
66
x
Speech capability (predefined messages in German)
77
x
x
x
4+1 (3sec each)
4+1 (3sec each)
4+1 (3sec each)
4+1 (3sec each)
Inputs
100
100
8 / 88 / 108
8 / 88 / 108 3
Outputs with panel
100
100
108
108
20 / 8
20 / 8
20 / 8
20 / 8
TELIM protocol
x
x
x
x
VdS 2465 protocol via ISDN
x
x
x
x
SMS function / e*cityruf (e-message)
x
x
x
x
ISDN
Ethernet / ISDN / GPRS 5
Individually speech texts
Phone numbers / Dialling sequences
E-Mail via
x
3
TCP/IP connection via
Ethernet / ISDN / GPRS
Encription algorithm (TCP/IP)
88
99
10
10
11
11
5
AES / Chiasmus
X.31 connection
x
12
12
x
Simultaneus connections over TCP/IP
2 Alarm receiver
13
13
2 WINFEM / 4 WINMAG
2 Video systems
Steady connection over D channel
4
4
Demand-controlled connections over D channel
x
x
GSM
GSM / GPRS
Redundant connection with RFW-3000 GSM
GPRS connection to security service
EMZ-RS 232
(only 561-MB24)
Conventional (hardwired)
Conventional (hardwired)
BUS-2
EMZ-RS 232
EMZ-RS 232
EMZ-RS 232
BUS-2 4
BUS-2 4
BUS-2 4
I-BUS
I-BUS 4
4
I-BUS 4
4
DS 8500-ISDN
DS 8600-ISDN
DS 7500-ISDN
DS 7500-ISDN
Number of remote outputs
40
40
2 / 82 / 42
2 / 82 / 42 3
Integration module for panels
x
x
x
x
Modem function
x
x
x
x
yes1 / yes1
yes1 / yes1
yes/yes
yes/yes
yes
yes
Remote parametrization / remote access
Active, galvanically and functionally decoupled
3
ISDN-S0-BUS for downstream ISDN devices
Programming via PC /Notebook
x
x
x
x
Event log / number of events
1000
1000
1000
1000
Routine call functions / Number of dialling sequences
x/4
x/4
x/4
x/4
Legend:
15
15
x
Connection to panel
Compatibility to
14
14
1 = only with Point-to-Multipoint configuration
2 = Only with GSM module RFW-3000 GSM
4 = only compatibility mode
5 = GPRS with RFW-3000 GSM
3 = on Board / max. Expansion / Integration
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
73
Remote data transmission
Analog dialling devices
Automatic telephone dialler
057605
¬&m&h−
497,00 €
AWAG 4200 dialler with annunciator
Automatic telephone dialler with annunciator including user-guidance input of telephone
numbers and the announcement text.
The AWAG 4200 transmission device has been designed for use as automatic dialler with
annunciator for signalling and notifying purposes. An individually recorded voice message
is transmitted selectively to up to four memorised user numbers when an event occurs
(e.g. releasing a relay contact, a button press).
In connection with an intrusion or fire detection system, AWAG 4200 has turned out to be
the solution in different situations, such as, for example, as an alarm, fire, gas, cooling/freezing cabinet failure or power failure detector. This announcement can either be transmitted
over a distance (via the public telephone network) or locally (within a private branch
exchange system).
Performance Features
• 1 input
• Freely programmable
Technical Data
• Electronic voice memory
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Quiescent current
Alarm current
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Activation
Transmission procedure
Dialling method
Connection
Dimensions PCB (W x H x D)
Dimensions housing (W x H x D)
• Multi-frequency dialling method
• May be operated within private branch
exchange systems (no fault switching operation), call exchange possible via code or flash
• Up to 4 telephone numbers programmable
• Max. announcement time: 35 seconds
• Built-in loudspeaker and microphone
• Alarm contact closed or open, programmable
as release condition for dialling sequence
• Start of the dialling sequence possible by
alarm contact or manually by key press
Room for power supply/charger unit 057530.10 and accumulator 018002.10
• Alarm delay and alarm blocking time
programmable
Accessories:
• Emergency power supply (power supply unit
including accumulator) can be integrated in
the housing as an option
057530.10
018002.10
057550
057623
¬&m87−
12V DC
10V DC to 14V DC
39mA
max. 200mA
-10 C to +35 C
-25 C to +70 C
NO switch without NC switch, potential-free
voice transmission
DTMF
TAE-6
130 x 160 x 40mm
250 x 210 x 100mm
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah
12 V DC / 2.0 Ah accumulator
ADO8/TAE/IAE covering case
1.190,00 €
2-channel dialler AWAG 6200
Approval
G188804 (EMT), transmission device; VSÖ W 070427/81E
Microprocessor-controlled automatic telephone dialling device with annunciator and
user-guidance input of all telephone numbers and control functions on-site via the mobile
programming device.
The AWAG 6200 is used for transmitting alarm messages and operating states via the public
telephone network. The transmission of the message takes place via digitised speech
(speech processor). The text can be recorded on-site as a voice message by microphone.
Technical Data
Performance Features
• 2 detector groups
• Freely programmable
• Electronic voice memory
• For use at main stations and private branch
exchange systems of the public telephone
network
• For use in exchange lines of private branch
exchange systems without direct dialling
• Central control via microprocessor
• Word memorising capacity of 44 seconds
• Memorisation of the text information takes
place digitally
• Data backed up by an integratable 9 Volt
battery
74
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Current consumption stand-by
Current consumption active
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
65 mA
120 mA
IP 30
II
with hinged door, 2 mm sheet steel, powder coated
300 x 186 x 125 mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Computer card 057620.01; language memory card 057620.03; connection pcb 057620.02 with
relay; male connector for telecom socket; housing
Accessories:
057550
057530.10
018002.10
059998
ADO8 / TAE6 / IAE covering case
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah
12 V DC / 2.0 Ah accumulator
Mobile programming device
Remote data transmission
Analog dialling devices
Accessories
057620.04
11
¬&m5§/15¨−
134,00 €
22
The card is used in connection with the microphone 040110 for the voice recording of texts.
Only required once.
33
Voice recording pcb for AWAG 6200
44
55
66
040110
¬%"+G−
26,00 €
Microphone
77
For voice recording pcb 057620.04
88
99
10
10
11
11
057800-5
¬&o!§.6B−
80,00 €
Multi-frequency dialling plug-in card
12
12
Required for private branch exchange systems featuring multi-frequency dialling and
onward transmission within a private branch exchange system.
13
13
Technical Data
Current consumption stand-by
Current consumption active
14
14
1 mA
5 mA
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
75
Remote data transmission
Analog dialling devices
Analog dialling devices with digital transmission
057860
¬&o]C−
DS 6600 Analog transmission device with Contact ID and TELIM
Approval
417,00 €
G107806 (EMT), transmission device
The ISDN transmission device DS 6600 is used for digital transmission of technical faults
and emergency calls over the public analog telecommunication network (ISDN) to a rescue
service (digital alarm receiver of a security service). Moreover, in compatible hazard detection control panels, the modem function allows remote service and remote diagnosis.
Information transmission takes place to compatible alarm receivers (e.g. DEZ 9000), which
are capable of interpreting the following protocols:
- VdS 2465 in analog telephone network
- Telim protocol
- Contact ID
Performance Features
• Alarm transmission by VdS 2465
(V.22 at 1,200 bits/s) Protocol in analog
telecommunication network
• Telim protocol
• Contact ID
• SMS transmission via TAP and UCP protocol
• Landline transmission of SMS
(1TR140 protocol)
• Landline transmission of SMS to an e-mail
recipient
• Landline transmission of SMS to a fax recipient
• e* Cityruf (tone only)
• Modem function for remote access to the
connected hazard detection control panels
(14,400 baud)
Programmable performance features:
• 20 telephone numbers for demand-controlled
connections
• Several individually configurable dialling
sequences
• Non-volatile event memory for at least 1,000
max. 2,000 events.
• Remote control options in connection with
compatible alarm receivers
• 100 outputs of the intrusion detection control
panel can be transmitted alarm criterion
• 100 freely programmable functional group
outputs can be transmitted as alarm criterion
via Contact-ID Event Code
• Permanent monitoring of the availability of the
telephone connection with sabotage security
enabled and anti-block function enabled
• Extensive remote service and remote diagnosis
options
76
www.honeywell.com/security/de
In addition, the wide range of options of sending SMS provided by the transmission device
DS 6600 may be mentioned in particular. Thus, it is not only possible to send SMS to mobile
phones and landline phones, but SMS can also be sent over the landline network to e-mail
and fax recipients.
For the use of the DS 6600 as integration module in compatible hazard detection systems,
the IDCP RS-232 interface with an extended range of functions is available. Thus, the USB
interface of the transmission device can be used in this connection for programming the
control panel.
The transmission device DS 6600 has an I-BUS interface and a BUS-2 interface. This
enables its integration, via a compatibility mode (with a reduced range of functions), into
control panel systems that do not provide an IDCU RS-232 interface.
The application-specific data are conveniently programmed via WINFEM Advanced.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Environmental class according to VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dial process
Connection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
12 V DC
10.5 V to 15 V DC
80 mA (stand-by), 110 mA (in operation)
II
-10 °C to +50 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
IWV, MFV
to telephone jack, TAE-6 Dose
158 x 112 mm
Integration module for the intrusion detection control panels 561-MB24, 561-MB48,
561-MB100.
Telecom connecting cable
Serial connecting cable for intrusion detection control panel
Remote data transmission
Analog dialling devices
Analog transmission device DS 8800
Performance Features
• 8 transmission channels
• BZT registration no. A 106906D for use: in main
stations of the public telephone network; within
private branch exchange systems in fault switching operation; in exchange lines of private
branch exchange systems without direct dialling
• Routine call with weekly program
• Remote maintenance and remote parameterisation
• Real-time clock with date, buffered
• Programmable delayed detector groups
• Programmable blocking times via real-time clock
• Event memory with time and date
• Storage capacity for 8 telephone numbers
• Each telephone number can be allocated an
individual identification number.
• 5 different types of users can be programmed:
Digital receiving station, Omniport receiver,
eurosignal, e*cityruf (tone), e*cityruf (numeric)
• 8 different dialling sequences having different
priority classes
11
The microprocessor-controlled transmission device DS 8800 is used for digital transmission of technical faults, measured values, hazard messages and emergency calls over the
public telephone network to a rescue service (digital alarm receiver of a security service).
The digital information transmission can take place to a TELIM-compatible alarm receiver
(e.g. alarm receiver DEZ 9000). The information can also be transmitted to a Eurosignal,
e*Cityruf and/or Omniport receiver.
22
33
44
After an activation criterion appears, the device will use the telephone line and transmit the
message digitally to the receiving terminal station, depending on programming. The
connection to a Eurosignal, e*Cityruf or Omniport receiver is established in accordance with
the specific access conditions of these services.
55
The programming of the fault detector is done by the mobile programming device (059998).
A multitude of free programming options allows all requested parameters to be allocated
universally. In addition, a special test mode in connection with the programming device
allows a documentation of the connection set-up and fault and error messages in plain text.
66
77
Accessories:
057530.10
018002.10
057550
059998
88
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah
12 V DC / 2.0 Ah accumulator
ADO 8 / TAE / IAE covering case
Mobile programming device
99
• Summertime/wintertime change manually or
automatically, as desired
10
10
• Permanent monitoring of the connected remote
transmission
• Direct remote interrogation or remote interrogation by callback for digital transmission
11
11
• Potential-free output for different signalling
functions
12
12
• Free allocation of signal types to each detector
group (armed, disarmed, alarm, etc.)
• Input and control of the application-specific data
is done directly at the device with user guidance
via the intelligent programming device with
alphanumeric display
13
13
14
14
• Positive drive output to be included in the positive
drive of intrusion detection systems
• Operating voltage monitoring with message
transmission
057700
¬&n![−
15
15
Analog transmission device DS 8800
Approval
369,00 €
16
16
G 193803 (EMT)
17
17
Transmission of digital information to TELIM-compatible alarm receivers, *ecity/Euro call
option.
18
18
Technical Data
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
Quiescent current
Alarm current
Environmental class according to VdS
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature range
Input channels
Activation
Speed of transmission
Call number memory
Redialling
Dialling method
Connection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
12 V DC
10.5 V DC to 15 V DC
40 mA
80 mA
II
-5 °C to +45 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
8
closed circuit, load current, differential detector
10 bit/sec half duplex
8 call numbers maximum of 16 digits each
11x per user
pulse dialling, DTMF with / without flash
TAE-6
215 x 123 x 30 mm
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
Telephone connecting cable
77
Remote data transmission
Analog dialling devices
Accessories
057701
¬&n"^−
79,50 €
Additional housing ZG 0 for DS 8800
Housing provided with swivel door made of 2-mm steel sheet, powder-coated. Lock can be
sealed.
Technical Data
Colour of housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
230 x 155 x 90 mm
No room for emergency power supply
057711
¬&n,|−
104,00 €
Additional housing ZG 1 for DS 8800
Housing provided with swivel door made of 2-mm steel sheet, powder-coated. Lock can be
sealed.
Technical Data
Colour of housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
300 x 186 x 125 mm
Room for emergency power supply 057530.10 and 1 accumulator 018002.10 or 018004.10.
78
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Remote data transmission
ISDN dialling devices
ISDN transmission devices for security technology
057871
¬&ohd−
11
DS 9500 ISDN transmission device with AWAG function
Approval
445,50 €
22
G101803 (EMT), transmission device
33
The DS 9500 is operated in the ISDN network. It is used for digital transmission of technical
faults, hazard messages and emergency calls and for remote parameterisation, remote
maintenance and remote diagnosis of the connected hazard detection system. The performance features for the remote control functions and the remote parameterisation require an
ISDN multipoint interface. A point-to-point connection having the desired remote maintenance functionality requires, for example, the use of the transmission devices DS 7600 or
DS 7700.
Performance Features
• ISDN B channel VdS 2465
• ISDN B channel TELIM
• ISDN B channel Plain text transmission
(dialler function)
• SMS via ISDN
• e* Cityruf (alphanumeric or tone only)
• Voice transmission via standard texts and
DTMF detection without additional extensions
• Up to 4 individual texts of 3 sec each can
be voice recorded by ISDN telephone
• VdS approval
Additional performance features of ISDN
multipoint configuration:
• Remote control options in connection with
voice and telephone keypad (DTMF detection)
• Modem function for remote access to the con
nected hazard detection control panel
• Extensive remote service and remote diagnosis
options
• It can be used for connecting IQ MultiAccess
and IQ SystemControl.
44
55
The connection is made to ISDN-capable alarm receivers, for example DEZ 9000. The
connection to TELIM-compatible alarm receivers can also be effected by means of DS9500.
66
It is equipped with an integrated dialler and paging device and allows remote control functions and remote inquiries to be executed from any phone or mobile phone. It uses intuitive,
language-controlled user guidance as known from operating a mailbox.
77
88
The AWAG function, that is, the transmission of voice messages via ISDN to any telephone
connection, has been completely integrated into the DS 9500 as a standard function. Language memories containing previously prepared standard texts for 9 transmission channels
are available. When the dialler is connected to an MB control panel via a serial interface, its
100 output criteria can be assigned to the 9 transmission channels as desired. Additional
texts each about 3 sec. long can be freely supplemented in 4 of these 9 transmission
channels. The supplementary text is dictated via a phone.
99
10
10
11
11
For the use of the DS 9500 as integration module in compatible hazard detection systems,
the IDCP RS-232 interface with an extended range of functions is available. This makes it
possible to operate several connections in parallel via ISDN. The USB interface of the
transmission device can be used in this connection for programming the control panel.
12
12
The transmission device DS 9500 has an I-BUS interface and a BUS-2 interface. This
enables its integration into older control panel systems of the HB48 or 561-MB100 (without
the index .10 in the art. no.) series without IDCU RS-232 interface via a compatibility mode
(with a reduced range of functions).
13
13
14
14
The application-specific data are conveniently programmed via WINFEM Advanced.
15
15
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption stand-by
Current consumption active
Environmental class according to VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions PCB (L x W)
12 V DC
10,5 V DC to 15 V DC
80 mA
130 mA
II
-10 °C to +50 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
158 x 112 mm
16
16
17
17
18
18
Integration module for intrusion detection control panels
561-MB8, 561-MB16, 561-MB100, 561-MB256, 561-HB48 and 561-MB48
19
19
ISDN connecting cable
Serial connecting cable for intrusion detection control panel
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
79
Remote data transmission
ISDN dialling devices
Digital ISDN transmission device with AWAG function DS 7600
Performance Features
• Can be used on an ISDN multi-device connection
and ISDN system connection (PTP, PTMP)
• Can be used as integration module or stand-alone
device
• Interface for connection to compatible GMA:
I-BUS, BUS-2
• Active, galvanically and functionally decoupled
ISDN S0 BUS for downstream ISDN devices
• Serial interface S1 according to VdS 2463 and
VdS 2465
The DS 7600 is a transmission device that, owing to its comprehensive functionality on the
ISDN connection and its optional redundancy via GSM leaves nothing to be desired for these
transmission paths. Its range of functions is not limited to the transmission of hazard messages, but also offers remote parameterisation, remote control and remote maintenance.
Connections take place primarily to ISDN-capable or TELIM-compatible alarm receivers,
such as the DEZ 9000. When GSM is used as the redundant transmission path, messages
can be received from the alarm receiver via ISDN or a separate GSM module. Language or
SMS is transmitted via ISDN (for SMS, optionally by GSM) to any telephone connections
(SMS to selected networks). A transmission to e-mail recipients is also possible via the
ISDN PPP protocol.
• Parallel interface S1 of 8 inputs according to
VdS 2463 (freely programmable inputs)
The transmission device can be installed in the control panel housing as integration module,
for which two housing models for stand-alone operation or remote assembly are additionally available.
• 2 potential-free outputs for positive drive,
signalling
The DS 7600 has 8 detector group inputs whose activation and response characteristics can
be adapted individually. Furthermore, two remote switching outputs are available.
• 80 additional monitored and freely programmable
inputs or outputs can be set up
The transmission of the alarm and control information via the ISDN takes place in accordance with the relevant VdS specifications, thus ensuring compatibility with the corresponding receiver units. The transmission of very detailed information made possible by the
DS7600 allows a quick and selective reaction of reduced risk potential for the intervention
personnel.
• Non-volatile parameter and event memories
(at least 1,000 entries)
• Failure-proof real-time clock, can be synchronised
with compatible hazard detection system or ISDN
• Freely configurable dialling sequences for different
event types
• TELIM Transmission via the ISDN B channel
(VdS 2465, TELIM)
• Transmission via the ISDN D channel (X.31),
4 online or demand-controlled connections
• Sending of SMS, paging, voice messages and
remote control function via ISDN B channel
• Integrated AWAG function, modifiable standard
texts for voice messages available
• GSM data connections (V.110) with RFW 2000 /
RFW 3000 (optional extension)
• Sending of SMS and e-mail transmission via
GSM with RFW -3000 (optional extension)
• Sending e-mails via ISDN internet dial-up
connection by means of the PPP protocol.
The AWAG function, that is, the transmission of voice messages via ISDN to any telephone
connection, has been completely integrated into the DS 7600 as a standard function. Language memories containing previously prepared standard texts for 9 transmission channels
are available. When the dialler is connected to an MB control panel via a serial interface, the
latter’s 100 output criteria and the 8 conventional inputs of the DS 7600 can be assigned to
the 9 transmission channels as desired. Additional texts each about 3 sec. long can be freely
supplemented in 4 of these 9 transmission channels. The supplementary text is dictated via
a phone.
The integrated DTMF detection allows remote control functions and remote inquiries to be
carried out from any telephone connection that runs with the DTMF dialling method.
An integrated language-supported user guidance allows an easy intuitive operation of
remote control and remote inquiry.
When used as a stand-alone device, the integrated BUS-2 interface allows a connection of
BUS-2 5-input or 5-output modules. Moreover, 80 additional inputs or outputs can be set
up, allowing very extensive monitoring and control tasks to be covered.
• Simultaneous use of all transmission types and
transmission channels possible
• 20 telephone numbers, 4 dial-up access numbers
for X.31 and 10 e-mail addresses programmable
• Permanent monitoring of the transmission paths
and system states including recording
• Integrated protocol analyser for service purposes
• Intelligent anti-block function for ISDN with
protection of emergency call connection
• Telephone number check and password prompt
for remote access
• Remote control functions via voice or DTMF
• Language-supported user guidance for remote
access and remote control over the telephone
• Parameterisation via WINFEM Advanced (USB or
remote access) or via central unit operating unit
• Remote connection of the connected hazard
detection control panel to WINMAG plus
Functional diagram
• Direct connection of a GPS antenna and transmission of the site coordinated possible
Accessories:
• Transmission of IDENT-KEY personal data for
documentation and reproducibility of operating
procedures
• Transmission of detailed information of compatible hazard detection systems including texts
for zones, groups and detectors
80
www.honeywell.com/security/de
057631
057632
057530.10
018004.10
057550
057551
Sheet steel housing ZG 0
Sheet steel housing ZG 1 with room for power supply unit and accumulator
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah integratable in art. no. 057632
12 V DC / 6.5 Ah accumulator
ADO-8 / TAE6 / IAE covering case
Covering case for NTBA and terminal box
Remote data transmission
057650.10
¬&mS§/21c−
ISDN dialling devices
DS 7600 ISDN transmission device, incl. voice transmission
Approval
620,00 €
11
G 106801 (EMT); VSÖ W 070427/39 E
22
Information transmission via ISDN, suitable for connection to ISDN basic rate interfaces
(multipoint or point-to-point connections).
33
Interface for connection to GSM networks (in connection with RFW 2000 / RFW 3000).
Includes ISDN connecting cable.
44
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption stand-by
Current consumption active
Environmental class as per VdS
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Activation
Dimensions PCB (L x W)
12 V DC
10,5 V DC to 15 V DC
100 mA
150 mA
II
-10 °C to +50 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
Quiescent current group, operating current group,
differential detector group
158 x 112 mm
55
66
77
88
Accessories:
057631
057632
057530.10
018004.10
057575
057550
057551
Sheet steel housing ZG 0
Sheet steel housing ZG 1 with room for power supply unit and accumulator
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah integratable in art. no. 057632
12 V DC / 6.5 Ah accumulator
RFW-3000 GSM/GPRS transmission system
ADO-8 / TAE6 / IAE covering case
Covering case for NTBA and terminal box
99
10
10
11
11
Transmission unit
Transmission device
Transmission paths
online connection
Receiver unit
12
12
Receiving station
13
13
D channel connection
14
14
15
15
16
16
connection on demand
ISDN B channel / D channel
17
17
18
18
connection on demand
using redundant radio path
19
19
GSM
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
81
Remote data transmission
ISDN dialling devices
Digital ISDN/IP transmission device with AWAG function DS 7700
Performance Features
• Full functionality on an ISDN multipoint connection
and ISDN point-to-point connection (PTP, PTMP)
• Alarm transmission, remote control and remote
parameterisation via IP networks
• Can be used as integration module or stand-alone
device
• Interface for connection to compatible GMA:
I-BUS, BUS-2
• Active, galvanically and functionally decoupled
ISDN S0 BUS for downstream ISDN devices
• Ethernet interface for connection to IP networks
• Serial interface S1 according to VdS 2463 and
VdS 2465
• Parallel interface S1 of 8 inputs according to
VdS 2463 (freely programmable inputs)
• 2 potential-free outputs for positive drive,
signalling
• 80 additional monitored and freely programmable
inputs or outputs can be set up
• Non-volatile parameter and event memories
(at least 1,000 entries)
The DS 7700 is a transmission system for use in public or private IP networks having an
additional function as ISDN transmission device. Its range of functions is not limited to the
transmission of hazard messages, but also offers remote parameterisation, remote control
and remote maintenance.
A further redundancy via GSM/GPRS can be obtained with optional accessories
(RFW 3000).
Connections take place via ISDN networks, if desired, additionally via ISDN to VdS- and/or
TELIM-compatible units, such as the DEZ 9000. When GSM is used as the redundant transmission path, messages can be received from the alarm receiver via ISDN or a separate
GSM module. Voice or SMS transmission is effected via ISDN (for SMS, optionally by GSM)
to any telephone connection.
An e-mail can be sent via Ethernet or ISDN internet dial-up connection by means of the ISDN
PPP protocol.
In connection with the RFW 3000, the DS 7700 can connect to the internet via the GSM service GRPS (General Packet Radio) and establish online and demand-controlled IP connections to an alarm receiver. This configuration also allows an e-mail to be sent. The transmission device can be installed in the control panel housing as integration module, for
which two housing models for stand-alone operation or remote assembly are additionally
available.
The DS 7700 has 8 detector group inputs whose activation and response characteristics can
be adapted individually. Even when used as integration module, the 8 independent detector
group inputs are additionally available for further transmission criteria. Furthermore, two
remote switching outputs are available.
• Failure-proof real-time clock
• Freely configurable dialling sequences for different
event types
• Transmission via the ISDN B channel
(VdS 2465, TELIM)
• Transmission via the ISDN D channel (X.31),
4 online or demand-controlled connections
• Demand-controlled and 2 online, encrypted or
non-encrypted IP connections to alarm receivers
• TCP/IP connection using the AES or Chiasmus
encryption methods
• Sending of SMS, paging, voice messages and
remote control function via ISDN B channel
• Integrated AWAG function, modifiable standard
texts for voice messages available
The transmission of the alarm and control information via IP and ISDN takes place in accordance with the relevant VdS specifications, thus ensuring compatibility with the corresponding receiver units. The transmission of very detailed information made possible by the
DS 7700 allows a quick and selective reaction of reduced risk potential for the intervention
personnel.
The AWAG function, that is, the transmission of voice messages via ISDN to any telephone
connection, has been completely integrated into the DS 7700 as a standard function. Language memories containing previously prepared standard texts for 9 transmission channels
are available.
When the dialler is connected to an MB control panel via a serial interface, the latter’s 100
output criteria and the 8 conventional inputs of the DS 7700 can be assigned to the 9 transmission channels as desired. Additional texts each about 3 sec. long can be freely supplemented in 4 of these 9 transmission channels. The supplementary text is dictated via a
phone.
• GSM data connections (V.110) with RFW 2000 /
RFW 3000 (optional extension)
• GPRS IP connections and sending e-mails via
GPRS (for use with RFW-3000)
• Sending of SMS and e-mail transmission via GSM
with RFW -3000 (optional extension)
• Sending e-mails via Ethernet or ISDN internet
dial-up connection by means of the PPP protocol
• Simultaneous use of all transmission types and
transmission channels possible
• 20 telephone numbers, 4 dial-up access numbers
for X.31 and 10 e-mail addresses programmable
• Permanent monitoring of the transmission paths
and system states including recording
• Integrated protocol analyser for service purposes
• Intelligent anti-block function for ISDN with
protection of emergency call connection
82
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Functional diagram
Remote data transmission
ISDN dialling devices
• Telephone number check and password prompt
for remote access
• Remote control functions via voice or DTMF
• Language-supported user guidance for remote
access and remote control over the telephone
• Parameterisation via WINFEM Advanced or via
control panel operating unit
• Direct connection of a GPS antenna and transmission of the site coordinated possible
• NTP functionality allows time synchronisation by
polling an NTP server in the intranet or by internet
• Connection to digital video transmission systems
via VdS 2465 S3 (picture surveillance systems)
• Transmission of IDENT-KEY personal data for
documentation and reproducibility of operating
procedures
• Transmission of detailed information of compatible
hazard detection systems including texts for zones,
groups and detectors
The integrated DTMF detection allows remote control functions and remote inquiries to be
carried out from any telephone connection that runs with the DTMF dialling method.
An integrated language-supported user guidance allows an easy intuitive operation of
remote control and remote inquiry.
11
22
When used as a stand-alone device, the integrated BUS-2 interface allows a connection of
BUS-2 5-input or 5-output modules. Moreover, 80 additional inputs or outputs can be set
up, allowing very extensive monitoring and control tasks to be covered. It is possible to
connect up to 2 video control panels via TCP/IP (Ethernet). Communication is by the
VdS-compliant protocol VdS 2465-S2 via an online TCP/IP connection. The video control
panel acts towards the DS 7700 like a monitoring control panel according to VdS 2471 and
2465-S2.
33
44
55
The interconnection of intrusion detection control panel and video control panel offers a
functional integration of both systems and cross-system interactions, such as the control of
the video control panel by operating states of the intrusion detection control panel, display
of names in the video picture during access control and switching operations.
66
The functionalities of the two systems complete each other and are not only available to the
management system of the security services for informative assessment of the situation
during the alarm pretest and to allow them to intervene even more quickly, but can also be
used for future video-based services, such as automatic guard patrols or live monitoring of
operating procedures and switching operations.
77
88
99
Control panel with integrated DS 7700
10
10
ISDN
as redundant
transmission path
11
11
Video control panel
12
12
Redundant
transmission path
13
13
SWITCH
14
14
15
15
IP network
Firewall
Building being monitored
Transmission path
16
16
Receiving station
(Security Service)
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
83
Remote data transmission
057651.10
¬&mT§/21f−
ISDN dialling devices
773,50 €
DS 7700 ISDN/IP transmission device
Approval
G 106802 (EMT); VSÖ W 070427/38 E
Information transmission via ISDN and/or IP network, suitable for connection to ISDN basic
rate interfaces (multipoint or point-to-point connections).
Ethernet interface for connection to IP networks, interface for connection to GSM/GPRS
networks (in connection with RFW 3000).
Includes ISDN connecting cable
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption stand-by
Current consumption active
Environmental class as per VdS
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Activation
Dimensions PCB (L x W)
12 V DC
10,5 V DC to 15 V DC
160 mA
200 mA
II
-10 °C to +50 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
Quiescent current group, operating current group,
differential detector group
158 x 112 mm
Accessories:
057631
057632
057530.10
018004.10
057575
057550
057551
Transmission unit
Transmission device
Sheet steel housing ZG 0
Sheet steel housing ZG 1 with room for power supply unit and accumulator
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah integratable in art. no. 057632
12 V DC / 6.5 Ah accumulator
RFW-3000 GSM/GPRS transmission system
ADO-8 / TAE6 / IAE covering case
Covering case in NTBA and terminal box
Transmission paths
online connection
D channel connection / TCP/IP
connection on demand
ISDN B channel / D channel / TCP/IP
connection on demand
using redundant radio path
GSM
online connection / connection on demand
using redundant radio path
GPRS
84
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Receiver unit
Receiving station
Remote data transmission
ISDN dialling devices
Accessories for transmission devices
057631
¬&m@O−
11
Additional housing ZG 0 for ISDN transmission devices
79,50 €
22
Technical Data
Housing
Fastener
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
33
with hinged door : 2 mm sheet steel powder-coated
via Esser-seal
230 x 155 x 90 mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
44
No room for emergency power supply
55
66
057632
¬&mAR−
Additional housing ZG 1 for ISDN transmission devices
104,00 €
77
Technical Data
Housing
Fastener
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
88
with hinged door : 2 mm sheet steel powder-coated
via Esser-seal
300 x 186 x 125 mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
99
Room for emergency power supply 057530.10 and 1 accumulator 018002.10 or 018004.10.
10
10
11
11
057551
¬&lT"−
Covering case for NTBA and terminal box
77,50 €
12
12
Sheet steel housing with tamper switch and sealable cover. According to the current
regulations of TELEKOM and VdS.
13
13
Technical Data
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Colour
230 x 230 x 75mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
14
14
15
15
16
16
057846
¬&oO¢−
ISDN connecting cable including two Western connectors, 1.5 m
8,50 €
17
17
18
18
19
19
057850
¬&oS%−
ISDN terminal box
For connection to two separate exchange lines.
16,00 €
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
85
Remote data transmission
Redundant radio channel
RFW-3000 / RFW-2000 E systems
The VdS-approved “redundant radio path” serves as independent transmission path for
transmitting hazard messages via ISDN and GSM networks D1 and Vodafone to a rescue
service (security service).
The reason for using redundant transmission paths or replacement paths are the
corresponding specifications of the VdS guidelines or requirements of users subject to an
increased safety risk as a result of a higher risk of possible attacks.
Replacement path:
An additional transmission path to be switched to when a fault occurs in the main
transmission path. According to the VdS, the replacement transmission path must run over
separate lines to the object and also the receiving centre.
Ideally, the replacement path should be laid through a network independent of the main
transmission path (e.g. GSM network). According to VdS, both transmission paths must be
checked periodically for availability and functioning.
In connection with the redundant radio channel RFW 3000, the DS 7700 can connect to the
internet via the GSM service GRPS (General Packet Radio). This allows you to establish
online and demand-controlled IP connections to an alarm receiver. Like the hardwired
Ethernet IP connections, they can also be used encrypted or non-encrypted. It must be
possible to configure the alarm receiver for the reception of alarm messages from IP data
networks (e.g. DEZ 9000).
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption stand-by
Current consumption
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions housing (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC
10.5 V to 15 V DC
<45 mA
<300 mA (active transmission)
II
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
350 x 300 x 152 mm (CH 2)
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
The technical data of the GMS terminal are based on information from the manufacturer.
ISDN
Fixed-link paths
Redundant transmission path
GSM
network
Intrusion detection system and RWF-3000 GSM
Building being monitored
RWF-2000 E and receiver
Control centre
Planning example
Accessories:
057530.10
010686.01
018004.10
057846
057850
057550
86
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 17 Ah
12 V DC / 6.5 Ah accumulator
ISDN connecting cable including two Western connectors, 1.5 m
ISDN connecting cable including two Western sockets
AD08/TAE6/IAE covering case
Remote data transmission
057575
¬&llj−
Redundant radio channel
990,00 €
RFW-3000 GSM/GPRS transmission system
Approval
11
G106801 (EMT), transmission device DS 7600
G106802 (EMT), transmission device DS 7700
22
GSM/GPRS information transmission system for digital transmission systems DS 7600 and
DS 7700 with article no. index .10.
Installation option for: Emergency power supply, 010686.01 or 057530.10; accumulator
6.5 Ah, 018004.10.
33
44
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Current consumption
Stromaufnahme aktiver Sendebetrieb
Operating temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
12 V DC
22 mA
< 100 mA
-10 °C bis +55 °C
350 x 300 x 152 mm
55
66
For setting up a complete transmission system, a DS 7600 or DS 7700 with article no.
index .10 is required.
RFW-3000 GSM can be used and is compatible with DS 7600 (057650) DS 7700 (057651)
each from firmware version V02.25.
77
88
GSM terminal with serial connecting cable; connection pcb and power supply cable; antenna for
GSM terminal; application forms; housing ZG 2
99
057580
¬&lqy−
1.549,50 €
RFW-2000 E
10
10
Approval
G196801 (EMT), transmission device; VSÖ 070427/66 E
Redundant radio path for receiver units, system including a GSM terminal. GSM information transmission system for ISDN reception module.
Installation option for: Emergency power supply, 010686.01 or 057530.10; accumulator
6.5 Ah, 018004.10.
11
11
12
12
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Current consumption
Stromaufnahme aktiver Sendebetrieb
Operating temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
12 V DC
45 mA
< 300 mA
-5 °C bis +45 °C
350 x 300 x 152 mm
13
13
14
14
To set up a complete transmission system for receiver units, an ISDN receiver module (057885)
is required as system component of the digital alarm receiver DEZ 9000.
15
15
GSM terminal with serial connecting cable; GSM adapter (057572) for ISDN reception module;
connection pcb and power supply cable; antenna for GSM terminal; application forms;
housing ZG 2
16
16
17
17
Accessories
18
18
057572
¬&lia−
GSM adapter for ISDN reception module
306,00 €
19
19
For use of an RFW-2000 in connection with an ISDN reception module of the alarm receiver
DEZ 9000.
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
87
Remote data transmission
Redundant radio channel
Application example
All required components can be housed in the housing of the RFW-2000/3000 (ZG 2).
For setting up a complete transmission system, an ISDN transmission device DS 7600 or
DS 7700 is required.
This ISDN transmission device can be installed, depending on the application, in the
housing of the RFW-2000 or in the housing of the hazard detection control panel.
The activation of the transmission system can be effected, depending on the particular
requirements, via the 8 inputs of the ISDN transmission device (parallel S1) or, when being
used on compatible control panels, via BUS-2 or I-BUS.
It goes without saying that the RFW-2000 also allows functions, such as:
- Remote programming,
- Remote diagnosis and
- Remote inquiry
via ISDN.
When the system is activated via BUS-2 or I-BUS, teleservice for the connected hazard
detection system is also possible.
In addition, extensive test and diagnostic options for the GSM components have also been
implemented.
The card contract necessary for operating the GSM terminal can be ordered from:
Nerz Funktechnik
Ebinger Straße 60 • D-72393 Burladingen
Telephone +49 (0) 7475/1345 • Fax +49 (0) 7475/7010
http://www.nerz.com
The commissions paid out by the respective network providers for arranging a card contract
will be passed on to the applicant (installer) via the company Nerz.
The appropriate application forms are enclosed with the RFW-2000.
Further applications:
RFW-3000 GSM as “stand-alone” version
As “stand-alone” device, the RFW-2000 can be used in connection with an ISDN transmission device, if:
- the transmission of messages for a monitored object is required and
- no wire-bound telephone connection is available.
For example, this can be the case in: weekend homes, chalets, storage rooms, boats,
portable buildings acc. to VDE 0100/0108, etc.
Only the top graphic meets the VdS requirements.
DEZ 9000 part no. 057880
GSM / V110-adapter part no. 057572
GSM / V110-adapter part no. 057572
ISDN
GSM
network
Intrusion detection system
RWF-3000 GSM part no. 057570 RWF-2000 E part no. 057580
ISDN
DEZ 9000 part no. 057880
GSM / V110-Adapter part no. 057572
GSM / V110-Adapter part no. 057572
GSM
network
Intrusion detection system
RWF-3000 GSM part no. 057570
Connection option to a receiving station of a security service.
88
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Remote data transmission
Alarm receiver
DEZ 9000 Alarm receiver
Performance Features
• up to 8 network access options
• Receiver modules for ISDN or TELIM-compatible
transmission systems
• Connection via X.25/X.31 (ISDN D channel) or
TCP/IP (Ethernet) allows a permanently active
virtual connection to the connected premises
• Receiver module for TCP/IP (Ethernet) can be
integrated
• VdS-compliant encryption of the transmission
for premises connected via TCP/IP
• Receiver module for Datex-P can be integrated
• 4x40-digit alphanumeric LC display
• 40-digit heat transfer printer
• Different interface protocols for downstream
control centre DIN 66019 (TSS 31)
• Configuration via control centre or via directly
connectable PC keyboard
• Comfortable PC user interface including control
centre functions (DEZ-WIN) included in the
delivery (upload/download)
• Runs under Windows 9X/ NT / 2000 / XP
• Remote control of fault detectors/transmission
devices possible
• Automatic remote inquiry (status inquiry)
• Stand-alone or 19” model
• Event memory having a minimum capacity
of 20 events/premises
• Separate event memory for system activities,
history memory
• User-definable text macros
• Extensive configuration options
(printer, buzzer, routine call monitoring)
• Independent routine call monitoring possible
• Extensive statistics and diagnosis functions
• Reception via GSM networks D1 and D2
(in connection with ISDN receiver module and
GSM adapter)
11
22
G 196801 (EMT) transmission device
Approval
The alarm receiver DEZ 9000 is used for message reception, registration and processing of
alarms, faults and test messages from hazard and fault detection systems. The control panel
has been designed as front end computer and “services concentrator” for a downstream
remote control centre. If no control centre is available, the DEZ 9000 can be used as
universal reception computer. Owing to the option of connecting an external computer (PC),
a comfortable operating and configuration software having selected control centre functions
is available in the form of the “DEZ-WIN” Windows program.
A 40-digit alphanumeric heat transfer printer for recording is available as a standard feature.
This allows the operator continuous documentation of events that are not recorded by the
downstream control centre or of events whose printout is absolutely necessary.
Its modular structure and performance makes the DEZ 9000 a device component that also
meets the requirements resulting from the modern transmission media (e.g. ISDN) and
complex information processing. The hardware requirements for receiving messages from
GSM networks are provided by means of the RFW-2000 E (057580) module.
The RFW-2000 E essentially consists of a radio terminal and suitable connection components, installed in a steel sheet housing ZG 2, on which the required antenna has also been
mounted. The RFW-2000 E is connected to the GSM / V.110 adapter included in the delivery,
which can be plugged into an existing ISDN receiver module.
If a connection in accordance with VdS, in order to provide a replacement path on the control centre side, is not required, the RFW-2000 E module does not have to be used. In this
case, the GSM / V.110 adapter (057572) is sufficient for receiving alarms via GSM networks.
It is plugged into an existing ISDN receiver module.
Optional IP receiver modules allow the premises to be monitored to be connected to the DEZ
9000 via private or public IP networks. The transmission method used is the protocol
“VdS 2465 for TCP/IP” required by the VdS.
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
Technical Data
Rated connection voltage
Connection voltage range
Frequency
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Battery charging voltage
Current consumption at rated voltage without modules,
with 2 MB RAM
Thermoprinter non-active
Thermoprinter active
Telim receiver module stand-by
Telim receiver module active
ISDN receiver module stand-by
ISDN receiver module active
2 MB RAM extension
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
230 V AC
230 V AC / -15% to +10%
50 Hz
12 V DC
10.5 V to 15 V DC
13.8 V DC
12
12
13
13
200 mA
100 mA
max. 600 mA
25 mA
50 mA
65 mA
65 mA
10 mA
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
II
IP 30
488 x 272 x 230 mm
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
Planning example
22
22
Accessories:
059200
059201
059202
059203
Software update, German for DEZ 9000
Software update, German for DEZ ISDN receiver module
Software update, German for DEZ TELIM receiver module
Software update, German for Datex-P receiver module
23
23
89
Remote data transmission
057880
¬&oq¡−
Alarm receiver
4.987,50 €
DEZ 9000 alarm receiver in housing
Technical Data
Mains voltage
Mains frequency
Rated voltage
Rated operating voltage
Battery charging voltage
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Dimensions (W x H x D)
230 V AC/ -15% to + 10%
50 Hz
12 V DC
10.5 V to 15 V DC
13.8 V DC
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
II
IP 30
488 x 272 x 230 mm
In the housing, 4 receiver modules, power supply/charger unit, for example 010690.01 and
2 accumulators 6.5 Ah can be integrated.
40-digit heat transfer printer; 2 MB memory card; serial interface for connecting a remote
control centre or an external computer (PC); includes “DEZ-WIN” PC user interface.
057881
¬&or¤−
DEZ 9000 19” front plate 6 HE, installation in 19” cabinet
4.654,50 €
When assembled in a 19” housing, its full capacity can be achieved by incorporating 8 receiver
modules.
40-digit heat transfer printer; 2 MB memory card; serial interface for connecting a remote
control centre or an external computer (PC); includes “DEZ-WIN” PC user interface.
057882
¬&os§−
19” mounting plate
19” mounting plate for 4 receiver modules 6 HE, installation in 19” cabinet
The mounting plate allows 4 receiver modules to be integrated in a 19” cabinet.
Accessories:
010690.01
018004.10
013901
018050
90
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 32 Ah
12 V DC / 6.5 Ah accumulator
Paper roll for heat transfer printer
Replacement buffer battery
3 V lithium round cell 950 m Ah, RENATA CR 2477N
013100.10
013100.12
013100.11
Connecting cable:
Set of connecting cables 40/250 mm
Connecting cable 250 mm
Connecting cable 15.75 in
057846
ISDN connecting cables:
ISDN connecting cable including two Western connectors, 1.5 m
057551
Covering case:
Covering case for NTBA and terminal box
92,00 €
Remote data transmission
Alarm receiver
Accessories
057883
11
¬&ot!−
676,00 €
TELIM receiver module for DEZ 9000
22
Receiver module for analog network access (analog telephone network).
33
Telephone connecting cable
44
55
057885
¬&ov'−
ISDN receiver module DEZ 9000
66
1.073,50 €
77
Receiver module for ISDN network access.
ISDN connecting cable
88
99
10
10
057886
¬&ow*−
Datex-P receiver module for DEZ 9000
1.549,50 €
11
11
The receiver module allows connection to the Datex-P network of the TELEKOM.
12
12
13
13
14
14
057884
¬&ou$−
2 MB RAM extension for DEZ 9000
15
15
788,00 €
16
16
Required for more than 500 buildings.
17
17
18
18
19
19
057888
¬&oy0−
IP receiver module for DEZ 9000
Receiver module for TCP/IP for network access via Ethernet.
1.165,50 €
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
91
Remote data transmission
Alarm receiver
Software
059200
92
www.honeywell.com/security/de
¬&}!y−
Software update, German for DEZ 9000
78,00 €
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Radio product line
MB Radio System
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
93
Radio product line
MB Radio System
MB radio system Intrusion detection control panel (BUS-2 user)
Performance Features
• Advanced radio transmission technology
• 2 radio bands: 433MHz / 868MHz
• A total of 24 radio channels distributed over
2 radio bands
• Wireless radio system on integrated BUS-2 basis
• Each radio user has a unique address.
• Radio polling to all bidirectional radio users
• Permanent monitoring of the availability of the
radio transmission path
• Intelligent external signal monitoring for detecting
radio signals that do not belong to the system
• Function monitoring of all radio users assigned
to the system
• Tamper monitoring of all radio users
• Radio revision mode for determining the
installation range
• Connection to intrusion detection central units via
BUS-2 (561-MB24, 561-MB48, 561-MB100 of
Art. No. Index .10 only)
• Simple commissioning by means of the installation
mode of the WINFEM Advanced programming
software
015600
¬"Y!-−
The new innovative radio system offers completely new opportunities of protecting human
life and property values. Developed from the very start as a combined system, it is designed
for securing privately owned homes, smaller and also larger commercial objects. In case of
imminent danger, such as burglary, hold-up or even fires, it reliably signals an alarm via the
alarm signalling devices of the connected intrusion detection control panel.
The radio system can be integrated into the following intrusion detection control panels:
561-MB24, 561-MB48, 561-MB100. The RF BUS-2 wireless receiver (Art. No. 015600) is
used as a radio gateway between the radio technology and the BUS-2. This is why no special radio intrusion detection control panel is required.
This innovative RF BUS-2 wireless receiver uses a bidirectional radio connection to establish
communication with up to any 16 radio users. Each RF BUS-2 wireless receiver works as an
autonomous radio cell in its transmission and reception range.
During commissioning of the radio system, the radio users are read in and assigned permanently to the RF BUS-2 wireless receiver by means of a unique address.
The commissioning and also the programming of the radio system is done conveniently via
a PC/laptop using the parameterisation software WINFEM Advanced.
The devices may only be marketed and operated in the following countries:
Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Bulgaria, Hungary, Latvia, Poland, Rumania,
Slovakia
349,00 €
RF BUS-2 wireless receiver
Approval
G108504 (EMT), Class B
The RF BUS-2 wireless receiver is used for extending and supplementing compatible hazard
detection systems that provide a BUS-2 (MB24/48/100.10). The RF BUS-2 wireless receiver
allows a bidirectional radio alarm system of the most advanced radio technology to be set
up and operated.
This RF BUS-2 coupler provides the functions of a gateway connected on one side to the
hazard detection control panel by means of a wired BUS-2 connection. On the other side,
the RF BUS-2 wireless receiver can then address up to any 16 radio users via the bidirectional radio connection.
Technical Data
Frequency band 2
Current consumption
Operating voltage U_b
Frequency band 1
Range
Installation position
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Aerial (L)
Colour
94
www.honeywell.com/security/de
868 MHz
typ. 15 mA
12 V DC (power supply via BUS-2)
433 MHz
typ. 300 m with unrestricted view
any
IP 30
II
-10 °C to +55 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
118 x 118 x 31 mm (without antennae)
75 mm and 135 mm
white (similar to RAL 9010)
Radio product line
015601
MB Radio System
¬"Y"0−
364,00 €
RF 4 I/O module
Approval
11
G108505 (EMT), Class B
22
Conventional detectors and contacts, for example passive glass breakage sensors, opening
contacts, can be wired to the RF 4 I/O module. It also offers the option of addressing up to
4 outputs (by means of potential-free relay pcbs) and a buzzer.
Performance Features
• 4 universal detector groups available
• 4-outputs optionally expandable by relay cards
• Connection of power supply unit possible
• Radio revision mode for determining the
installation range
• Connection to intrusion detection control
panels via RF BUS-2 wireless receiver
• Monitoring of battery status
• Permanent radio monitoring by radio polling
33
The RF 4 I/O module can be supplied with power from batteries, a power supply unit or
a combination of batteries and power supply unit. This allows a universal adaptation to
different premises-specific surroundings and applications.
44
Technical Data
55
Frequency band 1
Frequency band 2
Range
Installation position
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature without batteries
Storage temperature with batteries
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Aerial (L)
Colour
Operation mode
Operating voltage U_b
Battery life expectancy
Current consumption
Operation mode
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption in no-load operation
433 MHz
868 MHz
typ. 300 m with unrestricted view
any
IP 30
II
-10 °C to +55 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
25 °C +/-10 °C
200 x 144 x 39 mm (without antennae)
75 mm and 135 mm
white (similar to RAL 9010)
Battery mode
2 battery packs, Item no. 015605
typ. 3,5 years
100 μA (without activations of the current consumers)
Operation by power supply unit
10 V DC to 15 V DC
10 mA (without activations of the current consumers)
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
Batteries not included (2 required)
12
12
Accessories:
015605
015602
Lithium battery for radio components, including a connecting cable,
2 cables required
Relay card, 1 output for RF 4 I/O module (a maximum of 4 can be fitted)
13
13
14
14
015605
¬"Y&<−
Lithium battery for MB radio components
29,00 €
15
15
Lithium battery for radio components of the MB radio system, including connecting cable.
16
16
17
17
18
18
015602
¬"Y#3−
Relay card, 1 output for RF 4 I/O module, for MB radio system
Relay card, 1 output for RF 4 I/O module, provides a potential-free output.
29,00 €
19
19
20
20
Technical Data
Relay contact
Relay contact rating
normally open contact
30 V DC / 1 A
21
21
22
22
23
23
95
Radio product line
015630
MB Radio System
¬"Y?©−
159,00 €
RF Panic Button
The RF Panic Button can be used for the external and internal arming of the intruder alarm
control panel (IACP).If programmed, the RF Panic Button can be used for transmitting a
hold-up alarm as well as e. g. for switching on the outdoor illumination.
Operation is by commercially available button cell, type CR2032.
Technical Data
Performance Features
• 4 Buttons for "External arming", "Disarming",
"Internal arming" and "Control"
• Hold up alarm / panic
(2 buttons simultaneously)
• Every function individually to be activated
in WINFEM
Power supply
Battery life expectancy
Quiescent current
Current consumption transmitting
Transmitting range in open space
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
Button cell, CR2032
typ. 2 years
typ. 65 μA
30 mA
typ. 150 m with unrestricted view
IP 40
-10 °C to +55 °C
-20 °C to +70 °C
37 x 75 x 15 mm
greywhite (similar to RAL 9002)
Battery CR2032 included.
• 3 Control LEDs
• Optical display of correct wireless transmission
• Connection to intrusion detection control
panels via RF BUS-2 wireless receiver
• Monitoring of battery status
015610
¬"Y+K−
Viewguard PIR RF, radio PIR motion detector
Approval
269,00 €
G108506 (EMT), Class B
G108508 (EMT), Class B, retrofitted for curtain optics
G108507 (EMT), Class B, retrofitted for route optics
Passive infrared motion detector with surface mirror optics in wireless radio technology.
The radio technology used by means of the dual-band transmission mode guarantees
maximum transmission safety.
Technical Data
Performance Features
• Surface mirror optics for monitoring
12 m x 12 m areas
• Can be retrofitted for route or curtain optics
by replacing the mirror optics
• Detection sensitivity can be programmed
from the control panel
• Range can be programmed from the control
panel (mirror optics)
• LED display
• LED indications off mode possible
• Radio revision mode with selective LED display
• Temperature alarm with programmed alarm
threshold
• Cover contact and tear-off protection
• Housing suitable for corner and wall mounting
• Monitoring of battery status
• Permanent radio monitoring by radio polling
96
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Operating voltage U_b
Battery life expectancy
Current consumption
Frequency band 1
Frequency band 2
Transmitting range
Range
Volumetric optics
Long range optics
Curtain optics (vertical)
Sensitivity
Installation position
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature without batteries
Storage temperature with batteries
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
1 battery pack, Item no. 015605
typ. 2,5 years
typ. 65 μA
433 MHz
868 MHz
typ. 300 m with unrestricted view
programmable
8 / 11 / 13 / 15 m
29 / 35 / 42 / 50 m
17 / 21 / 25 / 30 m
programmable normal / high
vertical, optics at the bottom
IP 30
II
-10 °C to +55 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
25 °C +/-10 °C
64 x 158 x 48 mm
white (similar to RAL 9010)
Batteries not included (1 required)
Accessories:
015605
033434
033435
033390
033588
033391
Lithium battery for radio components, including connecting cable
Viewguard PIR set of mirrors, curtain optics (3 per packaging unit)
Viewguard PIR set of mirrors, route optics (3 per packaging unit)
Adjusting hinge, horizontal W 20°, vertical +4° to -8°
Ball joint set for wall and corner mounting
Seal, (20 per packaging unit)
Radio product line
015620
MB Radio System
¬"Y5i−
Approval
Performance Features
• Detection and transmission of dirty or faulty
smoke detectors
• Tamper detection (optional)
• VdS-compliant operation as technical detector
• Radio revision mode for determining the
installation range
• Connection to intrusion detection control
panels via RF BUS-2 wireless receiver
• Monitoring of battery status
• Permanent radio monitoring by radio polling
199,00 €
RF Smoke Detector Base
11
applied (technical detector)
22
The fire dectector base allows a fire detector of the IQ8Quard series to be operated on an
intrustion detection panel. Connection to a hazard detection system is wireless via an RF-2
wireless receiver (015600).
33
Technical Data
44
Voltage supply
Battery life expectancy
Frequency band 1
Frequency band 2
Transmitting range
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature without batteries
Storage temperature with batteries
Dimensions (Ø x H)
Colour
4 batteries á 3,6 V
typ. 2,5 to 5 years depending on detector head
433 MHz
868 MHz
typ. 300 m with clear view
IP 42 (with detector head)
II
-5 °C to +55 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
25 °C +/-10 °C
135 x 88 mm (with detector head)
white (similar to RAL 9010)
55
66
77
88
Please order a suitable detector head for the detector base:
Art. No.
Designation
062092
Fixed temperature detector IQ8Quad
062093
Rate-of-rise detector IQ8Quad
062094
Optical smoke detector IQ8Quad
062095
O2T intelligent detector IQ8Quad
062096
OTG intelligent detector IQ8Quad
Detector testing devices are available upon request.
99
10
10
11
11
Batteries included.
12
12
Accessories:
015625
13
13
Battery pack, lithium, 3.6 V
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
97
Notes
98
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Display and operating units
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
99
Display and operating units
BUS-2 operating unit product line
BUS-2 operating units for MB series
The prerequisites of developing remote control and information systems for the intrusion
detection control panels of the HB and MB series were high quality requirements for operation and a modern design.
The operating and information systems for internal operation are distinguished by a clear
organisation of the operating and display elements and large-sized buttons and displays.
The connection to the intrusion detection control panels is effected via the BUS-2 interface.
In connection with the flush-mounting kit, a flush mounting can be carried out.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Colour
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
IP 40
II
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
The modules 012542 and 012548 can only be operated in connection with an LCD operating
unit 012540/41 or operating unit with disabling unit 012532/012544.
012540
¬":Ig−
398,00 €
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit
Approval
G194120 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W031210/16 E
All operating and many programming functions can be carried out using this operating and
display unit. Its high operating transparency is achieved, inter alia, by 2 x 40-digit display
with luminous background in certain situations and special function keys.
Complex operating or programming operations take place interactively, i.e., the operator is
informed or instructed at any time by means of information or selection menus on the
display.
Technical Data
Quiescent current
Current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D)
100
www.honeywell.com/security/de
60mA
5mA (each LED); 95mA with illuminated display
196 x 142 x 42 mm
Display and operating units
BUS-2 operating unit product line
012540.G0
¬":I§/H1_−
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, English version
417,50 €
012540.I0
¬":I§/J1k−
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Italian version
417,50 €
11
22
33
012540.NL
¬":I§/OM¡−
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Dutch version
44
417,50 €
55
012540.F0
¬":I§/G1Y−
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, French version
417,50 €
66
012540.T0
¬":I§/U1F−
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Czech version
77
417,50 €
88
012540.P1
¬":I§/Q25−
012540.W0
¬":I§/X1X−
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Polish version
417,50 €
99
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Hungarian version
10
10
417,50 €
11
11
012540.HR
¬":I§/IS§−
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Croatian version
417,50 €
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit Russian / Cyrillic
449,00 €
12
12
13
13
012540.U0
¬":I§/V1L−
14
14
012540.R0
¬":I§/SPE−
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Romanian version
417,50 €
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
101
Display and operating units
¬":Jj−
012541
BUS-2 operating unit product line
398,00 €
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit
Approval
G194120 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 031210/15 E
Same as 012540, but without flap, flat housing.
Technical Data
Quiescent current
Current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D)
60mA
5mA (each LED); 95mA with illuminated display
196 x 142 x 37 mm
012541.G0
¬":J§/H1b−
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, English version
417,50 €
012541.F0
¬":J§/G1\−
2x40-stelliges LCD-Bedienteil, aP
408,50 €
French marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent.
012541.U0
¬":J§/V1O−
2x40 digit LCD operating devicel, s.m.
439,10 €
Russian marking of the keypad, cyrillic display language support.
012550
¬":S§−
9,00 €
3-wire flat-band cable
Operating unit/control panel connecting cable, 3 m, including plug.
For programming of control panels via 012540 / 012541.
012542
¬":Km−
16-detector group disable and display module
Approval
298,00 €
G194121 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 031210/17 E
The module enables simple operation of up to 16 detector groups. For each detector group,
a display LED for the “Alarm” and “Disabled” states and a locking key are available.
Rapid identification of an alarm site is achieved by plain text labelling fields for each detector
group. The inscription labels can be easily printed with customer-specific texts by means of
WINFEM Advanced.
Technical Data
Quiescent current
Current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D)
25mA
5mA (each LED)
196 x 142 x 32 mm
In connection with 012540/012541 or 012532/012544 only.
102
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Display and operating units
012548
¬":Q¡−
BUS-2 operating unit product line
270,00 €
16-detector group display module
Approval
11
G198047 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/75 E
22
For each detector group, one display LED each for the “Alarm” and “Disabled” states and a
plain text labelling field are available.
The inscription labels can be easily printed with customer-specific texts by means of
WINFEM Advanced.
33
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
44
196 x 142 x 32 mm
55
In connection with 012540/012541 or 012532/012544 only.
66
012544
¬":Ms−
294,50 €
16-detector group operating unit (10 detector groups can be disabled)
Approval
77
G194122 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/74 E
The operating unit contains the following operating and display elements: Set of keys for
Disable/Enable detector groups 1-10; ON/OFF key (various functions); displays for detector
groups 1 -10 “disabled”; displays for detector groups 1 -16 “Alarm”; displays for operation,
disarmed, internally armed, enable, fault and alarm; integrated buzzer.
The inscription labels can be easily printed with customer-specific texts by means of
WINFEM Advanced.
88
99
10
10
Technical Data
Quiescent current
Current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D)
25mA
5mA (each LED)
196 x 142 x 32 mm
11
11
12
12
012544.G0
¬":M§/H1k−
10-DG-operating device (10 DG to disable)
310,10 €
13
13
English version of the 012544.
The keypad contains the following operation and indication elements:
- keys for omitting detector zones 1-10;
- key ON and OFF (various functions);
- indicators for DZ 1-10 “omitted”;
- indicators for DZ 1-16 “alarm”;
- indicators for operation,
- disarmed, internal armed, release, fault and alarm;
- integrated buzzer.
-The customer specific plain texts can be easily printed out with WINFEM Advanced.
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
012532
¬":AO−
8-detector group compact operating unit with disabling unit
294,50 €
18
18
Approval
G194123 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 031210/20 E
The operating unit contains the following operating and display elements: Set of keys for
Disable/Enable detector groups 1 - 8; ON/OFF key (various functions); displays for detector
groups 1 - 8 “disabled”; displays for detector groups 1 - 8 “Alarm”; displays for operation,
disarmed, internally armed, enable, fault and alarm; integrated buzzer.
The inscription labels can be easily printed with customer-specific texts by means of
WINFEM Advanced.
20
20
21
21
Technical Data
Quiescent current
Current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D)
19
19
25mA
5mA (each LED)
196 x 142 x 32 mm
22
22
23
23
103
Display and operating units
012546
¬":Oy−
BUS-2 operating unit product line
Mounting and extension kit for flush-mounting
99,00 €
The surface-mounted components can be reconverted for flush mounting by means of the
flush-mounted housing and the flush-mounted cover frame. Any combinations are possible.
Example of possible flush-mounted arrangements
013140
¬"@Is−
64-detector group BUS-2 display terminal
1.106,00 €
The 64-detector group display terminal provides the option of a remote status display of up
to 64 detector groups. For each detector group, the Alarm (red LED) and Detector group
disabled (yellow LED) states can be displayed.
They are activated via BUS-2.
The display terminal can be connected to all current control panels of the HB and MB series.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption in no-load operation
Current consumption per LED
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC
10V DC to 25V DC
60mA at 12V DC
5mA
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
II
IP 40
270x237x125mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Accessories:
018001.10
104
www.honeywell.com/security/de
12 V DC / 1.1 Ah accumulator, for emergency power supply
Display and operating units
012577
¬":no−
BUS-2 operating unit product line
479,00 €
TouchCenter BUS-2 graphic operating unit
Approval
11
G108077 (EMT)
22
The newly developed graphic operating unit TouchCenter for BUS-2 with colour touch
screen can be used in combination with the intrusion detection control panels of the series
MB100, MB48, MB24 and at the MB256 plus. It is connected to the panel via BUS-2. Essential for the operation and display of the system information of a hazard detection system are
reliability, quick detection of information and ease of use. They are important requirements
in daily use, ideally met by the TouchCenter.
Performance Features
• Dialog managed intuitive user guidance via
symbols
• Plain text display of all messages
• Clearly organised display of the system status
• Connection to the control panel via BUS-2
• 5,7” colour display with touch screen function
• Reversible display colour scheme
• Flash technology for updates
• Different languages possible
• Graphic can be displayed as background image
(e.g. company logo/family coat of arms)
• Up to 16 operating units can be connected to
one control panel
33
44
The TouchCenter for BUS-2 operates your hazard detection system dialog-guided. The desired operating function can be selected and executed directly by touching the display area
on the touch screen. Clearly labelled buttons and additional symbols provide maximum ease
of use. The 3 LEDs on the front show the corresponding operating states of the device, even
when the graphic display is not active. Further status and operating information is displayed
clearly labelled and arranged.
55
66
In addition, the elegant TouchCenter in modern design has a reversible display colour
scheme. This allows the user to adapt the operating unit largely to his personal ideas and
the environment. Project-related programming of the intrusion detection control panel and
of the TouchCenter is done via a PC/laptop using the WINFEM Advanced software package.
If the TouchCenter requires a VdS approval, the operating unit can be upgraded accordingly
by the VdS kit for TouchCenters (Art. No. 012578).
77
88
99
Software requirements:
561-MB100* / HB24 / HB48* / MB24 / MB48
(1-RAM Version)
V08.16
561-MB100* / HB24 / HB48* / MB24 / MB48
(2-RAM Version), V08.16 or...
V09.12
if performance features of the V09 are required
WINFEM Advanced
V07.13
561-MB256 plus
WINFEM Advanced
V03.18
V07.13
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Note:
*Art. No. of MB100 and HB48 with index .10
14
14
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Quiescent current at 12V DC
Current consumption illuminated at 12 V DC
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Dimensions housing (W x H x D)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC (power supply via BUS-2)
10 V to 15 V DC
115 mA
160 mA
-5 °C to +45 °C
-25 °C to +60 °C
II
IP 40
184 x 129 x 34 mm
184 x 129 x 40 mm (with VdS-Kit)
grey white (similar to RAL 9002)
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
Not for use at the loop module BUS-2, Art. No. 013220.07.10.
19
19
As-delivered the TouchCenter for BUS-2 only includes a simple mounting frame. When installed
according to VdS, the VdS kit for TouchCenters must be used.
20
20
Accessories:
012578
VdS kit for TouchCenter 012577
21
21
22
22
23
23
105
Display and operating units
¬":or−
012578
BUS-2 operating unit product line
39,00 €
VdS kit for TouchCenters
Used for mounting the TouchCenter according to VdS using a mounting frame with lockin
option. Moreover, the enclosed adhesive can be used to close the housing cover.
As-delivered the TouchCenter for BUS-2 only includes a simple mounting frame. When installed
according to VdS, the mounting frame of this VdS kit must be used.
The VdS kit includes a mounting frame, plastic adhesive and VdS sealing label for installation
according to VdS and a seal.
012575.10
¬":l§/21D−
Comfort Touch Colour BUS-2 operating and display panel
2.024,00 €
The Comfort Touch Colour is a high-quality and innovative operating and display panel for
the intrusion detection control panels HB/MB24, HB/MB48 and MB100. The system is
operated with dialog guidance and intuitively via a touch-sensitive colour screen (touch
screen). Any system information is displayed clearly and comprehensively.
The operating and display panel is programmed using the control panel parameterisation
software WINFEM Advanced.
It is connected via BUS-2.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Quiescent current at 12V DC
Current consumption illuminated at 12 V DC
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC
10 V to 27 V DC
170 mA
540 mA
-5 °C to +45 °C
-10 °C to +60 °C
II
IP 40
235 x 180 x 84 mm (incl. mounting frame)
Satin aluminium
Information for project planning:
The power supply of the Comfort Touch Colour must come from an external power supply.
The power supply must not come from the BUS-2!
Mounting frame for hollow-wall or flush-mounting.
To be able to mount the Comfort Touch Colour by means of the mounting frame, an installation opening of
suitable size must be provided.
The installation depth must be sufficient.
106
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Display and operating units
010935
¬"*D8−
BUS-2 operating unit product line
Compact operating unit for intrusion detection control panels
HB/MB24 and HB/MB48
Approval
11
131,50 €
G198053 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W031210/14 E
22
This operating unit allows you to carry out all operating procedures, such as internal and/or
external arming/disarming, disabling detector groups or clearing alarms.
33
The available LED displays include those for the criteria operation, disarmed, internally
armed, operation enable, and collective alarm. Operation and display are possible with or
without code input.
44
Technical Data
Quiescent current
Current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55
25mA
7mA (LED); 30mA (buzzer)
100 x 192 x 34 mm
66
A maximum of 4 operating units can be connected
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
107
Notes
6
108
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Connection modules
14
14
BUS-2
BUS-1
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
109
Connection modules
List of BUS users
List of BUS users
List of BUS users
110
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Connection modules
BUS-2
BUS-2
013130.10
11
¬"@?§/210−
156,00 €
5-input module BUS-2
Approval
22
G199087 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 031210/25 E
33
The 5-input module is a BUS-2 user which 5 differential detector groups of 12.1 kOhm
terminal resistance can be connected to. For each input, a Clear function can be selected for
autosaving sensors.
44
The input module also contains 5 red LEDs for detector group display, an integrated cover
contact and a buzzer which can be addressed either statically or in an interval, as desired.
55
Technical Data
Performance Features
• 5 differential detector groups can be connected
• 5 red LEDs for detector group display
• Integrated cover contact
• Buzzer
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Quiescent current
Maximum current consumption
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
66
12V DC
9v to 15V DC
2.5mA, inputs open / 6mA, inputs closed
46mA
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
II
118x118x31mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
77
88
99
013131.10
¬"@@§/213−
Approval
10
10
144,50 €
5-output module BUS-2
G199088 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 031210/26 E
11
11
The 5-output module is a BUS-2 user containing 5 semiconductor outputs of 12 V DC /
50 mA, whose functions can be defined via the connected central control unit.
12
12
The 5-output module also contains an integrated cover contact and a buzzer which can be
addressed either statically or in an interval, as desired.
13
13
Technical Data
Performance Features
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Current consumption
• 5 semiconductor outputs
• Integrated cover contact
• Buzzer
Current consumption
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
14
14
12V DC
9V to 15V DC
1.3mA, all outputs inactive
24mA, all inputs active, buzzer switsched on,
no users connected
350mA, all outputs active and short-circuited
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
II
118x118x31mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
111
Connection modules
013128
BUS-2
¬"@=O−
76,00 €
BUS-2 isolation module
Approval
G106006 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/73 E
The BUS-2 isolation modules can be used to set up, in connection with the BUS-2 loop
module (art. no. 013220.07.10), a BUS-2 loop and/or spur loop system, which is distinguished by a particularly high operating reliability.
Use in the loop:
When an error occurs in the BUS-2 loop, only the defective portion is disconnected, all other
users remain fully functional.
Use in the spur loop:
If isolation modules are used in a BUS-2 spur loop, the BUS remains fully functional up to
the isolation module on the upstream side of the defect site.
A maximum of 8 isolation modules may be used per loop and spur loop.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption at U_b
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC
10 V to 15 V DC
< 3 mA
IP 40
II
-5 °C to +45 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
85 x 109 x 30 mm
grey white (similar to RAL 9002)
A BUS-2 loop topology can be set up using the current control panels HB/MB48 and MB100.
013133
¬"@B^−
82,00 €
Mini module, BUS-2
The BUS-2 mini module allows a detector to be integrated in a BUS-2 system by conventional connection technology. All required messages (alarm, fault, sabotage) can be transmitted to the central control unit via three logic inputs.
Three outputs allow the functional control of the connected detector:
Output 1:
Output 2:
Output 3:
armed / disarmed
Walk test
Freely programmable
For all 3 outputs, the output signal can be adjusted to the time behaviour of the detector via
a pulse model (using WINFEM Advanced).
The mini module is mounted in the housing of the detector.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption BUS-2
Connection
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class according to VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
12 V DC (BUS 2 supplied)
10 V to 15V DC
Quiescent current: All inputs are connected with 0V,
outputs are not connected: approx. 500μA;
all inputs are open, outputs are not connected:
approx. 1mA, maximum current: all inputs are open,
all outputs are connected and hot-wired:
approx. 37mA
BUS-2: 4-pin terminal;
detector: fused 6-pin ribbon cable,
length: approx. 140 mm
IP 30
II
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
40 x 18 x 13mm (w/o) cable
Can be used in the current panels HB/MB24, HB/MB48 and MB100
112
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Connection modules
010120
BUS-2/BUS-1
¬""5b−
DUO I/O module BUS-2/BUS-1, flush-mount
Approval
139,00 €
11
VdS: G109010 (IDS), Class C
22
The DUO I/O module has the function of detector group modules and control modules.
It can be operated either at BUS-2 or BUS-1.
33
The 4 detector group inputs with reset function allow detectors to be incorporated in the
BUS system (e.g. contacts and passive glass breakage sensors) using conventional
connection technology.
Performance Features
• Operation on BUS-2:
- Operation as DUO I/O module
- Operation as 5-input module
(compatibility mode)
• Operation on BUS-1:
- Operation as detector group connection
module, switching module or universal
connection module, as desired
• 4 detector group inputs with reset function
• Optional supervision resistors selectable
10k or 12k1
• 4 LEDs as detector group status display or
function freely programmable
(depending on the operating mode)
• Externally visible or with individual cover as
desired
• 2 semiconductor outputs, open collector,
LOW active
• The two outputs are activated in parallel to
LEDs 1 and 2
• In operation freely programmable as
DUO I/O module
• Easy mounting in flush-mounted installation
box or hollow-wall box d=60 mm
(DIN, Austria and Switzerland)
• Combined operation with DUO relay module
for high switching capacities
010121
¬""6e−
44
In addition, the module has 2 semiconductor outputs for any switching and control
functions (max. 30 V DC / 50 mA per output). The operating voltage used for the external
consumers can be the voltage from the module or from an external power supply, depending on the application.
55
66
Higher switching capacities (up to 250 V AC / 8 A) are possible in connection with the DUO
relay module.
77
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption at 12 V DC
Detector zone input
Semiconductor output
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Colour
12 V DC
9 V to 15 V DC
5 mA, + 0,6 mA per terminated detector group,
+ 1,3 mA per LED
with clearing function, monitoring area 12k1 +-20%
max. 30V DC, 50 mA, open collector, LOW active
IP 40
II
-5 °C to + 45 °C
-25 °C to + 70 °C
Cover frame grey white (similar to RAL 9002)
88
99
10
10
11
11
Includes suitable screwdriver.
12
12
13
13
14
14
DUO relay module 230 V AC/8 A, flush-mounted
Approval
44,00 €
15
15
VdS: G109011 (IDS) Class C
16
16
The module has the function of switching modules.
Performance Features
• Both relays are activated via the DUO I/O
module or an independent “stand alone”
control voltage
• 2 relay outputs each having a potential-free
switchover contacts
• Wide range of switching capacities
5 V DC / 10 mA to 250 V AC / 8 A
• 2 LEDs for status indicator
• Externally visible or with individual cover as
desired
• Easy mounting in flush-mounted installation
box or hollow-wall box d=60 mm
(DIN, Austria and Switzerland)
The two relays can be activated via the outputs of the DUO I/O module or, alternatively,
via any other control voltage (“standalone”)
17
17
In a combination with the DUO I/O module, the two modules are installed in flush-mounted
sockets mounted directly adjacent to each other. For this application, a double cover frame
is available.
18
18
19
19
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption at 12 V DC
Switching contacts
Max. switching capacity
Minimum switching capacity
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Colour
12 V DC
9 V to 15 V DC
18,3 mA per actuated relay coil
2 switching contacts potential free
250 V AC/ 8 A / 30 V DC/5 A
5 V DC/10 mA
IP 40
II
-10 °C to + 55 °C
-25 °C to + 70 °C
Cover frame grey white (similar to RAL 9002)
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
113
Connection modules
010123
BUS-2/BUS-1
¬""8k−
2-module cover frame for DUO/relay module
10,00 €
2-module cover frame for DUO/relay module for use with two modules mounted next to
each other.
2-module cover frames per packaging unit
010124
¬""9n−
Decorative film for DUO module 5 per packaging unit (4+1)
Replacement decorative film set for DUO/relay module.
Four 4-hole foils, one 2-hole foil.
114
www.honeywell.com/security/de
38,00 €
Connection modules
BUS-2/BUS-1
Fire detector base
062090
11
¬'5{*−
64,50 €
Smoke Detector Base BUS-2 / BUS-1
22
Approval as technical detector (detector base + detector)
G109020 (062092 Fixed heat detector IQ8Quad)
G109021 (062093 Rate-of-rise heat detector IQ8Quad)
G109022 (062094 Optical smoke detector IQ8Quad)
G109023 (062095 O2T multisensor IQ8Quad)
G109024 (062096 OTG multisensor (CO) IQ8Quad)
Performance Features
• Connection to intrusion detection control
panels via BUS-2 and BUS-1 coupling
• High immunity to deceptive alarms through
highly advanced sensor technology and
microprocessor in each fire detector
• Automatic self-monitoring of the fire detectors
for function and state
• Smoke detector base constructed
easy-to-install and suitable for practice
• Optimised warehousing for installer since
there is only one user for both bus systems
• Variable use of detector product line
• Tamper monitoring in case of unauthorised
detector removal
• Integrated detector lock
• Elegant design, for installation to a wide
range of ceiling constructions and ceiling
components
• Lateral cable entry or through base plate
possible
• Simple set-up using by means of WINFEM
Advanced programming software
33
44
The newly developed fire detector base allows fires to be detected in connection with an
intrusion panel suitable for connecting devices via BUS-1 or BUS-2.
55
Such a system constellation is particularly suitable for premises in which building regulations do not require a fire detection system, but fire detection seems a good idea, in order
to protect persons or property values. Especially in the private sector, for freelancers or
smaller business firms.
66
77
The combination of base and fire detector makes it possible to individually select and use a
fire detector in accordance with the premises-specific properties of the fire risk.
88
The high-quality fire detectors of the IQ8Quad series meet the latest technical requirements
of modern early fire detection. Each detector is equipped with a microprocessor for intelligent signal and measured value processing. This allows each fire detector to adjust itself
automatically to any changing environmental conditions, such as soiling or ageing, without
changing the sensitivity of detection. A large number of alarm signalling options previously
only possible by using a fire detection control panel can now be incorporated in the
programming and alarm signalling functions of the intrusion detection control panel.
99
10
10
The start-up and programming of the system is done conveniently via a PC/laptop using the
parameterisation software WINFEM Advanced.
11
11
Software requirements:
561-MB100* / HB24 / HB48* / MB24 / MB48
(1 and 2-RAM Version)
from V07.00 1)
561-MB256 plu
from V02.06 1)
561-MB100* / HB24 / HB48* / MB24 / MB48
(2-RAM Version)
from V10.xx 2)
12
12
13
13
*Item no. of MB100 and HB48 with index .10
1)
At the BUS-1, the smoke detector base BUS-2/BUS-1 is compatible with the detector
group module and at the BUS-2 compatible with the 5-input module.
2)
The type of module (smoke detector base) will be automatically detected when
programming.
14
14
15
15
16
16
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption at rated voltage
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Dimensions (Ø x H)
Colour
12 V DC
10 V DC to 15 V DC
max. 4 mA
-10 °C to +70 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
II
IP 42 (with fire alarm detector)
117 x 25 mm
(117 x 62 mm with fire alarm detector)
white (similar to RAL 9010)
A fire detection system according to VDE 0833 part 2, DIN 14675 or EN 54 doesn`t result by
the connection of the smoke detector base.
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
Please order a suitable detector head for the detector base:
Art. No.
062092
062093
062094
062095
062096
Designation
Fixed temperature detector IQ8Quad
Rate-of-rise detector IQ8Quad
Optical smoke detector IQ8Quad
O2T intelligent detector IQ8Quad
OTG intelligent detector (CO) IQ8Quad
21
21
22
22
23
23
Detector testing devices are available upon request.
115
Connection modules
BUS-2/BUS-1
Fire detector inserts
062092
¬'5}0−
77,60 €
Fixed temperature detector IQ8Quad
Automatic heat detector with fast semiconductor sensor to guarantee reliable detection of
fires with strong heat generation.
Intelligent fire detector with decentralised intelligence, automatic function self-test, CPU
failure mode, alarm and operating data memory, alarm display, soft addressing and
separate operating display.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Closed-circuit current
Operating temperature range
Class of protection
Monitoring height
Area to be monitored
Detector specification
Response temperature
Storage temperature range
Weight
Dimensions
Housing
8 V DC to 42 V DC
19 V DC ca. 40 mA
-20°C to +50°C
IP 42
max. 7,5 m
max. 30 m2
EN 54-5 A1S
58±4°C
-25°C to +75°C
ca. 110 g
177 x 49 mm (incl. Base 62 mm)
ABS, white, like RAL 9010
Special marking for heat detector on the light pipe: black ring
062093
¬'5~3−
77,60 €
Rate-of-rise detector IQ8Quad
Automatic heat detector with fast semiconductor sensor to guarantee reliable detection of
fires of fast rise in temperature and integrated fixed temperature heat function to detect fires
of slow rise in temperature.
Intelligent fire detector with decentralised intelligence, automatic function self-test, CPU
failure mode, alarm and operating data memory, alarm display, soft addressing and
separate operating display.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Closed-circuit current
Operating temperature range
Class of protection
Monitoring height
Area to be monitored
Detector specification
Storage temperature range
Weight
Dimensions
Housing
8 V DC to 42 V DC
19 V DC ca. 40 mA
-20°C to +50°C
IP 42
max. 7,5 m
max. 30 m2
EN 54-5 A1
-25°C to +75°C
ca. 110 g
177 x 49 mm (incl. Base 62 mm)
ABS, white, like RAL 9010
Special marking for heat detector on the light pipe: black ring
116
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Connection modules
062094
BUS-2/BUS-1
¬'5¡6−
98,00 €
Optical smoke detector IQ8Quad
11
Photoelectronic smoke detector to guarantee reliable early detection of fires.
22
Intelligent fire detector with decentralised intelligence, automatic function self-test, CPU
failure mode, alarm and operating data memory, alarm display, soft addressing and
separate operating display.
33
Technical Data
44
Rated operating voltage
Closed-circuit current
Operating temperature range
Class of protection
Monitoring height
Area to be monitored
Detector specification
Storage temperature range
Weight
Dimensions
Housing
8 V DC to 42 V DC
19 V DC ca. 50 mA
-20°C to +50°C
IP 42
max. 12 m
max. 110 m2
EN 54-7
-25°C to +75°C
ca. 110 g
177 x 49 mm (incl. Base 62 mm)
ABS, white, like RAL 9010
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
062095
¬'5¢9−
135,60 €
O2T intelligent detector IQ8Quad
12
12
Intelligent detector with two integrated optical smoke sensor having different scattered light
angles and additional heat detector sensor evaluation for detection of smouldering fires up
to open fires exhibiting uniform response behaviour.
13
13
Comparison of the smoke sensor signals for smoke classification and reduction of deceptive alarms, caused, for example, by steam or dust.
14
14
Its excellent detection properties also enable the detector to detect the test fires TF1 and TF6
described in the standard. The O2T intelligent detector is also suitable for higher application
temperatures of up to +65 °C.
15
15
16
16
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Closed-circuit current
Operating temperature range
Class of protection
Monitoring height
Area to be monitored
Detector specification
Storage temperature range
Weight
Dimensions
Housing
8 V DC to 42 V DC
19 V DC ca. 60 mA
-20°C to +65°C
IP 42
max. 12 m
max. 110 m2
EN 54-7/5 B, CEA 4021
-25°C to +75°C
ca. 110 g
177 x 49 mm (incl. Base 62 mm)
ABS, white, like RAL 9010
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
117
Connection modules
062096
BUS-2/BUS-1
¬'5£<−
OTG intelligent detector (CO) IQ8Quad
145,40 €
Intelligent detector with integrated smoke, heat and gas sensor (CO) for preventive detection of a fire. Early detection of smouldering fires up to open fires by combined evaluation
of scattered light, temperature and gas.
Triggers an alarm when the concentration of the inodorous gas carbon monoxide (CO)
becomes life-threatening.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Closed-circuit current
Operating temperature range
Class of protection
Monitoring height
Area to be monitored
Detector specification
Storage temperature range
Weight
Dimensions
Housing
CO-alert
8 V DC to 42 V DC
19 V DC ca. 65 mA
-20°C to +50°C
IP 42
max. 12 m
max. 110 m2
EN 54-7/5 A2, CEA 4021
-25°C to +75°C
ca. 110 g
177 x 49 mm (incl. Base 62 mm)
ABS, white, like RAL 9010
ca. 100 ppm
Gas sensors (CO) react mainly to the carbon monoxide (CO) formed in a fire. They exhibit,
however, also cross sensitivity to other gases such as hydrogen (H2), acetylene (C2H2) or
nitrogen monoxide (NO).
Special marking for gas detector on the light pipe: golden ring.
118
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Connection modules
BUS-1
Detector group modules
11
The modules allow conventional detector technology to be connected to the BUS-1 system
technology. The modules provide two differential detector groups equipped with 12k1
terminating resistors that work independently of one another.
Per detector group, up to 20 passive glass breakage sensors and/or contacts can be
connected.
22
Technical Data
44
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Quiescent current
Quiescent current
Detector zone active
Detector zone display/LED
Current consumption
Current consumption
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
33
12V DC
10V DC to 15V DC
1 DZ module: max. 4mA
2 DZ module: max. 5mA
max. 3mA
2mA
1 DZ module: max. 16mA
2 DZ module: max. 28mA
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
85x109x30mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
55
66
77
88
010109.10
¬""*§/21¥−
BUS-1 1-detector group connection module
Approval
70,60 €
99
G191082 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 031210/21 E
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
010110.10
¬""+§/21¨−
BUS-1 2-detector group connection module
107,50 €
14
14
Approval
G191083 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 031210/22 E
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
010118
¬""3\−
BUS-1 2-detector group connection module, flush-mounted
Approval
102,00 €
Can be installed in a flush-mounted installation box or a flush-mounted hollow-wall box
(Ø = 55 mm)
Technical Data
Dimensions (ØxD)
Colour
19
19
G102032 (EMT), Class C
54x32mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
119
Connection modules
010116
BUS-1
¬""1V−
77,50 €
BUS-1 distributor module
Approval
G194038 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/12 E
The distributor module allows several BUS-1 lines to be connected star-shaped to a distributor point. One BUS-1 input and 4 outputs are available for this. As an additional option, a
differential detector group (terminating resistance 12.1 kOhm) with LED display has been
integrated in the distributor module. The housing is monitored by a cover contact.
Technical Data
Quiescent current
Detector zone active
0.9 mA
15 mA
Universal connecting module
The modules have been developed specifically for the adaptation of sensor and detectors in
conventional connection technology to the BUS-1 system. An additional option is to activate
an alarm display via a semiconductor output, i.e., an additional parallel display or an alarm
device can be activated.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Quiescent current
Semiconductor outputs
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
010111
¬"",G−
12 V DC
10 V DC to 15V DC
2 mA
50 mA
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
II
BUS-1 Universal connection module, flush version
55,00 €
Technical Data
Current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D)
010112
¬""-J−
max 15 mA
55x48x16mm
BUS-1 Universal connection module, flush-mounted version
Approval
83,50 €
G197059 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/13 E
Can be installed in a flush-mounted installation box or a flush-mounted hollow-wall box
(Ø = 55 mm)
Technical Data
Current consumption
Dimensions (ØxD)
120
www.honeywell.com/security/de
max. 9 mA
54x32 mm
Connection modules
BUS-1
Switching modules
11
The switching modules can be used for individual switching tasks. When a switching
module is to be activated is defined in the system programming of the control panel. Two
models of different switching powers are available. The integrated relays are equipped with
two-way contacts with neutral position.
22
33
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC
10V DC to 15V DC
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
II
85x109x30mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
44
55
66
041150.10
¬%,S§/21G−
BUS-1 switching module, 24 V DC / 1 A
114,50 €
77
Approval
G191085 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/45 E
88
Technical Data
Quiescent current
Current consumption
Parallel indicator
Maximum switching capacity
0.5mA
21mA with Relay 24V DC
max. 20mA
24V/ 1A
99
10
10
041151.10
¬%,T§/21J−
BUS-1 switching module, 250 V DC / 5 A
Approval
131,50 €
11
11
G191086 (EMT), Class C
12
12
Technical Data
Quiescent current
Current consumption
Parallel indicator
Maximum switching capacity
0.5mA
40mA with Relay 250V AC
max. 20mA
230V AC / 5A
13
13
14
14
041411
¬%/,d−
15
15
298,00 €
Day alarm BUS-1
16
16
The day alarm detector is used for monitoring two emergency exit doors or one emergency
exit door having two door leaves.
17
17
The device can simply be mounted on-site. It is connected via the BUS-1 of a suitable hazard
detection system. The criterion for triggering an alarm are the door contacts at the doors to
be monitored.
18
18
Technical Data
• Housing cover tamper monitored
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption in no-load operation
Current consumption alarm
Loudness level of internal buzzer
Output
Output
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
• Semiconductor outputs for “Alarm” and
“Disconnection operating state”
Article to be discontinued by 31. 12. 2010.
Performance Features
• Monitors the opening of emergency exit doors.
• Displays the “Disconnection” operating state by
means of a yellow LED
• 2 door contact connections
• Integrated acoustic alarm signalling device
(buzzer)
• For use on intrusion detection systems with
BUS-1 technology
12 V DC (via BUS-1)
10,5 V DC bis 15 V DC
15 mA
100 mA
94 dB(A)
Disconnection: 12 V DC / 40 mA
External buzzer: 12 V DC / 80 mA
-5 °C to +50 °C
-20 °C to +70 °C
IP 30
II
200 x 146 x 55 mm
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
121
Connection modules
BUS-1
Accessories
010138
¬""G1−
184,00 €
BUS-1 tester
The BUS-1 tester allows all addresses on the BUS-1 lane to be tested for their transmission
states and levels from any location.
The evaluated data are displayed optically. Measuring points outside the housing are
available for measurement with an oscilloscope.
Flush-mounted housing program
The flush-mounted housing program also allows transponders of housing dimensions W 85
x H 109 x D 30 mm to be flush-mounted.
050304
¬&$%:−
Flush-mounted basic housing cover, without LED opening
7,50 €
For 041150.10 and 041151.10.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H)
Colour
050305
¬&$&=−
105 x 129 mm
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
Flush-mounted basic housing cover, 1 LED opening
10,00 €
For 010109.10, 010116 and 032158.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H)
Colour
050306
¬&$'@−
105 x 129 mm
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
Flush-mounted basic housing cover, 2 LED openings
12,00 €
For 010110.10.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H)
Colour
050302
¬&$#4−
105 x 129 mm
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
4,50 €
Flush-mounted housing
For housing covers 050304, 050305 and 050306.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
122
www.honeywell.com/security/de
92x116x35mm
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Switching devices
IDENT-KEY evaluations
Locking element
Line of locks
Line of cylinders
Key switch
Security operating units
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
123
Switching devices
IDENT-KEY evaluations
IDENT-KEY IK3
Performance Features
Switching device with encrypted data transmission
• Arming/disarming of an intrusion detection system
• Access control functions
• Operation via data carrier and/or pin code
• Unambiguous identification and recording
• Contactless and thus wear-resistant data, information and energy transmission
• Maximum safety through alternating code method,
encrypted transmission (according to the new VdS
and BSI guidelines) and evaluation exclusively in
the protected area
• Individual pin for each data carrier / user
• Management of access control functions, such as
the allocation of user entitlements in time zones
• Alarm in case of threat through hold-up code
• Programmable control functions can be loaded via
keyboard
• Replaceable housing face plates (plug-in)
• Labelling with symbols (language neutral)
• Time-limited background lighting of the keypad
• Largely compatible with IDENT-KEY 2 IK2 system
• For use with mifare or LEGIC readers in “Accentic”
design
• For use with Classic readers equipped with RS-485
• For use with Insertic readers equipped with RS-485
IDENT-KEY IK3 works with an alternating code system. For detection and checking the entitlement, the operating unit will first read the serial number of a data carrier and pass it on
to the evaluating unit (AWE) for inspection. There the number is checked as to whether the
data carrier is registered in the control centre and is entitled. This is followed by a double
exchange of an alternating code between AWE and transponder.
023312.10
¬#B-§/21f−
- A transponder cannot be copied as only the serial number can be read in the first step.
Access to the alternating code area is only possible after a successful login by password.
- No preprocessing of the data in the reader. Any processing is done in the secured zone
of the evaluating unit.
- An alternating code sequence will not take place until the corresponding transponder has
been registered in the control centre and is entitled.
- Tap-proof through encrypted transmission and transmission in several data packets.
Alternating code sequence (schematic)
IK3 evaluating unit for BUS-2
Approval
293,00 €
G104028 (EMT), Class C; Z105008 (Access Control), Class C;
VSÖ W 070427/28 E
The IK3 evaluating unit for BUS-2 allows a combination between mechanical locking technology and electronic data and information transmission.
Performance Features
The IDENT-KEY system allows an allocation to time zones and recording of the locking times
and key numbers. The operating unit is not a direct switching device, but it rather performs
the functions of a reading unit. A preliminary decision about arming/disarming is made in
the evaluating unit, which passes this decision on to the control centre. In the disarmed
state, a door locked by a door strike can be released via the reader and/or a key (access
control function).
• Up to 4 IK3 readers can be connected
or 1 IK2 operating unit of any type
or 1 IK2 block lock
When using IDENT-KEY as the arming/disarming device, a suitable locking device must be
used (e.g. electromechanical locking element), which prevents accidental access to an
armed area. The activation is done by the control centre via the evaluating unit.
• RS-485 reader - interface having a range of
up to 1,200 m
To monitor the door, a bolt switching contact, an opening contact and a passive glass
breakage sensor can be connected directly to the AWE and do not have to be wired back
individually to the intrusion detection system (low mounting effort).
• The locking elements used can be locking
element 1, locking element 3 and/or SLIMLOCK.
• Up to 100 control functions (macros) can be
defined
• Person separating device can be implemented
via person interlock or turnstile
• Bank personal protection system possible via
macro programming
• Multiple person AC of up to 9 persons
separately possible for indoor and outdoor
(MB24/48/100.10)
• Different AC criteria for indoor and outdoor,
also as a function of time (MB24/48/100.10)
• Control of AC release by IQ MultiAccess or
IQ SystemControl possible (MB24/48/100.10)
• Firmware update via BUS-2 (MB24/48/100.10)
or directly
124
www.honeywell.com/security/de
The programming of the application-specific data (e.g. key numbers, time-dependent entitlements, etc.) can be done directly via the intrusion detection control panel (LCD operating
unit, software module WINFEM, IQ MultiAccess or IQ SystemControl). WINFEM User
(MB256plus) or IQ SystemControl (MB24/48/100.10) allows end customers to make
changes to a limited extent and to allocate access rights.
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Output voltage
Quiescent current
Current consumption
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC
9V to 15V DC
12V DC, short circuit resilient, current limited to 200mA
<15mA (maximum value)
typ. 25mA (evaluation unit + all inputs + IK3 operating unit)
IP 30
II
-5°C to +55°C
118x118x31mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Switching devices
¬#BS/−
Performance Features
• Core saving 3-wire-BUS-technique
• Tamper monitoring via lid contact
• Integrated buzzer
• Firmware-Update via the BUS-2 system
• Alterning code method according to VdS 2119
• Encrypted transmission (>256Bit)
• up to 100 control functions
• RS-485 interface
• Max distance of IK3-operating units 1200 m
• One data carrier can have autorization to
several IACPs
• Connection possibilities:
• up to 2 IK3-operating devices,
• Door strike with monitoring contact
• Bolt switching contact
• Magnetic contact
• Glass braekage sensor
• Push button for door release
• Quiescent / operating door strike connectable,
herewith an access control can be realized via
the operating unit when disarmed.
023310
¬#B+§−
• Up to 4 “Accentic” or “Classic” readers can be
connected via the RS-485 interface, also mixed
or 1 IK2 operating unit of any type or 1 IK2
block lock
• RS-485 interface having a range of up
to 1,200 m
• The locking elements used can be locking
element 1, locking element 3 and/or SLIMLOCK.
• Up to 16 control functions can be defined
• Bank personal protection system possible via
programming of the AWE (2-door ACS with
joint authorisation)
• Firmware update via flash memory
11
Door controller module for connection of IDENT-KEY IK3 operating devices to intruder
alarm contol panels with BUS-2 technique.
The door controller module enables access control function of a door within a secured area.
Operationg of HB/MB panel series via the BUS-2 system.
AC functions via:
- Transponder
- PIN
- PIN and/or Transponder
In addition, to each individual user individual time zones can be allocated via the intruder
alarm control panel.
An individual PIN can be allocated to each transponder.
22
33
44
55
66
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Relay contact rating
Class of protection
Operating temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC
9 V to 15 V DC
max. 25 mA
max. 2 A, 30 V AC/DC, 30 VA
IP 30
-5°C to +55° C
118 x 118 x 31 mm
grey white (similar to RAL 9002)
77
88
99
Betrie b
System Störun g
Einbruc h
7
Sabotage
Überfall
4
Pol.-Notru f
Info 1
Info 2
Info 3
Info 4
1
Ü
B
E
R
F
A
L
L
F
U
N
K
T
I
O
N
8
S
O
N
D
E
R
F
U
N
K
T
I
O
N
5
2
SAlar m
B
Bereiche
wählen /
ansehen
A
6
G
Gruppe n
ansehen /
sperre n
F
Melder
ansehen /
sperre n
E
ALARMSTOP
unscharf
löschen
EI N
3
M
nein
0
AUS
BUS-2
connection
SStörun g
9
Meldungen
ansehen
Zusatzfunktione n
ja
Eingab e
Quittierung
Bedienende
Intern
scharfschalte n
Door controller
module
023350
Door strike
10
10
Alarmzentrale
561-MB100
Z
VdS
A509
024X
- Zulassungs-Nr.
Control panel
Opening contact
Passive glass breakage sensor
Bolt switching contact
Cover contact - external reader
Door release button
F
1
F
i
2
11
11
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
AB C
0
F
i
3
D EF
4
5
6
GHI
JKL
MNO
7
8
9
PQRS
TU V
W XYZ
0
7
8
9
4
5
6
1
2
3
OFF
0
ON
12
12
Up to 2 operating units/readers on the RS-485 bus
Application example
376,50 €
Conventional IK3 evaluating unit
Approval
Performance Features
169,00 €
Door controller module for MB
RS-485
023350
IDENT-KEY evaluations
13
13
G106073, Class C; VSÖ W 070427/29 E
14
14
The conventional IK3 evaluating unit can be used for control panels equipped with block lock
connection. Up to four readers can be connected to the evaluating unit via the RS-485 interface. Alternatively, 1 IK2 operating unit of any type or 1 IK2 block lock can be used.
Another option is to connect the locking elements 1 and/or 3 (if desired, several of them)
and/or 1 locking element SLIM-LOCK.
The IDENT-KEY system allows an allocation to time zones and recording of the locking times
and key numbers. In the disarmed state, a door locked by a door strike can be released via
the operating unit and/or a key (access control function).
The programming of the application-specific data (e.g. key numbers, time-dependent entitlements, etc.) can be done directly at the evaluating unit via WINFEM Advanced).
Both arming and access control functions can be carried out by pin, card or the pin/card
combination.
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Output voltage
Quiescent current
Current consumption
Relay contact rating
Relay contact rating, Fault Relay
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC
10 V to 15 V DC
12 V DC, short-circuit proof, current limited to 200 mA
<15 mA (maximum valuet)
typ. 25 mA (EU+IK3-operating device)
max. 2 A, 30 V AC/DC, 30 VA
max. 0,5 A, 30 V AC/DC, 10 VA
IP 30
II
-5 °C to +55 °C
196 x 142 x 32 mm
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
• Event memory for up to 1,000 entries
• Manages up to 512 users via PINs
The conventional IK3 evaluation unit combined with suitable operating units allows the
functions of a door code control unit according to VdS to be set up.
23
23
125
Switching devices
IDENT-KEY evaluations
IDENT-KEY IK2
Approval
Intrusion detection technology classes A - B - C /
access control class A
IDENT-KEY offers a combination of mechanical/electromechanical locking technology and
electronic data and information transmission.
The functional principle of IDENT-KEY is based on a contactless data carrier, in which the
data, information and energy transmission takes places free of wear and contactless via the
medium air.
The IDENT-KEY system has been designed specifically for arming/disarming alarm system,
if in addition to the standard arming functions an identification including recording is necessary.
Since the evaluating unit is located inside the secured area, mechanical and electric tamper
attacks on the block lock or the reader have no effect on arming/disarming.
In addition, the IDENT-KEY evaluating unit for BUS-2 (022160.20) in connection with an
intrusion detection system allows an access control to be set up for a single door.
The type of programming of the application-related data depends on the evaluating unit in
question.
Overview
126
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Switching devices
022160.20
IDENT-KEY evaluations
¬#6]§/31}−
IK2 evaluating unit for BUS-2
Approval
293,00 €
11
G196094 (EMT), Class C; Z199704 (Access Control), Class A;
VSÖ W 031210/28 E
22
The evaluating unit has been designed for connection to control centres equipped with the
BUS-2 system. It is suitable for setting up arming/disarming and/or door release functions.
Per evaluating unit, one IDENT-KEY block lock or one IDENT-KEY operating unit can be connected. The evaluating unit also contains two relay outputs for activation, for example, of a
locking element.
33
44
When using the locking element 1 or 3, it is also possible to evaluate the bolt end position.
The application-specific data are programmed directly via the operating units (control panel
keypad and display) of the intrusion detection control panels.
55
Technical Data
66
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Quiescent current
Additional current consumption
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Class of protection DIN 40050
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
75mA without ext. UB; 0.5mA with ext. UB (BUS2)
17mA, relay pulled up
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
II
IP 30
plastic
118x118x31mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
Planning example
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
127
Switching devices
019038.10
Locking elements
¬"{G§/21W−
140,50 €
Blocking element SLIM-LOCK
Approval
G 104039 (EMT), Class C
SLIM-LOCK prevents access to an armed zone of an intrusion detection system, thus
preventing false alarms.
Technical Data
Operating voltage range
Operating voltage
Actuation time
Quiescent current
Current consumption
Performance Features
• The smallest and most powerful product on the
market.
• Time-saving and simple installation
(standard wood drill)
• Fits almost all doors, windows and cabinets.
There are no country-dependent restrictions
because of different door sizes
• Extremely high mechanical stability through
metal housing
• 2-wire connection
• Activation via a microprocessor-controlled
control unit with monitoring of the bolt position
• Automatic correction when bolt is mechanically
obstructed during unbolting or bolting of the
lock.
• No closed-circuit current
019039
¬"{H¡−
Bolt locking time
Bolt path
Bolt shearing force
Installation position
Cable connection
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (Ø x L)
Dimensions (W x H)
V DC to 6 V DC (provided by control unit)
max. 9 V DC (for test purpose only)
max. 2 Sek.
0 mA
on actuation <200 mA
(average value for ca. 0.5 sec)
< 250 ms
> 12 mm
> 1 kN sidewise
(with max. 4 mm clearance between door frame
and door leaf)
arbitrary
Length 6 m, Ø ‹ 2,5 mm
IP 65 in fitted condition
III
-25 °C bis +55 °C
-25 °C bis +70 °C
Housing: 14 x 50,2 mm
Flange: 16 x 41 mm
The IK3 evaluating unit 023312.10, conventional IK3 evaluating unit 023310 and the conventional control unit 019039 can be used as control unit.
1 SLIM-LOCK can be connected to all control units.
Conventional control unit SLIM-LOCK, surface-mounted
Approval
132,00 €
G105132 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W070427/35 E
This control unit makes it possible to use a SLIM-LOCK blocking element in conventional
connection technology. The control unit is activated from an intrusion detection control
panel in the same way as the locking elements 1 or 2 are used.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage U_b
Operating voltage range
- Ausgänge programmiert auf Impulsbetrieb
- Ausgänge programmiert auf Dauerbetrieb
- Strom bei Bolzenbetrieb
Strombelastbarkeit der Ausgänge
Ansteuersignale
Eingangsspannungsbereich
- Eingänge
- Ausgänge
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
128
www.honeywell.com/security/de
12 V to 24 V DC
8 V to 30 V DC
<1 mA
<2 mA
typ. 200 mA for ca. 500 ms
max. 20 mA per output
static or puls >200 ms
up to 30 V DC
LOW-active, HIGH-active or toggle operation
LOW-aktiv, HIGH-aktiv,
Daueransteuerung oder Impuls 1s
IP 40
II
-5 °C to +45 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
85 x 109 x 30 mm
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
Switching devices
019030.20
Locking elements
¬"{?§/31E−
Electro-mechanical blocking element 1 plus
Approval
140,50 €
11
G195097 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/72 E
22
The electro-mechanical locking element prevents access to the armed zone of an intrusion
detection system.
The use of a locking element allows an intrusion detection system to be armed by means of
several arming device at any desired location.
Access to the secured zone can be prevented or allowed at one or several places.
33
44
Technical Data
Performance Features
• Simple mounting in door frame with counter
unit in door leaf
• Activation dynamically or statically
• Electric and mechanical emergency locking
possible
• Semiconductor outputs bolt end positions
available
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption in no-load operation
Mean current consumption
Output current
Installation position
Cable length
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Fastener bolt
Paddle distance
Face plate
12V DC
9V to 15V DC
4mA
ca. 130mA, max. 0.6sec.
carrying capacity (high active): max. 20mA
any
4m
III
-25°C to +55°C
-25°C to +70°C
18x140x32mm
ø 8.0mm
max. 10mm
(replaceable) Standard dimension 20x2x188mm
55
66
77
88
99
Counter unit with flange 019022; threaded sleeve 019020
10
10
11
11
019033
¬"{Bm−
Electro-mechanical locking element SE 1 plus / magnetic contact
Approval
155,50 €
12
12
G195097 (EMT), Class C; G103521 (EMT), Class B for magnetic
contacts; VSÖ W 070427/72 E
13
13
Same as article 019030.20, but with integrated magnetic contact for opening monitoring
without additional contact.
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
Dimensional drawing
Dimensions in mm
23
23
129
Switching devices
019032
Locking elements
¬"{Aj−
Electro-mechanical blocking element 3
Approval
290,50 €
G104003 (EMT), Class C; G104503 (EMT), Class B for magnetic
contacts; Z104003 (access control system), Class C;
VSÖ W 070427/69 E
The basic functions of the motorised locking element 3 are the same as those of the lockin
element 1 plus with magnetic contact (019033). Since it uses a steel bolt, it is moreover
approved for use as access control final control element.
Technical Data
Performance Features
• Opening monitoring without additional
magnetic contact
• Monitoring function to ensure that the lock can
only be bolted with the door properly closed
• Automatic correction when mechanically
obstructed
• Dynamic or static activation
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption at U_b=12 V DC
Mean current consumption
Output current
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Installation position
Cable length
Environmental class as per VdS
Fastener bolt
Fastener bolt
Paddle distance
Face plate
Dimensions (W x H x D)
• Electrical and/or mechanical emergency locking
• increased mechanical strength - no break-off
position at the locking bolt
• VdS approval as access control final control
element
Dimensions (mm)
130
www.honeywell.com/security/de
12 V DC
9 V to 15 V DC
typ 6,0 mA
typ 0.2 (ca. 1 Sec)
carrying capacity (high active): max 50 mA
-25°C to +55°C
-40°C to +85°C
any
4m
III
ø 8,0 mm
3 kN
20 mm
Standard dimension 20x2x190 mm
18x140x32 mm
Switching devices
Locking elements
Accessories for locking elements 1 and 3
019030.10
¬"{?§/21?−
11
Replacement locking bolt for locking element 1
6,50 €
22
2 units
33
44
55
019020
¬"{5F−
66
24,00 €
Threaded sleeve
77
Technical Data
Inner diameter
12mm
88
5 units
99
10
10
019022
¬"{7L−
7,50 €
Counter unit with flange
11
11
Technical Data
Inner diameter
12
12
12mm
13
13
5 units
14
14
019023
¬"{8O−
15
15
8,50 €
Counter unit with flange
16
16
Technical Data
Inner diameter
15mm
17
17
5 units
18
18
19
19
019024
¬"{9R−
Surface mounting kit
For use with door leaf placed higher (10 mm).
140,50 €
20
20
21
21
Suitable silicone glue RTV 032265
4 spacers, 1 mm thick, 2 cover plates (when mounted on glass)
22
22
23
23
131
Switching devices
019025
Locking elements
¬"{:U−
131,50 €
Surface mounting kit
Door leaf and frame flat.
Suitable silicone glue RTV 032265
4 spacers, 1 mm thick, 2 cover plates (when mounted on glass)
019026
¬"{;X−
41,50 €
Angular face plate
Not suitable for locking elements with magnetic contact.
2 units
019035
¬"{Ds−
12,00 €
Special face plate
Technical Data
Width
18mm
Not suitable for locking elements with magnetic contact.
2 units
019036
¬"{Ev−
13,00 €
Special face plate
Technical Data
Width
24mm
Not suitable for locking elements with magnetic contact.
2 units
019028
¬"{=^−
Mounting aid
37,00 €
For functional control of the blocking element and aid for exact positioning of the bolt
counter unit.
132
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Switching devices
Line of locks
Overview block lock technique
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
133
Switching devices
Line of locks
Dead bolt locks with monitoring function
021150
¬#,Sj−
97,00 €
Dead bolt lock for half cylinders
Approval
G189702 (EMT), Class A
The dead bolt lock with monitoring function consisting of the metal-encapsulated pocket
with face plate and connecting cable includes all mechanical and electronic functional
modules.
The dead bolt lock with monitoring function contains a monitoring device against drilling
which can be linked to a tamper alarm group.
Slots for DIN half cylinders according to DIN standard 50018 or, in the case of VdS systems,
according to guidelines form 2183.
Use of safety rosettes via integrated screw through holes in the housing.
Replacement possible with special face plate sizes 16 mm or 25 mm (standard 20 mm).
Variable bolt length by using bolt length extensions.
Technical Data
Bolt length
Switching current (R-load)
Electric life span
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Installation position
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Weight
25mm
min. 10mA, max. 100mA
at 1mA / 1.5V DC : min. 1Mio. switching cycles
-25°C to +60°C
-25°C to +70°C
any
III
IP30 -lock, locking cylinder -correctly mounted
ca. 700g, without cylinder
Accessories:
050070
022310.10
022115
022117
022122
022136
022112
022113
022121
028028
134
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Surface-mounted standard distributor, white
Door module 1 for conventional block lock
Chrome-coloured safety rosette for standard half cylinder
Chrome-coloured spacers for 022115
Chrome-coloured safety door sign 11 mm
Chrome-coloured internal escutcheon for profiled cylinder
Bolt length extension from 25 to 50 mm
Bolt length extension from 25 to 2.56 in
Set for face plate special dimensions 16 and 25 mm
VdS half cylinder Ikon 5532
Switching devices
Line of locks
IK2 block lock
022220
11
¬#75&−
267,00 €
IK2 block lock
Approval
22
G 196098 (EMT), Class C
33
The IDENT-KEY block lock receives the code of the key cap used via the rosette (absolutely
necessary, see next page).
44
Internal sensors continuously monitor the position of the keybit or the block lock bar.
The information collected during monitoring is converted into serial data in the integrated
electronic module and transferred to the evaluation unit.
55
The locking process is only possible when a release signal is active at the block lock.
66
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Additional current consumption
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Installation position
Environmental class as per VdS
Class of protection DIN 40050
Weight
Material
Dimensions housing (W x H x D)
Face plate
Bolt
Dead bolt throw
Locking plate
Setting of locking
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
6mA, for rated voltage
120mA
-25°C to +60°C
-25°C to +70°C
any
III
IP 30
approx. 700g, block lock without cylinder but with
5m connection cable
16x210x40mm
Zn-die-casting
20x257x3mm
11x40mm
15mm
130x25x3mm
90° right or 90° left
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
Connection options
17
17
Accessories:
Accessories (absolutely necessary):
022167
IK2 rosette
022169
IK2 rosette
022180
Spacer for IK2 rosette
022182
Spacer for IK2 rosette
022185
Key cap with integrated transponder
022172
Gluing set
Optional accessories:
022112
Bolt length extension from 25 to 50 mm
022113
Bolt length extension from 25 to 2.56 in
022114.01
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 1.38 in
022114.02
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 2.17 in
022114.03
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 3.15 in
022114.04
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 100 mm
022121
Set for face plate special sizes 16 mm face plate and 25 mm face plate
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
135
Switching devices
022167
Line of locks
¬#6dJ−
59,00 €
IK2 rosette
Rosette with combined transmission and reception antenna. A shielding plate on the back
reduces the interferences from the ground. A flat cable with plug is used for connection to
the block lock.
Technical Data
Colour
022169
¬#6fP−
black, similar to RAL 9005
59,00 €
IK2 rosette
Rosette with combined transmission and reception antenna. A shielding plate on the back
reduces the interferences from the ground. A flat cable with plug is used for connection to
the block lock.
Technical Data
Colour
022180
¬#6qq−
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
4,00 €
Spacer for IK2 rosette
Technical Data
Thickness
Colour
2.5mm
black, similar to RAL 9005
Several spacers can be used
5 units
022182
¬#6sw−
4,00 €
Spacer for IK2 rosette
Technical Data
Thickness
Colour
Several spacers can be used.
5 units
136
www.honeywell.com/security/de
2.5mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Switching devices
Line of locks
Standard block locks
11
The conventional block lock system consists, as a functional unit, of the block lock and the
distributor.
22
The evaluating module integrated in the block lock is connected to the distributor or from
there to the control panel in conventional wiring technology.
33
Technical Data
44
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption at rated voltage
Additional current carrying of the block coil
Resistor
Operation mode
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Installation position
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Dimensions housing (W x H x D)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Face plate (WxHxD)
Bolt
Locking plate
Setting of locking
Connecting cable
Bolt length
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
6mA
120mA
100 Ohm (block coil)
100% ED (configured)
-25°C to +60°C
-25°C to +70°C
any
III
IP 30 (locking cylinder correctly mounted)
die cast Zn, 16x210x40mm (standard block lock)
die cast Zn, 16x210x48mm (dual-bit block lock)
20x257x3mm, steel, galvanised
steel, galvanised, 11x40mm dead bolt throw 15mm
steel, galvanised, 130x25x3mm
90°right or 90°left
5m long, ø 5.5mm, highly flexible 12-wire shielded cable
25mm
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
Accessories:
022115
11
11
Chrome-coloured safety rosette
022117
Chrome-coloured spacers for 022115
022115.01
Gold-plated safety rosette
022120
Chrome-coloured core drawback protection rosette 12 mm
022124.99
Chrome-coloured core drawback protection rosette 0.59 in
022134
Gold-plated core drawback protection rosette 12 mm
022122
Chrome-coloured safety door sign 11 mm
022123
Chrome-coloured safety door sign 0.55 in
022136
Chrome-coloured internal escutcheon for profiled cylinder
022112
Bolt length extension from 25 to 50 mm
022113
Bolt length extension from 25 to 2.56 in
022114.01
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 35 mm
022114.02
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 2.17 in
022114.03
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 3.15 in
022114.04
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 3.94 in
022121
Set for face plate special dimensions
050070
Surface-mounted standard block lock distributor/white
022310.10
BUS-1 door module 1 for standard block lock/white, surface-mounted design
022125
Mounting aid for block lock mounting
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
137
Switching devices
Line of locks
¬#5¦A−
022099
296,50 €
Standard block lock
Approval
G198718 (EMT), Class A
Block lock without mechanical surface protection against drilling, consisting of the
metal-encapsulated pocket with face plate and connecting cable, includes all mechanical and
electronic functional modules.
The integrated evaluating module as completely encapsulated electronic unit with currentsaving microelectronics in surface-mounted technology and customer-specific IC serves for
the central management of all control functions.
Includes individual programming of the monitoring criteria and operating modes, for
example as main block lock or door lock.
Slots for DIN half cylinders according to DIN standard 50018 or, in the case of VdS systems,
according to guidelines form 2183.
¬#6!O−
022100
333,00 €
Standard block lock including mechanical protection against drilling
Approval
G189510 (EMT), Class B; G 031210/33 E
The description and technical data are identical to those of the article 022099, except that
tamper monitoring is included in the form of a mechanical all-around protection against
drilling.
¬#6#U−
022102
Standard block lock including electronic protection against drilling 357,50 €
Approval
G194043 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/58 E
The description and technical data are identical to those of the article 022100, except that
additionally an protection against drilling is included.
022102.62
¬#6#§/73\−
Standard block lock including electronic protection against drilling 357,50 €
Approval
G194044 (EMT), Class C
For use in intrusion detection control panel 5008.
The description and technical data are identical to those of the former article no. 160629.
Block lock distributor 050070 to fit
138
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Switching devices
022151
Line of locks
¬#6T£−
Standard dual bit block lock including protection against drilling
Approval
307,50 €
11
G189225 (EMT), Class C
22
Fully electronic block lock with tamper monitoring through mechanical surface protection
against drilling for dual bit inserts, consisting of the metal-encapsulated pocket with face
plate and connecting cable, includes all mechanical and electronic functional modules.
33
The fully integrated evaluating module as completely encapsulated electronic unit with
current-saving microelectronics in surface-mounted technology and customer-specific IC
serves for the central management of all control functions.
44
Includes individual programming of the monitoring criteria and operating modes as main
block lock or door lock.
55
Use of contactless inductive proximity switches for detecting all mechanical operations
during the locking process and the monitoring of the housing cover. Variable bolt length by
using bolt length extensions.
66
77
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage U_b
Operating voltage range
Current consumption at rated voltage
Current consumption of solenoid (additional)
Solenoid resistance
Solenoid duty cycle
Drilling protection
Contact load max.
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Installation position
Environmental class as per VdS
Class of protection DIN 40050
Weight approximately
12 V DC
10 V to 15 V DC
<6 mA
120 mA
100 Ohm
100% ED
mechanical
5 mA / 15 V DC
-25 °C to +60 °C
-30 °C to +60 °C
arbitrary
III
IP 20
950 g
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
3 keys
13
13
022153
¬#6V©−
Standard dual bit block lock including protection against drilling
Approval
372,50 €
14
14
G189225 (EMT), Class C
15
15
The description and technical data are identical to those of 022151, except that 6 keys are
included.
16
16
6 keys
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
139
Switching devices
Line of locks
Block lock distributor
¬&!g,−
050070
51,00 €
Standard block lock distributor
Approval
G190092 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/63 E
Surface-mounted design, compact block lock distributor including 6 mm cable link,
integrated pcb with 18-pin connection and built-in buzzer with increased sound volume, for
acoustic arming acknowledgement. Built-in cover contact.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption buzzer
Type of wiring
Class of protection DIN 40050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Housing (W x H x D)
Colour
022310.10
¬#8+§/21L−
12V DC
10V to 15 V DC
20mA
block lock to junction box / junction box to central:
conventional
IP 40
II
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
118x118x30mm (plastic)
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
BUS-1 door module 1 for conventional block lock connection
Approval
249,50 €
G194034 (EMT), Class C
This module allows to set up all types of monitoring and enable of doors.
For the enable, block locks (conventional connection), safety operating panels or door code
devices or operating device having the same functions can be connected. At the same time,
the connection or activation for closed-circuit current, load current door release and impulse
door release are integrated.
Also included in this overall concept have been inputs for lock release, bolt switching contact and opening contact and an additional tamper input. Each connection can be operated
autonomously.
Technical Data
Quiescent current
Magnet activated
7mA
150mA
Block lock accessories
022060
¬#5]3−
445,00 €
Block lock surface mounting kit
Consisting of a block lock and striking plate receptacle of 40 mm thick massive iron for
surface mounting to be welded to safe and metal doors, it fits block locks with half
cylinders, including special face plate.
Technical Data
Block lock connector
Dimensions (W x H x D)
022121
¬#66'−
Set for face plate special dimensions
25mm
260x60x40mm (part size)
10,50 €
16 mm: To be used, for example, behind a door leaf locking rod.
0.98 in: To be used, if, for example, a block lock type of the previous generation is to be
replaced with a new block lock.
140
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Switching devices
Line of locks
Bolt length extensions
11
Mounting kit for extending the block lock bolt length. Consists of a suitable bolt extension,
2 micro-encapsulated one-way screws, 3 face plate spacing pieces and the associated
one-way screws. Suitable for block lock types and the VdS dead bolt lock with monitoring
function.
022112
¬#6-s−
Bolt length extension from 25 to 50 mm
21,00 €
022113
¬#6.v−
Bolt length extension from 25 to 2.56 in
24,50 €
22
33
44
55
66
022114.01
¬#6/§/12U−
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 1.38 in
25,50 €
77
022114.02
¬#6/§/13\−
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 55 mm
88
28,50 €
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
022114.03
¬#6/§/14c−
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 3.15 in
32,00 €
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
022114.04
¬#6/§/15j−
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 3.94 in
36,00 €
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
141
Switching devices
Line of locks
Core drawback protection rosettes
022115
¬#60|−
60,50 €
Safety rosette for half cylinder
Chrome-coloured, including M5 threaded bars.
022117
¬#62¤−
25,50 €
Spacer
Chrome-coloured, for 022115, 1.5 mm thick.
3 units
022138
¬#6GZ−
Internal rosette with profiled cylinder perforation
20,00 €
Chrome-coloured, including M5 threaded bars.
5 mm thick.
022120
¬#65$−
Core drawback protection rosette, chrome-coloured
104,00 €
Safety rosette including core drawback protection for half cylinder. Including 12-mm thick
external escutcheon for cylinder projection of 9 - 14 mm.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Dimensions (WxHxD)
Performance Features
• according to VdS class A
142
www.honeywell.com/security/de
outer label: 44 x 70 x 12/15mm
inner label: 44 x 70 x 5mm
Switching devices
Line of locks
Safety door plate
11
Performance Features
• according to VdS classes A/B/C
The safety door plate fitted with a protective steel cover and core protection (revolving disk)
offers optimum protection for the half cylinder inserted into the block lock.
22
The rosette attachment provided with a core protection on the inside is mounted on the
projecting cylinder portion and fastened using 2 threaded bolts and clamping bolts each.
33
The rosette attachment including the core protection is secured by the all-around ground
and hardened external escutcheon in connection with the internal escutcheon by means of
M8 special screws to be screwed down from the inside, thus providing optimised security.
44
55
Technical Data
Dimensions outer label (W x H x D)
Dimensions inner label (W x H x D)
44 x 260 x 11/14mm
36 x 260 x 6mm
66
All parts made of corrosion-resistant stainless steel.
77
External and internal escutcheon core protection insert (revolving disk);
2 special screws M8 x 50.
022122
¬#67*−
Chrome-coloured safety door plate
88
99
189,00 €
10
10
Including 11-mm thick external escutcheon for cylinder projection of 9 - 14 mm.
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
022123
¬#68-−
Chrome-coloured safety door plate
15
15
194,00 €
16
16
Including 14-mm thick external escutcheon for cylinder projection of 12 -17 mm.
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
143
Switching devices
Cylinder program
VdS
When used in block locks, dead bolt locks with monitoring function or operating units, VdS
requests core drawback and cylinder protection. For the possible combinations of cylinder /
high-security escutcheon / switching device, please refer to the VdS publication applicable in
each case.
028028
¬#q=K−
51,00 €
VdS half cylinder, Ikon 5532
Approval
M191341
Technical Data
Key
Length A
Bit position: in 45° grid turnable by 360°
35.5mm
Covers all VdS classes in connection with safety door plates 022122.
For use in block locks, for example 022102; 022101.
3 keys with safety certificate
028029
¬#q>N−
VdS half cylinder, Ikon 5532, including core drawback protection
Approval
66,50 €
M191342
Technical Data
Key
Length A
Bit position: in 45° grid turnable by 360°
35.5mm
Covers all VdS classes in connection with safety rosettes 022115; 022115.10.
For use in block locks, for example 022102; 022101.
3 keys with safety certificate
028034
¬#qC]−
58,00 €
VdS half cylinder
Approval
M191341
Same as 028028, but cylinder extended.
Technical Data
Key
Length A
Bit position: in 45° grid turnable by 360°
40.5mm
For use in safety control panels/IDENT-KEY operating units, for example 012520; 022183.
3 keys with safety certificate
144
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Switching devices
Cylinder program
Standard
028031
11
¬#q@T−
11,50 €
Half cylinder
22
Simple half cylinder without VdS approval.
33
Technical Data
Key
Length A
Bit position: in 45°grid turnable by 360°
40.5mm
44
For use in lockable keypad units, for example 025104; 025105.
55
3 keys
028032
¬#qAW−
66
11,50 €
Half cylinder
77
Simple half cylinder without VdS approval.
Technical Data
Key
Length A
88
Bit position: in 45°grid turnable by 360°
30.5mm
99
For use in contact locks of modular operating unit program, for example 12624; block switch,
for example 021130; 021131; control panels 50-M5; 100-A5; 100-A8; 561-H8 and emergency
key box, for example 048850.
10
10
3 keys
028033
¬#qBZ−
11
11
VdS half cylinder, length A: 32.5 mm, VdS: M104369, Winkhaus TI602 79,00 €
Approval
M104369
12
12
Technical Data
Key
Length A
Bit position: in 45° grid turnable by 360°
32.5mm
13
13
Covers all VdS classes in connection with safety door plates 022122, 022122.01, 022123,
022123.01.
For use with security operating units 012525; 012526; 010125.
14
14
15
15
3 keys with safety certificate
218782
¬6xs@−
Approval
16
16
64,00 €
VdS half cylinder BKS 3453 B
M191323
17
17
Technical Data
Key
Length A
Bit position: in 45° grid turnable by 360°
30mm
18
18
Covers all VdS classes in connection with safety rosettes 022115; 022115.10.
For use in key switch SS 90, for example 154428; 154430.
19
19
3 keys with safety certificate
20
20
Housing lock
028050
¬#qS&−
VdS lock insert
According to VdS for commercial use, for example for retrofitting housings.
The VdS lock insert is delivered with the Schulte 1k101 locking mechanism.
For alarm control panel, no single locking mechanism may be used.
27,50 €
21
21
22
22
23
23
2 keys
145
Switching devices
Key switch
Key switch SS 90
VdS approval G 193724, VdS Class A
Approval
The key switch SS 90 consists of a zinc die-cast housing painted white (similar to RAL
9016), electric tear-off and cover monitoring, core drawback protector for half cylinder
integrated in the housing cover, optic control lights for alarm and armed/disarmed and a
buzzer as acoustic acknowledgement display, either as permanent or touch contact version,
as desired.
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Rated voltage
Display
Signalling device
Current consumption per LED
Current consumption buzzer
Switching contact
Tamper switch
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Type of protection
Housing
Colour
Weight
Dimensions housing (W x H x D)
Dimensions frame (WxHxD)
Dimensions Socket included (WxHxD)
8V DC to 18V DC
12V DC
1 red LED, 1 yellow LED
buzzer 60dB (A) 1m
approx. 20mA
approx. 5mA
30V DC, 500mA, S1, S4 armed/ disarmed
30V DC, 500mA, S2 / S3
-25°C to +70°C
-30°C to +75°C
IP 54
zinc diecast
white RAL 9001
approx. 1250g
88x142x54mm (sm)
124x182x54mm (fm)
105x155x45mm (fm)
When used in block locks, dead bolt locks with monitoring function or operating units, VdS
requests core drawback and cylinder protection. For the possible combinations of cylinder /
high-security escutcheon / switching device, please refer to the VdS publication applicable in
each case.
Accessories:
218782
154428
¬0M=w−
Half cylinder
87,00 €
Key switch SS 90
Approval
G193724 (EMT), Class A
VdS approval in connection with protection against drilling 154437 only.
Without half cylinder
154430
¬0M?}−
99,00 €
Key switch SS 90
Approval
G193724 (EMT), Class A
Equipped with additional second switching contact.
VdS approval in connection with protection against drilling 154437 only.
Without half cylinder
146
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Switching devices
Key switch
Accessories
154437
11
¬0MF+−
22,50 €
Protection against drilling
22
For upgrading the key-operated switch SS 90 to comply with VdS.
33
44
55
66
154438
¬0MG.−
Mounting kit for flush-mounting in wall
77
20,00 €
88
For key switch SS 90.
Technical Data
Dimensions housing (W x H x D)
99
106x154x47.5mm
Zinc die-cast decorative frame; flush-mounting box
10
10
11
11
12
12
154439
¬0MH1−
Hollow-wall mounting kit
23,00 €
13
13
For key switch SS 90.
14
14
Zinc die-cast decorative frame; mounting material
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
797027
¬pg<£−
Special Allen key
3,00 €
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
147
Switching devices
Key switch
Block switch
021130
¬#,?.−
Surface-mounted block switch with mechanical lock disabling
382,50 €
For use in the standard and VdS control panel product line. Points of support for monitoring resistors available. Designed with tamper switch and 5-sided comprehensive protection
against drilling, LED displays for armed/disarmed state and alarm fault.
Changeover/permanent contact keybit position for half cylinder to be used 90° right.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Current consumption
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC, block coil
10 V to 15 V DC
270 mA, max. current on arming/disarming
270 mA, max. current on arming/disarming
IP 44
-25 °C to 55 °C
-40 °C to +70 °C
77 x 122 x 55 mm
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
The length A of the locking cylinder (see diagram) must be 30 mm.
8
Without half cylinder
Accessories:
028032
021131
¬#,@1−
Half cylinder
Flush-mounted block switch with mechanical lock disabling
382,50 €
For use in the standard and VdS control panel product line. Points of support for monitoring resistors available. Designed with tamper switch and 5-sided comprehensive protection
against drilling, LED displays for armed/disarmed state and alarm fault.
Changeover/permanent contact keybit position for half cylinder to be used 90° right.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Current consumption
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC, block coil
10 V to 15 V DC
270 mA, max. current on arming/disarming
270 mA, max. current on arming/disarming
IP 44
-25 °C to 55 °C
-40 °C to +70 °C
77 x 122 x 55 mm
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
The length A of the locking cylinder (see diagram) must be 30 mm.
Without half cylinder
Accessories:
028032
148
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Half cylinder
Switching devices
Security operating units
Security operating units
012525
11
¬":::−
Surface-mounted outdoor safety operating unit including logic
Approval
219,00 €
22
G100708 (EMT), Class A; VSÖ P 070427/14 E
33
The outdoor safety operating unit consists of a stable die-cast housing. The housing top is
provided with an electro-mechanical monitoring against drilling. This prevents any unauthorised access to the integrated electronics. Also available are a mechanical tear-off
protection and a cover monitoring device.
44
The “ON-OFF” key position is scanned by microsensors. The switching contacts are
galvanically separated from the lines to the control panel by optic relays.
55
The built-in buzzer and the two-colour LED (red / green) are activated by the connected
intrusion detection control panel via suitable acknowledgment signals (logic).
66
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Quiescent current
Current consumption at rated voltage
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
77
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
2.5mA
22mA (max. current when arming/ disarming)
III
IP 44
-25°C to +55°C
-40°C to +80°C
85x123x56mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
88
99
10
10
The operating unit 012525 is designed for half cylinders with keybit position 90° right.
The length A should be 31 mm to 32.5 mm.
We recommend using half cylinder 028033.
012526
¬":;=−
Surface-mounted outdoor security operating unit excluding logic
Approval
11
11
12
12
206,50 €
13
13
G100708 (EMT), Class A; VSÖ P 070427/14 E
The outdoor safety operating unit consists of a stable die-cast housing. The housing top is
provided with an electro-mechanical monitoring against drilling. This prevents any unauthorised access to the housing. Also available are a mechanical tear-off protection and a
cover monitoring device.
14
14
15
15
The operating does not need a separate operating voltage. This makes is especially suitable
for applications in which no permanent operating voltage is available or for battery-operated
devices which should not be subjected to a load in the form of a permanent current
consumption (e.g. radio door module).
16
16
The “ON-OFF” key position is scanned by microsensors.
17
17
The built-in buzzer and the red LED are activated by the connected intrusion detection
control panel.
18
18
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
22mA, when arming/ disarming
III
IP 44
-25°C to +55°C
-40°C to +80°C
85x123x56mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
The operating unit 012525 is designed for half cylinders with keybit position 90° right.
The length A should be 31mm to 32.5 mm.
We recommend using half cylinder 028033.
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
149
Switching devices
012520
Security operating units
¬":5+−
Flush-mounted outdoor safety operating unit excluding logic
Approval
241,00 €
G196706 (EMT), Class A
The outdoor operating unit consists of a stable cast housing and a front plate with electromechanical monitoring against drilling.
The electromechanical monitoring against drilling prevents any unauthorised access to the
integrated electronics. Also available are a mechanical tear-off protection and an electronic
cover monitoring device.
The special construction (a special flush-mounted box and a flush-mounted housing) of the
outdoor operating unit allows flush mounting in massive and also in hollow walls.
The “ON-OFF” key position is scanned by contactless sensors. In addition, the idle position
of the lock catch (centre position) is tamper monitored. The built-in buzzer and the
two-colour LED are activated by the connected intrusion detection control panel.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Quiescent current
Current consumption
Environmental class as per VdS
Class of protection DIN 40050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Dimensions (ØxD)
Dimensions
Connecting cable length
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
17mA
40mA (max. current, switching mode)
III
IP44
-25°C to +60°C
-40°C to +80°C
front: 86x107x27mm
housing: 70x70mm
installation depth: 70mm
6m
Owing to the different constructional characteristics of locking cylinders from different manufacturers, the correct locking cylinder must be selected. The length A should be 40.5 mm.
We recommend using half cylinder 028034.
010125
¬"":q−
245,50 €
BUS-1 key switch operating unit
Approval
G102043 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/11 E
The BUS-1 safety operating unit is housed in a stable die-cast housing.
It is suitable for indoor use and has been designed specifically for indoor arming/disarming
of intrusion detection systems in BUS-1 technology.
The “ON-OFF” key position is scanned by microsensors.
The built-in buzzer and the LED (red) are activated by the connected intrusion detection
control panel via suitable acknowledgment signals via BUS-1.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Quiescent current
Current consumption at rated voltage
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC
10V DC to 15V DC
2.8mA
6mA (max. current when arming/ disarming)
II
IP 44
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
85x123x56mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
The operating unit 010125 is designed for half cylinders with keybit position 90° right. The
length A should be 1.22 in to 32.5 mm. We recommend using half cylinder 028033.
150
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Switching devices
Security operating units
Accessories
012521
11
¬":6.−
Decorative film for outdoor safety operating unit 012520
15,00 €
22
5 units
33
44
55
66
012529
¬":>F−
Decorative film for operating units 012525, 012526 and 010125
77
21,50 €
88
5 units
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
151
Notes
152
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Readers
Keypads
ID Carriers
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
153
Readers
List of readers
Readers overview
Overview of Proximity Readers
Standard Data
Type
Housing
Colour
RFID Technology
Item.no.
VdS
*
026420
Accentic
without keypad
white alum.
optional
white or
anthracite
026422
026421
white alum.
optional
white or
anthracite
Accentic
with keypad
026423
Fingerkey reader
Accentic
029340
basaltgrey
029341
greywhite
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
026480.10
*
026494
*
026492
Classic
with on/off keys
(small housing)
greywhite
022194
*
Classic
without keypad
greywhite
026390.00
026390.10
026383.00
026481
Classic
with keypad
greywhite
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
connectable at
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
*
026491
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
6, 7
2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
ACS-8
6, 7, 8
*
*
*
*
*
*
1, 2, 3, 4, 5
*
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
*
*
*
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
*
022198
*
*
*
6, 7, 8
IK2-Operating Unit
fm version
greywhite
022183
*
*
*
6, 7, 8
Insertic
without keypad
light grey
*
*
027676
*
*
027669
Insertic
with keypad
light grey
027673
*
*
027661
Insertic 50
light grey
Reader with
scramble keypad
plastic housing
Reader with
scramble keypad
stainless steel hous.
2, 3, 4, 5
*
5, 6, 7
*
2, 3, 4, 5
*
IK2 DC BUS-2
023330
023331
023332.99
023333
023340
023341
023342
023343
red
026445
*
o.req.
o.req.
*
5, 6, 7
(for access only)
stainless
steel
026445.10
*
o.req.
o.req.
*
5, 6, 7
(for access only)
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Please note the corresponding information within our catalogue. This table doesn`t show all properties, functionalities and technical dates in details.
154
www.honeywell.com/security/de
7
5, 6, 7
white
titanium
argent
graphite br.
white
titanium
argent
graphite br.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
IK3 DC conv.
5, 6, 7
*
*
*
027665
Siedle Vario
with keypad
5, 6, 7
2, 3, 4, 5
*
*
*
6
2, 3, 4, 5
*
*
027664
Siedle Vario
without keypad
5, 6, 7
*
only UID
027663
5, 6, 7
2, 3, 4, 5
*
only UID
027662
2, 3, 4, 5
*
*
*
027677
027660
*
IK3 DC BUS-2
5, 6, 7
*
027675
5
5, 6, 7
2, 3, 4, 5
*
*
*
027671
5, 6, 7
*
only UID
ACS-8 Com.modul
2, 3, 4, 5
*
only UID
ACS-8
2, 3, 4, 5
*
*
*
027674
027667
4
*
only UID
027672
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
*
only UID
027670
*
Door Modul
6, 7, 8
greywhite
*
3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Comfort Key IK2
*
*
ACS-2plus
1, 2, 3, 4, 5
*
*
027668
1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
greywhite
027666
ACT
6, 7
Classic
extended range
026366.10
Device
RS-232
*
*
*
Periphery
IK2
*
026493
022195.10
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
026380.00
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
026480
Classic
(small housing)
*
*
026425
023320
RS485
*
*
*
CL/D
*
*
026424
023322.99
Interface
proX1;IK2 proX2;IK3 mifare LEGIC LEGIC adv.
8
Readers
Accentic
IK3 operating units
023322.99
11
¬#B7B−
IK3 reader with keyboard, contactless, aluminium-white
Approval
237,50 €
22
G104029 (EMT), Class C; Z105006 (Access Control), Class C;
VSÖ W 070427/26 E
33
IK3 reader in the “Accentic” design
44
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Operating temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Class of protection DIN 40050
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
Performance Features
12V DC
9V to 15V
-5°C to +55°C
III
IP 65
plastic
75x144x32mm
silver (RAL xxxx)
55
66
77
• Replaceable face plates
Accessories:
• Insensitive to soiling
• Largely vandalism-proof
• Can be mounted directly on standard flushmounted boxes
• RS485 interface for operating units of a range
up to 1,200 m
023501
023329
023317
023318
Plastic shield (view/weather)
Mounting plate, 3 per packaging unit
Face plate without keypad, pure white
Face plate without keypad, anthracite
88
99
10
10
023320
¬#B5<−
IK3 reader with keypad aluminium-white
Approval
11
11
266,50 €
G104030 (EMT), Class C; Z105007 (Access Control), Class C;
VSÖ W 070427/27 E
12
12
IK3 reader in “Accentic” design
13
13
Technical Data
Performance Features
• Replaceable housing face plates
• Ergonomic keypad design
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
<4mA background lighting
Operating temperature range
Interface
Class of protection DIN 40050
Environmental class as per VdS
Reading distance
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC
9V to 15V DC
<11mA in stand-by, <50mA write/read process,
14
14
15
15
-5°C to +55°C
RS485
IP 65
III
max. 10cm
75 x 142 x 32mm
silver (RAL xxxx)
16
16
17
17
• Labelling with symbols (language neutral)
• Time-limited background lighting of the keypad
Accessories:
• Insensitive to soiling
023501
023329
023315
023316.99
• Can be mounted directly on standard flushmounted boxes
• RS485 interface, range up to 1,200 m
18
18
Plastic shield (view/weather)
Mounting plate, 3 per packaging unit
Face plate with keypad, pure white
Face plate with keypad, anthracite
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
155
Readers
Accentic
proX2 reader
026420.10
¬#a5§/21U−
“Accentic” proX2 reader without keypad
307,00 €
Clock/data interface and RS-485 interface.
proX2 reader in elegant ergonomic housing design.
Reads proX1, IK2 and IK3 proximity readers (series number only).
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption
Operating temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Reading technology
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
Performance Features
• Reads proX1 and IK2 cards
• Range adjustment
12 V DC
9 V bis 15 V
<11 mA in stand-by mode,
<50 mA in time limited reading mode
-25°C to +55°C
III
IP 65
proX2 (reads EM4102 and EM4150 transponders)
Plastic
75 x 142 x 32 mm
white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006
• Replaceable housing face plates
• Insensitive to soiling
Accessories:
• Largely vandalism-proof
023501
023329
023317
023318
• Can be mounted directly on standard
flush-mounted boxes
• Automatic addressing on RS 485 bus
Plastic shield (view/weather)
Mounting plate, 3 per packaging unit
Face plate without keypad, pure white
Face plate without keypad, anthracite
• low current consumption
026421.10
¬#a6§/21X−
347,50 €
“Accentic” proX2 reader with keypad
Clock/data interface and RS-485 interface.
proX2 reader in elegant ergonomic housing design.
Reads proX1, IK2 and IK3 proximity readers (series number only).
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption
Performance Features
• Reads proX1 and IK2 cards
• Range adjustment
• Replaceable housing face plates
Operating temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Reading technology
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC
9 V bis 15 V
<11 mA in stand-by mode,
<50 mA in time limited reading mode,
<4 mA background illumination
-25°C to +55°C
III
IP 65
proX2 (reads EM4102 and EM4150 transponders)
Plastic
75 x 142 x 32 mm
white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006
• Ergonomic keypad design
• Labelling with symbols (language neutral)
Accessories:
• Time-limited background lighting
of the keypad
023501
023329
023315
023316.99
• Insensitive to soiling
156
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Plastic shield (view/weather)
Mounting plate, 3 per packaging unit
Face plate with keypad, pure white
Face plate with keypad, anthracite
Readers
Accentic
mifare reader
026422
11
¬#a7¢−
“Accentic” mifare reader without keypad
Approval
388,50 €
22
G107016 (EMT), Class C; Z107003 (Access Control), Class C
33
RS-485 interface and clock/data interface
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption
Operating temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Reading technology
Reading distance
Performance Features
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
• Replaceable housing face plates
• Insensitive to soiling
44
12 V DC to 24 V DC
9 V to 30 V
<30 mA in stand-by mode,
<50mA in time limited read/write mode
-25°C to +55°C
III
IP 65
mifare according to ISO 14443 A
up to 8 cm; depending on transponder type and
mounting site / environment of the reader
Plastic
75 x 142 x 32 mm
white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006
55
66
77
88
• Largely vandalism-proof
• Mounting directly on flush-mounted box
• Automatic addressing on RS 485 bus
Accessories:
023501
023329
023317
023318
• low current consumption
Plastic shield (view/weather)
Mounting plate, 3 per packaging unit
Face plate without keypad, pure white
Face plate without keypad, anthracite
99
10
10
11
11
026423
¬#a8¥−
429,50 €
“Accentic” mifare reader with keypad
Approval
12
12
G107017 (EMT), Class C; Z107004 (Access Control), Class C
13
13
RS-485 interface and clock/data interface
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption
Performance Features
Operating temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Reading technology
Reading distance
• Replaceable housing face plates
• Insensitive to soiling
• Largely vandalism-proof
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
14
14
12 V DC to 24 V DC
9 V to 30 V
<30 mA in stand-by mode,
<50mA in time limited read/write mode
<4 mA background illumination
-25°C to +55°C
III
IP 65
mifare according to ISO 14443 A
up to 8 cm; depending on transponder type and
mounting site / environment of the reader
Plastic
75 x 142 x 32 mm
white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
• Mounting directly on flush-mounted box
• Automatic addressing on RS 485 bus
• low current consumption
• Ergonomic keypad design
• Labelling with symbols (language neutral)
• Time-limited background lighting of the keypad
Accessories:
023501
023329
023315
023316.99
Plastic shield (view/weather)
Mounting plate, 3 per packaging unit
Face plate with keypad, pure white
Face plate with keypad, anthracite
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
157
Readers
Accentic
LEGIC reader
026424
¬#a9¨−
“Accentic” LEGIC advant reader without keypad
470,50 €
RS-485 and clock/data interface.
The LEGIC advant product line was developed in order to ideally support the setup of access
control and other person-based service applications. It guarantees maximum security,
scalability and cost-efficient investment safety. Its highly advanced security features (DES /
3DES) and compatibility with ISO standards (15693, 14443) and the LEGIC RF standard
makes this product line also particularly suitable for smart card projects such as mono- and
multifunctional company badges and leisure cards. Typical fields of application include state
ID projects, general access control solutions, switching of alarm systems and high-security
applications such as IT access protection and biometrics.
Performance Features
Technical Data
• Compatible with multi-industry standard
(13.56 MHz Read/Write).
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption
• Simultaneous multi-RF standard operation.
• Advanced high-security, DES / 3DES encryption.
• Physical Master-Token System Control and
Automatic Key Management.
• Easy-to-implement multi-applications.
• Compatible with ISO standards 15693 and 14443 A.
• Meets U.S. Government standards FIPS 201 /
PACS V2.2 Transition State Specification.
• Downward compatible with LEGIC prime
transponders.
• Clear and logic operating concept.
• Simple commissioning.
• Simple RS-485 address allocation, manually
or automatically.
• A special evaluation method guarantees extremely
stable transmissions.
• The reader is completely protected from moisture
(IP65).
026425
¬#a:"−
Operating temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Reading technology
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC to 24 V DC
9 V to 30 V
<45 mA in stand-by mode,
<200 mA in time limited read/write mode
-25°C to +55°C
III
IP 65
LEGIC
Plastic
75 x 142 x 32 mm
white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006
Accessories:
023501
023329
023317
023318
Plastic shield (view/weather)
Mounting plate, 3 per packaging unit
Face plate without keypad, pure white
Face plate without keypad, anthracite
• Indoor and outdoor use at temperatures ranging from -25 °C to +55 °C.
• Simple mounting using two or three screws at the wall.
• The reader can also be mounted directly on commercially available DIN flush-mounted boxes.
• The housing face plate can be replaced at a later stage (various colours, see accessories).
“Accentic” LEGIC advant reader with keypad
511,00 €
RS-485 and clock/data interface
The LEGIC advant product line was developed in order to ideally support the setup of access
control and other person-based service applications. It guarantees maximum security,
scalability and cost-efficient investment safety. Its highly advanced security features (DES /
3DES) and compatibility with ISO standards (15693, 14443) and the LEGIC RF standard
makes this product line also particularly suitable for smart card projects such as mono- and
multifunctional company badges and leisure cards. Typical fields of application include state
ID projects, general access control solutions, switching of alarm systems and high-security
applications such as IT access protection and biometrics.
Technical Data
Performance Features
Same performance features as article 026424, but
with integrated, background-lit “Accentic” keypad.
• Country-independent labelling of the LEDs and
the keypad.
• Abrasion-resistant 10-key comfort keypad
including 6 additional function keys.
• Tactile and acoustic feedback.
• Night design with time-limited background
lighting.
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption
Operating temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Reading technology
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC to 24 V DC
9 V to 30 V
<45 mA in stand-by mode,
<200 mA in time limited read/write mode
<4 mA background illumination
-25°C to +55°C
III
IP 65
LEGIC
Plastic
75 x 142 x 32 mm
white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006
Accessories:
158
www.honeywell.com/security/de
023501
023329
023315
023316.99
Plastic shield (view/weather)
Mounting plate, 3 per packaging unit
Face plate with keypad, pure white
Face plate with keypad, anthracite
Readers
Accentic
Accessories
023315
11
¬#B0-−
Face plate IK3 and “Accentic” readers with keypad, pure white
25,00 €
22
Replaceable face plate for IK3 or “Accentic” readers.
33
Technical Data
Colour
pure white, similar to RAL 9010
44
3 units
55
66
023316.99
¬#B10−
Face plate for IK3 and “Accentic” readers with keypad, anthracite
40,00 €
77
Replaceable face plate for IK3 or “Accentic” readers.
88
Technical Data
Colour
99
anthracite
3 units
10
10
11
11
023314
¬#B/*−
40,00 €
Face plate for IK3 and “Accentic” readers with keypad, aluminium-white
12
12
Replaceable face plate for IK3 or “Accentic” readers.
13
13
3 units
14
14
15
15
16
16
023317
¬#B23−
Face plate for IK3 and “Accentic” readers, pure white
17
17
25,00 €
18
18
Replaceable face plate for IK3 or “Accentic” readers.
Technical Data
Colour
3 units
19
19
pure white,similar to RAL 9010
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
159
Readers
023318
Accentic
¬#B36−
Face plate for IK3 and “Accentic” readers, anthracite
40,00 €
Replaceable face plate for IK3 or “Accentic” readers.
Technical Data
Colour
anthracite
3 units
023319
¬#B49−
Face plate for IK3 and “Accentic” readers, aluminium-white
39,00 €
Replaceable face plate for IK3 or “Accentic” readers.
Technical Data
Colour
aluminium-white, similar to RAL 9006
3 units
023501
¬#D"n−
71,00 €
Plastic housing (weather/view)
The housing is in tune with the modern line of the “Accentic” readers.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
023329
¬#B>W−
82 x 147 x 42-60 mm
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
46,00 €
Mounting plate for “Accentic” readers
Mounting the mounting plates between the mounting wall and the operating unit produces
an opening which allows a surface-mounted cable installation. Since 3 mounting plates per
packaging unit are delivered, they can be used as a function of the condition of the ground.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
69 x 137 x 3 mm
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
3 units
023324
¬#B9H−
Housing bottom for Accentic readers with cover contact
40,00 €
Replacement housing bottom for IK3 readers “Accentic” with integrated cover contact for
an IK3 system design according to BSI.
160
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Readers
Accentic
Biometrics
029340
11
¬#~I"−
990,00 €
“Accentic” IK3 finger key reader
Approval
22
G108091, Class C (IDS)
Z108002, Class C (ACS)
33
RS-485 and clock/data.
44
The finger key reader is a biometric system that uses the personal fingerprint as identification feature for granting authorisations.
55
In a special teach-in mode, 3 fingerprints per person are taken in quick succession and
linked to the serial number of a personal data carrier. The fingerprint data are stored in the
reader, while the authorisation of the associated data carrier is done in the system.
Performance Features
• Biometric reader combined with IK3 reader
keypad
• Arming/disarming and access control by finger
only, data carrier only, PIN only or finger+PIN
or data carrier+PIN
• IK3 technology provides support to IK3
alternating code according to VdS 2119, for
use with all IK2/proX or IK3/proX2 data carriers
• Biometric identification of up to 99 persons
using 3 fingers each
• Encrypted memorisation of the templates
• Simple commissioning through teach-in mode
at the intrusion detection system
(MB24/48/100.10 including IK3) or learn card
set at the access control system
• When fingers are injured or unsuitable, it is
always possible to use the personal data carrier
instead, even when the system is running
• High security level when operated on intrusion
detection systems
(IK3 AWE BUS-2 or conventional):
- For use as switching device up to SG6
- Increased arming/disarming security through
fingerprint identification Approx.
1/3 more features are evaluated than in
AC and control functions
• A new evaluation method guarantees extremely
stable detection
66
Instead of the serial number of a really existing data carrier, it is also possible to create a
“virtual” serial number as personal identification. In this case, no personal data carrier is
required for teach-in.
77
If the reader is able to identify a currently read-in fingerprint, it will send the serial number
of the associated data carrier to the controller. A release is only given if the data carrier
(or the “virtual” serial number) in the system has the required authorisation. By virtue of the
dynamic switchover of the security threshold, the armed/disarmed requirements for the
detected biometric features are higher than in a pure access control operation.
88
99
10
10
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption
Operating temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Reading technology
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC to 24 V DC
9 V to 30 V DC
<125 mA in stand-by mode,
<160 mA in time limited read/write mode,
<4 mA background illumination
-25°C to +55°C
III
IP 54
EM 4102, EM 4150
Plastic
75 x 173 x 46 mm
basalt grey (similar to RAL 7012)
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
Required software versions when connected to intrusion detection system
IK3 AWE BUS-2
V09.XX or newer
Conventional IK3 evaluating unit
V05.XX or newer
MB24/48
V08.XX or newer
MB 100 (index .10)
V08.XX or newer
15
15
16
16
Accessories:
023502
Plastic shield (view/weather) for fingerkey readers
17
17
• Detection of a fingerprint through a
high-quality thermal line sensor
• Insensitive to varying light situations, moisture,
soiling, electric fields and "latent fingers"
(visible fingerprint left after use)
• Indoor and outdoor use at temperatures
ranging from -25 °C to +55 °C, type of
protection IP54, Plastic housing (weather/view)
available as accessory
• Simple mounting using two or three screws at
the wall. The reader can also be mounted
directly on commercially available DIN
flush-mounted boxes.
18
18
• Easy exchange/addition to existing systems
• VdS approval for EMT and ACS Class C
applied for Country-independent labelling of
the LEDs and the keypad.
19
19
• Abrasion-resistant 10-key comfort keypad
including 6 additional function keys.
20
20
• Tactile and acoustic feedback.
• Night design with time-limited background
lighting.
• Colour basalt-grey (similar to RAL 7012)
21
21
22
22
23
23
161
Readers
029341
Accentic
¬#~J%−
1.277,50 €
“Accentic” mifare reader with keypad
Approval
G108001 (EMT), Class C; Z108001, Class C (Access Control
System)
RS-485 and clock/data.
Biometric fingerkey reader using highly advanced sensors and a proven evaluation algorithm for fingerprint detection. The verification procedure achieves higher security in access
control and arming/disarming of intrusion detection system than with a fingerprint, card or
keypad alone. Up to 4 fingerprints can be stored on a card, so that a replacement is also
available if a finger is injured.
Performance Features
• First VdS-approved biometric reader for
armed/disarmed and ACS
• Memorisation of the biometric on a 4K mifare
card, hence:
- Data protection guaranteed since no central
storage of the biometric data takes place
- Unlimited number of users with fingerprint
check possible in the system
- Up to 4 fingerprints of one person possible
on the card
• Verification, hence:
- Fast evaluation
Optically, this reader fits in with the range of IK3, mifare and LEGIC advant readers in
“Accentic” design. The reader can be used as a read-in station, access control reader or
switching device.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption
Operating temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Reading technology
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC to 24 V DC
9 V to 30 V DC
<125 mA in stand-by mode,
<160 mA in lime limited read/write mode,
<4 mA background illumination
-25°C to +55°C
III
IP 54
mifare according to ISO 14443 A
Plastic
75 x 173 x 46 mm
basalt grey (similar to RAL 7012)
- High detection reliability
• Uses the already 10,000 times field-proven
Biokey® software
• Uses a new line sensor, hence:
- Insensitive to moisture, soiling, electrostatic
charge
- Insensitive to difficult light conditions
- No problems with “latent fingers”, as some
optical sensors
The reader has very high detection reliability, as shown by the very low FAR and FRR values.
FAR = False Acceptance Rate
FRR = False Rejection Rate
The stored fingerprint cannot be recovered from the card data.
Accessories:
• IP54, -25°C…+55°C, VdS environmental class
III, hence also suitable for outdoor use under a
roof
026363.02
026363.07
mifare card 4k, coded for mifare fingerkey
mifare key ring 4k, coded for mifare fingerkey
• Its RS-485 and clock/data interfaces and large
range of voltage enable it to be operated in
many IDS and AC systems
023502
Plastic shield (view/weather) for fingerkey readers
• Easy exchange/addition to existing systems
since the finger key reader acts as a normal
reader at the interface
• It can be switched from a read-in station to an
access control reader via DIP switches
• Fits in optically with IK-3, mifare and LEGIC
advant readers in the “Accentic” design
162
Its operation requires the mifare data carriers listed under Accessories.
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Readers
Accentic
Accessories
023502
11
¬#D#q−
Plastic shield (view/weather) for fingerkey
81,00 €
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
Dimensions in mm
13
13
026363.02
¬#``§/13u−
mifare card 4k, coded for mifare fingerkey
10,50 €
14
14
Pre-coded password-protected mifare card for storing up to 4 fingerprint templates.
An alternative is to store three finger templates and one replacement code.
15
15
Accessories:
027850
Protective cover
16
16
17
17
026363.07
¬#``§/181−
mifare key ring 4k, coded for mifare fingerkey
18
18
10,50 €
19
19
Pre-coded password-protected mifare key ring for storing up to 4 fingerprint templates.
An alternative is to store three finger templates and one replacement code.
20
20
Technical Data
Operating temperature
Class of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
-20°C to +50°C
IP 67
34,5x43x5 mm
black
21
21
22
22
Please note that the reading distance of ID key rings is somewhat lower than that of ID cards.
23
23
163
Readers
Classic Design
IK2 operating units
022194
¬#6¡4−
213,50 €
IK2 operating unit
Approval
G196097 (EMT), Class C; Z199500 (Access Control), Class B;
VSÖ W 031210/30 E
The IDENT-KEY operating unit 022194 works contactless and without additional mechanical
switching device. This operating unit can be used to read all data carriers of the IK2 system
(key cap, key ring, ID card).
Its completely encapsulated shape has made it possible to achieve a type of protection
according to DIN 40050 of IP 65, which allows uncomplicated mounting, even in outdoor
use.
3 LED displays are available for optic display, and additionally an integrated buzzer can be
activated. The optical and acoustic displays can be activated either from an intrusion detection control panel or from the IDENT-KEY evaluating unit, as desired.
Performance Features
• Comfortable arming/disarming
Technical Data
• High sabotage security
Rated operating voltage range
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Additional current consumption
• Integrated buzzer
• LED displays
• For indoor and outdoor use for surface
mounting
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Class of protection DIN 40050
Environmental class as per VdS
Reading distance
Connecting cable length
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC
10V to 15 V DC
4mA
40mA, during read process; 10mA LED,
10mA buzzer
-25°C to +60°C
-25°C to +70°C
IP 65
III
max. 10cm
6.0m
82x90x15mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
In case of unfavourable installation ground (metal), the range may become reduced.
Accessories:
022193
022196
022196
¬#6£:−
Decorative film for IK2 operating units (022194 and 022195)
Adapter base for IK2 operating unit 022194
Adapter base for IK2 operating unit 022194
8,50 €
Allows horizontal or vertical surface-mounted cable feed.
022193
¬#6~1−
Decorative foil for IK2 operating units 022194 and 022195.10
Spare part
5 units
164
www.honeywell.com/security/de
19,50 €
Readers
022195.10
Classic Design
¬#6¢§/21y−
IK2 operating unit, contactless, with numeric keypad
Approval
266,50 €
11
G196096 (EMT), Class C; Z199002 (Access Control), Class C;
VSÖ W 031210/31 E
22
IDENT-KEY operating unit with numeric keypad, to obtain a coded disarming device.
The IDENT-KEY operating unit 022195.10 works contactless and without additional mechanical switching device. This operating unit can be used to read all data carriers of the IK2
system (key cap, key ring, ID card).
Its completely encapsulated shape has made it possible to achieve a type of protection
according to DIN 40050 of IP 65, which allows uncomplicated mounting, even in outdoor
use.
3 LED displays are available for optic display, and additionally an integrated buzzer can be
activated. The optical and acoustic displays can be activated either from an intrusion detection control panel or from the IDENT-KEY evaluating unit, as desired.
Performance Features
33
44
55
• Comfortable arming/disarming
66
Technical Data
• High sabotage security
• Integrated buzzer
• LED displays
• For indoor and outdoor use for surface
mounting
• with numeric keypad for coded disarming
device
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Additional current consumption
Additional current consumption
Additional current consumption
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Reading distance
Connecting cable length
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC
10 V to 15 V DC
5,5 mA
40 mA, when reading
10 mA, per LED
75 mA, buzzer
-25 °C to +60 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
IP 65
III
max. 10 cm
6,0 m
82 x 126 x 15 mm
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
In case of unfavourable installation ground (metal), the range may become reduced.
12
12
Accessories:
022193
022197
022197
¬#6¤=−
Decorative film for IK2 operating units (022194 and 022195)
Adapter base for IK2 operating unit 022195
Adapter base for “Classic” readers and keypads
13
13
14
14
10,50 €
15
15
For running surface-mounted cables and mounting the reader on a metallic surface.
Allows horizontal or vertical surface-mounted cable feed.
16
16
Fits access control articles:
026383.00 / 026390.00 / 026380.00 / 026384.00 / 026389.00 / 026064 / 026481 / 026390.10 /
026491 / 026492 / 026493 / 026494
17
17
Fits EMT articles:
022195.10
023500
¬#D!k−
18
18
Plastic shield (view/weather) for “Classic” readers and keypads
20
20
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
19
19
71,00 €
89 x 130.2 x 47 mm
21
21
If an already mounted operating element is to be retrofitted with the plastic shield
(view/weather), the operating element must be unscrewed from the wall for mounting.
To this end, the decorative film must be removed and replaced with a new one after mounting.
The film is available as spare part.
22
22
23
23
165
Readers
022198
Classic Design
¬#6¥@−
237,50 €
Comfort-Key IK2
Approval
G102020 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/30 E
The Comfort-Key operating unit serves as switching device for arming/disarming intrusion
detection systems in combination with IK2 evaluating units and the corresponding code
carriers.
The Comfort-Key operating unit is released for operation contactless and without mechanical switching devices.
2 dual LEDs (ready/alarm and disarmed/armed) are available for optical display, which can
be activated externally. The LEDs will only be activated when released. The optical and acoustic displays can be activated either from an intrusion detection control panel or by the
IDENT-KEY evaluating unit.
Performance Features
The reading mode of the operation unit is permanently active. Thus, the release for an
operation enable is activated only by reading a “known” IDENT-KEY data carrier. The data
are read as soon as the data carrier is held in front of the reading field.
• Comfortable arming/disarming
• High sabotage security
• Contactless - therefore free of wear
• Ident data carrier in the form of:
ID card; ID key ring; ID key cap
Technical Data
• quick and easy to mount
• LED displays for enable, alarm,
disarmed and armed
• Integrated buzzer
• For indoor and outdoor use for surface
mounting
022199
166
www.honeywell.com/security/de
¬#6¦C−
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Additional current consumption
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Class of protection DIN 40050
Environmental class as per VdS
Reading distance
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC, U_b
10V to 15V DC
25mA, U_b
10mA. each LED; 10mA buzzer
-20°C to +50°C
-30°C to +60°C
IP 65
III
to 7cm (key ring 023100)
87x110x28mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
signal-grey, similar to RAL 7004
Replacement cover for IK operating unit 022198
9
14,50 €
Readers
022183
Classic Design
¬#6tz−
267,00 €
IK2 operating unit
Approval
11
G196095 (EMT), Class C; Z199502 (Access Control), Class B;
VSÖ W 070427/33 E
22
The IDENT-KEY operating unit serves as switching device for arming/disarming intrusion
detection systems in combination with the IDENT-KEY evaluating unit.
33
In this operating unit version, the combination of contactless IDENT-KEY technology and
mechanical switching device is used.
44
The decision on arming/disarming of the intrusion detection system has been moved to the
evaluating unit. Since the evaluating unit is located inside the secured area, mechanical and
electric tamper attacks on the operating unit have no effect on arming/disarming.
55
This operating unit can be used to read all data carriers of the IK2 system (key cap, key ring,
ID card). A dual LED and a buzzer are available for display, of which the buzzer can be freely
activated.
66
• Contactless - therefore free of wear
Technical Data
• Ident data carrier in the form of:
ID card; ID key ring; ID key cap
77
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Additional current consumption
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Class of protection DIN 40050
Environmental class as per VdS
Reading distance
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
Performance Features
• Comfortable arming/disarming
• High sabotage security
• Integrated buzzer
• LED display
• For indoor and outdoor use for flush
mounting
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
5mA
20mA, during read process; 10mA LED, 10mA buzzer
-25°C to +60°C
-25°C to +70°C
IP 44 (when mounted correctly)
III
max. 6cm
86x107x27mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
88
99
10
10
11
11
In case of unfavourable installation ground (metal), the range may become reduced.
Accessories:
028034
028031
12
12
VdS half cylinder
Half cylinder
13
13
022189
¬#6z%−
Decorative film for IK2 operating unit 022183
16,50 €
14
14
Spare part
15
15
5 units
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
167
Readers
Classic Design
proX1 reader, Classic design
026480.10
¬#aq§/21;−
254,50 €
“Classic” proX1 proximity reader
Clock/data and RS-485 interface.
Reads proX1 and IK2 proximity ID cards.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Interface
Current consumption
Type of protection
Transmit frequency
Operating temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Reading range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour of housing
Colour foil
022196
026481
¬#arc−
12 V DC
10 V DC to 15 V DC
Clock/Data and RS-485
50 mA + 12 mA/LED
IP 64
125 kHz
-25°C to +60°C
III
ca. 12 cm
82 x 90 x 15 mm
grey-white
light grey
Base included in the delivery
“Classic” proX1 proximity reader with keypad
Proximity reader with Clock/data and RS-485 interfaces.
Reads proX1 and IK2 proximity ID cards.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Interface
Current consumption
Type of protection
Transmit frequency
Operating temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Reading range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour of housing
Colour foil
022197
Dimensional drawing
168
www.honeywell.com/security/de
12 V DC
10 V DC to 15 V DC
Clock/Data and RS-485
50 mA + 12 mA/LED
IP 64
125 kHz
-25°C bis +60°C
III
ca. 12 cm
82 x 126 x 15 mm
grey white
light grey
Adapter base included in the delivery
317,00 €
Readers
026380.00
Classic Design
¬#`q§/113−
278,00 €
“Classic” proX1 proximity reader
11
RS-232 interface.
Reads proX1 and IK2 proximity ID cards.
22
Technical Data
33
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption in no-load operation
Current consumption per LED
Maximum current consumption
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection
Wire length
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Reading distance
Colour
022197
12 V DC
10 V DC to 15 V DC
50 mA
15 mA
100 mA
-25°C to +60°C
-30°C to +60°C
III
IP 64
max. 30 m
82 x 126 x 15 mm
ca. 12 cm
grey white
44
55
66
77
Adapter base included in the delivery
88
99
10
10
11
11
Dimensional drawing
026379.10
¬#`p§/216−
12
12
5,50 €
Foil for contactless readers
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
026366.10
¬#`c§/21v−
proX1 proximity reader - with extended range
17
17
378,50 €
18
18
Clock/data interface and RS-485 interface.
Reading range 9.84in, not suitable for outdoor use.
Reads proX1 and IK2 proximity ID cards.
19
19
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Interface
Current consumption
Type of protection
Transmit frequency
Operating temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Reading range
Colour of housing
Colour foil
12 V DC
11 V DC to 15 V DC
Clock/Data and RS-485
400 mA + 12 mA/LED
IP 40
125 kHz
-25°C to +60°C
III (dripping water proof)
ca. 25 cm
grey white
light grey
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
169
Readers
Insertic
The “Insertic” built-in readers are suitable for installation in standard flush-mounted installation boxes. Owing to their flat style, the readers protrude only 11 mm from the wall.
In connection with their low-key colouring, the readers fit in harmoniously in both industrial
and private surroundings.
LED displays
Performance Features
• Reading technology proX1 (IK2), proX2
(IK3 without alternating code), mifare or LEGIC
(depending on model)
• proX reader can be switched to Hitag 1 or 2
• Fits any device box in flush-mounted or hollowwall design according to DIN at a screw distance
of 60 mm
• With and without keypad
• Three LED display some of which are freely
programmable
• Integrated buzzer
• RS-485 or clock/data interface
• Module bus protocol on RS-485 interface
• Large input voltage range, 8V - 30V DC
• Tamper detection
• for indoor and outdoor use
• Connection via screw terminals with the lift
system
• Compact design, easy mounting
The 3 LEDs of the reader (green, yellow, red) are always activated by the EU / central
control unit in standard operation. Depending on the EU or central control unit used, their
function is fixed or can be defined by programming.
In readers with clock/data interface, the yellow LED is always used as operating display.
The bright luminous symbols and an integrated buzzer give clear acknowledgements during
operation.
Interfaces
The readers of the “Insertic” series can easily be integrated into Honeywell access control
(ACS series), intrusion detection technology (IK3-AWE) and time management (access
control and ACS-2 plus options) using the standard interfaces RS-485 or clock/data.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Power consumption
Storage temperature
Operating temperature
Type of protection
Reading technology
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Interface
Colour
The clock/data readers 027666, 027667, 027670, 027671, 027674 and 027675 are not suitable
for operation at the ACT controller 026101.00 / 026100.10.
Modular design
170
www.honeywell.com/security/de
12 V DC
8 - 30 V DC
max. 2,5 W
-30 °C - +70 °C
-25 °C - +60 °C
IP54
mifare
81 x 81 x 11
RS-485
grey white (similar to RAL 9002)
Readers
Insertic
proX1, proX2 readers
11
027666
¬#mcN−
“Insertic” proX reader without keypad, clock/data interface
230,00 €
027667
¬#mdQ−
“Insertic” proX reader with keypad, clock/data interface
266,00 €
22
33
44
027668
¬#meT−
“Insertic” proX reader without keypad, RS-485 interface
230,00 €
027669
¬#mfW−
“Insertic” proX reader with keypad, RS-485 interface
266,00 €
55
66
77
88
mifare readers
027670
¬#mgZ−
“Insertic” mifare reader without keypad, clock/data interface
301,50 €
“Insertic” mifare reader with keypad, clock/data interface
337,50 €
99
10
10
027671
¬#mh]−
11
11
027672
¬#mi`−
“Insertic” mifare reader without keypad, RS-485 interface
301,50 €
027673
¬#mjc−
“Insertic” mifare reader with keypad, RS-485 interface
337,50 €
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
LEGIC readers
027674
¬#mkf−
“Insertic” LEGIC reader without keypad, clock/data interface
16
16
373,50 €
17
17
027675
¬#mli−
“Insertic” LEGIC reader with keypad, clock/data interface
414,00 €
18
18
027676
¬#mml−
“Insertic” LEGIC reader without keypad, RS-485 interface
373,50 €
027677
¬#mno−
“Insertic” LEGIC reader with keypad, RS-485 interface
414,00 €
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
171
Readers
Insertic 50
The readers of the “Insertic 50” series are suitable for installation in most brand name line
of switches with standard intermediate frame. They fit in harmoniously both with unconspicuous standard lines and exclusive lines of switches of high-quality optical appearance.
The reader is available with different interfaces, thus offering a wide range of applications.
LED displays
Performance Features
• Reading technology proX1 (IK2), proX2
(IK3 without alternating code), mifare or LEGIC
(depending on model)
• proX reader can be switched to Hitag 1 or 2
• Can be integrated into switch product lines with
standard intermediate frame
(cut-out 50 x 50 mm)
• Low mounting depth, fits in any standard flushmounted box at a screw distance of 60 mm
• Three LED display some of which are freely
programmable
• Integrated buzzer
• RS-485 or clock/data interface
• Module bus protocol on RS-485 interface
• Easy mounting
• Large input voltage range, 8V - 30V DC
• Connection via screw terminals with the lift
system
The 3 LEDs of the reader (green, yellow, red) are always activated by the EU / central
control unit in standard operation. Depending on the EU or central control unit used, their
function is fixed or can be defined by programming.
In readers with clock/data interface, the yellow LED is always used as operating display.
The bright luminous symbols and an integrated buzzer give clear acknowledgements during
operation.
Interfaces
The readers of the “Insertic 50” series can easily be integrated into Honeywell access
control (ACS series), intrusion detection technology (IK3-AWE) and time management
(access control and ACS-2 plus options) using the standard interfaces RS-485 or
clock/data.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Power consumption
Storage temperature
Operating temperature
Type of protection
Reading technology
Dimensions (ØxD)
Dimensions (W x H)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Interface
Colour
12 V DC
8 - 30 V DC
max. 2.5 W
-30 °C - +70 °C
-25 °C - +60 °C
Depending on the switches used in combination
proX1 / IK2
58 x 33 mm
Back module 70 x 70 mm
Front module 50 x 50 x 12
Clock/Data
greyish white (similar to RAL 9002)
The clock/data readers 027660, 027662 and 027664 are not suitable for operation at the ACT
controller 026101.00 / 026100.10.
A list of suitable line of switches can be found on our website.
Modular design
172
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Readers
Insertic 50
proX1, proX2 readers
11
027660
¬#m]<−
“Insertic 50” proX reader, clock/data interface
230,00 €
027661
¬#m^?−
“Insertic 50” proX reader, RS-485 interface
230,00 €
22
33
44
55
mifare readers
027662
¬#m_B−
“Insertic 50” mifare reader, clock/data interface
66
301,50 €
77
027663
¬#m`E−
“Insertic 50” mifare reader, RS-485 interface
301,50 €
88
99
LEGIC readers
10
10
027664
¬#maH−
“Insertic 50” LEGIC reader, clock/data interface
373,50 €
027665
¬#mbK−
“Insertic 50” LEGIC reader, RS-485 interface
373,50 €
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
173
Readers
023330
Siedle Vario
¬#B?Z−
376,50 €
Contactless reader IK3 / proX2, white
Approval
G107028 (EMT), Class C; Z107005 (Access Control), Class C
RS-485 and clock/data interface.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption in no-load operation
Current consumption
Operating temperature range
Environmental class according to VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Reading distance
023332.99
¬#BA`−
12 V / 24 V DC
8 V to 30 V
<11 mA
max. <50 mA in time-limited read mode
-25°C to +55°C
III
IP 54
approx. 80 mm with ID cards
376,50 €
Contactless reader IK3 / proX2, silver
Approval
G107028 (EMT), Class C; Z107005 (Access Control), Class C
RS-485 and clock/data interface.
023340
¬#BIx−
Proximity reader with keypad IK3 / proX2, white
Approval
418,00 €
G107029 (EMT), Class C; Z107006 (Access Control), Class C
RS-485 and clock/data interface.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption in no-load operation
Current consumption
Operating temperature range
Environmental class according to VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Reading distance
023342
¬#BK~−
Proximity reader with keypad IK3 / proX2, silver
Approval
www.honeywell.com/security/de
418,00 €
G107029 (EMT), Class C; Z107006 (Access Control), Class C
RS-485 and clock/data interface.
174
12 V / 24 V DC
8 V to 30 V
<11 mA
max. <50 mA in time-limited read mode
-25°C to +55°C
III
IP 54
approx. 80 mm with ID cards
Readers
Reader with scramble keypad
Performance Features
• Capacitive key sensors (no mobile parts)
• RS-485 interface
• Sabotage detection
• Large input voltage range
Combination of a proximity reader with keypad with variable digit arrangement.
“Dark Design”: In the basic state, neither keys nor digits are visible. The keypad is activated
by identification via a badge during the time of input. The arrangement of the digits is
effected by a random generator. The digits are scrambled. The luminous areas are simultaneously the key areas. Suitable for use with increased security requirements. The reader has
an RS-485 interface.
11
22
33
• Simple installation via screw/plug-in terminals
• Vandalism-proof and impact-resistant glass front
When operated on IK3-AWE, only the access control function is possible.
• No keypad visible in the inactive state
44
• 12 Input fields (digits 0 to 9 and 2 function keys
as 7-segment displays, digit height 7 mm)
• Lockable housing (026445.10 only)
026445
55
¬#aN^−
proX1 reader with scramble keypad, plastic housing
66
1.993,00 €
77
Technical Data
Colour top
Colour bottom
Dimensions (W x H x D)
red, similar to RAL 3020
black
140 x 210 x 75 mm
88
Mifare and LEGIC upon request
99
10
10
11
11
026445.10
¬#aN§/219−
proX1 reader with scramble keypad, stainless steel housing
2.504,00 €
12
12
Same as 0264545, but with lockable stainless steel housing.
13
13
Technical Data
Colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
stainless steel grey
140 x 210 x 75 mm
14
14
Mifare and LEGIC upon request
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
175
ID Carriers
Cards
Key rings, caps
023101
¬#@"f−
26,50 €
IK3/proX2 key ring with ring
IDENT-KEY key ring with ring coded for alternating code method
Contactless ID information carrier. For use with IK2, AC and T&A. The individual coding of
the chip makes each ring unique. On IK3 systems, the very secure alternating code method
can additionally be used.
This key ring makes it easy to use systems for contactless readers such as IK3 switching
devices and the corresponding readers of access control and time recording systems. You
just place the key against the reading station for contactless readers.
Please note that the reading distance of ID key rings is somewhat lower than that of ID cards.
023100
¬#@!c−
26,50 €
IK2/proX1 key ring with ring
For proX1, proX2 and IK2 proximity readers.
Contactless ID information carrier. For use with IK2, AC and T&A. The individual coding of
the chip makes each ring unique.
This key ring makes it easy to use systems for contactless readers such as IK2 switching
devices and the corresponding readers of access control and time recording systems. You
just place the key against the reading station for contactless readers.
Please note that the reading distance of ID key rings is somewhat lower than that of ID cards.
IK2 key rings can be used with IK3 systems as well. However, the alternating code methode is
not supported.
022185
¬#6v¢−
31,50 €
ID key cap
For proX1, proX2 and IK2 proximity readers.
The keys belonging to the system are fitted with a key cap. The module integrated in the cap
has already been provided by the factory with an electronic coding. For use with IK2, AC,
T&A and IK3 without alternating code.
The coded key cap is read wirelessly by the operating unit via the medium air.
The key cap is suitable for round 22.5 mm to 25 mm key heads and for rectangular key
heads.
Technical Data
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Class of protection DIN 40050
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
-20°C to +50°C
-25°C to +70°C
IP 67
II
35x39x8mm
black, similar to RAL 9005
Please note that the reading distance of ID key rings is somewhat lower than that of ID cards.
022172
¬#6iY−
Gluing set
Two-component adhesive for bonding the key caps.
176
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11,50 €
ID Carriers
022190
Cards
¬#6{(−
5,00 €
proX1 key ring
11
For proX1 and proX2 proximity readers.
Simple design for access control and IK2 readers without sticker.
22
Please note that the reading distance of ID key rings is somewhat lower than that of ID cards.
33
44
55
Proximity ID carriers
026378
66
¬#`oX−
11,50 €
IK3/proX2 ID card, printable
77
ID card for proximity readers with alternating code method, printable
88
The IDENT-KEY ID card is a data and information carrier in the cheque card format for IK3
alternating code methods. The electronics is encapsulated inside the card and thus
completely protected from moisture and largely from mechanical stress.
99
Accessories:
027850
10
10
Protective cover
11
11
026375
¬#`lO−
11,50 €
IK3/proX2 ID card, with imprint
12
12
ID card for proximity readers with alternating code method, with inscription
13
13
With Honeywell logo for IK3 alternating code method.
14
14
Technical Data
Operating temperature range
Bending and torsion property
Dimensions (W x H x D)
-35 °C to +50 °C
according to ISO 7816-1
85,60 x 53,98 x 0,76 mm (according to DIN ISO)
15
15
Accessories:
027850
026368.00
¬#`e§/11v−
16
16
Protective cover
17
17
7,50 €
IK2/proX1 ID card, printable
18
18
For proX1, proX2 and IK2 proximity readers.
The ID card is a data and information carrier in the cheque card format. The electronics is
encapsulated inside the card and thus completely protected from moisture and largely from
mechanical stress.
Technical Data
Operating temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Bending and torsion property
-35°C to +50°C
85.60 x 53.98 x 0.76 mm (as per DIN ISO)
as per ISO 7816-1
19
19
20
20
21
21
Please note that the reading distance of ID key rings is somewhat lower than that of ID cards.
22
22
Accessories:
027850
Protective cover
23
23
177
ID Carriers
026370.00
Cards
¬#`g§/11|−
7,50 €
IK2/proX1 ID card, with inscription
For proX1, proX2 and IK2 proximity readers.
Including Honeywell logo.
Technical Data
Operating temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Bending and torsion property
-35°C to +50°C
85.60x53.98x0.76mm (as per DIN ISO)
as per ISO 7816-1
Accessories:
027850
Protective cover
Contactless with magnetic stripe
¬#`nU−
026377
IK3/proX2 ID card, printable with magnetic stripe
13,00 €
For proximity readers with IK3 alternating code method, without imprint with magnetic
stripe uncoded Printable.
Accessories:
027850
¬#`mR−
026376
Protective cover
IK3/proX2 ID card, with inscription with magnetic stripe
13,00 €
For proximity readers with IK3 alternating code method, with imprint and magnetic stripe
uncoded.
Accessories:
027850
026371.00
¬#`h§/11¡−
Protective cover
IK2/proX1 ID card, with inscription, with uncoded magnetic stripe
8,50 €
For proX1, proX2 and IK2 proximity readers.
With magnetic stripe (uncoded), with Honeywell logo.
Technical Data
Operating temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Bending and torsion property
-35°C to +50°C
85.60x53.98x0.76mm (as per DIN ISO)
as per ISO 7816-1
Accessories:
027850
026372.00
¬#`i§/11¤−
Protective cover
Printable IK2/proX1 ID card with uncoded magnetic stripe
For proX1, proX2 and IK2 proximity readers.
With magnetic stripe (uncoded).
Technical Data
Operating temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Bending and torsion property
Accessories:
027850
178
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Protective cover
-35°C to +50°C
85.60x53.98x0.76mm (as per DIN ISO)
as per ISO 7816-1
8,50 €
ID Carriers
mifare data carriers
The prices given below for LEGIC and mifare cards are unit prices for one card, when
purchasing 10 or more cards per type.
026364
¬#`a.−
11
8,50 €
Printable mifare card (from 10 units)
22
For mifare readers.
mifare card on both sides blank, white / high-gloss.
Badge code with removable adhesive label “Badge code and article number”.
33
Accessories:
44
027850
Protective cover
55
026364.01
¬#`a§/12q−
66
9,50 €
Printable mifare card with magnetic stripe (from 10 units)
77
For mifare and magnetic card readers.
mifare card with magnetic stripe HICO (uncoded) on both sides blank, white, high-gloss.
Badge code with removable adhesive label “Badge code and article number”.
88
Accessories:
027850
Protective cover
99
10
10
026364.02
¬#`a§/13x−
9,50 €
Printable mifare card (from 10 units)
11
11
For mifare readers.
mifare card on both sides blank, white, high-gloss.
Programmed with Esser data organisation, labelled with continuous badge number.
12
12
Accessories:
027850
13
13
Protective cover
14
14
026364.03
¬#`a§/14¡−
Printable mifare card with magnetic stripe (from 10 units)
10,50 €
15
15
For mifare and magnetic card readers.
mifare card with magnetic stripe HICO (uncoded) on both sides blank, white, high-gloss.
Programmed with Esser data organisation, labelled with continuous badge number.
16
16
Accessories:
17
17
027850
Protective cover
18
18
026364.05
¬#`a§/16&−
19
19
9,50 €
mifare key ring
For mifare readers.
mifare key ring black / grey.
Badge code with removable adhesive label “Badge code and article number”.
20
20
21
21
Technical Data
Operating temperature
Class of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
-20°C to +50°C
IP 67
32x53x5 mm
black
22
22
23
23
Please note that the reading distance of ID key rings is somewhat lower than that of ID cards.
179
ID Carriers
Legic and mifare data carriers
The prices given below for Legic and mifare cards are unit prices for one card, when
purchasing 10 or more cards per type.
¬#`d7−
026367
9,50 €
Printable LEGIC card (from 10 units)
For Legic readers.
LEGIC identity card on both sides blank, white, high-gloss.
Badge code with removable adhesive label “Badge code and article number”.
Accessories:
027850
026367.01
¬#`d§/12z−
Protective cover
Printable LEGIC card with magnetic stripe (from 10 units)
10,50 €
For LEGIC and magnetic card readers.
LEGIC identity card with magnetic stripe HICO (uncoded) on both sides blank, white,
high-gloss.
Badge code with removable adhesive label “Badge code and article number”.
Accessories:
027850
026367.02
¬#`d§/13£−
Protective cover
10,50 €
Blank LEGIC card (from 10 units)
For Legic readers.
LEGIC identity card on both sides blank, white, high-gloss.
Programmed with Esser data organisation, labelled with continuous badge number.
Accessories:
027850
026367.03
¬#`d§/14!−
Protective cover
Printable LEGIC card with magnetic stripe (from 10 units)
11,50 €
For LEGIC and magnetic card readers.
LEGIC identity card with magnetic stripe HICO (uncoded) on both sides blank, white,
high-gloss.
Programmed with Esser data organisation, labelled with continuous badge number.
Accessories:
027850
026367.05
¬#`d§/16/−
Protective cover
10,50 €
LEGIC key ring
For Legic readers.
LEGIC key ring black / grey.
Badge code with removable adhesive label “Badge code and article number”.
Technical Data
Operating temperature
Class of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
-20°C to +50°C
IP 67
32x53x5 mm
black
Please note that the reading distance of ID key rings is somewhat lower than that of ID cards.
180
www.honeywell.com/security/de
ID Carriers
026000.10
ID magnetic cards
¬#]!§/21x−
ID magnetic card (coded), with inscription
3,00 €
11
Magnetic card according to ISO standard 7810.
Laminated polyvinyl chloride (PVC).
Ground white with print and three-line label box.
22
33
Technical Data
Format
Magnetic stripe
85.7 x 54 x 0.8mm
as per DIN 9785 (HiCo) encoded
44
55
66
Accessories for cards
77
026009.00
¬#]*§/11&−
ID card holder
3,00 €
88
Card holder made of black plastic with clip for horizontal or vertical mounting.
Suitable for all ID cards according to ISO standard 7810.
Other colours upon request.
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
027850
¬#oS"−
10 protective cover for EC, ID cards
8,00 €
13
13
Further badge accessories available upon request.
14
14
10 units
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
181
Read-in devices
Accessories
Readers / Read-in stations
023360
¬#B]M−
350,00 €
proX2, IK3 USB desktop reader
Contactless card reading for IQ MultiAccess, IQ SystemControl and WINFEM Advanced.
The reading station is connected to the PC via the built-in USB interface. No additional
power supply required.
Reads proX1/IK2 and proX2/IK3 data carriers. By default, data output is in the IS format, but
can be switched to the ZK format or IK3 format.
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Current consuption
Connecting cable
Display
Colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
026488
¬#ayx−
5 V DC via USB
35 mA
ca. 1,75 m
DUO-LED green/red
light-grey, similar to RAL 7035
89 x 16 x 89 mm
Read-in station for non-read-protected LEGIC cards
929,00 €
Contactless card reading via MultiAccess for Windows, MultiAccess Lite, IQ MultiAccess
and NovaTime. The reading station is connected to the PC (e.g. COM 1) via the built-in
RS -232 interface.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
026489
¬#az{−
160 x 84 x 56 mm
Read-in station for non-read-protected mifare cards
918,00 €
Contactless card reading via MultiAccess for Windows, MultiAccess Lite, IQ MultiAccess
and NovaTime. The reading station is connected to the PC (e.g. COM 1) via the built-in
RS -232 interface.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
182
www.honeywell.com/security/de
160 x 84 x 56 mm
Keypads
026064
Keypad units
¬#]a(−
120,00 €
11
For 2-wire technology with membrane keypad and three integrated LEDs, spray water
protected
22
Technical Data
33
Keypad unit, surface-mounted plastic housing, “Classic”
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Interface
Current consumption
Operating temperature range
Protection category
Environmental class according to VdS
Colour case
Colour foil
12 V DC
10 V DC up to 15 V DC
2-wire
20 mA + 12 mA/LED
-25°C to +60°C
IP 65
III
grey-white (RAL 9002)
light-grey (RAL 7035)
44
55
66
022197
Adapter base included in the delivery
77
88
99
Maßzeichnung
10
10
Door code systems
Code keypad units
11
11
The door code control units that are no longer available are replaced with the conventional
IK3 evaluating unit 023310 and the corresponding operating units. When existing components are replaced, both components (keypad and control unit) must always be replaced.
12
12
Code keypad units are used in door code systems or in hazard detection systems with coded
disarming device. There are two different versions of connection technology.
13
13
1. Direct – 1:1 connection, for each key of the unit, a special connection is available.
In addition, a connection is available for the common reference potential.
(12 keys = 13 connections)
14
14
15
15
2. Matrix – 3/4 connection. The keys of the unit are arranged as a matrix. This means that
not every key has its own connection. (12 keys = 7 connections)
16
16
The keypad units are not mutually exchangeable.
17
17
Code keypad units for indoor and outdoor installation
18
18
025105
¬#T&3−
200,00 €
Keypad unit, lockable (matrix)
19
19
Approval
G193010 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/40 E
Surface-mounted version including three LEDs and a buzzer.
20
20
Technical Data
Type of protection
Colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
IP 32
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
73 x 164 x 36mm
21
21
22
22
23
23
183
Notes
9
184
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Motion detectors
Viewguard DUAL
Viewguard PIR
Passive infrared detectors SCM
Infrared light barrier
Outdoor motion detectors
Dual motion detectors
Microwave detectors
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
185
Motion detectors
Viewguard DUAL
Motion detector with combined passive infrared plus microwave sensor
Performance Features
• Approvals / Conformity
- Viewguard DUAL AM BUS-2/BUS-1 or FAI
VdS Class C (G108039 / G106078)
EN 50131-1 and EN 50131-2-4 Grade 3
- Viewguard DUAL BUS-2/BUS-1 or FAI:
VdS Class B (G108512 / G106518)
EN 50131-1 and EN 50131-2-4 Grade 2
• Anti-mask monitoring AM (AM detectors only)
- Detects covering and spraying of the window,
range up to 30 cm.
• Microwave sensor
- can be deactivated in the “unarmed” state.
• LED display
- Unambiguous display of the operating state and
detection display in the walk test mode via two
LEDs.
• FAI-logic
- The detector triggered first can be identified by
means of the LED display.
• Walk test function
- Easy method of performing a functional control
and a detection range check.
• Detector group input (BUS detectors only) for
integrating contacts/potential-free detectors into
the BUS-2 system (on 561-MB24/48/100 control
panels) or BUS-1 system (on 561-MB24/48/100
and MB256plus control panels).
The detector group is not clearable.
The Viewguard DUAL motion detectors have sensor systems working independently:
PIR motion detector and microwave sensor.
The functional principle of the detectors is based on an intelligent connection of the two
sensor systems. This connection makes the detectors particularly insensitive to air and heat
turbulences, resulting in optimum alarm detection with extremely high false alarm
immunity. For continuous detection, the detector are equipped with a high-quality mirror
optics (surface optics).
The detectors are suitable for intrusion detection control panels equipped with BUS-2 or
BUS-1 technology or conventional connection technology and are available with or without
anti-mask monitoring.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption at 12 V DC
Range
Volumetric optics
Installation position
Tilting range
Alarm display
Fault display
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12 V DC
8 V bis 15 V DC
Sensorik 6,6 mA BUS-2, 9,0 mA BUS-1, LED 4 mA
programmierbar
22 Zonen, bis 15 m, Öffnungswinkel 80 °
senkrecht, Optik unten
Melder mit Verstellgelenk: ±20 ° horizontal; +4° bis -8 ° vertikal
LED rot
LED gelb
IP 30
II
-10 °C bis +55 °C
-25 °C bis +70 °C
64 x 158 x 48 mm (ohne Verstellgelenk)
weiß, ähnlich RAL 9010
Accessories:
033390
033588
033391
Adjusting hinge, horizontal ±20°, vertical +4° to -8°according to VdS and EN Grade 2
Ball joint set for wall and corner mounting, horizontal ±45°, vertical ±20° not according to EN
Seal, (20 per packaging unit)
• Range of detection
- Range programmable in four steps
• Sensitivity of detection
- Sensitivity programmable in two steps.
• Storing / not storing fault/covering
(AM detectors only)
- Storing: Message is stored until it is cleared
- Not storing: Message is reset automatically once
the fault/covering has been eliminated.
• Self-test (AM detectors only)
Cyclic detector test for correct functioning.
• Operating voltage monitoring Fault signal when
operating voltage is too low.
033442.20
¬$CK§/31b−
• Temperature measurement
(BUS-2 on 561-MB24/48/100 only)
- Temperature alarm when ambient temperature
is inadmissibly high/low
- Alarm thresholds programmable.
• Tear-off protection / Cover contact
- For mounting according to EN 50131-2-2 Grade 3
• Versatile mounting options (see figure)
Inclined vertically downward, horizontally toward
the left or right, corner mounting and mounting on
adjusting hinge or ball joint (accessories)
Viewguard DUAL AM BUS-2/BUS-1 with wide angle optics
Approvals:
According:
199,00 €
G108039, class C
CLC/TS 50131-2-4 (07/05), grade 3 environmental class II
Operation on BUS-2 or alternatively on BUS-1.
The devices may only be marketed and operated in the following countries:
Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Poland, Slovakia, Czech Republic, Luxembourg,
Turkey, Greece, Latvia, Hungary, Belgium, Netherlands, Bulgaria and Romania.
186
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Motion detectors
033443.20
Viewguard DUAL
¬$CL§/31e−
Viewguard DUAL BUS-2/BUS-1 with wide angle optics
Approvals:
According:
120,00 €
11
G108512, class B
CLC/TS 50131-2-4 (07/05), grade 2 environmental class II
22
Operation on BUS-2 or alternatively on BUS-1.
33
The devices may only be marketed and operated in the following countries:
Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Poland, Slovakia, Czech Republic, Luxembourg,
Turkey, Greece, Latvia, Hungary, Belgium, Netherlands, Bulgaria and Romania.
44
55
033440
¬$CI{−
Viewguard DUAL AM FAI with wide angle optics
Approvals:
According:
VSÖ:
MABISZ:
INCERT:
REQ:
172,00 €
66
G106078, class C
CLC/TS 50131-2-4 (07/05), grade 3 environmental class II
W080312/12E
4144-10-4/20080522
C0230400
0088
77
88
The devices may only be marketed and operated in the following countries:
Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Poland, Slovakia, Czech Republic, Luxembourg,
Turkey, Greece, Latvia, Hungary, Belgium and Netherlands, Bulgaria and Romania.
033441
¬$CJ~−
10
10
117,00 €
Viewguard DUAL FAI with wide angle optics
Approvals:
According:
VSÖ:
MABISZ:
INCERT:
REQ:
99
G106518, class B
CLC/TS 50131-2-4 (07/05), grade 2 environmental class II
GS-N080312/22E
4144-10-4/20080522
C0230400
0087
11
11
12
12
13
13
The devices may only be marketed and operated in the following countries:
Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Poland, Slovakia, Czech Republic, Luxembourg,
Turkey, Greece, Latvia, Hungary, Belgium, Netherlands, Bulgaria and Romania.
033450
¬$CS2−
Viewguard DUAL AM FAI
According:
Norway:
Denmark:
France:
UK:
14
14
189,00 €
15
15
CLC/TS 50131-2-4 (07/05), grade 3 environmental class II
FNH:
PIR/MW 004/08
F&P:
10.212.00555
NFa2P:
2830420410A0/283041-00
LPCB:
877B
16
16
17
17
The devices may only be sold and operated in the following countries:
18
18
France, Spain, Italy, Portugal, United Kingdom, Denmark, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania.
033451
¬$CT5−
Viewguard DUAL FAI
According:
Norway:
Denmark:
France:
UK:
19
19
129,00 €
CLC/TS 50131-2-4 (07/05), grade 2 environmental class II
FNH:
PIR/MW 005/08
F&P:
10.212.00554
NFa2P:
2820421200A0/282120-00
LPCB:
877B
The devices may only be sold and operated in the following countries:
20
20
21
21
22
22
France, Spain, Italy, Portugal, United Kingdom, Denmark, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania.
23
23
187
Motion detectors
Viewguard DUAL mounting options and detection area
Viewguard DUAL mounting options and detection area
188
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Viewguard DUAL
Motion detectors
Viewguard PIR
Passive infrared motion detectors
Performance Features
• Approvals / Conformity
- Viewguard PIR AM BUS-2/BUS-1 or FAI:
VdS Class C
(G108036/G108037/G108038 or G107087)
EN 50131-1 and EN 50131-2-2 Grade 3
- Viewguard PIR BUS-2/BUS-1 or FAI: VdS Class B
(G108509/G108510/G108511 or G107509)
EN 50131-1 and EN 50131-2-2 Grade 2
• Anti-mask monitoring AM (AM detectors only)
- Detects covering and spraying of the window,
range up to 30 cm.
• LED display
- Unambiguous display of the operating state and
detection display in the walk test mode via two
LEDs.
• FAI-logic
- (first alarm indication, BUS-2 on 561-MB24/
48/100 and FAI detectors only)
- The detector triggered first can be identified by
means of the LED display.
• Walk test function
- Easy method of performing a functional control
and a detection range check.
• Detector group input (BUS detectors only) for
integrating contacts/potential-free detectors into
the BUS-2 system (on 561-MB24/48/100 control
panels) or BUS-1 system (on 561-MB24/48/100
and MB256plus control panels).
11
The Viewguard PIR detectors are motion detectors that work by the passive infrared
principle.
22
For continuous detection, the detector are equipped with a high-quality mirror optics.
The standard models are delivered with a mirror for surface optics. Upon request the detectors can be upgraded on-site to route or curtain optics by integrating separately available
accessories.
33
44
The detectors are suitable for intrusion detection control panels equipped with BUS-2 or
BUS-1 technology or
conventional connection technology and are available with or without anti-mask monitoring.
55
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption at 12 V DC
Range
Volumetric optics
Installation position
Tilting range
Alarm display
Fault display
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
66
12 V DC
8 V to 15 V DC
PIR 0,6 mA BUS-2, 3,0 mA BUS-1, LED 4 mA
programmable
22 zones, up to 15 m, beam width 80 °
vertical, lower optics
Detector with adjustable hinge;
±20 ° horizontal; +4° bis -8 ° vertical
LED red
LED yellow
IP 30
II
-10 °C to +55 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
64 x 130 x 48 mm (without adjustable hinge)
white, similar to RAL 9010
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
Accessories:
033434
033435
033390
The detector group is not clearable.
033588
• Range of detection
- Range programmable in four steps.
033391
Viewguard PIR set of mirrors, curtain optics (3 per packaging unit)
Viewguard PIR set of mirrors, route optics (3 per packaging unit)
Adjusting hinge, horizontal ±20°, vertical +4° to -8°
according to VdS and EN Grade 2
Ball joint set for wall and corner mounting, horizontal ±45°,
vertical ±20° not according to EN
Seal, (20 per packaging unit)
12
12
13
13
14
14
• Sensitivity of detection
- Sensitivity programmable in two steps.
• Storing / not storing fault/covering
(AM detectors only)
- Storing: Message is stored until it is cleared.
- Not storing: Message is reset automatically once
the fault/covering has been eliminated.
• Self-test (AM detectors only)
- Cyclic detector test for correct functioning.
• Operating voltage monitoring
- Fault signal when operating voltage is too low.
• Temperature measurement
(BUS-2 on 561-MB24/48/100 only)
- Temperature alarm when ambient temperature
is inadmissibly high/low
- Alarm thresholds programmable.
• Tear-off protection / Cover contact
- For mounting according to EN 50131-2-2
Grade 3
15
15
• Versatile mounting options (see figure)
16
16
• Inclined vertically downward, horizontally
toward the left or right, corner mounting and
mounting on adjusting hinge or ball joint
(accessories)
17
17
18
18
033432.20
¬$CA§/31D−
Viewguard PIR AM BUS-2/BUS-1 with wide angle optics
Approvals:
According:
154,00 €
G108036 (EMT), class C
G108037 (EMT), class C, retrofitted for vertical curtain optics
G108038 (EMT), class C, retrofitted for long range optics
CLC/TS 50131-2-2 (07/05), grade 3 environmental class II
19
19
20
20
21
21
Operation on BUS-2 or alternatively on BUS-1.
22
22
23
23
189
Motion detectors
033332.20
Viewguard PIR
¬$BA§/31B−
Viewguard PIR BUS-2/BUS-1 with wide angle optics
Approvals:
According:
109,00 €
G108509, class B
G108510, class B, retrofitted for vertical curtain optics
G108511, class B, retrofitted for long range optics
CLC/TS 50131-2-2 (07/05), grade 2 environmental class II
Operation on BUS-2 or alternatively on BUS-1.
033430
¬$C?]−
Viewguard PIR AM FAI with wide angle optics
Approvals:
According:
FNH:
G107087, class C
G107088, class C, retrofitted for vertical curtain optics
G107091, class C, retrofitted for long range optics
CLC/TS 50131-2-2 (07/05), grade 3 environmental class II
PIR-012/08
F&P:
10.212-00553
MABISZ:
4144-10-4/20080522
INCERT:
C0230399
REQ:
0089
SBSC:
08-166, vertical curtain optics
08-167, long range optics
08-241, wide angle optics
FI:
RL 08 006
LPCB:
877a
NFa2P:
79,00 €
2630420470A0/263047-00
263047-01, wide angle optics
262281-02, long range optics
262281-03, vertical curtain optics
VSÖ:
W080605/05E, long range optics
W080605/07E, vertical curtain optics
033330
¬$B?[−
Viewguard PIR FAI with wide angle optics
Approvals:
190
www.honeywell.com/security/de
According:
FNH:
G107509, class B
G107510, class B, retrofitted for vertical curtain optics
G107513, class B, retrofitted for long range optics
CLC/TS 50131-2-2 (07/05), grade 2 environmental class II
PIR 013/08
F&P:
10.212.00552
MABISZ:
4144-10-4/20080522
INCERT:
C0230399
REQ:
0090
SBSC:
08-164, long range optics
08-165, wide angle optics
08-168, vertical curtain optics
FI:
RL 08 005
LPCB:
877a
NFa2P:
2620422810A0/262281-00
262281-01, wide angle optics
262281-02, long range optics
262281-03, vertical curtain optics
VSÖ:
GS-N080605/11E, long range optics
GS-N080605/12E, vertical curtain optics
54,00 €
Motion detectors
Viewguard PIR
Detection range
11
Viewguard PIR mounting options and detection range
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
191
Motion detectors
Passive infrared detectors SCM
Passive infrared detectors SCM 2000
The PIR system series “SCM 2000” is equipped with a mirror optics and corresponds to
VdS class B. The SCM 2000 has been optimised for high tamper security and high
detection sensitivity.
Performance Features
• 2 connection technologies: First alarm indication
or BUS-1
• Attractive design
2 different connection methods are available: conventional connection technology by means
of first alarm detection logic; BUS-1 connection technology (3-wire). The BUS-1 technology
provides the advantages of a 3-wire data bus. Already existing systems can be expanded
without any problems. The low installation expenditure allows a time- and cost-effective
installation. A selective activation and evaluation give the operator high operating
convenience and a high degree of safety. For ease of adaptation to different room situations,
the SCM 2000 is available with 3 different optics:
- Surface optics, for monitoring rooms;
- Route optics, for monitoring corridors;
- Curtain optics for selective traps
The programmable detection range and sensitivity the 3 optics and the elaborate mounting
options allow optimum adaptation to special room situations at any time.
• Compact housing
Technical Data
• Low overall current consumption
• 3 different mirror optics for selective premises
monitoring
• Excellent response sensitivity through a balanced
synthesis between optics and electronics
• Maximum immunity to radiated noise by means
of a special layout system
• Range programmable in 4 steps
• Sensitivity programmable in 2 steps
• Connection via screw terminals with the lift
system
• Tamper monitoring according to VdS
• Easy installation and startup
• Corner or wall mounting, as desired
• Temperature compensation
• Walk test
033360
¬$B]N−
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption at 12 V DC
Current consumption at 12 V DC
Range
Volumetric optics
Long range optics
Curtain optics (vertical)
Contact rating relay 2
Resistor
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Class of protection DIN 40050
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Installation options
Tilting range
Colour
Alarm display
SCM 2000 first alarm indication with wide angle optics
Approval
033370
¬$Bgl−
¬$B^Q−
033371
¬$Bho−
033362
¬$B_T−
033372
¬$Bir−
192
www.honeywell.com/security/de
69,00 €
G196672 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ P 031210/42 E
SCM 2000 BUS-1 with curtain optics
Approval
128,00 €
G196676 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ P 031210/41 E
SCM 2000 first alarm indication with curtain optics
Approval
68,00 €
G196675 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ P 031210/40 E
SCM 2000 BUS-1 with longe range optics
Approval
118,00 €
G196653 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ P 031210/39 E
SCM 2000 first alarm indication with longe range optics
Approval
58,00 €
G196652 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ P 031210/37 E
SCM 2000 BUS-1 with wide angle optics
Approval
033361
12V DC
9V to 15V DC
min. 3.5mA EMK, min. 2.5mA BUS-1 (armed)
min. 6.5mA (walk test with LED)
programmable in 4 levels
22 areas, to 16m
8 areas, to 50m
11 areas, to 30m
30V DC / 100mA
10 Ohm
-10°C to +50°C
-25°C to +70°C
IP 30
II
57x138x49mm (without adjusting hinge)
vertical, bottom optics
±20° horizontal, +4° to -8° vertical
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
LED red
G196673 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ P 031210/43 E
133,00 €
Motion detectors
Passive infrared detectors SCM
Passive infrared detectors SCM 3000
11
The PIR system series “SCM 3000” is equipped with a mirror optics and corresponds to the
requirements of VdS class C. The precise optics and the sophisticated sensor electronics
with temperature compensation give a maximum degree of detection and sabotage security.
The monitoring against covering (range up to 20 cm) integrated in the SCM 3000 informs
the operator on sabotage in the form of covering up or spraying. 3 different connection
methods are available: conventional connection technology by means of first alarm identification logic; BUS-1 connection technology (3-wire), BUS-2 connection technology (3-wire).
Already existing systems can be expanded without any problems. The low installation
expenditure allows a time- and cost-effective installation. A selective activation and evaluation give the operator high operating convenience and a high degree of safety.
22
33
44
55
For ease of adaptation to different room situations, the SCM 3000 is available with 3
different optics:
- Surface optics, for monitoring rooms;
- Route optics, for monitoring corridors;
- Curtain optics for selective traps.
Performance Features
• BSI Approval
• 3 connection technologies: First alarm
indication/BUS-1/BUS-2
• Attractive design
66
77
The programmable detection range and sensitivity the 3 optics and the elaborate mounting
options allow optimum adaptation to special room situations at any time.
• Compact housing
88
• Low overall current consumption
• 3 different mirror optics for selective premises
monitoring
• Maximum immunity to radiated noise by means
of a special layout system
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption at 12 V DC
• Range programmable in 4 steps
• Sensitivity programmable in 2 steps
• Digital interference evaluation
• Connection via screw terminals with the lift
system
• Tamper monitoring according to VdS
• Easy installation and startup
• Corner or wall mounting, as desired
• Monitoring against covering: It detects when the
detector is covered up or glued up. With or
without storage
• Remote parameterisation with the SCM
3000/BUS-2: The parameters range, sensitivity,
Storing faults can be programmed from the
central control unit.
• Cyclic self-test: In the disarmed state, correct
function and supply voltage are tested
MTBF
Range
Volumetric optics
Long range optics
Curtain optics (vertical)
Contact rating relay 2
Internal resistance
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Class of protection DIN 40050
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Installation position
Tilting range
Colour
Alarm display
Fault display
12V DC
9V to 15V DC
armed: max. 4mA EMK;
max. 3mA BUS-1 and BUS-2;
walk test (with LED): max. 8mA EMK,
BUS-1, BUS-2
to 20cm
programmable in 4 levels
22 areas, to 16m
8 areas, to 50m
11 areas, to 30m
30V DC / 100mA
10 Ohm
-10°C to +50°C
-25°C to +70°C
IP 30
II
57x138x49mm (without adjusting hinge)
vertical, bottom optics
±20° horizontal, +4° to -8° vertical
(detector with adjusting hinge)
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
LED red
LED yellow
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
• Temperature compensation
16
16
• Walk test
17
17
033401
¬$C"m−
SCM 3000 BUS-1 with wide angle optics
Approval
033404
¬$C%v−
033407
¬$C(¡−
19
19
173,00 €
G196086 (EMT), Class C
SCM 3000 BUS-1 with curtain optics
Approval
18
18
G196074 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 031210/46 E
SCM 3000 BUS-1 with longe range optics
Approval
167,00 €
20
20
177,00 €
21
21
G196083 (EMT), Class C
22
22
23
23
193
Motion detectors
Passive infrared detectors SCM
Accessories
033390
¬$B{A−
11,70 €
Adjusting hinge for motion detectors
Technical Data
Range of adjustment
±20 ° horizontal; +4 ° to -8 ° vertical according
to VdS and EN grade 2
For SCM + Viewguard
033391
¬$B|D−
6,10 €
Lock seals for motion detectors
For SCM + Viewguard
20 units
033588
¬$Dy?−
Ball joint set for wall and corner mounting
11,70 €
Includes adjusting options on all sides for optimum adaptation to the monitored area.
Technical Data
Range of adjustment
±45 ° horizontal; ±20 ° vertical non VdS and
EN conform
For SCM + Viewguard
1 mounting base for wall mounting; 1 mounting base for corner mounting
033434
¬$CCi−
Viewguard PIR set of mirrors Curtain optics
26,00 €
3 units
033435
¬$CDl−
Viewguard PIR set of mirrors Route optics
3 units
194
www.honeywell.com/security/de
26,00 €
Motion detectors
Passive infrared detectors SCM
Mounting options
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
195
Motion detectors
PIR detectors
“Request-to-Exit” detectors
029730
¬#¤?s−
“IS-310WH” access control motion detectors
60,50 €
The “Request-to-Exit” (RTE) detectors are available as standard version and as full version
and are suitable for any application in the area of access control. The quick-to-install detectors are extremely flexible, offer plenty of cable routing space and contain built-in internal
sealing caps, allowing precise target area detection.
Performance Features
• Adjustable relay time (0.5 - 64 sec)
• Electronic signal evaluation and processing
• Bidirectional adjustment possible for additional
security
• Adjustable sealing caps allow precise detection
of the target area
• Mounting on wall or ceiling
Functionalities:
- Monitors an access control point for persons who want to leave the secured area.
- Monitors movements in an adjustable detection area.
- Generates a “Request-to-Exit message, which is sent to the access control system /
door locking system.
- Enables the automatic operation of a swing door.
- Already mandatory in many countries.
Technical Data
Input voltage
Quiescent current
Operating temperature
compensating temperature
signal processing
Vitez? a pasului de avansare
Alarm relay
Display
Zone
• Colour white
Installation height
Dimensions (W x H x D)
029731
¬#¤@v−
12-24 Volt AC or DC
35 mA
-10 °C to + 50 °C
progressive Dual-Slope method
RTE and securing mode
0,1 - 0,35 m/Sec.
two C-shaped outputs
Green (operation) LED
from 165cm x 60cm to 250cm x 480cm,
depending on the mounting height
210cm to 460cm
17,8cm x 5cm x 5cm
“IS-320WH” access control motion detector plus
91,00 €
For the description, see article 029730.
Performance Features
Performance features same as article 029730
Additional functions of the IS-320 WH/BL:
• Acoustic signalling
• Door contact input
• Input for reader/keypad/key switch
• Remote arming and acoustic inputs
• Door monitoring and fail-safe protection mode
029732
¬#¤Ay−
“IS-310BL” access control motion detectors
60,50 €
See article 029730, but colour black
029733
¬#¤B|−
“IS-320BL” access control motion detector plus
See article 029731, but colour black
196
www.honeywell.com/security/de
91,00 €
Motion detectors
Outdoor motion detectors
Outdoor motion detectors VEx
Performance Features
• Conventional connection technology
• Large range
• Digital temperature compensation
11
The outdoor motion detectors VEx VOL and VEx KORR are PIR detectors for detecting
motions outdoors.
The two detectors differ from one another with respect to their maximum range of 15 m and
30 m, respectively, and by the form of the detected area. The VEx VOL detector covers a 90°
wedge, while the VEx KORR detects a small area (corridor).
22
Technical Data
44
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Alarm duration
Contact rating relay 2
Temperature range
Class of protection
33
12V DC
9V to 16V DC
max. 12mA (at U_rated)
ca. 3 seconds
potential-free NC contact, max. 24V DC/ 50 mA
-10°C to +55°C
IP 55 (as per EN 60529)
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Detection range
033120
¬$@59−
14
14
118,00 €
VEx VOL outdoor detector
15
15
16
16
Technical Data
Range
15m
17
17
18
18
19
19
033121
¬$@6<−
118,00 €
VEx KORR outdoor detector
Technical Data
Range
30m
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
197
Motion detectors
Dual motion detectors
Dual motion detector Micra
Performance Features
PIR detector with integrated microwave detector.
The functional principle of the detectors is based on a connection of passive infrared and
microwave by an AND operation. The detector is only triggered when both detector parts
detect at the same time.
This connection makes the detectors insensitive to air and heat turbulence.
• Conventional connection technology
• PIR and microwave detectors
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Alarm duration
Contact rating relay 2
Microwave frequency
Microwave power
Temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Class of protection
Colour
12 V DC
9.5 V to 16 V DC
max. 20 mA (at U_rated)
ca. 4 seconds
potential-free NC contact, max. 24 V DC / 50 mA
2.45 GHz
0.008 μW/cm2 (in 1m distance)
-10°C to +55°C
II
IP 3X (as per EN 60529)
white, similar to RAL 9003
Accessories:
033105
033106
033107
¬$@(y−
Wall mounting bracket LBP2
Ceiling mounting bracket CMB 1
Dual detector Micra 360 - ceiling detector
Approval
148,50 €
G197512 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ GS-N 070427/68 E
Technical Data
Installation height
Range
Dimensions (ØxD)
033140
¬$@Iu−
2.4m to 3.6m
8m to 11m, 360°
108x32.2mm
203,50 €
Dual ceiling detector Micra 360 / Universal connection module Bundle
Dual ceiling detector Micra 360 (033107); Universal connection module Bundle (010112)
Detection range Micra 360
198
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Motion detectors
Dual motion detectors
Dual motion detector Jupiter
Performance Features
11
22
• Microwave range can be set (20% to 100%)
PIR detector with integrated microwave detector for high detection ranges.
The functional principle of the detectors is based on a connection of passive infrared and
microwave by an AND operation. The detector is only triggered when both detector parts
detect at the same time. This connection makes the detectors insensitive to air and heat
turbulence.
• Range adjustment +5 ° to -15 ° vertical;
±90 ° horizontal
Technical Data
44
• Conventional connection technology
• PIR and microwave detectors
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Alarm duration
Contact rating relay 2
Fault output
Range of adjustment
Microwave range
Microwave frequency
Temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Class of protection
Colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
• Anti-mask monitoring
• Alarm memory
33
12 V DC
8.5 V to 16 V DC
max. 25 mA (at U_rated)
ca. 3 seconds
potential-free NC contact, max. 24 V DC / 50 mA
open-collector, max. 25 V / 10 mA
+5° to -15° vertical, ± 90° horizontal
adjustable (20% to 100%)
24.125 GHz
-10°C to +55°C
II
IP 3X (as per EN 60529)
white, similar to RAL 9003
100 x 170 x 120 mm
55
66
77
88
99
033111
¬$@,§−
355,00 €
Dual detector Jupiter Vol 27
Approval
10
10
G197530 (EMT), Class B
Technical Data
Range
Microwave power
Dimensions (W x H x D)
11
11
27m
0.032 μW/cm2 (in 1m distance)
100 x 270 x 120 mm
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
Detection range Jupiter Vol 27
23
23
199
Motion detectors
033112
Dual motion detectors
¬$@-!−
389,50 €
Dual detector Jupiter LR 61
Approval
G197531 (EMT), Class B
Technical Data
Range
Microwave power
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Detection range Jupiter LR 61
200
www.honeywell.com/security/de
61m
0.1 μW/cm2 (in 1m distance)
100 x 270 x 120 mm
Motion detectors
Microwave detectors
Microwave detector MX
11
Performance Features
• Microwave range can be set (20 % to 100 %),
range adjustment +5 ° to -15 ° vertical,
±90 ° horizontal
The detectors MX 950 and MX 960 are pure microwave detectors. They are distinguished
by their maximum range of 20 m and 30 m, respectively.
The sensitivity of the detector can be adapted to the ambient conditions. In certain applications, this reduces the risk of false alarms. To suppress the interferences when using several
detectors, an MIR function has been integrated.
• Interference suppression
Technical Data
• Anti-mask monitoring
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Alarm duration
Contact rating relay 2
Fault output
Range of adjustment
Microwave range
Microwave frequency
Temperature range
Class of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Colour
• Conventional connection technology
22
33
44
12V DC
8.5V to 16V DC
max. 25mA (at U_rated)
ca. 3 seconds
potential-free NC contact, max. 24V DC / 50mA
open-collector, max. 25V / 10mA
+5° to -15° vertical, ± 90° horizontal
0.032 μW/cm2 (in 1m distance)
24.125GHz
-10°C to +55°C
IP 3X (as per EN 60529)
90x140x125mm
ca. 600g
white, similar to RAL 9003
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
Detection range MX 950 / MX 960
16
16
033130
¬$@?W−
263,00 €
Microwave detector MX 950
Approval
17
17
G197041 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Range
18
18
20m
19
19
20
20
033131
¬$@@Z−
272,00 €
Microwave detector MX 960
Approval
G197042 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Range
30m
21
21
22
22
23
23
201
Motion detectors
Infrared light barrier
Infrared light barrier
The transmitter transmits modulated infrared signals to the receiver. Interruptions of the IR
beam are detected by the receiver and reported (alarm). Increased safety provided by
synchronisation method and monitoring of the type of signal.
Technical Data
Performance Features
• Small size for discreet and space-saving
installation
• One-man adjustment
• Insensitive to sunlight
• Detection of tamper attempts using external
transmitters (including those of the same type
of construction)
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Range
Infrared ray
Setting angle
Read angle
Response sensivity
Relays
Inputs
Output
Type of protection
Environmental class
Temperature range
Weight
Colour
9 to 35 V DC, 9 to 25 V AC, 50 Hz
at 12 V DC: normally 20 mA, max. 25 mA
99 m
890 mm, pulsecodemodulation
ca. ±25° horizontal, ca. ±12° vertical
receiver ca. 6°, transmitter ca. 6°
adjustable 25 to 500 ms
wearless, max. 60 V / 0.2 A DC/AC
inputs currents 100μA, capacity 10nF,
max. 35 V DC or 25 V AC/ 50 Hz
max. 50 mA/ 12 V DC, short-circuit protected
IP 54
IV
+10°C to +75°C
ca. 0.5 kg (1 beam)
anodised, matt black
• Detection of faults
• First alarm memory
• Adjustable alarm response time of outdoor
system
• Arming/disarming
• Walk test (functional test), reset after sabotage
• Undervoltage alarm
• Disqualification in the case of heavy rain,
snowfall or fog
Application example
033080
¬$?q¦−
IRS 509 light barrier inside; 22 cm high, 1 beam
Approval
487,50 €
G 100029 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/42
Technical Data
Temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
033081
¬$?r©−
+10°C to +75°C
40 x 220 x 40 mm (1 beam)
IRS 509 light barrier inside, 100 cm high, 3 beams
Approval
G 100029 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/43
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
202
www.honeywell.com/security/de
40 x 1000 x 40 mm
1.639,50 €
Motion detectors
033082
Infrared light barrier
¬$?s#−
IRS 509 light barrier inside, 59.06 in high, 5 beams
Approval
2.655,50 €
11
G 100029 (EMT), Class C
22
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
033083
¬$?t&−
40 x 1500 x 40 mm
IRS 509 light barrier inside, 78.74 in high, 8 beams
Approval
33
4.145,50 €
44
G 100029 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/44
55
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
40 x 2000 x 40 mm
66
77
Outdoor light barrier
88
Same as 033080, but including integrated heating.
Disqualification in the case of heavy rain, snowfall or fog (adjustable time constant 3 to 60
s)
99
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Range
Temperature range
033084
¬$?u)−
10
10
12V AC/DC
ca. 125 / 250 mA (piece/ pair)
72m
-30° to +75°C with built-in heating
IRS 509 O light barrier inside; 22 cm high, 1 beam
11
11
12
12
524,50 €
13
13
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
033085
¬$?v,−
40 x 220 x 40mm
IRS 509 O light barrier outside; 100 cm high, 3 beams
14
14
1.766,50 €
15
15
16
16
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
40 x 1000 x 40 mm
17
17
033086
¬$?w/−
IRS 509 O light barrier outside; 59.06 in high, 4 beams
2.290,50 €
18
18
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
19
19
40 x 1500 x 40 mm
20
20
033087
¬$?x2−
IRS 509 O light barrier outside; 78.74 in high, 6 beams
3.429,00 €
21
21
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
40 x 2000 x 40 mm
22
22
23
23
203
Motion detectors
Infrared light barrier
Accessories
033090
¬$?{;−
Adjusting device including LED and adapter cable
229,00 €
Suitable for indoors and outdoors
204
033095
¬$?¢J−
Square profiled mast, black, for setting in concrete
155,50 €
033096
¬$?£M−
Square profiled mast, black, including plate
155,50 €
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Alarm contacts
IDENTLOC
Magnetic contacts
Mechanical contacts
Glass breakage detector
Seismic detector
Special detector
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
205
Alarm contacts
Window detector system
Performance Features
• VdS approval
• Inductive transmission system = no cable link
between the fixed and the moving part
• Sensors as surface mounting version or for
concealed mounting (slimline)
• For use in multiple locking
• Up to 4 IDENTLOC sensors can be connected
• In addition, 1 rate-of-rise detector group with
reset function
• Tamper-proof
• In combination with the transmitter unit, each
code carrier from the IDENT-KEY product series
can be used, resulting in versatile applications
• Low mounting outlay
Typical applications:
- Monitoring of opening of windows and doors
- Lock monitoring of window and door handles
- Monitoring for glass breakage of windows and doors by passive glass breakage sensors
or alarm glass adapters
- Presence control of objects (e.g. valuable works of art)
The IDENTLOC system is used for peripheral monitoring of buildings and/or presence
control of objects.
The transmission of energy and data between the fixed part (transmission unit) and the
moving part (sensor) takes place by induction. Each sensor contains an individual code
carrier. The evaluating unit will memorise these codes during startup (teach-in mode) in a
non-volatile memory.
In standard operation, the evaluating unit will permanently check these codes for presence
and correctness. If a code is missing or wrong, a message is sent to the control panel.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Storage temperature range
Colour
12V DC (U_b)
10V to 15V DC
-25°C to +70°C
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
In standard operation, only the Total LED must be lit (after being triggered). All cables may be
shortened but not lengthened. The type of protection only applies if the moisture protection of
the sensors was carried out correctly.
IDENTLOC
032210
¬$7+p−
IDENTLOC evaluating unit, conventional
Approval
144,00 €
G199014 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/25 E
Conventional connection technology.
Technical Data
Current consumption at 12 V DC
Evaluating
Contact load
Sensor connections
Performance Features
• Transmission and control function:
- Disarmed input
- Reset function: Reset input
- First alarm detection available
- Alarm: potential-free relay contact
- Tamper: direct cover contact
206
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Class of protection DIN 40050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
max. 9mA
5.5mA for each sensor; 3mA for each LED
relay contact (1 x changeover) 15 V/0,2A;
15 V/0,2A tamper contact (cover contact)
4 IDENTLOC transmission unit ;
1 EOL detector zone
IP 40
II
-5°C to +45°C
118 x 118 x 31 mm
Alarm contacts
032211.10
Window detector system
¬$7,§/21N−
IDENTLOC evaluating unit, BUS-2 / BUS-1
Approval
113,00 €
11
G199018 (EMT), Class C
22
BUS-1 connection technology can be selected via DIP switch.
On BUS-2 operation as IDENTLOC or 5-input module.
33
The expanded teach-in mode detects wrong installations of the sensor as early as during
mounting, even without intrusion detection control panel.
44
Technical Data
Current consumption at 12 V DC
Evaluating
Contact load
Performance Features
• Operation on BUS-2 as IDENTLOC
- Glass breakage sensor-function can be
disactivated
- Run "Teaching mode" from control panel
Sensor connections
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
55
max. 12mA
3mA for each sensor; 1.3mA for each LED
relay contact (1 x changeover) 15 V/0,2A;
15 V/0,2A tamper contact (cover contact)
4 IDENTLOC-transmission unit;
1 EOL detector zone
118 x 118 x 31mm
grey white (similar to RAL 9002)
66
77
- Firmware update via BUS-2
• Operation on BUS-2 as 5-input module
(compatibility mode)
• Operation on BUS-1 as "Logic detector"
(1-Address mode or 5-Address mode)
88
Accessories:
032215
IDENTLOC flushmount installation kit
99
• Transmission and control functions:
- Disarmed
10
10
- Reset function
- Alarm
- Sabotage
11
11
• Expanded teach-in and commissioning mode
12
12
Transmission unit
13
13
032220
¬$75'−
14,50 €
IDENTLOC transmission unit
14
14
Approval
in connection with IDENTLOC sensors; VSÖ approval
Transmission unit, mounted to the fixed part. (Required for each IDENTLOC sensor)
15
15
Technical Data
Transmission range
Cable length
transmission unit - sensor : min. 10mm
6m
16
16
17
17
The range given is based on a mounting ground made of wood or plastic. When the ground is
metal, transmitter and sensor must be mounted at a distance. Mounting in aluminium is not
possible.
18
18
Accessories:
Fits:
032221.10
032222.10
032230.10
032233
IDENTLOC opening sensor
IDENTLOC opening sensor, including cable
IDENTLOC glass breakage sensor
IDENTLOC alarm glass sensor
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
207
Alarm contacts
Window detector system
Sensor
032221.10
¬$76§/21l−
16,00 €
IDENTLOC opening sensor
Approval
G199015 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/23 E
Presence or opening monitoring
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
032222.10
¬$77§/21o−
61 x 9 x 9mm
IDENTLOC opening sensor, including cable
Approval
18,50 €
G199015 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/23 E
Same as 032221.10, but contains additionally a cable for window handle lock monitoring.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Cable length
032230.10
¬$7?§/21©−
61 x 9 x 9mm
2.5m
23,50 €
IDENTLOC glass breakage sensor
Approval
G199509 (EMT), Class B
Opening monitoring and monitoring for glass breakage. Suitable for windows or doors with
glass insert.
Technical Data
Detection radius
Cable length
Dimensions (W x H x D)
032223
¬$780−
2m
25cm
61 x 9 x 9 mm
IDENTLOC alarm glass sensor with socket
Approval
38,50 €
G199016 (EMT), Class C
Opening monitoring and monitoring for glass breakage. Suitable for windows or doors with
alarm glass insert (wire insert or alarm spider).
Technical Data
Cable length
Dimensions (W x H x D)
25 cm
61 x 9 x 9 mm
Available 4th quarter 2009.
032233
¬$7BN−
IDENTLOC alarm glass sensor with cable
Approval
38,50 €
G199016 (EMT), Class C
Opening monitoring and monitoring for glass breakage. Suitable for windows or doors with
alarm glass insert (wire insert or alarm spider).
Technical Data
Cable length
Dimensions (W x H x D)
25 cm
61 x 9 x 9 mm
Article to be discontinued by 31. 12. 2009, replacement article 032223.
208
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Alarm contacts
Window detector system
IDENTLOC slimline sensors
Performance Features
• For use with almost all locks with multiple locking
• No replacement of original fittings necessary
• The sensor can already be mounted at the
window or door manufacturer’s or also later on
without any problems.
11
The compact and flat style of the slimline family allows a concealed mounting of the
sensors in the gap between frame and window leaf or door leaf.
(If the gap is not wide enough, transmitter and sensor can be embedded).For the opening
and lock monitoring of windows or doors with multiple locking and concealed push rod, a
special locking sensor is available. The sensor is mounted to the push rod of the lock.
A transmission between transmitter and sensor is only possible when the window or door
is closed and the handle is locked.
22
33
44
• Type of protection IP 67
It can be operated in metal profiles (e.g. aluminium frame).
55
66
77
88
Mounting example
99
10
10
Installation example:
11
11
12
12
opening sensor
transmission unit
13
13
14
14
push
rod
sensor
15
15
16
16
transmission
unit
17
17
Mounting example
18
18
19
19
032235
¬$7DT−
18,00 €
IDENTLOC slimline transmission unit
20
20
Approval
same as the corresponding sensor
Transmission unit, mounted to the fixed part.
(Required for each Slimline sensor counter unit).
21
21
Technical Data
22
22
Transmission range
2 to 5mm
23
23
209
Alarm contacts
032236
Window detector system
¬$7EW−
59,50 €
IDENTLOC slimline locking sensor
Approval
G101073 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/22 E
Opening and lock monitoring of windows and doors with multiple locks and concealed push
rod.
Technical Data
Transmission range
032237
¬$7FZ−
2 to 5mm
20,00 €
IDENTLOC Slimline opening sensor
Approval
G101074 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/20 E
Presence or opening monitoring Opening and lock monitoring of windows and doors with
multiple locks and exposed push rod.
Technical Data
Transmission range
032238
¬$7G]−
2 to 5mm
IDENTLOC Slimline glass breakage sensor
Approval
30,50 €
G101519 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ GS-H 070427/19 E
Opening monitoring and monitoring for glass breakage. Suitable for windows or doors with
glass insert.
Technical Data
Transmission range
032241
¬$7Jf−
2 to 5mm
IDENTLOC alarm glass sensor, slimline with cable
Approval
49,00 €
G101075 (EMT), Class C
Opening monitoring and monitoring for glass breakage. Suitable for windows or doors with
alarm glass insert (wire insert or alarm spider).
Technical Data
Transmission range
Cable length
Dimensions (L x W x H)
2 bis 10 mm
25 cm
39 x 14 x 5 mm
Article to be discontinued by 31. 12. 2009, replacement article 032242.
032242
¬$7Ki−
IDENTLOC alarm glass sensor, slimline with socket
Approval
49,00 €
G101075 (EMT), Class C
Opening monitoring and monitoring for glass breakage. Suitable for windows or doors with
alarm glass insert (wire insert or alarm spider).
Technical Data
Transmission range
Cable length
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Available 4th quarter 2009.
210
www.honeywell.com/security/de
2 bis 10 mm
25 cm
61 x 9 x 9 mm
Alarm contacts
Window detector system
Accessories
032215
11
¬$70¡−
IDENTLOC flush mounting kit
20,00 €
22
For IDENTLOC evaluating units, consisting of flush mounted housing and cover.
The flush mounting kit is an easy way of flush mounting the IDENTLOC evaluating units.
“Total display” LED is visible from the outside through a small bore in the cover.
33
44
55
66
032232
¬$7AK−
IDENTLOC cable for window handle lock monitoring
77
5,50 €
88
For Art. Nos. 032230.10 and 032233.10.
Connecting this cable to the transmission unit allows you to monitor the locks of suitably
equipped window/door handles or the like.
99
Accessories:
032267
032268
032256.01
032266
030810.16
030110
Glass/metal gluing set Loctite 317, glue 24 ml, activator 150 ml
Gluing gauge for adjusting and gluing glass breakage sensors
Sensor tester for passive glass breakage sensors
Contact spray for improving the acoustic coupling between sensor
tester and glass pane.
Surface-mounted base for height adjustment, 12 per packaging unit in
different heights for IDENTLOC sensors
Surface-mounted base for slimline sensors, 12 per packaging unit
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
211
Alarm contacts
Planning examples
212
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Window detector system
Alarm contacts
Magnetic contacts
The magnetic contact consists of the Reed contact and the permanent magnet. In turn, the
reed contact consists of the plastic housing with the built-in reed switch and the connecting
cable. The reed switch itself is embedded in a dust- and water-proof glass tube and is
actuated from outside by the permanent magnet or its magnetic field.
11
22
Configuration types:
33
Universal reed contact: In a plastic housing, suitable for flush mounting in wooden
windows and wooden doors. Includes surface mounted housing (option) and spacer plates
(option), also suitable for mounting on metal doors. Switching distance approx. 10 mm.
44
Recessed reed contact: In a plastic housing, suitable for flush mounting in wooden
windows and wooden doors. Switching distance approx. 10 mm.
55
Flat reed contact: In a plastic housing, suitable for surface mounting in windows and doors
made of aluminium or wooden profile. Switching distance approx. 10 mm.
66
Block type reed contact: In a plastic housing, heavy-duty version suitable for surface
mounting in doors, sliding doors and windows for extreme applications of large switching
distance. If suitably supported by a surface-mounted base, also for use on metal doors.
Mounting in wooden doors and wooden windows. Switching distance approx. 0.79 in.
77
Round reed contact: In a plastic housing, suitable for flush mounting in wooden windows
and wooden doors. Includes surface mounted housing (option) and spacer plates (option)
or steel mounting kit (option), also suitable for mounting on metal doors. Switching
distance approx. 0.20 in.
88
99
Connection types: Reed contact “N” without bridging protection with 2-wire connection.
Contacts can be connected to any closed-circuit current detector group.
10
10
Reed contact “Z” with bridging protection with 4-wire connection. There are 4 connecting
wires of the same colour that cannot be distinguished and must be connected in “Z” wiring
(according to VdS) in a closed-circuit current detector group with terminating resistance in
a differential circuit. The “Z” wiring signals the bridging of the wires. The marking “Z” is
shown by the blue dot mark.
11
11
12
12
All reed contact connecting cables are suitable for the IDC method of termination.
13
13
Technical Data
Relay contact rating
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Dimensions (ØxD)
max. 30V DC/ 100mA, min. 1.5V DC/ 1.5mA
III
-recessed reed contact class A/B 60x9x9mm
-recessed reed contact class C/flat reed contact 60x11x9mm
-block-type reed contact 65x13x14mm
-circular reed contact with flange 10x30mm
-circular reed contact w/o flange 8.3x30mm
-universal reed contact 8x25mm
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
“N” and “Z” wiring
22
22
23
23
213
Alarm contacts
Magnetic contacts
VdS Approval Class A
030000.16
¬$!!§/27+−
13,50 €
Recessed reed contact “N”
Approval
G193703 (EMT), Class A; VSÖ P 070427/57 E
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
2-wire
6m
pure white, similar to RAL 9010
Magnet
030001.16
¬$!"§/27.−
11,50 €
Flat reed contact “N”, white, 6 m
Approval
G193704 (EMT), Class A; VSÖ P 070427/56 E
With cross hole attachment.
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
030002.16
¬$!#§/271−
2-adrig
6m
pure white, similar to RAL 9010
14,50 €
Flat reed contact “N”, white, 6 m
Approval
G193705 (EMT), Class A; VSÖ P 070427/55 E
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
030010.16
¬$!+§/27I−
2-adrig
6m
pure white, similar to RAL 9010
10,50 €
Round reed contact “N”, white, 6 m
Approval
G193706 (EMT), Class A
With flange.
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
082001.16
¬)5"§/27[−
2-adrig
6m
pure white, similar to RAL 9010
8,00 €
Universal reed contact “N”, white, 6 m
Approval
G196719 (EMT), Class A
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
214
www.honeywell.com/security/de
2-adrig
6m
pure white, similar to RAL 9010
Alarm contacts
Magnetic contacts
VdS Approval Class B
030200.16
¬$#!§/27/−
11
13,00 €
Recessed reed contact “Z”, white, 6 m
Approval
22
G191551 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ G 031210/65 E
33
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
4-adrig
6m
pure white, similar to RAL 9010
44
55
030241.16
¬$#J§/27C−
Recessed reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Approval
66
13,00 €
77
G191551 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ G 031210/65 E
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
88
4-adrig
6m
brown, similar to RAL 8017
99
10
10
030201.16
¬$#"§/272−
13,50 €
Flat reed contact “Z”, white, 6m
Approval
11
11
G191552 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ G 031210/66 E
12
12
With cross hole attachment.
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
030243.16
¬$#L§/27I−
14
14
15
15
13,50 €
Flat reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Approval
13
13
4-adrig
6m
pure white, similar to RAL 9010
16
16
G191552 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ G 031210/66 E
With cross hole attachment.
17
17
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
4-adrig
6m
brown, similar to RAL 8017
18
18
19
19
030202.16
¬$##§/275−
Block-type reed contact “Z”, white, 6 m
Approval
20
20
G191554 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ G 031210/67 E
21
21
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
16,50 €
4-adrig
6m
pure white, similar to RAL 9010
22
22
23
23
215
Alarm contacts
030245.16
Magnetic contacts
¬$#N§/27O−
Block type reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Approval
16,50 €
G191554 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ G 031210/67 E
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
030211.16
¬$#,§/27P−
4-adrig
6m
brown, similar to RAL 8017
10,00 €
Round reed contact “Z”, white, 6 m
Approval
G 191553 (EMT), Class B
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
4-adrig
6m
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
Metal mounting requires 030296.
Magnet
030249.16
¬$#R§/27[−
10,00 €
Round reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Approval
G 191553 (EMT), Class B
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
4-adrig
6m
brown, similar to RAL 8017
Metal mounting requires 030296.
Magnet
082003.16
¬)5$§/27a−
Universal round reed contact “Z”, white, 6 m
Approval
10,00 €
G 196637 (EMT), Class B
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
4-adrig
6m
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
Metal mounting requires 030296.
Assembly includes 082402.16.
Magnet
082004
¬)5%_−
Universal reed contact set “Z”, white, 4 m
Approval
G196637 (IDT), class B
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
4-adrig
4m
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
082003 universal reed contact, 2 installation housings, 2 spacer plates
216
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11,00 €
Alarm contacts
082013.16
Magnetic contacts
¬)5.§/27¡−
Universal reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Approval
10,00 €
11
G 196637 (EMT), Class B
22
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
4-adrig
6m
brown, similar to RAL 8017
33
44
Metal mounting requires 030297.
Assembly includes 082412.
Magnet
030210.16
¬$#+§/27M−
55
Approval
66
12,50 €
Round reed contact “Z”, white, 6 m
77
G191579 (EMT), Class B
With flange.
88
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
4-adrig
6m
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
99
10
10
030247.16
¬$#P§/27U−
12,50 €
Round reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Approval
11
11
G191579 (EMT), Class B
12
12
With flange.
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
13
13
4-adrig
6m
brown, similar to RAL 8017
14
14
15
15
030100.16
¬$"!§/27-−
Universal reed contact slimline “Z”, white, 6 m
Approval
11,00 €
16
16
G101528 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ GS-H 070427/54 E
Technical Data
Transmission range
17
17
max. 10mm
18
18
Installation example:
19
19
20
20
magnet
contact
Dimensions (mm)
21
21
22
22
23
23
217
Alarm contacts
Magnetic contacts
¬$7Nr−
032245
Locking sensor with magnetic contact
Approval
36,00 €
G104043 (EMT), Class C (lock monitoring)
G104509 (EMT), Class B (opening monitoring)
Opening and lock monitoring of windows and doors with multiple locks and concealed
push rod.
Technical Data
Transmission range
Lateral offset
Type of protection
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Connecting cable
1mm to 10mm (between the housings)
3mm maximum
IP 67 (as per DIN 40050 / EN60529)
III
-25°C to +60°C
4 x 0.14 mm2, length 6m (moulded)
Accessories:
030110.16
030110.16
¬$"+§/27K−
Surface mounted base for Slimline sensors
Surface mounted base for Slimline sensors
12 units
Dimensions in mm
218
www.honeywell.com/security/de
22,50 €
Alarm contacts
Magnetic contacts
VdS Approval Class C
030270.16
¬$#g§/273−
11
20,50 €
Recessed reed contact “Z”, white, 6 m
Approval
22
G191013 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/52
33
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
4-adrig
6m
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
44
Magnet
55
66
030271.16
¬$#h§/276−
Recessed reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
20,50 €
77
Approval
G191013 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/52
88
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
4-adrig
6m
brown, similar to RAL 8017
99
Magnet
10
10
030260.16
¬$#]§/27|−
Approval
11
11
20,50 €
Flat reed contact “Z”, white, 6.56 yd
12
12
G191014 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/53
With cross hole attachment.
13
13
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
4-adrig
6m
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
14
14
Magnet
15
15
16
16
030261.16
¬$#^§/27¡−
20,50 €
Flat reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
17
17
Approval
G191014 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/53
18
18
With cross hole attachment.
Technical Data
Connection
Cable length
Colour
19
19
4-adrig
6m
brown, similar to RAL 8017
20
20
Magnet
21
21
22
22
23
23
219
Alarm contacts
Magnetic contacts
¬$#¢y−
030295
14,50 €
Round reed contact with flange
Approval
G103003 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/51
This tamper-proof round reed contact is suitable for the opening monitoring of windows and
doors. The contact and the magnet are built into the frame and leaf face-to-face.
Technical Data
Contact
Switching voltage
Switching current
Relay contact rating
Electric strength
Operating voltage
Operating temperature range
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions
Housing material
NC contact, 1-pole
100V DC max.
0.5A max.
10W max.
150V DC (1 sec)
40A max. (permissible)
-25°C to +70°C
IP 68
III
Ø8x30mm (contact, magnet housing DYM)
Ø3.2mm, length 6m (cable)
PS, ABS, PA 30%
1 x Reed contact with moulded connecting cable; 2 x installation flange, white; 2 x installation
flange, brown; 4 x fixing screws 2.9 x 9.5 / V2A, DIN 7981
Dimensions (mm)
Accessories
030800.16
¬$)!§/27;−
Installation support for recessed reed contacts Class A/B
3,00 €
Suitable as mounting aid for aluminium profiles for embedding or height compensation.
The support can be mounted to any desired height by means of spacer tubes.
Technical Data
Installation depth
Colour
220
www.honeywell.com/security/de
12mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Alarm contacts
030812
Magnetic contacts
¬$)-Z−
Installation support for recessed reed contacts Class A/B
3,00 €
11
Suitable as mounting aid for aluminium profiles for embedding or height compensation.
The support can be mounted to any desired height by means of spacer tubes.
22
Technical Data
33
Installation depth
Colour
12mm
brown, similar to RAL 8017
44
55
030802.16
¬$)#§/27A−
Installation support for recessed reed contacts, Class C
3,00 €
66
Suitable as mounting aid for aluminium profiles for embedding or height compensation.
The support can be mounted to any desired height by means of spacer tubes.
77
Technical Data
Installation depth
Colour
14mm
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
88
99
030803
¬$)$?−
Installation support for recessed reed contacts, Class C
3,00 €
10
10
Suitable as mounting aid for aluminium profiles for embedding or height compensation.
The support can be mounted to any desired height by means of spacer tubes.
11
11
Technical Data
12
12
Installation depth
Colour
14mm
brown, similar to RAL 8017
13
13
14
14
030810.16
¬$)+§/27Y−
Surface-mounted base for flat reed contacts
4,00 €
15
15
Suitable as mounting aid for height compensation.
16
16
Technical Data
Colour
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
17
17
12 at different heights
18
18
030813
¬$).]−
Surface-mounted base for flat reed contacts
Suitable as mounting aid for height compensation.
4,00 €
19
19
20
20
Technical Data
Colour
brown, similar to RAL 8017
21
21
12 at different heights
22
22
23
23
221
Alarm contacts
030811.16
Magnetic contacts
¬$),§/27\−
Surface-mounted base for block type reed contacts
5,50 €
Suitable as mounting aid for height compensation.
Technical Data
Colour
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
6 at the same height (4 mm)
¬$)/`−
030814
Surface-mounted base for block type reed contacts
6,00 €
Suitable as mounting aid for height compensation.
Technical Data
Colour
brown, similar to RAL 8017
6 at the same height (4 mm)
030801.16
¬$)"§/27>−
Installation support for round reed contacts with flange
3,00 €
Suitable as mounting aid for hollow profiles for height compensation.
The support can be mounted to any desired height by means of spacer tubes.
Technical Data
Colour
¬$)0c−
030815
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
Installation support for round reed contacts with flange
3,00 €
Suitable as mounting aid for hollow profiles for height compensation.
The support can be mounted to any desired height by means of spacer tubes.
Technical Data
Colour
082402.16
¬)9#§/27f−
brown, similar to RAL 8017
Surface mounted housing for universal reed contacts
Technical Data
Colour
10 units
222
www.honeywell.com/security/de
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
10,50 €
Alarm contacts
082412
Magnetic contacts
¬)9-¡−
Surface mounted housing for universal reed contacts
10,50 €
11
22
Technical Data
Colour
brown, similar to RAL 8017
33
10 units
44
55
082403.16
¬)9$§/27i−
Spacer plates for surface mounted housing
2,50 €
66
Technical Data
Colour
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
77
10 units
88
99
082413
¬)9.¤−
Spacer plates for surface mounted housing
2,50 €
10
10
11
11
Technical Data
Colour
brown, similar to RAL 8017
12
12
10 units
13
13
14
14
030296
¬$#£|−
6,50 €
Steel mounting kit, white
15
15
The steel mounting kit is used as mounting component for mounting round reed contacts
in ferromagnetic materials, such as steel.
The kit consists of one mounting flange each for the round reed contact and for the magnet.
The magnet has already been glued into the housing.
16
16
Technical Data
17
17
Colour
traffic white, similar to RAL 9016
18
18
030297
¬$#¤¡−
6,50 €
19
19
The steel mounting kit is used as mounting component for mounting round reed contacts
in ferromagnetic materials, such as steel.
The kit consists of one mounting flange each for the round reed contact and for the magnet.
The magnet has already been glued into the housing.
20
20
Steel mounting kit, brown
21
21
Technical Data
Colour
brown, similar to RAL 8017
22
22
23
23
223
Alarm contacts
019101
Blocking bolt
¬"|"v−
5,50 €
Blocking bolt for normal doors/windows
Technical Data
Opening pressure
Material
019103
¬"|$|−
35N
-bolts: brass -housing brass, nickel-plated
Blocking bolt for heavy doors/windows
Approval
15,00 €
G196039 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Opening pressure
Material
019105
¬"|&¤−
150N
- bolts steel, nickel-plated
- housing + tab: die-cast zinc, hammer enamelled
10,00 €
Blocking bolt with adjusting option
Approval
G196040 (EMT), Class C
For use in combination with the surface mounting kit 019106.
Technical Data
Opening pressure
Material
35N
brass, nickel-plated
Counter plate including 2 fixing screws and counternut
019106
¬"|'§−
Surface mounting kit
For fixing the setting for blocking bolt 019105.
Mounting plate and counternut
224
www.honeywell.com/security/de
3,50 €
Alarm contacts
031065
Sliding door contacts
¬$+b/−
27,50 €
Sliding door contact in plastic housing
Approval
11
G196648 (EMT), Class B and VSÖ test number 961216/12
22
Technical Data
Housing material
Cable
Protective tube
Contact load
Electric strength
Switching voltage
Max. actuating direct current
Temperature range
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Clear actuation zone with magnet type
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Polyamide GF, grey
2m (Standrd LIYY 4 x 0.14mm2)
Stainless steel 0.5m
10W
150V DC (1 sec)
100V DC max.
0.5A
-25°C to +70°C (for hard cabling)
-5°C to +50°C (for flexible cabling)
IP 68
100 51 MKS / 45mm
III (VdS 2110)
-contact housing 159x19x40mm
-installation housing 100x40x35mm
33
44
55
66
77
031066
¬$+c2−
Sliding door contact in plastic housing
Approval
33,50 €
88
G196066 (EMT), Class C, VSÖ test number 961216/11
99
Technical Data
Clear actuation zone with magnet type
100 53 MKS / 27mm
10
10
11
11
12
12
031067
¬$+d5−
Sliding door contact in aluminium housing
31,00 €
13
13
Approval
G191525 (EMT), Class B, VSÖ GS-H 070427/61 E, G 031210/73 E
14
14
Technical Data
Housing material
Cable
Protective tube
Contact load
Electric strength
Switching voltage
Max. actuating direct current
Temperature range
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class
Dimensions (W x H x D)
031068
¬$+e8−
Aluminium, grey
Standard LIYY 4 x 0.14mm2: 2m
Brass 0.5m
10Watt
250V 1sec.
max. 200V
0.5A
-25°C to +70°C (for hard cabling)
-5°C to +50°C (for flexible cabling)
IP 68
III (as per VdS 2110)
- contact housing 230x13x45mm
- installation housing 100x40x35mm
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
Terminal box for sliding door contacts 031065, 031066 and 031067.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
19
19
14,50 €
Terminal box
100x60x25mm
1 distributor; 4 cable binders; 2 screws; 1 connection to the metal tube; diameter 9 mm;
1 connection to the metal tube, diameter 8 mm; 4 screw-type covers; 2 VdS stickers; 2 dowels;
2 stickers for terminal allocation
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
225
Alarm contacts
Mechanical contacts
The cone, pine and micro switches are switches provided with a snap-action switching
mechanism. This allows maximum contact safety. The contacts are embedded in the frame.
Technical Data
Contact load min.
Contact load max.
031000
¬$+!:−
1.5V DC / 10μA
30V DC / 100mA (ohmic load)
16,50 €
Cone contact
Approval
G17207 (EMT), Class C
With alternating contact.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
15x28x28x12mm
Dimensional drawing (mm)
031001
¬$+"=−
23,50 €
Pin contact
Approval
G17208 (EMT), Class C
With alternating contact.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
15x28x28x12mm
Dimensional drawing (mm)
031030
¬$+?-−
5,50 €
Micro contact with spring lever
In plastic housing containing the alternating contact.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
031220
¬$-5z−
12x38x16mm
77,50 €
Spring contact
For use in garages, hall doors, coverings of light shafts, and the like, where large positional
and bearing tolerances are observed. The spring rod is mobile on all sides and waterproof.
Technical Data
Rod length
Dimensions (W x H x D)
226
www.honeywell.com/security/de
150mm
45x70x30mm
Alarm contacts
Bolt switching contacts
Electro-mechanical contacts provided with snap-action switching mechanism used for lock
monitoring of doors. They are embedded inaccessibly in the striking plate of the door frame
and are actuated by the lock bolt when the door is closed.
11
22
These bolt switching contacts are distinguished by a particularly low mounting depth and
an adjustable switching point.
The mounting aid included in the delivery, which can be used as drilling template and as
handle during mounting, makes for easy mounting.
33
Technical Data
44
Maximum switching capacity
Minimum switching capacity
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Operating temperature range
30V DC / 100mA
1.5V DC / 10μA
with soldered connection interior IP67,
connections IP00; with moulded cable IP67
-40°C to +70°C
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
Dimensions (mm)
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
227
Alarm contacts
Bolt switching contacts
VdS Class C
¬$.)X−
031308
22,00 €
Bolt switching contact
Approval
G100024 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/60
With soldering connection.
Not suitable for outer doors.
031309.06
¬$.*§/17Z−
29,50 €
Bolt switching contact
Approval
G100023 (EMT), Class C
Not suitable for outer doors.
With solidly mounted connection cable, 6m.
031300
¬$.!@−
Bolt switching contact in zinc die-cast housing
34,00 €
Heavy-duty, particularly stable design.
Technical Data
Maximum switching capacity
Minimum switching capacity
Cable length
Bolt length
Switching way
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Case
42V AC / 1.5A
12V DC / 100mA (ohmic load)
4m
max. 15mm
ca. 4mm
18x94x28mm
18x53 (66)mm
With 3-wire connecting cable.
Dimensions (mm)
031311
¬$.,a−
Mounting plate
14,50 €
If the bolt switching contact has to be set higher in the presence of large recesses, the
mounting place can serve as extension.
5 units
Dimensions (mm)
228
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Alarm contacts
031102
Trip wire switch
¬$,#B−
69,00 €
Trip wire switch with cover contact
Approval
11
G17214 (EMT), Class C
22
For use, for example, in dormer windows, ventilation elements, emergency exits, showcases, etc. that are not opened, but must be monitored, or as trip hazard. The trip wire contact, due to the built-in reed contact, works both on traction and cord breakage.
Includes change-over contact for Z wiring.
33
Technical Data
Max. switching capacity
Max. switching current
Dimensions (W x H x D)
44
30V DC
100mA DC (ohmic load)
30x90x15mm
55
66
77
88
Mounting example
031125
¬$,:©−
Mechanical kit including turnbuckle and suspension hook
99
24,00 €
10
10
11
11
12
12
031125.03
¬$,:§/14q−
18,00 €
Guide roller for angled mounting
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
031125.04
¬$,:§/15x−
18,00 €
Guide roller for linear mounting
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
031110
¬$,+Z−
20,00 €
Rope 100 meters
21
21
V2A, stainless wire, twisted.
22
22
Technical Data
Minimum break resistance
Dimensions (Ø)
100N
0.33mm
23
23
229
Alarm contacts
Tappet contacts
The current transmitters are suitable for specific requirements in which a wiring layout
between rigid and mobile parts is required. This is required, for example, for securing revolving doors or extending the wiring to monitoring sensors. The cone-shaped, hard-gold
plated contacts allow a vertical as well as a horizontal approach with maximum contact
safety. The tappet contacts are available as surface mounted and flush mounted version.
Technical Data
Switching voltage
Switching current
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
031204
¬$-%J−
max. 30V DC
max. 100mA
fm 20x86x22mm , sm 24x76x15mm
white, brown
Recessed tappet contact, 4-pin, white
Approval
47,00 €
G176142 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/50
Dimensions (mm)
031207
¬$-(S−
Screw-on tappet contact, 4-pin, white
Approval
031208
¬$-)V−
47,00 €
G176145 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 031210/77 E
Surface mounted base for screw-on tappet contact, white
2,00 €
1 set = 3 pieces 2 mm, 3 mm and 5 mm
031203
¬$-$G−
Recessed tappet contact, 4-pin, brown
Approval
230
www.honeywell.com/security/de
G176142 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/50
47,00 €
Alarm contacts
Area monitoring
11
22
33
44
55
032000
¬$5!N−
8,50 €
Film connecting terminal
Approval
66
G102526 (EMT), Class B
77
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
22 x 28 x 8 mm
88
99
10
10
031580
¬$0qf−
107,50 €
Alarm wall paper
11
11
Approval
G195022 (EMT), Class C
For optimum area monitoring of walls and ceilings. The wall paper consists of 2 layers of
paper in which are embedded 6 parallel copper wires.
12
12
Technical Data
13
13
Back
Front
Alarm wire
Wire resistor
Wire distance
Dimensions (L x W)
95 g/m2 heavy-weight, wood containing paper
120g/m2 heavy-weight,
high grade duplex paper with a wax-like coating
Cu, ø 0.3mm, enamelled
0.25 Ohm per m alarm wire
1.5 Ohm for each wallpaper strip
ca. 2.8 Ohm for each m2 wallpaper
ca. 88mm
10.5x0.53m
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
031581
¬$0ri−
Wall paper terminal strip
38,50 €
18
18
With cover contact.
19
19
Technical Data
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Material
Alarm contact
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Material
530x19x5mm
Hard paper
30V / 2A
cover strip: 50x20x22mm (U-section, 1.5mm)
PVC
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
231
Alarm contacts
Glass breakage detector
Acoustic glass breakage sensor DETEKT 1000
DETEKT 1000 is an acoustic glass breakage detector. It monitors windows for breakthrough, without the detector and the glass pane to be monitored being in direct contact.
Its particular performance feature consists in being able to monitor several windows using
a single detector unit. Transom windows and windows consisting of several segments,
crown glass and sliding windows are very complicated to monitor for glass breakage by the
conventional method.
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Quiescent current
Current consumption
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Time commissioning
Alarm duration
Monitored glass area
Monitored room size
Detection angle
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Colour
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
max. 3.6mA (12V)
max. 5mA (12V)
II
IP30
-10°C to +50°C
-25°C to +70°C
max. 10sec.
1sec to 6.2 sec. (typical 2.5sec.)
0.25m2 to 18m2
20m3 to 250m3
180°
ABS
73x97x43mm
max. 150g
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Corner mounting adapter
Application example
of the monitored areas
032420
¬$95+−
Acoustic glass breakage sensor DETEKT 1000 BUS-1
128,00 €
In plastic housing with BUS-1 connection technology. DIP switch for programming the
BUS-1 user address; slide switch for controlling the detector LED function.
232
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Alarm contacts
Glass breakage detector
Accessories
032208
11
¬$7)j−
164,00 €
22
The manual tester is used for testing the DETEKT 1000 glass breakage detector during
startup and maintenance.
In this test, a spectrum of frequencies is emitted by the manual tester that corresponds to
the detection bands of the acoustic glass breakage detector.
33
Tester DETEKT 1000
44
55
66
77
Acoustic glass breakage detector GT2
160435.10
¬1%D§/21¡−
88
Acoustic glass breakage detector AGB 600
Approval
99
96,00 €
10
10
G103505 (EMT), Class B; VSÖ GS-H 070427/47 E
Thanks to its unique signal analysis based on a neuronal network, the acoustic glass breakage sensor AGB 600 is immune to false alarms while providing maximum detection safety.
A comprehensive protection concept makes the detector insensitive to background noise
from the surroundings. Its small and inconspicuous housing allows the detector to be
mounted to walls and ceilings. The AGB 600 has two settings for precise adjustment to the
surroundings.
11
11
12
12
Technical Data
Performance Features
• Detection radius up to 8.5 m
• Signal analysis is based on a neuronal network
• Detector test by using the glass breakage
simulator AGB 600
• Acoustic functional test over the entire range
of action
Operating voltage
Quiescent current
Identification of undervoltage
Maximum range
Temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
Environmental class
Type of protection
13
13
12 VDC ( 9 VDC - 15 VDC)
12 mA without status LED
< 6.4V
ca. 6.5 m for any glass type
-10°C to +55°C
56 x 95 x 23 mm
white
II
IP31
14
14
15
15
16
16
• Optimised for premises single- and multipleglazed with simple window glass
17
17
160436
¬1%E@−
Tester for acoustic glass breakage detector AGB 600
144,00 €
18
18
19
19
Without 9 V block battery
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
233
Alarm contacts
Glass breakage detector
Slimline Passive Glass Breakage
Small, compact passive glass breakage sensor, completely encapsulated and waterproof
with polarity reversal protection in SMD technology. It is suitable for securing flat glass
panes for break-through monitoring. The frequencies produced by a glass breakage are
received, evaluated electronically and identified by a piezo crystal.
In case of alarm, the LED display is activated until it is reset.
Up to max. 20 sensors can be connected per differential detector group in Z wiring.
The sensors are supplied with power via the detector group.
Technical Data
Quiescent current
Detection area
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Dimensions (L x W x H)
max. 1μA
200cm, irrespective of glass thickness
-10°C to +70°C
-25°C to +70°C
II
IP67
22x22x12.2mm
Not suitable for plastic disks
Accessories:
032256.01
032265
032266
032267
055260
032272.16
¬$7i§/27a−
Sensor tester for passive glass breakage sensors
Silicone glue RTV
Contact spray
Glass/metal gluing set Loctite 317
Glass/metal gluing set Loctite 319
Mini glass breakage sensor “Z”, white, 6 m
Approval
19,00 €
G182513 (EMT), Class B
Technical Data
Cable length
Cable
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Colour
032274.16
¬$7k§/27g−
6m
suitable for IDC method of termination
22 x 22 x 12.2mm
brown, similar to RAL 8017
Mini glass breakage sensor “Z”, brown, 6 m
Approval
G182513 (EMT), Class B
Technical Data
Cable length
Cable
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Colour
234
www.honeywell.com/security/de
6m
suitable for IDC method of termination
22 x 22 x 17.2mm
brown, similar to RAL 8017
19,50 €
Alarm contacts
Glass breakage detector
Accessories
032268
11
¬$7eP−
Glue gauge for passive glass breakage sensor
27,50 €
22
For adjusting and gluing glass breakage sensors.
33
44
55
66
032256.01
¬$7Y§/12o−
Sensor tester for passive glass breakage sensors
77
200,00 €
88
Includes sensor connections for preliminary test and final inspection.
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
235
Alarm contacts
Glass breakage detector
Active glass breakage sensor
170080
¬2!qV−
Active glass breakage sensor MAGS-E
Approval
270,00 €
G193087 (EMT), Class C
Only suitable for monitoring the following glass types:
- Silicate glass
- Flat glass
- Crystal glass
- Sekurit glass
- Composite safety glass (VSG)
- Wire-reinforced glass, bullet-proof glass
- Insulating glass
with integrated alarm memory and potential-free relay output.
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Quiescent current
Maximum area to be monitored
Alarm output
Alarm memory
Cable length sensor (transmitter / receiver)
Dimensions transmitter/receiver (WxHxD)
Dimensions evaluation device (WxHxD)
Colour
10.4 to 15V DC
16mA
25m2 with normal glass;
14m2 with composite and bulletproof glass
potential-free relay contact
built-in
5m, Ø1.8mm
Ø14mm, H: 5mm
110x 90x25mm
pure-white, similar to RAL 9003
Not suitable for plastic disks. For specific composite glass panes and bullet-proof glass panes,
2 additional sensor may be required.
2 x sensor (transmitter/receiver) and evaluating unit (transmitter sensor and receiver sensor
are identical)
Functional diagram
Accessories:
032267
236
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Glass/metal gluing set
Alarm contacts
170084
Glass breakage detector
¬2!ub−
Sensor of active glass breakage sensor
26,00 €
11
22
Technical Data
Colour
Cable length
pure-white, similar to RAL 9003
5m
33
Not suitable for plastic disks.
44
1 unit (for an extension, 2 units must be ordered)
55
66
Accessories
170087
¬2!xk−
Gluing gauge for active glass breakage sensor MAGS-E
77
109,00 €
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
170088
¬2!yn−
Tester for active glass breakage sensor MAGS-E
197,00 €
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
237
Alarm contacts
032113
Vibration detector
¬$6.w−
54,00 €
Electronic vibration detector
Approval
G193501 (EMT), Class B
The detector is suitable for break-through monitoring of glass surfaces in windows and
doors. It can be used on glass that cannot be monitored by means of passive glass breakage sensors, such as structural glass, composite, bullet-proof glass, glass with wire insert
and glass with plastic liner.
Mass accelerations produced by application of force are received by a piezo element, which
converts them into electrically measurable variables.
This detector is distinguished by adjustable sensitivity and high interference immunity.
Per detector group, max. 20 detectors can be connected. The connection takes place in “Z”
wiring on differential detector groups.
Performance Features
• Field of application: smooth and structured
surfaces with < 1mm of unevenness made of
glass/metal, prerequisite: closed medium
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Current consumption alarm
Reset time
Detection area
Operating time
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Humidity class according to DIN 40040
Installation position
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Cable length
12V DC
6V to 15V DC
< quiescent current; 500nA
(for UNENN, measuring time 10sec)
< 12mA (for UNENN)
>1 sec
ca. 1.5m (uniform area)
100% ED
-10°C to +50°C
-25°C to +70°C
class F
variable
50g
38x53x19mm
ca. 6m
Accessories:
032265
032520
¬$:5-−
Glue RTV, silicone glue
Approval
Performance Features
350,00 €
Seismic detector GM 565 / GM 570
G196012 (EMT), Class C
The seismic detector GM 565 is suitable for monitoring safes and strong rooms for attacks
using any break-in device known today, such as diamond crown bits, hydraulic press tools,
oxygen lances and also attacks with explosives.
Function:
The machining of hard materials such as concrete, steel and plastic armouring produces
mass accelerations. This generates mechanical vibrations, which propagate in the material
as vibration. The sensor of the seismic detector rigidly connected to the object to be protected receives these vibrations and converts them into electric signals. The detector electronics analyses these signals in a selected range of frequencies typical of break-in tools and
triggers an alarm via a relay contact.
Applications: Safes, safe walls, strong rooms made of elements, strong room doors, cash
machines, night safes, steel lightweight constructions (LWS, plastic armouring).
• Conventional connection technology
• Mounting to steel, screwed-on or welded
Technical Data
• Mounting on concrete, surface/flush mounting
or embedded in the floor
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption at 12 V DC
• Sensitivity and response time can be adapted
optimally to the local situations
• Temperature protection against thermal attacks
• Remote testing system via test transmitter
(option) possible
Alarm output
Relay contact
Electronic alarm output
Alarm duration
Sabotage switch
Response temperature
Efficiency
Effective range
Sensitivity
Reaction time
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
238
www.honeywell.com/security/de
12V DC
7V to 16V DC
-in quiescent condition: 3mA
-in case of alarm: 5mA
potential-free change-over relay
30V DC / 100mA
short-circuit predected › 16V
-output level in case of alarm: 0V (LOW-active)
2.5sec
-micro switch : closed when cover is attached
-contact load: 30V DC / 100mA
98°C
-on concrete and steel: raduis =4m
-on concrete and steel: 50 m2
6 levels can be set
2 levels can be set
-20°C to +60°C
-50°C to +70°C
IP 43
III
Alarm contacts
Seismic detector
Accessories
032542
11
¬$:Ko−
Test transmitter for GM 565
Approval
42,00 €
22
G196012 (EMT), Class C
33
The test transmitter allows you to set up a remote testing system whereby the correct function of a seismic detector can be checked from any location.
44
55
66
032540
¬$:Ii−
Alarm display unit YA 8 for GM 565
Approval
419,00 €
77
G177028 (EMT), Class C
88
Remote display of up to 8 detectors with event memory. It can also be used for triggering
the test transmitters of the monitored detectors.
99
10
10
11
11
032546
¬$:O{−
System housing for YA 8
Approval
31,50 €
12
12
G177028 (EMT), Class C
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
032524
¬$:99−
Mounting plate for hazard detector 565
17
17
39,00 €
18
18
Required if the detector is mounted to concrete or welded to steel.
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
239
Alarm contacts
Hold-up pushbutton
Modular hold-up detector
Hold-up pushbutton from the multi-functional operating unit program meet the requirements for hold-up detection systems. The module insert for the hold-up detector can be
built in using a surface mounted or flush mounted basic housing or integrated in the
modular operation and display program.
Technical Data
Operating voltage range
Current consumption buzzer
Contact load
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection
Colour of housing
Colour of front plate
10V to 15V DC
15mA
max. 30V DC / 100mA
-ohmic load min. 1.5V DC / 10mA
II
IP 40 (built-in)
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 (plastic)
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Accessories:
012600
012601
012415
012416
012602
012603
012612
012654
031540
¬$0IU−
Surface-mounted basic housing for 1 module
Flush-mounted basic housing for 1 module
Flush-mounted housing for 012601
Flush-mounted box for dual housing
Surface-mounted basic housing, version 1 for 2 modules
Flush-mounted basic housing, version 1 for 2 modules
Dummy module for basic housing
Paper seal, 10 per packaging unit
Module for hold-up pushbutton BUS-1
Approval
123,50 €
G194039 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Current consumption
max. 500μA (for U rated voltage)
Without basic housing
Hold-up detector, square style
Performance Features
• Pulse triggering, thus alarm repetition possible
• Cover contact for sabotage monitoring
• Triggering identification by paper seal or LED
• Seal: Paper insert
• Surface- and flush-mounting of the connecting
cables possible
The hold-up detectors are used with manual control for inconspicuous hold-up alarm actuation. Actuating the pressure plate will trigger the alarm signal at the hold-up and intrusion
detection control panel and necessarily destroy the indicator paper at the same time, thus
displaying the alarm triggering permanently.
The detector must be placed to allow an inconspicuous alarm actuation and prevent the
committer from seeing the triggered LED (in detectors with LED).
The hold-up detectors meet the requirements of the hold-up detection systems for connection to the police or security service.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Alarm contact
Tamper switch
Display
Current consumption in no-load operation
Current consumption alarm
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection
Material
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
240
www.honeywell.com/security/de
12V DC
6V to 18V DC
changeover contact 30V DC / 100mA
NC contact 30V DC / 100mA
LED with display memory
< 1μA at 12V DC
5mA (LED)
II
IP 30
plastic: A-B-S
82 x 82 x 30mm
white, similar to RAL 9003
Alarm contacts
031592
Hold-up pushbutton
¬$0}#−
Hold-up detector, white, surface mounted, with LED display
Approval
62,00 €
11
G196044 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/48
22
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Display
Current consumption in no-load operation
Current consumption alarm
Dimensions (W x H x D)
12V DC
6V to 18V DC
LED with display memory
< 1μA at 12V DC
5mA (LED)
82x82x30mm
33
44
55
031593
¬$0~&−
Hold-up detector, white, flush mounted, with LED display
Approval
61,50 €
66
G196044 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/48
77
Technical Data
Installation
standardised fm installation box
(cavity wall socket for VdS, milled hole Ø 68mm)
82x82x3mm plastic cover,
88x88x3mm plastic adjustment plate
Dimensions (W x H x D)
88
99
10
10
031590
¬$0{¦−
Hold-up detector, white, surface mounted, without LED display
38,00 €
11
11
Approval
G196044 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/48
12
12
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
82x82x30mm
13
13
14
14
15
15
031591
¬$0|©−
Hold-up detector, white, surface mounted, without LED display
Approval
38,00 €
16
16
G196044 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/48
Technical Data
Installation
Dimensions (W x H x D)
17
17
standardised fm installation box
(cavity wall socket for VdS, milled hole Ø 68mm)
82x82x3mm plastic cover,
88x88x3mm plastic adjustment plate
18
18
19
19
031594
¬$0¡)−
Paper seal
For hold-up detectors 031590 to 031593.
10 units
4,00 €
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
241
Alarm contacts
Hold-up pushbutton
Hold-up detector, round style
Performance Features
• Pulse triggering, thus alarm repetition possible
• Cover contact for sabotage monitoring
• Triggering identification by paper seal
• Seal: Paper insert
• Housing cap with accidental contact guard
available as an option
• Surface- and flush-mounting of the connecting
cables possible
031550
¬$0Ss−
Elegant hold-up detector, optionally upgradable to housing cap with cover.
The front-mounted cover prevents an accidental actuation.
Thanks to its sophisticated mounting and connection technology, the detector is quickly
installed.
Technical Data
Alarm contact
Tamper switch
SDN fault indication
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection
Material
Colour
Dimensions (HxD)
Weight
Hold-up detector, grey-white, surface mounted
Approval
37,00 €
G195065 (EMT), Class C
031551
¬$0Tv−
Closing cover with cap, grey
8,00 €
031552
¬$0Uy−
Paper seal
1,50 €
For hold-up detector 031550.
10 units
242
30V DC / 300mA
30V DC / 300mA
paper leaf
II
IP 40
plastic, A-B-S
grey-white or white/yellow
31x81mm
ca. 70g
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Alarm contacts
Hold-up pushbutton
Hold-up floor alarm bar
031521
11
¬$06¥−
107,50 €
Hold-up floor alarm bar, 30 cm long
Approval
22
G186030 (EMT), Class C
33
Minimum noise formation, including a mechanical trigger display and protection of the
cover.
It is connected via a soldered terminal strip.
44
Technical Data
Maximum switching capacity
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
55
max. 42V DC / 100mA
300g
300x30x36mm
66
77
Floor mat
031230
88
¬$-?1−
99
78,00 €
Floor mat 720 x 390 mm
10
10
The contact floor mats are made of high-quality materials and sealed in a PVC cover.
The mats are designed for interior use.
The ground should be even and without burrs, in order to avoid damage to the mats.
Since the mats are not completely protected against ingress of water, they should not be laid
in humid environments.
11
11
12
12
Technical Data
Contact
Sabotage switch
Switching voltage
Switching current
Contact actuation
Dimensions (L x W)
1 NC contact (normally open) (wires are stripped)
for looping the tamper circuit
max. 30V DC
max. 25mA (no inductive loads)
25N to 105N for 60mm2
720x390mm
13
13
14
14
15
15
Pressure-insensitive margin (15 mm) for fixing.
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
243
Alarm contacts
031530
Paper money contacts
¬$0?7−
Paper money contact standard design
138,50 €
Paper money contact in optoelectronic design in plastic housing.
Technical Data
Quiescent current
Alarm current
Material
Colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
15mA
10mA
plastic
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
38x45x16mm
Connecting cable, 4-pin
160215
¬1#0d−
119,00 €
Paper money contact GSK 1 E
Approval
G184124 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070427/46 E
Electronic parallel sensor according to police emergency call and VdS guidelines.
For manual triggering of a hold-up alarm and inconspicuous mounting in bank note tray.
Unambiguous detection of the triggered paper money contact.
Reset only possible after removing seal.
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Quiescent current
Alarm contact
Contact load
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Housing colour
Delivery excluding paper money.
244
www.honeywell.com/security/de
12V DC
ca. 1.2mA
potential-free reed contact (NO switch)
28V / 0,1A
55x19x115mm
light-grey, similar to RAL 7035
Alarm contacts
019660
Tear-off detector
¬"£]c−
Tear-off detector AM115
Approval
57,00 €
11
G 194032, Class C
22
For monitoring safes, strongrooms, weapons cabinet, machines, showcases, art objects,
window grilles, and many more against unauthorised removal.
33
For use in combination M 10 - M 16 screws (Art. No. 019661/019661.01/019661.02).
44
Consisting of:
Spacer ring, pcb designed as pre-determined break point, tamper lid and 4 m connection cable.
55
019661.99
¬"£^f−
Heavy-duty dowel SLD 31 M10/100
66
30,00 €
77
For fixing the component (safe) via external thread.
Monitored for removal/tear-off in connection with tear-off detector AM115 (019660).
88
019661.01
¬"£^§/12B−
Heavy-duty dowel SLD 41 M12/100
41,00 €
99
For fixing the component (safe) via external thread.
Monitored for removal/tear-off in connection with tear-off detector AM115 (019660).
10
10
11
11
019661.02
¬"£^§/13I−
Heavy-duty dowel SLD 51 M16/100
76,00 €
12
12
For fixing the component (safe) via external thread.
Monitored for removal/tear-off in connection with tear-off detector AM115 (019660).
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
245
Alarm contacts
031561.16
Industrial detectors
¬$0^§/272−
Water detector for wall mounting, white
67,50 €
The water detector serves for the detection of water inrushes. The water detector detects the
accumulating water via 2 gold-plated electrodes.
The sensor is housed in an enclosed plastic housing. The housing topside contains an LED
display, which allows the triggering of the detector to be identified.
Technical Data
Performance Features
• Completely enclosed and waterproof
• “Z wiring” allows it to be looped into a
differential detector group
• Luminous diode single display guarantees
unambiguous identification of a sensor in
alarm status
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Reset voltage
Quiescent current
Alarm current
Detection at humidity
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Connection lead
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour of housing
12V DC
3V to 15V DC
1.3V DC
‹ 20μA (for rated voltage)
4mA (for rated voltage)
RF ca. 80 kOhm
0°C to +60°C
-25°C to +70°C
LIYY 4x 0.14, white, 2m
22x28x14mm
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
• Connection is insensitive to polarity, owing
to a special reverse polarity protection.
• Floor or wall mounting
The recommended glue is the RTV silicone glue 032265.
The water detector cannot be connected to the following devices:
Art. Nos. 010109.10, 010110.10, 010118 and 010111.
Compact gas, heat and cold detector
The gas, heat and cold detectors are used for detecting and evaluating physical variables
such as hydrocarbon gases (methane and propane) or temperature limit values.
The complete electronics including sensors and buzzer (local alarm actuation) is built into
a sturdy plastic housing. The potential-free output allows direct connection to hazard
detection control panels and telephone diallers.
057350.99
¬&jS¤−
180,50 €
Compact gas detector for methane
Pre-alarm at 0.5 % of CH4 = 10% of LEL, main alarm at 1% of CH4 = 20% of LEL.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Maximum current consumption
Relative humidity
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Floating relay contact
Housing
Colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
12V DC
8.5V to 14V DC
30mA in quiescent condition,
70mA in case of alarm
30% to 70%
0°C to +60°C
-25°C to +70° C
24 V DC/1A
ABS
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
118 x 118 x 31mm
The compact methane gas detector must not be placed in locations in which the Employer’s
Liability Insurance Association prescribes detectors with BAM (Federal Institute for Material
Research and Testing) approval.
This detector can only be used for natural gas, not for city gas, since only natural contains
about 80% of methane (CH4)!
Since methane gas is lighter than air, methane gas detectors must be mounted at the upper
wall half.
246
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Alarm contacts
057351
Industrial detectors
¬&jT§−
180,50 €
11
Pre-alarm at 0.21 % of C3 H8 = 10 % of LEL, main alarm at 0.42 % of C3 H8 = 20 % of LEL.
22
Compact gas detector for propane
Technical Data
Operating voltage range
Operating voltage
Floating relay contact
Quiescent current
Alarm current
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Relative humidity
Housing
Colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
33
8.5V to 14V DC
12V DC
24V DC / 1A
max. 30mA
max. 70mA
0°C to +60°C
-25°C to +70°C
30% to 70%
plastic
white, similar to RAL 9002
118 x 118 x 31mm
44
55
66
77
057355.10
¬&jX§/21l−
132,50 €
Compact heat detector
88
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Rated voltage
Relay contact rating
Quiescent current
Factory setting
Adjustable from
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Housing
Colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
8,5 V to 14 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC / 1 A
max. 30 mA
Responds with temperatures > +40 °C
+20 °C to +50 °C
-25 °C to +65 °C
-25 °C to +65 °C
< 95 % without thawing
Plastic
white, similar to RAL 9002
118 x 118 x 31 mm
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
057356
¬&jY-−
Compact cold detector
132,50 €
14
14
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Rated voltage
Relay contact loading capacity
Quiescent current
Factory setting
Adjustable
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Housing
Colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
15
15
8.5V to 14V DC
12V DC
24V DC / 1A
max. 30mA
is activated at temperature levels under +5° C
-10°C to +15°C
-25°C to +65°C
-25°C to +65°C
< 95% without condensation
plastic
white, similar to RAL 9002
118 x 118 x 31mm
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
247
Notizen
248
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Alarm devices
Audible alarm devices
Optic alarm devices
Optic/Audible alarm devices
Day alarm
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
249
Alarm devices
Audible alarm devices for external alarms
An important link in the chain of actions of a hazard detection system are the alarming
devices. Apart from silent alarming, carried out via telephone diallers, the traditional alarm
devices are still performing the important and often decisive function of local alarm. In a
case of emergency, seconds can be decisive, this is why an alarm given directly where it
happens gives valuable advantages in time.
Apart from the advantage of quick intervention, external alarm devices, solely by being
visible, have a deterrent effect, which should not be underestimated.
Audible alarm devices for external alarms
Acoustic external alarm device are for local alarms, for example in case of break-in, fire or
hold-up.
In practice, two alarm devices are mounted at a distance from one another. Upon failure or
sabotage on an alarm device, the alarm is still guaranteed.
¬%x!n−
048700
119,50 €
Audible alarm device
Approval
G100068 (EMT), Class C
High-loudness alarm device in an attractive plastic housing equipped with tear-off
protection, reach-through protection and sabotage monitoring. Its successful design make
the alarm device also suitable for use in demanding environments.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage
Current consumption active
Loudness level
Environmental class as per VdS
Class of protection DIN 40050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Material
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
typ. 250mA
>100dB(A)
IV
IP 44
-25°C to +60°C
-25°C to +70°C
plastic
185x210x98mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Adapted to the hazard alarm systems of the HB/MB series. The activation signal is provided by
the connected hazard detection control panel.
160456.10
¬1%Y§/21W−
Acoustic compact alarm device P2500
Approval
G101104 (EMT), Class C
Impact-resistant plastic housing with sheet metal lining.
3 different types of alarm tones can be programmed.
Technical Data
Loudness level
Operating voltage
Voltage range
Sound pressure
Environmental class as per VdS
Material
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
Monitoring resistance 4.7 kOhm integrated
Installation equipment
250
www.honeywell.com/security/de
100 dB (A) / 1m distance
12V DC
10.2 - 13.8V DC
105 dB (A)
IV
plastic
IP 34
1.2kg
200x110x65mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
104,50 €
Alarm devices
Audible alarm devices for external alarms
Acoustic alarm devices for internal alarms
11
Apart from the audible external alarm devices, there is also a group of audible alarm devices
for internal applications. The offer ranges from the indoor siren for signalling alarms or
individual events to the buzzer, for example for signalling switch-on and alarm delay times.
043065.10
¬%?b§/213−
Piezo indoor siren, conventional connection
Approval
22
33
71,50 €
44
G199021 (EMT), Class C
Compact modern siren in plastic housing for indoor use. With integrated cover contact for
sabotage monitoring.
Surface mounted and flush mounted wiring possible.
The volume can be programmed in two steps, the signal type in four.
Activation is effected by applying the operating voltage.
55
66
Programmable signal type:
1.) 330 Hz to 1200 Hz increasing sawtooth
2.) 1200 Hz to 500 Hz decreasing sawtooth according to DIN 33404
3.) 660 Hz / 900 Hz switched over 3x per sec.
4.) 500 Hz to 1200 Hz sinusoidal
77
88
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Programmable volume
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC
10V to 28V DC
40mA at 90 dB (A) (for rated voltage)
74 dB (A) and 90 dB (A)
IP 32 (installation with upward radius)
II
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
85x 87 x 34mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
043066.10
¬%?c§/216−
Piezo indoor siren, conventional connection - red
Approval
71,50 €
13
13
G199021 (EMT), Class C
14
14
Same as article 043065.10, but red.
Technical Data
Colour
15
15
red, similar to RAL 3000
16
16
17
17
043060
¬%?]I−
85,50 €
Piezo indoor siren, BUS-1 connection
18
18
Approval
G100022 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 070627/02 E
Same as article 043065.10, but activation takes place via BUS-1.
19
19
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption at 12 V DC
Conventional connection active
Programmable volume
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
BUS1 quiescent : typ. 4mA
typ. 40mA at 90dB(A)
74dB(A) and 90dB(A)
IP 32 (mounting with upper radius )
II
-5°C to +45°C
-25°C to +70°C
85 x 87 x 34mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
251
Alarm devices
043050
Audible alarm devices for external alarms
¬%?S+−
133,00 €
Module for indoor siren, BUS-1
Approval
G194037 (EMT), Class C
This module allows indoor events to be detected acoustically. The module is equipped with
a sabotage contact.
Its specific feature is the volume that can be set to five different levels. Mechanically and
optically, this module fits in with the operating and display panels of the product series
012600. The basic housing is not included in the delivery.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Quiescent current
Active with 60 dBA
Active with 95 dBA
Loudness level
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
500μA
4mA
80mA
60 to 95dBA
79x115x50mm (with housing 012600)
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Accessories:
012600
012601
012415
012416
012602
012603
012612
120015
¬-!0\−
Surface-mounted basic housing for 1 module
Flush-mounted basic housing for 1 module
Flush-mounted housing for 012601
Flush-mounted box for dual housing
Surface-mounted basic housing, version 1 for 2 modules
Flush-mounted basic housing, version 1 for 2 modules
Dummy module for basic housing
30,50 €
Electronic indoor siren
Approval
G197065 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Frequency
Sound level
Current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Housing colour
Type of protection
Material
043130
¬%@?X−
9 to 14,2 V DC
2500-3000Hz
104dB
130mA / 12V DC
155 x 114 x 44 mm
plastic white
IP 31
plastic
15,50 €
Electronic buzzer
Technical Data
Current consumption at 12 V DC
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
Material
252
www.honeywell.com/security/de
15mA
38x25x45mm
white
plastic
Alarm devices
Optic alarm devices
Optic alarm devices for external alarms
11
The optic alarm devices are used for local external alarm actuation. They may be activated
without time limit. The flash lamps for outdoor use are available in different versions. Apart
from the versions with red cap, lamps with yellow cap are also available. Also available are
accessories for mounting, for example on poles or walls.
22
33
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Frequency
Environmental class as per VdS
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
< 400mA ( for U rated voltage)
approx. 2Hz (flash)
IV
IP 65
-25°C to +60°C
-25°C to +70°C
188x142x92mm
44
55
66
77
042100
¬%6!Q−
87,50 €
Optic alarm device, red
Approval
88
G100033 (EMT), Class C
Attractive alarm device with high signal effect in a plastic housing with sabotage monitoring.
Its compact design, combined with its high signal effect, makes this alarm device suitable
for universal use.
99
10
10
Technical Data
Colour
Flash lamp cap colour
042105
¬%6&`−
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
red
12
12
119,50 €
Optic alarm device, yellow
Approval
11
11
13
13
G100033 (EMT), Class C
Attractive alarm device with high signal effect in a plastic housing with sabotage monitoring.
Its compact design, combined with its high signal effect, makes this alarm device suitable
for universal use.
14
14
Technical Data
15
15
Colour
Flash lamp cap colour
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
yellow
16
16
042120
¬%65&−
Supporting bracket for alarm devices 042100 and 042105
17
17
30,50 €
18
18
Allows suspended or upright mounting of the alarm devices 042100 and 042105.
19
19
20
20
21
21
Mounting options
22
22
23
23
253
Alarm devices
160465
Optic alarm devices
¬1%b0−
80,50 €
Alarm flashing lamp BLZ-RV, red
Approval
G189084 (EMT), Class C
Sabotage monitoring via cover contact.
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Operating current
Flash rate
Lightning energy
Operating time
Permissible ambient temperature
Flash lamp coloured cap
Type of installation
Type of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Housing
Weight
Colour
12V DC
450mA
ca. 1,5Hz
5 joules
100 %
- 20°C to + 70°C
red
omnidirectional
IP 65
120x 160x120mm
macrolon / poly carbonate
360g
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Monitoring resistance 10 kOhm integrated.
160467
¬1%d6−
80,50 €
Alarm flashing lamp BLZ-OV, amber
Sabotage monitoring via cover contact.
Technical Data
Flash lamp cap colour
Colour
amber-coloured
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Monitoring resistance 10 kOhm integrated.
160498
¬1%¥,−
10,00 €
Mounting bracket
For vertical wall mounting of alarm flash lamps 160465 and 160467.
Technical Data
Material
Colour
254
www.honeywell.com/security/de
aluminium
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Alarm devices
Optic alarm devices
Optic alarm devices for internal alarms
11
Indoor blinking lights and parallel indicators have been constructed for indoor use. They are
suitable, in particular, for signalling system states and also for pre-alarms and/or internal
alarms. Apart from the traditional connection version, some of the alarm devices are also
available with BUS connection technology for BUS-1 or BUS-2.
22
33
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
44
12 V DC
10 V to 15 V DC
IP 32 (when mounting with radius on top)
II
-5 °C to +45 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
85 x 87 x 34 mm
grey white, similar to RAL 9002; luminous field red
55
66
77
042230
¬%7?F−
Indoor blinking light, conventional connection
Approval
46,00 €
88
G199091 (EMT), Class C
99
Compact modern blinking light in a plastic housing for indoor use.
With integrated cover contact for sabotage monitoring. Surface mounted and flush mounted
wiring possible. Two signal types can be programmed as display mode:
Permanent signal or cyclic signal. Activation is effected by applying the operating voltage.
10
10
11
11
Technical Data
Connection at stand-by
Connection at alarm
0 mA
10 mA
12
12
13
13
042235
¬%7DU−
Indoor blinking light, BUS-1 connection
Approval
62,50 €
14
14
G199092 (EMT), Class C
15
15
Compact modern blinking light in a plastic housing for indoor use.
With integrated cover contact for sabotage monitoring. Surface mounted and flush mounted
wiring possible. Two signal types can be programmed as display mode:
Permanent signal or cyclic signal. They are activated via BUS-1.
16
16
17
17
Technical Data
Connection at stand-by
Connection at alarm
typ. 8.5mA
typ 19mA
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
255
Alarm devices
Optic/Acoustic alarm devices
¬%x5C−
048720
206,50 €
Compact alarm in a plastic housing
Approval
G100067 (EMT), Class C; VSÖ W 031210/83 E
Its compact and timeless design, combined with its high signal effect and mounting flexibility, makes this combined alarm device suitable for universal use. Provided with sabotage
contact, reach-through protection and tear-off protection, switch-on module with monitoring circuit for the integrated loudspeaker and the flashing lamp.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Rated operating voltage range
Current consumption at rated voltage
Pressure chamber loudspeaker
Frequency of flash
Loudness level
Environmental class as per VdS
Class of protection DIN 40050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Housing
Light range
12V DC
10V to9 15V DC
Flashing beacon < 400mA
typ. 250mA
ca. 2Hz
>100dB(A)
IV
IP 44
-25°C to +60°C
-25°C to +70°C
185x315x98mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
red
For use in intrusion detection control panels of the HB/MB series.
160455.10
¬1%X§/21T−
Optic/Acoustic compact alarm device P2500
Approval
170,00 €
G195078 (EMT), Class C
Impact-resistant plastic housing with sheet metal lining. Activation is effected by applying
the operating voltage.
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Voltage range
Sound pressure
Loudness level
Environmental class as per VdS
Material
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
12V DC or 24V DC
20.4 - 27.6V DC
105 dB (A)
100 dB (A) / 1m distance
IV
plastic
IP 34
1.2kg
200x110x65mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Monitoring resistance 4.7 kOhm and 10 kOhm integrated.
Installation equipment
120016
¬-!1_−
Electronic indoor siren with integrated flashing light
Approval
G197066 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Current consumption sirene
Current consumption beacon
Frequency of flash
Frequency
Sound level
Type of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Housing colour
256
www.honeywell.com/security/de
9 to 14,2V DC
130mA / 12V DC
110mA / 12V DC
60 /min.
2500-3000Hz
104dB
IP 31
155 x 114 x 44 mm
plastic white
54,50 €
Alarm devices
041410
Day alarm
¬%/+a−
The day alarm detector is used for monitoring the opening of two emergency exit doors.
The device can simply be mounted on-site. Owing to the integrated power supply unit, the
required supply voltage is only 230 V AC/50 Hz.
Door contacts serve as criterion for triggering alarm. The parallel panel serves as remote
individual display of several day alarm systems (1 to 8).
11
190,50 €
33
Day alarm
22
Monitoring of two emergency exit doors.
44
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Mains frequency
Current consumption
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Performance Features
55
230V AC
230V AC / +10% to -15%
50Hz
-in quiescent current ca. 10mA -alarm ca. 20mA
-5°C to +50°C
-25°C to +70°C
IP 30
II
200x146x55mm
66
77
• Key switch On / Off
• Operating status display by means of a green LED
88
BUS-1 version also available, Art. No. 041411
• Individual display for alarm triggering (2 red LEDs)
• 2 door contact connections (no-load current loop)
Article to be discontinued by 31. 12. 2010.
99
• Integrated acoustic alarm signalling device
(buzzer)
10
10
• Semiconductor outputs for “Alarm” and “operating
state Off”
• Potential-free relay changeover contacts for
“Alarm”
041412
¬%/-g−
11
11
183,00 €
Parallel panel
12
12
To display up to eight day alarm systems.
13
13
Technical Data
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption per LED
Current consumption buzzer
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Dimensions (W x H x D)
12V DC (of day alarm or external)
10V to 15V DC
ca. 10mA
ca. 20mA
-5°C to +45°C
-20°C to +70°C
IP 30
200x146x55mm
14
14
15
15
16
16
Performance Features
• Individual display of the operating status of
up to 8 day alarm systems
Article to be discontinued by 31. 12. 2010.
17
17
• LED yellow: Detector OFF
• LED red: Detector Alarm
18
18
• Integrated acoustic collective alarm signalling
device (buzzer)
19
19
• Key switch for buzzer On / Off
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
Planning example
257
Notizen
13
258
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Installation material
Distributors
Cables and cable accessories
Relays
Housings
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
259
Installation material
Distributors
Flush-mounted box distributor
Fits standardised switch boxes Ø 58 or hollow-wall boxes Ø 68 mm, tamper-proof plastic
cover with screw-on cap and film seal.
Technical Data
Environmental class
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Screw hole spacing
Dimensions
Colour
050162
¬&"_}−
II (as per VdS 2110)
IP 40
60 and 67mm
cover 84.5 x 2mm
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
Flush-mounted box distributor, soldering technology
Approval
16,00 €
G100058 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Headroom
050163
¬&"`¢−
solder/solder, 22+2-pole
ca. 19mm
Flush-mounted box distributor, IDC method of termination
Approval
24,50 €
G100060 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Wire gauge
Outside diameter
Headroom
Occupancy
LSA-plus, 22+2-pole
0.40 - 0.63mm
0.70 - 1.10mm
ca. 22mm
2 wires for each contact
2 wires having the same structure - solid or lead (lead structure 7 x 0.12 ... 7 x 0.32 mm CuSn)
can be connected per contact.
050164
¬&"a¥−
Flush-mounted box distributor, spring terminal technology
Approval
38,50 €
G100059 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Wire gauge
Outside diameter
Headroom
Occupancy
LSA-plus, 22+2-pole
0.40 - 0.63mm
0.70 - 1.10mm
ca. 22mm
2 wires for each contact
2 wires having the same structure - solid or lead can be connected per contact.
050165
¬&"b¨−
46,00 €
Cover for flush-mounted distributor
Technical Data
Material
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
plastic
85x85x5 mm
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
Fits flush-mounted distributors: 050162, 050163 and 050164.
When this cover is used, the flush-mounted distributors lose their VdS approval.
5 units
260
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Installation material
Distributors
Modular plastic distributors
11
A product range that provides suitable components for each application. The variation
options including housings and distributor inserts make this distributor product range the
ideal instrument of installation technology.
22
33
120240
¬-#ID−
Plastic distributor VVD 230 (surface mounted)
Approval
10,00 €
44
Class C
Small distributor housing for housing a pcb of dimensions 65 x 72 mm and the 10-pin
distributor terminal 382030, for example for some EMT / BMT esserbus® transponders or
the 8-fuse card 382040, surface mounted design.
55
Technical Data
66
Type of protection
Housing
Colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
IP 40
ABS
white, similar to RAL 9016
125 x 125 x 35mm
77
88
The VdS approval applies in connection with the esserbus® users 384620, 384622, 384624
and 384628 and the distributor pcbs 382031 and 382040.
99
10
10
120244
¬-#MP−
Plastic distributor VVD 230 (flush mounted)
Approval
10,00 €
11
11
Class C
Small distributor housing for housing a pcb of dimensions 65 x 72 mm and the 10-pin
distributor terminal 382030, for example for some IDS / FDCP esserbus® transponders or
the 8-fuse card 382040, flush mounted design.
12
12
13
13
Technical Data
Material
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Cover
Housing colour
Type of protection
ABS
120 x 120 x 30mm
135 x 135mm
white, similar to RAL 9016
IP 40
14
14
15
15
The VdS approval applies in connection with the esserbus® users 384620, 384622, 384624
and 384628 and the distributor pcbs 382031 and 382040.
16
16
120242
¬-#KJ−
Approval
17
17
11,00 €
Plastic distributor VVD 230K
18
18
Class C
Small distributor housing, including cable link, for housing a pcb of dimensions 65 x 72 mm
and the 10-pin distributor terminal 382030, for example for IDS / FDCP esserbus ®
transponders or the 8-fuse card 382040, surface mounted design.
19
19
Technical Data
20
20
Housing colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
traffic-white, similar to RAL 9016
125x125x38mm
21
21
The VdS approval applies in connection with the esserbus® users 384620, 384622, 384624
and 384628 and the distributor pcbs 382031 and 382040.
22
22
Including cable link, 6 mm.
23
23
261
Installation material
382030
Distributors
¬G5?d−
10-pin distributor without cover contact
7,00 €
For mounting in IDCP 5008 and in housings 788600, 788601, 788650, 788651, 120240 to
120244.
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Dimensions (WxD)
382031
¬G5@g−
soldered terminal
72x13mm
16,50 €
42-pin distributor with cover contact
Approval
G103027 (EMT), Class C
For mounting in IDCP 5008 and in housings 788600, 788601, 788650, 788651, 120240 to
120244.
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Dimensions (WxD)
soldered terminal
65x72mm
The VdS approval applies in connection with the above housings.
381156
¬G,Y9−
47,00 €
92-pin distributor with cover contact
Approval
G103029 (EMT), Class C
For mounting in IDCP 5008 and in housings 788600, 788601, 788650, 788651.
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Dimensions (WxD)
soldered terminal
150x82mm
The VdS approval applies in connection with the above housings.
050065
¬&!b¦−
Surface mounted plastic distributor (without insert)
Approval
11,00 €
G189103 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
050066
¬&!c©−
plastic
118x118x31mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Flush mounted plastic distributor (without insert)
Approval
G189103 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
262
www.honeywell.com/security/de
plastic
130x130x31mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
11,50 €
Installation material
050067
Distributors
¬&!d#−
Flush mounted housing for articles 050066 and 050066.01
Approval
5,00 €
11
G189103 (EMT), Class C
22
Technical Data
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
plastic
118x118x31mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
33
44
55
050065.10
¬&!b§/21_−
13,50 €
Distributor board containing 23 double soldering tabs and 1 cover contact
Approval
66
G189103 (EMT), Class C
For integration in distributor housings 050065, 050066.
77
88
99
10
10
Small distributor
050000
¬&!!(−
8-pin surface-mounted distributor without protection of the cover
5,50 €
11
11
12
12
Technical Data
Housing
Connecting technology
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
plastic
solder / solder, 8-pole
II
38x84x19mm
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
13
13
14
14
15
15
050002
¬&!#.−
6-pin surface-mounted distributor with protection of the cover
Approval
6,50 €
16
16
G193531 (EMT), Class B
Technical Data
Housing
Connecting technology
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
17
17
plastic
solder / solder, 6-wire + cover contact
II
38x84x19mm
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
18
18
19
19
050035
¬&!D*−
11,00 €
Alarm glass terminal box
Approval
20
20
G186043 (EMT), Class C
21
21
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
solder / solder, 6-wire + cover contact
II
38 x 45 x 16 mm
pure-white, similar to RAL 9010
This terminal box is suitable especially for connecting alarm glasses. The alarm wires of the
glass pane are inserted into the housing from behind.
22
22
23
23
263
Installation material
Distributors
Plastic distributor
050030
¬&!?¤−
Approval
050025
¬&!:s−
12,50 €
Solder distribution terminal, 16-pin
G193075 (EMT), Class C
16-pin surface-mounted distributor with protection of the cover
Approval
13,00 €
G195030 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Housing
Environmental class as per VdS
Colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
160705
¬1(&P−
plastic
II
white
70 x 84 x 20 mm
Surface mounted plastic distributor, 20-pin
Approval
15,50 €
G187002 (EMT), Class C
Small distributor with cover contact.
Technical Data
Environmental class as per VdS
Housing colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
120211
¬-#,T−
II
white
85 x 85 x 26 mm
Surface mounted plastic distributor WD 215, 30-pin
Approval
G187055 (EMT), Class C
Small distributor with cover contact.
Technical Data
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Housing colour
264
www.honeywell.com/security/de
II
85 x 85 x 26 mm
white
21,00 €
Installation material
120213
Distributors
¬-#.Z−
30,50 €
Plastic distributor WD 215K, 30-pin
Approval
11
G187054 (EMT), Class C
22
Small distributor with cover contact. With plastic-sheathed cable link and fixing piece.
33
Technical Data
Length cabel crossover
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions
Dimensions distributor housing (WxHxD)
Housing colour
ca. 300 mm
II
Ø inside ca. 8 mm, outside ca. 11 m
85 x 85 x 26 mm
white
44
55
Including cable link.
66
120215
¬-#0`−
Surface mounted plastic distributor WD 320, 40-pin
Approval
25,00 €
77
G187003 (EMT), Class C
88
Small distributor with cover contact.
Technical Data
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Housing colour
99
II
150 x 100 x 36 mm
white
10
10
11
11
120250
¬-#Sb−
Approval
12
12
17,50 €
Distributor LSA 16 w
G193075 (EMT), Class C
13
13
Plastic distributor in time-saving connection technology via the IDC method of termination
including cover contact.
14
14
Technical Data
No. of LSA-Plus connections
Housing colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Environmental class as per VdS
2x8
white
60 x 45 x 25 mm
II
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
265
Installation material
120252
Distributors
¬-#Uh−
27,00 €
Distributor LSA 32 w
Approval
G187002 (EMT), Class C
Plastic distributor in time-saving connection technology via the IDC method of termination
including cover contact.
Technical Data
No. of LSA-Plus connections
Housing colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Environmental class as per VdS
120253
¬-#Vk−
2 x 16
white
85x85x26mm
II
27,00 €
Distributor LSA 32 b
Approval
G187002 (EMT), Class C
Plastic distributor in time-saving connection technology via the IDC method of termination
including cover contact.
Technical Data
No. of LSA-Plus connections
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour of housing
120254
¬-#Wn−
2 x 16
II
85x85x26mm
brown
50,00 €
Distributor LSA 64 w
Approval
G187003 (EMT), Class C
Plastic distributor in time-saving connection technology via the IDC method of termination
including cover contact.
Technical Data
No. of LSA-Plus connections
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour of housing
266
www.honeywell.com/security/de
2 x 32
II
150x100x36mm
white
Installation material
Distributors
Metal Distributors
050022
11
¬&!7j−
71,50 €
Metal distributor, 44-pin
Approval
22
G199042 (EMT), Class C
33
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Tamper switch
Environmental class as per VdS #4
Housing
Colour #2
Dimensions (W x H x D)
soldering/soldering, 44-pole
NOC
II
Sheet steel, powder-coated
pure white, similar to RAL 9010
152 x 105 x 43 mm
44
55
66
050023
¬&!8m−
100,50 €
Metal distributor, 88-pin
Approval
77
G199043 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Tamper switch
Environmental class as per VdS #4
Housing
Colour #2
Dimensions (W x H x D)
88
Soldering/soldering, 88-pole
NOC
II
Sheet steel, powder coated
pure white, similar to RAL 9010
198 x 152 x 43 mm
99
10
10
050024
¬&!9p−
161,50 €
Metal distributor, 176-pin
Approval
11
11
G199045 (EMT), Class C
12
12
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Tamper switch
Environmental class as per VdS #4
Housing
Colour #2
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Solderin/soldering, 176-pole
NOC
II
Sheet stell, powder coated
pure white, similar to RAL 9010
280 x 199 x 43 mm
13
13
14
14
15
15
050020
¬&!5d−
56,50 €
Distributor, 16-pin
Approval
16
16
G17358 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
17
17
solder / solder
II
130 x 130 x 45 mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
18
18
19
19
050021
¬&!6g−
72,00 €
Distributor, 32-pin
Approval
20
20
G17310 (EMT), Class C
21
21
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
solder / solder
II
215 x 130 x 45 mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
22
22
23
23
267
Installation material
050060
Distributors
¬&!]u−
84,00 €
Distributor, 48-pin
Approval
G185072 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
050034
¬&!C'−
solder / solder
II
350x186x60mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
93,00 €
Distributor, 64-pin
Approval
G184086 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
050061
¬&!^x−
solder / solder
II
215x215x45mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
152,00 €
Distributor, 96-pin
Approval
G185071 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
050062
¬&!_{−
solder / solder
II
350x300x60mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
208,00 €
Distributor, 160-pin
Approval
G188088 (EMT), Class C
Technical Data
Connecting technology
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
050019
¬&!4a−
solder / solder
II
500x300x60mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
8,00 €
Distributor block, 16-pin
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
268
www.honeywell.com/security/de
60x72x19mm
Installation material
050095
Distributors
¬&!¢w−
Plug-in labelling field for distributor block
4,50 €
11
22
2 units
33
44
55
160204
¬1#%C−
Surface mounted distributor WD 300, 48-pin
Approval
82,50 €
66
G182038 (EMT), Class C
77
Distributor with cover contact, sheet steel housing.
Technical Data
88
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Housing colour
II
155x145x55mm
light-grey, similar to RAL 7032
99
10
10
160206
¬1#'I−
Surface mounted distributor WD 400, 84-pin
Approval
130,00 €
11
11
G182039 (EMT), Class C
12
12
Distributor with cover contact, sheet steel housing.
Technical Data
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Housing colour
Housing
13
13
II
285x155x55mm
light-grey, similar to RAL 7032
sheet steel
14
14
15
15
160209
¬1#*R−
216,50 €
Surface-mounted distributor WD 600
Approval
16
16
G182041 (EMT), Class C
17
17
This model is delivered as kit (cover contact already mounted in the distributor).
Depending on the requirements, the distributor terminals may have to be ordered
separately.
Up to 10 terminal strips of 20 DA each (180012) or 6 distributor terminals of 100 pins each
(180844) can be mounted.
18
18
19
19
Technical Data
Environmental class as per VdS
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Housing colour
Housing
II
380x405x80mm
light-grey, similar to RAL 7032
sheet steel
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
269
Installation material
Distributors
Accessories for WD 500 and 600
180844
¬3)Mb−
100-pin distributor terminal
41,00 €
180012
¬3!-Y−
Screw-on strip
24,00 €
Screw-on solder strip for max. 20 double-wires (DA).
180013
270
www.honeywell.com/security/de
¬3!.\−
Wire guiding strip for screw-on strip
9,00 €
Installation material
Distributors
Cable links
050223
11
¬&#8q−
8,00 €
Cable link type II, white
22
33
Technical Data
Dimensions (Ø)
Length
Colour
-outside 10mm -inside 7mm
30 cm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
44
55
66
050233
¬&#B(−
8,00 €
Cable link type II, brown
77
Technical Data
Dimensions (Ø)
Length
Colour
-outside 10mm -inside 7mm
30cm
brown, similar to RAL 8017
88
99
10
10
11
11
Metal protective tube
050226
¬&#;z−
12
12
60,00 €
Metal protective tube type II, white
13
13
Technical Data
Dimensions (Ø)
Length
Colour
-outside 10mm -inside 7mm
10m
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
14
14
15
15
16
16
050236
¬&#E1−
60,00 €
Metal protective tube type II, brown
17
17
Technical Data
Dimensions (Ø)
Length
Colour
18
18
-outside 10mm -inside 7mm
10m
brown, similar to RAL 8017
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
271
Installation material
050205
Distributors
¬&#&;−
Fixing caps for metal protective tube type II, white
1,50 €
Technical Data
Dimensions (Ø)
Colour
050206
¬&#'>−
10mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
Fixing caps for metal protective tube type II, brown
1,50 €
Technical Data
Dimensions (Ø)
Colour
050213
¬&#.S−
10mm
brown, similar to RAL 8017
Protective sleeve for metal protective tube type II, white
2,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions (Ø)
Colour
7 / 6mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
10 units
050250
¬&#S[−
45,00 €
Concealed cable link, long
The concealed cable link with mounting box can be inserted into metal or plastic. In connection with the mounting aid included in the delivery, a quick and simple installation is also
possible in wood. No cumbersome and time-consuming processing using a firm chisel and
file is necessary.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Angle of the doorway
Center of rotation
Inner diameter
050251
¬&#T^−
24 x 480 x 17mm
max. 180°
max. 36mm
10mm
30,00 €
Concealed cable link, short
The concealed cable link with mounting box can be inserted into metal or plastic. In connection with the mounting aid included in the delivery, a quick and simple installation is also
possible in wood. No cumbersome and time-consuming processing using a firm chisel and
file is necessary.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Angle of the doorway
Center of rotation
Inner diameter
272
www.honeywell.com/security/de
24 x 260 x 17mm
max. 180°
max. 18mm
10mm
Installation material
050252
Distributors
¬&#Ua−
38,00 €
11
The concealed cable link with mounting box can be inserted into metal or plastic. In connection with the mounting aid included in the delivery, a quick and simple installation is also
possible in wood. No cumbersome and time-consuming processing using a firm chisel and
file is necessary. This narrow design of the cable link is suitable in particular for mounting
into doors with standard rebate according to DIN 18101.
22
Technical Data
44
Concealed cable link, narrow
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Angle of the doorway
Center of rotation
Inner diameter
33
20 x 382 x 15mm
max. 180°
max. 18mm
8mm
55
66
050260
¬&#]y−
21,50 €
Concealed cable link, medium
77
Spiral without mounting box for use in hollow chamber profiles.
88
Technical Data
Dimensions (L)
Angle of the doorway
Inner diameter
241mm
max. 100°
8mm
99
10
10
050261
¬&#^|−
16,50 €
Concealed cable link, short
11
11
Spiral without mounting box for use in hollow chamber profiles.
12
12
Technical Data
Dimensions (L)
Angle of the doorway
Inner diameter
155mm
max. 100°
10mm
13
13
14
14
050262
¬&#_¡−
24,00 €
Concealed cable link, long
15
15
Spiral without mounting box for use in hollow chamber profiles.
16
16
Technical Data
Dimensions (L)
Angle of the doorway
Inner diameter
370mm
max. 180°
10mm
17
17
18
18
050265
¬&#b!−
12,50 €
Miniature cable link
19
19
Miniature cable link fitted with end caps for mounting when cables in windows and doors
are guided concealed. Owing to the small amount of space required, it can be mounted
almost everywhere in the rebate zone. Side-hung/bottom-hung windows retain their full
function. On the one hand, concealed mounted has the advantage of increased security and,
on the other, hardly any restrictions with respect to the opening angle. Both flat-band
(e.g. for alarm glass) and round cables can be inserted.
21
21
22
22
Technical Data
Dimensions (L)
Cable diameter
20
20
191mm
4,9 mm
23
23
273
Installation material
Accessories
General accessories
050510
¬&&+P−
Mains interference suppression filter type 2KV3
36,00 €
The mains interference suppression filter is intended for later installation in all mainsoperated devices in which problems due to HF power failure arise.
Technical Data
Rated voltage
Rated current
Mains frequency
Ambient temperature
Pitch
Dimensions (W x H x D)
120 v - 250 V AC
max. 2 A
50 - 60 Hz
-10°C to + 40°C
60.4 mm
52.6 x 46.0 x 23.1 mm (without flange)
Mains interference suppression filter and terminal block
055260
¬&U]v−
12,00 €
Glass/metal gluing set
Loctite 319: Glue 5g, activator 4 ml
032265
¬$7bG−
16,50 €
Silicone glue RTV
Multi-purpose one-component silicone sealing compound:
- specifically for industrial maintenance and repair work
- vulcanises at room temperature to give a viscous rubber
- excellent adhesion to a multitude of grounds
- remains permanently elastic from -50°C to +220°C
- resistant to ageing, UV and weather, resistant to chemical contacts
Technical Data
Contents
032266
¬$7cJ−
90 ml
10,50 €
Contact spray
For improving the acoustic coupling between sensor tester and glass pane.
Technical Data
Contents
274
www.honeywell.com/security/de
200 ml
Installation material
032267
Accessories
¬$7dM−
Glass/metal gluing set
46,50 €
11
22
Please use glue 032267 for intrusion detection system with VdS certificate.
24 ml of glue and 150 ml of curing agent
33
44
55
66
77
88
Solder plug-in strips
055111
¬&T,H−
2-pin solder plug-in strip
99
2,50 €
10
10
5 units
11
11
12
12
13
13
055112
¬&T-K−
3-pin solder plug-in strip
3,00 €
14
14
5 units
15
15
16
16
17
17
055113
¬&T.N−
4-pin solder plug-in strip
3,00 €
18
18
5 units
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
275
Installation material
Accessories
¬&T/Q−
055114
3,00 €
5-pin solder plug-in strip
5 units
¬&T0T−
055115
3,00 €
6-pin solder plug-in strip
5 units
Relay
013100.08
¬"@!§/19o−
152,50 €
Relay card
Module with 4 relays 250 V AC / 5 A and 2 slots for group relay card 070478.
Technical Data
Current consumption at 12 V DC
Contact load
070478
¬(%oN−
45mA
250V AC / 5A
46,50 €
Group relay card
Plug-in card containing 4 relays 24 V DC/1 A for upgrading the relay extension module.
Also for use in HB/MB48 and MB100.10 to add 4 potential-free contacts.
Technical Data
Current consumption at 12 V DC
Contact load
276
www.honeywell.com/security/de
16mA
24V DC / (1 changeover contact)
Installation material
Accessories
Replacement circuit for loudspeaker
043117
¬%@21−
11
Replacement card for loudspeaker monitoring
12,50 €
22
2-pin plug-in.
33
44
55
66
043119.02
¬%@4§/13£−
Connection module for pressure chamber loudspeaker
16,50 €
77
Includes 6 kOhm resistor / 0 Ohm bridge.
88
99
10
10
11
11
Sealing material
055131
12
12
¬&T@¦−
Sealing screws, M4x6
13
13
8,00 €
14
14
20 units
15
15
16
16
17
17
050097
¬&!¤}−
VdS adhesive seal Ø 12 mm
2,50 €
18
18
48 units
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
277
Installation material
055105
Accessories
¬&T&6−
Sealing caps
2,00 €
10 units
055106
¬&T'9−
Press-in mandrel for sealing caps
24,50 €
¬&V!+−
Cable drum 4 x 0.14, white
48,00 €
Cable
055300
100 meters per drum
055301
¬&V".−
Cable drum 4 x 0.14, brown
100 meters per drum
278
www.honeywell.com/security/de
48,00 €
Housing
050040
Wall mounting
¬&!I9−
125,50 €
Additional housing ZG 1
11
With screw-on cover and built-in cover contact.
22
Technical Data
Material
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
33
sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated
300x186x125mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
44
55
050046
¬&!OK−
66
235,00 €
Additional housing ZG 2
77
With screw-on door and built-in cover contact.
Technical Data
Material
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
88
shett steel 2mm, powder-coated
350x300x152mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
99
10
10
050049
¬&!RT−
11
11
311,50 €
Housing ZG 3.1
12
12
With screw-on door and built-in cover contact.
Technical Data
Material
Dimensions (W x H x D) #14
Colour
13
13
sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated
500x300x210mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
14
14
15
15
050050
¬&!SW−
16
16
339,50 €
Additional housing ZG 3.2
17
17
With screw-on door and built-in cover contact.
18
18
Technical Data
Material
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated
500x300x260mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
279
Housing
050055
Wall mounting
¬&!Xf−
722,50 €
19” additional housing ZG 4
12 HE, with lockable door and built-in cover contact.
Technical Data
Material
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
050057
¬&!Zl−
sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated
580x640x300mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
1.196,00 €
19” additional housing ZG 6
21 HE, lockable door with Plexiglas window and built-in cover contact.
Technical Data
Material
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
050189
¬&"zg−
sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated
600x1035x300mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
1.193,00 €
19” additional housing ZG 6.0.B
21 HE, lockable door with Plexiglas window and built-in cover contact.
The housing bottom is prepared inter alia for accommodating the 1024-F mounting plates.
Technical Data
Material
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
013119
¬"@44−
sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated
600x1035x335mm
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
75,00 €
19” dummy unit 3 HE
Dummy unit for 19” switch cabinet installation dimension, headroom 3 height units.
Technical Data
Material
Colour
013118
¬"@31−
sheet steel 2 mm, powder-coated
signal-grey, similar to RAL 7004
108,00 €
19” dummy unit 6 HE
Dummy unit for 19” switch cabinet installation dimension, headroom 6 height units.
Technical Data
Material
Colour
280
www.honeywell.com/security/de
sheet steel 2 mm, powder-coated
signal-grey, similar to RAL 7004
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Stand-Alone Solutions
14
14
ACD
ACC
15
15
Compact door code
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
281
Stand-alone solutions
Overview of stand-alone solutions
Overview of stand-alone solutions
Stand-Alone control device
ACD
ACC 50
ACCK 50
Door code
compact device
026389.10
026384.10
025050
PIN-Code
Contactless
Item no.
022421.10
022420.10
VdS approval no.
Z 199705
Z 199706
Class
A
A
Door code, no. of digits
–
–
–
1 to 8
2 to 6
1 to 8
–
–
–
–
max. number codes
4
–
–
1
1+3
max. number of data carriers
–
99
99
99
–
Door release time
3, 8,12, 20 sec.
3, 8,12, 20 sec.
3, 8,12, 20 sec.
3, 8,12, 20 sec.
1 to 30 sec.
Door monitoring
–
–
0,10, 20, 40 sec.
0,10, 20, 40 sec.
x
3 x 1,5 V
3 x 1,5 V
12 V DC via
12 V DC via
230 V
Mignon cell
Mignon cell
external power
external power
supply unit
supply unit
proX1
proX1
proX1
contactless /
contactless /
contactless /
proximity
proximity
proximity
(“Esser”)
(“Esser”)
(“Esser”)
PIN, no. of digits
Power supply
integrated reader
–
–
Permanent release
x
x
–
–
x
Time zones
1
1
2
2
1
Door strike
–
–
1
1
1
Alarm relay
–
–
1
1
–
Clock timer
–
–
1
1
–
Printer
–
–
1
1
–
Reader / keypad
–
–
–
–
–
Connections
Legend:
282
– = no / x = yes
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Stand-alone solutions
022421.10
¬#96§/21o−
ACD
357,00 €
ACD pin code, 8 mm
Approval
11
Z199705 (AC), Class A
22
The ACD pin code (ACD=Access Control Door) works in connection with a commercially
available door lock with a profile cylinder as autonomous access control. The PIN´s can
have 1 to 8 digits and are freely selectable by the customer. Up to four PIN´s can be stored.
A permanent release is also possible.
33
The mechanical function of the door lock still remains intact. From the inside, the door can
still be opened as usual using the door handle. The external handle is free wheeling and is
activated after entering a correct PIN.
44
The door lock release interval can be selected between 3, 8 12 and 20 seconds. The electronics makes sure that the door can only be opened once during the release time.
55
The power supply is provided by three AA cells. A necessary replacement of the batteries is
indicated by an optical signal.
66
Technical Data
77
Performance Features
• 1- to 8-digit pin
• max. 4 codes
• Permanent release possible
NEW:
• with reinforced mechanics
Current consumption in no-load operation
Operating current consumption
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Voltage supply
Battery life expectancy
Bolt length
Distance measure
Door leaf thickness
Follower measure
Dimensions outer label (W x H x D)
Dimensions inner label (W x H x D)
Colour
15 μA
8 mA
II
-5 °C to +55 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
3 Mignon cells (1,5 V) Alkali/Mangan
ca. 24 months (with 50 releases/day)
55 mm or bigger
72 mm
38 - 60 mm
8 mm
65 x 289 x 27 mm
65 x 289 x 12 mm
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
Suitable for DIN left-hand or DIN right-hand.
Not approved for fire barrier doors.
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
283
Stand-alone solutions
022420.10
¬#95§/21l−
ACD
398,00 €
ACD contactless, 8 mm
Approval
Z199706 (AC), Class A
The ACD contactless (ACD=Access Control Door) works in connection with a commercially
available door lock as autonomous access control. The ACD contactless manages up to
99 proximity ID cards. The access rights can be changed without problems using the
programming card set.
The mechanical function of the door lock still remains intact. From the inside, the door can
still be opened as usual using the door handle. The external handle is free wheeling and is
activated after reading an authorised ID card. The door lock release interval can be selected
between 3, 8 12 and 20 seconds. The electronics makes sure that the door can only be
opened once during the release time.
The power supply is provided by three AA cells. A necessary replacement of the batteries is
indicated by an optical signal. When ordering the ID card, please note that another three
ID cards have to be ordered. They form the programming card set.
Performance Features
• can manage up to 99 proximity ID cards
• Permanent release possible
NEW:
• with reinforced mechanics
Technical Data
Current consumption in no-load operation
Operating current consumption
Environmental class as per VdS
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Voltage supply
Battery life expectancy
Reading range
Bolt length
Distance measure
Door leaf thickness
Follower measure
Dimensions outer label (W x H x D)
Dimensions inner label (W x H x D)
Colour
15 μA
30 mA
II
-5 °C to +55 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
3 Mignon cells (1,5 V) Alkali/Mangan
ca. 12 months (with 50 releases/day)
ca. 7 cm
55 mm or bigger
72 mm
38 - 60 mm
8 mm
65 x 289 x 27 mm
65 x 289 x 12 mm
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
Suitable for DIN left-hand or DIN right-hand.
Not approved for fire barrier doors.
proX1 or proX2 or IK2 proximity ID cards and ID key rings can be used, which are listed in
chapter “Readers/Keypads/ID carriers”.
Please note that the reading distance of ID key rings is somewhat lower than that of ID cards.
284
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Stand-alone solutions
026389.10
¬#`z§/21T−
ACC
278,00 €
11
Proximity reader having its own authorisation request for controlling a door. Programming
is very simple by means of programming cards. When connected to a timer switch,
different authorisations can be assigned (e.g. one card will open around the clock, while
another card has access from 8:00 am to 4:00 pm only).
22
ACC 50
33
Technical Data
Performance Features
• Door lock release with up to 99 different
proximity cards as a function of time
(external time switch)
• simple programming
• simple connection technology via prefabricated
5-m cable
• Activation of the door strike via integrated relay
(max. 24 V / 1 A)
• Relay output for alarm signal (24 V / 1 A)
• Connection for door feedback and door lock
release from inside
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Typical current consumption
Maximum current consumption
Power consumption
Reading distance max.
Max. loading capacity of the floating contact
Printer interface
Maximum length of the line printer interface
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Colour
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
44
12 V DC
9 V DC to 15 V DC
60 mA
120 mA
1,44 W
12 cm
24 V / 1 A DC
RS 232 C, TxD only
15 m
IP 64
-25°C to +60°C
-35°C to +70°C
III
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
ca. 200 g
82 x 127 x 14 mm
55
66
77
88
99
incl. adapter base 022197
10
10
• RS 232 printer interface for chronological
printout
• Status display via three LEDs:
- yellow = ready-to-run
- green = door lock released
- red = not authorised
11
11
12
12
• Area switching via external input
• Adjustable door lock release and door
monitoring interval
13
13
14
14
15
15
Planning Example ACC 50
16
16
Accessories:
17
17
Programming card set for ACC 50
The programming card set for the ACC 50 is generated by the installer.
When ordering the cards, please note that another three cards have to be ordered.
026368.00
ID card for proximity readers, neutral
026370.00
ID card for proximity readers, printed
094051
Power supply unit 12 V DC / 500 mA
019500
Electric door strike
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
285
Stand-alone solutions
026384.10
¬#`u§/21E−
ACC
358,00 €
ACCK 50
Same functions as ACC 50 but additionally equipped with keypad for door code. When
connected to a serial printer, the time and date of the access attempt is automatically logged.
Proximity reader having its own authorisation request for controlling a door. Programming
is very simple by means of programming cards. When connected to a timer switch,
different authorisations can be assigned (e.g. one card will open around the clock, while
another card has access from 8:00 am to 4:00 pm only).
Technical Data
Performance Features
• Access criterion 1: Card and door code
• Access criterion 2: Card only
• Door lock release with up to 99 different
proximity cards as a function of time
(external time switch)
• simple programming
• simple connection technology via prefabricated
5-m cable
• Activation of the door strike via integrated relay
(max. 24 V / 1 A)
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Typical current consumption
Maximum current consumption
Power consumption
Reading distance
Max. loading capacity of the floating contact
Printer interface
Maximum length of the line printer interface
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Colour
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
12 V DC
9 V DC to 15 V DC
60 mA
120 mA
1,44 W
12 cm
24 V / 1 A DC
RS 232 C, TxD only
15 m
IP 64
-25°C to +60°C
-35°C to +70°C
III
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
ca. 200 g
82 x 127 x 14 mm
• Relay output for alarm signal (24 V / 1 A)
• Connection for door feedback and door lock
release from inside
incl. adapter base 022197
• RS 232 printer interface for chronological
printout
• Status display via three LEDs:
- yellow = ready-to-run
- green = door lock released
- red = not authorised
• Area switching via external input
• Adjustable door lock release and door
monitoring interval
Planning Example ACCK 50
Accessories:
Programming card set for ACCK 50
The programming card set for the ACCK 50 is generated by the installer.
When ordering the card, please note that another six cards have to be ordered.
026368.00
ID card for proximity readers, neutral
026370.00
ID card for proximity readers, printed
094051
Power supply unit 12 V DC / 500 mA
019500
Electric door strike
286
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Stand-alone solutions
025050
Compact door code
¬#SSQ−
407,00 €
11
The door code compact device is used as autonomous door strike control device for one
door. The device designed in advanced microprocessor technology works with an individually adjustable 2- to 6-digit numeric code.
22
This makes it easier to set up person-related access authorisations for a room. Up to four
different user codes can be programmed.
33
Control device with integrated power supply unit and keypad in a lockable housing.
A 2- to 6-digit code can be set;
44
Door unlocking interval of 1 - 30 seconds; Can be reset for 12 V / DC door strike max.
250 mA; Suitable for no-load current strike and strike with load current function.
55
Technical Data
66
Door code compact device
Performance Features
• 1-channel device
• microprocessor-controlled
• 2- to 6-digit code input
• time-settable channel release 1-30 seconds
• optic display for release period
• Permanent unlocking via keypad
• Door strike with no-load current or load
current function can be used
• Compact design
• Power supply unit and keypad integrated
• Simple installation
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Mains frequency
Power consumption full load
External current drawer
Relay contact rating
Release period
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Humidity class according to DIN 40040
Type of protection DIN 40 050
Housing
Colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
prim. 230 V DC
230V AC (+10 % to -15 %)
50Hz
11.5VA
< 0.25A
24V DC/1A
1 - 30sec.
0 °C to +40 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
class F
IP 30
die-cast aluminium, powder-coated
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
120 x 156 x 67mm
77
88
99
10
10
• Metal housing
11
11
Accessories:
019500
019041
019042
019042.01
Universal electric door strike (load current) with feedback contact
Universal electric door strike (no-load current) with feedback contact
Security door strike, DIN right-hand, VdS
Security door strike, DIN left-hand, VdS
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
287
Notizen
288
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Linkable Access Controllers
14
14
ACT
ACS-2 plus
15
15
ACS-8
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
289
Linkable Access Controllers
290
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Overview of linkable controllers
Linkable Access Controllers
Overview of linkable controllers
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
291
Linkable Access Controllers
ACT
ACT
Performance Features
without interface
• Slot for RS-485 interface (5-wire) for connection
to interface converter
• Integrated RS-232 interface for connection to a
notebook or PC
• Slot for Ethernet interface for connection to
10/100 Mbits/s - LAN
• Connection for an external reader
(magnetic, chip card, proximity reader or mifare
and LEGIC readers)
Accessories:
026693
026840.29
026817.03
026109
026809
019500
027901
RS-485 5-wire interface
Ethernet interface (AutoSense, 10/100 Mbits/s)
Interface converter
PC adapter cable
Connecting cable
Electric door strike (AC)
Reader Converter PCB
• To be operated with MultiAccess Lite /
IQ MultiAccess
Connections:
Memory:
Special functions:
• 1 reader with LED display and 2-wire keypad
• 1 to 800 persons
• Door lock release with
• 1 door strike relay
• Ring buffer for 2,200 bookings
a) card only,
• 1 alarm relay
b) PIN only,
• 1 door strike key
c) PIN and card
• 1 door monitoring contact
d) card or PIN
026101.10
¬#^"§/21}−
Access Control Central Control Unit ACT
Approval
393,50 €
Z 100702 Class A
For 230 V AC power supply
Management of 1 to a maximum of 800 persons.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Mains frequency
Output voltage
Power consumption
Maximum current drawing external user
Device with fuse protection primary
Device with fuse protection secondary
Dimensions (W x H x D)
026100.10
¬#¤!¢−¬#^!§/2
230V AC
230V AC -15% to +10%
50Hz
10V DC to 15V DC
10VA
300mA
100mAT, 250V
1AT, 250V
201x147x51mm
Access Control Central Control Unit ACT
Approval
337,50 €
Z 100701 Class A
For 12 V DC power supply.
Management of 1 to a maximum of 800 persons.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Output voltage
Power consumption
Device with fuse protection
Dimensions (W x D x H)
12V DC
10V DC to 15V DC
0.7V < connection voltage
at least 0.9VA
1AT, 250V
201x147x51mm
Accessories
026110
¬#^+V−
Software upgrade for ACT 300 to 800 persons
Memory extension option from 300 to 800 persons by means of firmware update
(EPROM replacement).
For older versions of the ACT:
026100.10 and 026101.10
292
www.honeywell.com/security/de
50,50 €
Linkable Access Controllers
ACT
Planning example ACT
11
Planning Examples ACT
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
293
Linkable Access Controllers
ACS-2 plus
ACS-2 plus base unit
Performance Features
• Smart access control panel for 2 doors
Connections:
The ACS-2 plus is a two-door access control panel. Two separate doors or one door with
internal and external readers can be connected by the conventional method.
The complete firmware is upgradable. No more time-consuming replacements of the
EPROMs will be necessary in case of function extensions. New program parts or extensions
can be uploaded to the control panel via the AC software.
• 2 readers with clock/data interface
• 2 keypads with 2-wire interface
• 4 relay outputs (e.g.: door strike, flash lamp, etc.)
In the online mode, an interface converter allows up to eight and a bus controller allows up
to 32 ACS-2 plus devices to be operated.
The access control rights are set up and managed via the AC software.
• 4 digital inputs
To be operated with:
(e.g.: door strike key, monitoring contact, etc.)
• 8 differential detector groups
- MultiAccess for Windows from V6 / SP1
(e.g.: magnetic contact, glass breakage sensor, etc.) - MultiAccessLite
• integrated tamper contact
- IQ Multi Access
• For Host interfaces RS 485, RS-232 or Ethernet
- NovaTime
• 3 semiconductor outputs
(e.g.: threat, WatchDog, etc.)
10/100 Mbits/S Host
• Analogue modems and ISDN terminal adapters are
supported.
The ACS-2 plus contains all decision rights for door lock release and control.
• Direct modem connection without additional card
Housing with processor board
Periphery connection via screw terminals
Connections for two clock/data readers
Connections for two 2-wire keypads
Connection for host interface
Memory:
• Upgradable program memory (flash)
• Dynamic memory management
• Battery-buffered memory
(0.5 MB, extendable to 3.5 MB)
• Max. approx. 65,500 data carriers*
Accessories:
• Max. approx. 512 room/time zones*
• Public holiday and holiday calendar
• Booking buffer for max. 65,000 events*
• Clock with data and automatic daylight saving
time switchover
* The values depend on the memory extension
and parameterisation of the dynamic memory
management.
027901
018002.10
026840.03
026693
026840.29
026596
026597
026598
Reader converter board
12 V DC accumulator / capacity 2,0 Ah
RS-232 interface
RS 485 5-wire interface
Ethernet interface 10/100 Mbits/s (AutoSense)
Memory extension 1 MB RAM
Memory extension 2 MB RAM
Memory extension 3 MB RAM
Special functions:
• Variable door lock release, monitoring and
alarm periods
• Automatic function control via time zones
(e.g.: door lock release, etc.)
• Special relay function for real-time release for
rescue route interface
• Flexible event control via inputs and relays
• Macro control
• Zone change control
Housing
• Compact housing (with integrated power supply
unit in the 230 V version)
026547
¬#bPf−
ACS-2 plus, 230V AC, without interface
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Colour
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
294
www.honeywell.com/security/de
230 V AC
230 V AC - 15% + 10%
0°C to +45°C
-25°C to 70 °C
II
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
Sheet steel
250 x 210 x 100 mm
920,00 €
Linkable Access Controllers
026548
¬#bQi−
ACS-2 plus
889,50 €
ACS-2 plus, 12V AC, without interface
11
22
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Colour
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
12V DC
12V to 15V
0°C to +45°C
-25°C to 70 °C
II
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
Sheet steel
250 x 210 x 100 mm
33
44
55
66
Memory extensions
77
026596
¬#b£+−
1 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus
408,00 €
88
This memory card increases the available memory from 0.5 MB to 1.5 MB.
99
ACS-2 plus and ACS-8 have a dynamic memory management whose requirement must be
determined by calculation as a function of the data to be managed.
10
10
11
11
12
12
026597
¬#b¤.−
2 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus
510,00 €
13
13
This memory card increases the available memory from 0.5 MB to 2.5 MB.
14
14
ACS-2 plus and ACS-8 have a dynamic memory management whose requirement must be
determined by calculation as a function of the data to be managed.
15
15
16
16
17
17
026598
¬#b¥1−
3 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus
714,50 €
18
18
This memory card increases the available memory from 0.5 MB to 3.5 MB.
19
19
ACS-2 plus and ACS-8 have a dynamic memory management whose requirement must be
determined by calculation as a function of the data to be managed.
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
295
Linkable Access Controllers
Planing example ACS-2 plus
296
www.honeywell.com/security/de
ACS-2 plus
Linkable Access Controllers
ACS-2 plus
Planing example ACS-2 plus
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
297
Linkable Access Controllers
ACS-8
ACS-8 base unit
Performance Features
• Intelligent access control panel for 2 doors
(can be extended to max. 8 doors
(sixteen readers) via RS-485 module bus)
New:
• 4 door strikes directly connectable
(from IQ MultiAccess V3)
Connections:
• 2 readers with clock/data interface
• 2 keypads with 2-wire interface
• 4 relay outputs (e.g.: door strike, flash lamp, etc.)
• 3 semiconductor outputs
(e.g.: threat, WatchDog, etc.)
• 4 digital inputs
(e.g.: door strike key, monitoring contact, etc.)
• 8 differential detector groups (e.g.: magnetic
contact, glass breakage sensor, etc.)
• integrated tamper contact
• optional host interfaces (RS-485, RS-232,
Fast Ethernet 10/100 Mbits/s, Current Loop)
• RS-485 module bus
(optionally via communication module)
• Flexible power supply unit configurations,
depending on the required power
• 12 V DC emergency power supply, depending on
power supply unit configuration and required
power
• Analogue modems and ISDN terminal adapters
are supported.
• Direct modem connection without additional card
Memory:
• Upgradable program memory
• Dynamic memory management
• Battery-buffered memory
(0.5 MB, extendable to 3.5 MB)
• Max. approx. 65,500 badges*
• Max. approx. 512 room/time zones*
• Public holiday and holiday calendar
• Booking buffer for max. 65,000 events*
* The values depend on the memory extension and
parameterisation of the dynamic memory
management.
Special functions:
• Clock with data and automatic daylight saving
tiem switchover
• Variable door lock release, monitoring and alarm
periods
• Automatic function control via time zones
(e.g.: door lock release, etc.)
• Special relay function for real-time release for
rescue route interface
• Convenient and flexible event control via inputs
and output modules
• Macro control (intrusion detection system control,
lift control, etc.)
• Zone change control
• Blocking of repeated access
• Auto-addressing mode of the new Accentic
readers
• Easy-to-implement door interlock control
• Implementation of picture comparison
• Multiple person access control “4-eye principle”
• 4 door strikes directly connectable to ACS-8
• 2 doors can be connected to the door module
• LEGIC swipe readers are supported
298
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Approval
Z 105009 Class C
ACS-8 is the high-end access control panel which meets all requirements of an advanced
access control system. Its particular performance feature is its flexible and freely selectable
installation technology. Thus, up to two separate doors or a door with internal and external
readers can be connected by the conventional method.
The communication module allows an extension by means of wire-saving RS-485 bus
technology to max. eight doors (sixteen readers).
As standard feature, two controllable RS-485 interface drivers are integrated in the
communication module.
The complete firmware is upgradable. No more time-consuming replacements of the
EPROMs will be necessary in case of function extensions. New program parts or extensions
can be uploaded to the central control units via the AC software.
To be operated with:
- MultiAccess for Windows from V5
- IQ MultiAccess
In the online mode, a bus controller allows up to 32 ACS-8 devices to be operated.
The access control rights are set up and managed via IQ MultiAccess.
The ACS-8 contains the decision rights for door lock release and control.
The optional fitting of an Ethernet card (026840.29) allows the terminal to be integrated
directly into existing Ethernet networks (LANs).
The following components can be connected to the communication module:
- Magnetic card reader RS-485
- LEGIC reader RS-485, mifare reader RS-485, fingerkey
- Proximity reader RS-485
- Keypad RS-485
- Many readers of other brands via the reader converter PCB
- Door module 12 V version/230 V version RS-485
- Input module RS-485, output module RS-485, input/output module RS-485
- Biometric detection systems (upon request):
- Fingerkey
- Face recognition
- Iris recognition
- Others
The connection to intrusion detection systems can be done via the input/output modules.
From V 02 and macro control.
The connection to escape route technology is done directly via a temporary release.
Housing with processor board
Periphery connection via screw terminals
Connections for two clock/data readers
Connections for two 2-wire keypads
Slot for host interface and memory card
Assembly site for communication module
Accessories:
026692
026693
026840.03
026840.16
026840.29
018002.10
018003.10
026596
026597
026598
026587
027901
RS-485 5-wire interface without potential separation or
RS-485 5-wire interface with potential separation or
Asynchronous RS-232 host interface or
Current loop current interface or
Ethernet interface (AutoSense, 10/100 Mbits/s)
12 V DC accumulator / capacity 2,0 Ah or
12 V DC accumulator / capacity 3,5 Ah
1 MB RAM memory card or
2 MB RAM memory card or
3 MB RAM memory card
Communication module (max. 2 per ACS-8)
Reader converter PCB
Linkable Access Controllers
026580
¬#bqb−
ACS-8
1.635,50 €
ACS-8 standard system, 12 V DC
11
22
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption without periphery
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Colour
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
12V DC
10V DC to 15V DC
max. 150mA
-0°C to 45°C
-25°C to 70°C
II
grey-white ,similar to RAL 9002
sheet steel
250 x 210 x 100mm
33
44
55
66
026585
¬#bvq−
1.840,00 €
ACS-8 standard system, 230 V AC
77
Approval
Z105009, Class C
88
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Continuous current consumption
Battery box
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
230V AC
230V AC -15% +10%
1.4A
1 x 018003 (35Ah) or 2 x 018002 (2.0Ah)
Sheet steel
350 x 280 x 100mm
99
10
10
Includes power supply unit/charger 010 690.02
11
11
12
12
026575
¬#blS−
1.737,50 €
ACS-8 standard system with freely selectable power supply unit installation
Approval
13
13
Z105009, Class C
Depending on the required current, one of the following power supply units/chargers can be
used:
012168 = 80 Ah/continuous current drain: 3.5 A
012170 = 130 Ah/continuous current drain: 5.0 A
14
14
15
15
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption without periphery
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Colour
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
12DC
10V DC to 15V DC
max. 150mA
-0°C to 45°C
-25°C to 70°C
II
grey white, similar to RAL 9002
sheet steel
350 x 280 x 100mm
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
The selection of the power supply unit/charger depends on the connected consumers.
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
299
Linkable Access Controllers
ACS-8
Memory extensions
026596
¬#b£+−
1 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus
408,00 €
This memory card increases the available memory from 0.5 MB to 1.5 MB.
ACS-2 plus and ACS-8 have a dynamic memory management whose requirement must be
determined by calculation as a function of the data to be managed.
026597
¬#b¤.−
2 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus
510,00 €
This memory card increases the available memory from 0.5 MB to 2.5 MB.
ACS-2 plus and ACS-8 have a dynamic memory management whose requirement must be
determined by calculation as a function of the data to be managed.
026598
¬#b¥1−
3 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus
714,50 €
This memory card increases the available memory from 0.5 MB to 3.5 MB.
ACS-2 plus and ACS-8 have a dynamic memory management whose requirement must be
determined by calculation as a function of the data to be managed.
Function extension
026587
¬#bxw−
493,00 €
Communication module
The ACS-8 communicates with the connected RS-485 users via the communication module.
As standard feature, two separate RS-485 interface drivers are integrated into the communication module.
A maximum of up to 32 users can be managed simultaneously.
For each ASC-8, up to 2 communication modules can be used. This gives a maximum of
4 separate RS 485 bus systems including up to 8 half-lines. This allows even the most
complex topologies to be generated.
Technical Data
Current consumption
300
www.honeywell.com/security/de
max. 150mA
Linkable Access Controllers
ACS-8
Module bus users / RS-485 modules
11
For bus readers and keypads, please see chapter “Readers, Keypads”
026590
¬#b{¢−
22
33
421,50 €
Input module, RS-485
44
Technical Data
Digital inputs
Current consumption
Operating voltage range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
4 x electrically isolated
max. 140mA
9V DC to 15V DC
118 x 118 x 30mm
55
66
77
Performance Features
88
Connections:
• Digital inputs 4x potential separated
99
026591
¬#b|¥−
421,50 €
Output module, RS-485
10
10
11
11
Technical Data
Relays
Current consumption
Operating voltage range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
4 x 24V DC/1A
max. 250mA
9.5V DC to 15V DC
118 x 118 x 30mm
12
12
13
13
14
14
Performance Features
Connections:
15
15
• Relay 4 x 24 V DC/1 A
16
16
026592
¬#b}¨−
469,50 €
Input/output module, RS-485
17
17
Technical Data
Differential inputs
Digital inputs
Relays
Current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Operating voltage range
2 x clearable
2 x electrically isolated
2 x 24V DC/2A
max. 230mA
118 x 118 x 30mm
9.5V DC to 15V DC
18
18
19
19
20
20
Performance Features
21
21
Connections:
• Differential inputs 2x clearable
• Digital inputs 2 x potential separated
22
22
• Relay outputs 2 x 24 V DC / 2 A
23
23
301
Linkable Access Controllers
026595
¬#b¢(−
ACS-8
190,50 €
Module potential separation, RS-485
A maximum of four modules without a potential separated RS -485 bus of their own can be
connected to the module.
Recommended when using external power supply units and for long bus lines run outdoors.
Connectable modules include all readers and keypads equipped with RS-485.
Technical Data
Current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Operating voltage range
max. 140mA
118 x 118 x 30mm
10V DC to 15V DC
Performance Features
Connections:
• Control line
026593
¬#b~"−
634,00 €
Door module, 12 V DC, RS-485
The complete door periphery is wired on the door module. The door module is a module
bus user and communicates with the ACS-8 via an integrated RS-485 interface.
The ACS-8 contains the access control rights and makes the decisions.
When equipped with MAfW, a door module can control a door. When equipped with
IQ MultiAccess (from V3), a door module can control either one or two doors, as desired.
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption (no-load) w/o ext. users
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Colour
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Performance Features
Connections:
• two clock/data readers
• two 2-wire keypads
• Opening contact for 1 or 2 doors
• one bolt switching contact, clearable
• Door strike key for 1 or 2 doors
• Feedback contact for 1 or 2 doors
• Door relay for 1 or 2 doors
• one alarm relay
• one tamper relay
026594
12V DC
10V to 15V DC
200mA
-5°C to 55°C
-25°C to 70°C
II
grey-white, similar to RAL 9002
plastic
250 x 210 x 100mm
If, from IQ MultiAccess V3, two doors are controlled via the door module, the number of freely
usable inputs and outputs is reduced.
¬#b¡%−
725,00 €
Door module, 230 V AC, RS-485
Corresponds to article 026593 with the exception of the operating voltage.
Technical Data
Performance Features
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption (no-load) w/o ext. users
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Colour
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Battery box
230V AC
230V AC -15% to +10%
65mA
-5°C to 55°C
-25°C to 70°C
II
grey-white, similar RAL 9002
250 x 210 x 100mm
1 x 018002 (2.0 Ah)
Connections:
see article 026593
In addition:
• Accumulator support 1 x 018002.10 (2.0Ah)
302
www.honeywell.com/security/de
If, from IQ MultiAccess V3, two doors are controlled via the door module, the number of freely
usable inputs and outputs is reduced.
Power supply unit with accumulator charging connection
Linkable Access Controllers
ACS-8
Planing example ACS-8
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
303
Linkable Access Controllers
Planing example ACS-8
304
www.honeywell.com/security/de
ACS-8
Linkable Access Controllers
ACS-8
Planing example ACS-8
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
305
Linkable Access Controllers
Planing example ACS-8
306
www.honeywell.com/security/de
ACS-8
Linkable Access Controllers
ACS-8
Planing example ACS-8
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
307
Linkable Access Controllers
ACS-8
Planing example ACS-8
Planning Example ACS-8
308
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Linkable Access Controllers
ACS-8
Planing example ACS-8
11
Planning Example ACS-8
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
309
Linkable Access Controllers
ACS-8
Planing example ACS-8
Planning Example ACS-8
16
310
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Software for Access Control Systems
14
14
MultiAccess Lite
IQ MultiAccess
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
311
Software for Access Control Systems
MultiAccess Lite
Software
027009
¬#g*e−
MultiAccess Lite Demo Version
26,00 €
The demo version gives you unrestricted operation of MultiAccess Lite for four weeks.
After the four weeks have expired, the communication interfaces to the periphery are
disabled. All other functions can still be used for demonstration purposes.
By licensing the standard system (Art. No. 027010), the demo version can be changed to a
MultiAccess Lite version of unlimited use.
027010
¬#g+h−
MultiAccess Lite
816,00 €
MultiAccess Lite is an access control software for small- to medium-sized premises to be
secured that have relatively few additional requirements.
MultiAccess Lite is a simple, clearly organised, for the most part self-explanatory interactive
program.
Performance Features
• A maximum of 32 doors
At a glance: All important functions and information are shown on one screen page.
Restricted to the essentials: All infrequently needed, complex functions were omitted for
the sake of simplicity.
• A maximum of 800 persons
PC requirements
Terminals
• A maximum of 16 terminals:
- up to 16 ACTs
(for controlling one door per terminal) or
- up to 16 ACS-2 plus
(for controlling one or 2 doors per terminal)
- ACTs and ACS-2 plus can be combined as
desired; in addition, one read-in station
Connections:
• COM 1 - 16 direct / RS-232
(3-wire, DIN protocol)
• Interface converter / RS-485
(5-wire, DIN protocol)
• Ethernet (TCP/IP)
• Any combinations are possible
Access rights
• General authorisation (can be defined individually per person / data carrier)
• Time-/person-dependent door authorisation
(assignment is done individually or by groups)
• For each door, the following can be defined:
- Card only
- Door code only
- Door code and card
- Door code or card
- PIN only
- PIN and card
- PIN or card
- Permanently locked
- Permanently open
312
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Investment security guarantees: Upgrade to IQ MultiAccess including all data is possible.
All known reader types such as proximity, LEGIC and mifare readers can be connected.
Software for Access Control Systems
MultiAccess Lite
Application example
11
Application example and installation diagram
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
313
Software for Access Control Systems
IQ MultiAccess basic package / professional package
314
www.honeywell.com/security/de
IQ MultiAccess
Software for Access Control Systems
IQ MultiAccess
Product description
11
IQ MultiAccess is a completely new development and is based on a genuine Client/Server
architecture having a high-speed database connection. This makes the AC system fully
scalable, thus being virtually no longer subject to any restrictions with respect to the
number of persons, doors, room/time zones, workstations.
The server redundancy and RAID systems give very high availability of the AC system.
All data is transmitted with internal encryption and critical data is also memorised in
encrypted form.
The server can be operated in Windows operating systems as well as under Linux.
22
With the incorporation of IQ NetEdit, the hardware management was significantly upgraded,
allowing to connect, apart from the older ACS-1, also all current ones (ACT, ACS-2, ACS-8)
and TRS time recording terminals as well as the 561-MB24/48/100 intrusion detection
control panels.
55
33
44
66
The database system used is the free-of-charge SQL database, which is part of the standard
package and is installed automatically.
To connect existing SQL database systems (Oracle, IBM-DB2, MS-SQL server), the Pro
package is used. This requires familiarity with relational database systems.
77
88
IQ MultiAccess can be “located”, that is:
a) several firms can use the same system in a building (“client processing ability”) with
separate staff data management, although, for example, the entrance area is used by all
firms. This results in economic advantages, since several firms can share the purchase
of a system.
b) a firm can use a system comprising several subsystems at several locations (“location
ability”).
99
10
10
11
11
Exactly specified write-only and read-only rights can be assigned to individual users by
means of detailed access protection via passwords. In addition, the log file will save all
system programmings. This increases the security of the system against misuse.
12
12
A user interface designed according to the most advanced ergonomic aspects allows you to
become very quickly familiar with the system. It is possible to work simultaneously in
several windows (tabbed views), but important system messages are always in view.
Data are quickly selected via tree structures and lists, and an extensive staff master record
including photo, signature and freely definable fields increases flexibility.
The access rights of the employees are entered and managed via graphics or directly.
13
13
14
14
15
15
Comprehensive logging allows, inter alia, short video sequences to be recorded and
replayed upon activating a webcam (“gatekeeper module” from V3). To filter and evaluate
are done very quickly via drag ‘n’ drop, and the reporting tool has been extended considerably. Thus, outputs as Excel, text, HTML and XML, files are now also possible.
16
16
17
17
All important AC functions from MultiAccess for Windows have been incorporated and
extended or optimised:
For example, the zone change control can now also be done globally via the server, if
desired. The 4-eye principle is now being offered with more flexibility (from V3).
18
18
The integration of IQ MultiAccess into other systems, such as time management systems,
can now be carried out seamlessly via defined interfaces.
19
19
An upgrade of existing systems (MultiAccess for Windows, EnterpriseAccess, Multi-Access
Lite) is done with suitable packages.
20
20
The licensing is now done in packages with a fixed number of employees. It can then be
extended step by step at any time.
21
21
22
22
23
23
315
Software for Access Control Systems
IQ MultiAccess
IQ MultiAccess standard package
Performance Features
- Standard package, includes licence-free SQL Firebird database
- Replaces MultiAccess for Windows.
- Multi-client processing and multi-location ability via locations (the standard version
contains only one location, see 029621), any number of locations possible.
- Detailed logging of all system events.
- Online help
- Detailed operating manual
- Delivery on CD/ROM
System Description:
• Runs under Windows 2000, XP, Server 2003,
Advanced Server and Linux (server only)
• Complete Client/Server system for data security,
high availability and scalability
• In the standard version, unlimited number of
- Workstations
- Terminal groups
- Doors
- Data carrier groups
- Departments, Cost Centres, Work Groups
• Depending on location
- 65,500 persons
- 999 doors
- 512 Room/time zones
Connections:
• Connection of the control panels via RS-232,
RS-485, Ethernet, dial-up connection, including
workstations remote from the server, when
Integration:
connected to an intruder alarm control panel also via • Import/Export tool for personnel record for incorporation in or transmission to other
IGIS-LOOP.
systems (e.g. time management)
• Automatic read-in of connected hardware
• Connection to biometric system of access control (via ACS-8)
• Capable of remote data transmission
• Interface to WINMAG plus or WINMAG Lite for graphic building display and alarm
• Flexible control of the access control panel
monitoring
(ACS-2/ACS-8 only) via macros (programming
• Integration of badging system as an option, (contained in the standard package as
by user possible)
demo; enabled via software key)
• Control of intrusion detection system MB24,
• The following updates are available:
48, 100 for arming/disarming, macro and
- MultiAccess for Windows V7 / SP2
AC authorisations
- MultiAccessLite
• Connection to read-in station for data carriers
- EnterpriseAccess 2000
• Connection of a key depot
- NovaTime ZK
• Integration with intrusion detection technology, rescue route technology and time
• Simple self-explanatory installation routine
Security:
• Encrypted data transmission and storage
Special functions:
• New clearly organised ergonomic interface for
quick familiarisation and simplified operation
• Individual sorting, filtering and grouping in all lists
• WYSIWYG print from all lists
• Export as xls, txt, htm or xml files
• Definition of visitor data carriers having special rights
• Public holiday calendar containing customisable
public holiday formulae
• Date-related Data carriers validity
• Multi-person access control
• Authorisation control by person-related users
via individual passwords and rights
• Anonymous bookings if desired
• Automatic clearing of bookings that are older
than x days, or if file exceeds a certain size
• Changing of personal data and visitor data
carriers by group
• Individual compilation of lists by drag and drop,
storable as user profile
• Fiducia approval for installation in R+V banks
• Import via LDAPinterface and fromSQL-databases
316
www.honeywell.com/security/de
recording directly possible
• Integration with hazard detection technology, video monitoring and building control
via WINMAG
Functions:
• Gate keeper module option:
- Image comparison and storing of video sequences (by TC/IP camera)
• Integration with badge management system via Badge Designer, image capturing,
card print and card coding
• Notification by SMS, e-mail, fax
• Improved integration with WINMAG plus, for example all area controls
(zone change control, counters)
• Download of the client installations via browser
• Update of the client installation from the server
• The following new ACS-8 (firmware V6 or higher) functions are supported:
- extended counter control
- Door interlock control
- Multiple person access control (4-eye principle)
Options:
• Client processing ability (see 029621)
• Zone change control, barring repeated entry, balancing (see 029622)
• Comparison of the employee´s photo requesting access with the stored photo and storage
of image sequence (see 029624)
• Badges and forms management (029625)
• Connection of intrusion detection control panels 561-MB24/48/100 (see 029626)
• Connection of digital locking cylinders and fittings (029627)
Software for Access Control Systems
IQ MultiAccess
PC Requirements
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
317
Software for Access Control Systems
Possible field of application / Integration variety
318
www.honeywell.com/security/de
IQ MultiAccess
Software for Access Control Systems
IQ MultiAccess
Basic versions
11
Standard package, including Firebird database.
22
- Delivery on CD-ROM
- Online help
- Detailed instructions
33
44
029601
¬#£"£−
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 300 ID-cards
1.533,00 €
55
029602
¬#£#¦−
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 500 ID-cards
1.942,00 €
029603
¬#£$©−
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 800 ID-cards
2.555,00 €
029604
¬#£%#−
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 1,000 ID-cards
3.270,50 €
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 1,500 ID-cards
4.088,00 €
66
77
88
99
029605
¬#£&&−
10
10
029606
¬#£')−
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 2,000 ID-cards
5.008,00 €
029607
¬#£(,−
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 3,000 ID-cards
6.030,00 €
029608
¬#£)/−
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 5,000 ID-cards
7.154,00 €
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
029609
¬#£*2−
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 7,500 ID-cards
8.891,50 €
15
15
029610
¬#£+5−
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 10,000 ID-cards
10.731,00 €
029646
¬#£O:−
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for more than 10,000 ID-cards
12.000,00 €
029600
¬#£!~−
IQ MultiAccess Demo Version
16
16
17
17
18
18
102,50 €
19
19
For demonstration and test purposes
- Manages a max. of 10 data carriers (persons)
- Communication with the access control central units is possible a max. 500 days
after installation
- Only available as standard package (installation by enclosed SQL database)
- No options (several locations, zone change control, gate keeper module incl. image
comparison, badging) available
- Simple update to fully functional version (standard or pro package) possible
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
319
Software for Access Control Systems
IQ MultiAccess
IQ MultiAccess Pro package
Pro package, prepared for data storage in the standard SQL database, possible for:
- Microsoft SQL Server
- Oracle
- IBM DB/2
- others upon request
- Delivery on CD-ROM
- Online help
- Detailed instructions
Performance Features
see IQ MultiAccess standard package
320
029631
¬#£@t−
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 300 cards, prep. f. SQL databases 2.044,00 €
029632
¬#£Aw−
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 500 cards, prep. f. SQL databases 2.453,00 €
029633
¬#£Bz−
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 800 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
2.964,00 €
029634
¬#£C}−
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 1,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
3.679,50 €
029635
¬#£D¢−
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 1,500 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
4.497,00 €
029636
¬#£E¥−
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 2,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
5.519,00 €
029637
¬#£F¨−
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 3,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
6.439,00 €
029638
¬#£G"−
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 5,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases 7.563,00 €
029639
¬#£H%−
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 7,500 cards, prep. f. SQL databases 9.300,50 €
029640
¬#£I(−
11.140,00 €
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 10,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
029647
¬#£P=−
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, > 10,000 cards
www.honeywell.com/security/de
12.000,00 €
Software for Access Control Systems
IQ MultiAccess
IQ MultiAccess database extension
11
IQ MultiAccess licence extension:
22
- All settings are preserved
- All data are transferred
- for standard and pro packages
- possible later on at any time
- Simple installation via a single licence file
33
44
55
029611
¬#£,8−
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 300 to 500 ID-cards
409,00 €
66
77
029612
¬#£-;−
Database Expansion - IQ MulitAccess from 500 to 800 ID-cards
613,50 €
88
029613
¬#£.>−
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 800 to 1,000 ID-cards
99
715,50 €
10
10
029614
¬#£/A−
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 1,000 to 1,500 ID-cards 818,00 €
11
11
029615
¬#£0D−
12
12
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 1,500 to 2,000 ID-cards 920,00 €
13
13
029616
¬#£1G−
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 2,000 to 3,000 ID-cards 1.022,00 €
029617
¬#£2J−
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 3,000 to 5,000 ID-cards 1.124,50 €
14
14
15
15
16
16
029618
¬#£3M−
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess 5,000 to 7,500 ID-cards
1.737,50 €
029619
¬#£4P−
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess 7,500 to 10,000 ID-cards
1.840,00 €
17
17
18
18
19
19
029620
¬#£5S−
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess > 10,000 ID-cards
3.500,00 €
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
321
Software for Access Control Systems
IQ MultiAccess
IQ MultiAccess Options
Client processing ability, location ability
029621
¬#£6V−
Client processing ability, multi-location ability
1.022,00 €
IQ MultiAccess extension package
Creation of any desired number of locations (in standard version only 1 location possible)
In addition, implementation of:
- Multi-client processing ability (several companies share a AC system in a building)
- Multi-location ability (a company is spread over several locations)
- All settings are preserved
- All data are transferred
- for standard and pro packages
- possible later on at any time
- Simple installation via a single licence file
322
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Software for Access Control Systems
029622
¬#£7Y−
IQ MultiAccess
1.226,50 €
Zone change control, balancing, blocking of repeated access options
11
IQ MultiAccess extension package
22
All functions can also be carried out globally, i.e., for ALL connected doors, via a server
process, this requires a permanent server operation.
Zone change control at the level of the access control panel, bus controller, globally
(via server).
33
Barring repeated entry / anti pass back at the level of the access control panel, globally
(via server).
44
Balancing of the persons registered in the areas in questions as present or absent and the
event control based on this (counter control), for example activation of building automation
when last person has left the area.
55
66
Zone A
Zone B
Zone C
77
88
APB:
BRE:
Zone A
Zone B
Zone B
Zone C
Zone A
Zone C
Zone A
Zone B + Zone A
99
10
10
Zone B
11
11
12
12
NEW (from V7):
Virtual PC zone panel
for clear coloured display of the zones and of the persons in it in tabular form.
13
13
- All settings are preserved
- All data are transferred
- for standard and pro packages
- possible later on at any time
- Simple installation via a single licence file
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
Zone panel
323
Software for Access Control Systems
029624
¬#£9_−
Gate keeper module with image comparison option
IQ MultiAccess
1.022,00 €
IQ MultiAccess extension package:
- Automated comparison of the identification photo with the person just entering
- Special module tailored to the gate keeper’s tasks
- Photographing the person just entering by live camera (webcam or the like)
possible (camera not included)
- Storage of short image sequences on hard disk
- Identity check by random generator
- All settings are preserved
- All data are transferred
- for standard and pro packages
- possible later on at any time
- Simple installation via a single licence file
Image comparison - display only or enabling/disabling option
Image comparison - person´s check via ramdom generator
324
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Software for Access Control Systems
029625
¬#£:b−
ID card and form management option
IQ MultiAccess
1.022,00 €
11
IQ MultiAccess extension package (from V7):
22
- Taking pictures by USB and webcams*
- Easy control and triggering of the camera from IQ MultiAccess
- Signature capture via signature pad*
- Creation of data carrier and formula designs
- Integration of images and logos
- Printout on card printers and standard printers
- Printout of staff and visitor data carriers
- Printout of forms for staff briefing and visitor data carriers
33
44
55
66
- All settings are preserved
- All data are transferred
- for standard and pro packages
- possible later on at any time
- Simple installation via a single licence file
77
88
*Hardware not included
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
Function chart
16
16
Recommended signature pads:
SigLite 1x5 LCD (T-LBK460SE-H170)
17
17
SigGem 4x3 LCD (T-LBK755SE-BHSB)
Order address for pads:
18
18
Am Gierath 20 b
19
19
D-40885 Ratingen
Phone: +49 (0) 2102/53575-10
Fax: +49 (0) 2102/53575-39
20
20
info@signotec.de
www.signotec.com
21
21
22
22
23
23
325
Software for Access Control Systems
029626
¬#£;e−
Connection to intrusion detection control panel option
IQ MultiAccess
1.022,00 €
IQ MultiAccess extension package
- Integration of MB100 (order no. with index .10), MB48 and MB24 into IQ MultiAccess per
ISDN or analogue, TCP/IP (including encryption) via the control panel dialler or IGIS-LOOP.
- Automatic recognition and installation of the intrusion detection control panel hardware in
IQ NetEdit.
- Bidirectional data exchange between IQ MultiAccess and intrusion detection control panel.
Master data from the intrusion detection control panel are retrieved by IQ MultiAccess and
managed centrally from this point onward. (Data carriers, room/time zones, rights for
access, arming/disarming and controls.) The intrusion detection control panel transmits
events as bookings to IQ MultiAccess.
- User rights can be set in accordance with VdS by mouse click.
- The virtual operating unit “IQ User ContorlCenter” option enables arming / disarming,
switching on / off detector groups, viewing alarm and event memory, activating walking
test, starting macros and maintenace functions of all intruder alarm control panels
connected to IQ MultiAccess.
- Entries of the event memory of the IACP can be evaluated in IQ MultiAccess by using all
the advantages of individual list layout. Last but not least, there are export functions to the
data formats EXCEL, TXT, HTML and XML.
- This allows limited AC functionality with the MB control panel.
For the full AC functionality, ACS-2/8 are required.
- Our specialists in the customer service centre will be glad to support you in the planning
of your integrated intruder alarm control panel and AC system.
013598
¬"D¥[−
IQ User ControlCenter
348,00 €
Option 029626 contains one virtual operating unit each.
Further virtual IACP operating units are only required when additional operating units need
to be operated simultaneously (e.g. on seperate computers).
326
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Software for Access Control Systems
029627
¬#£<h−
IQ MultiAccess
Integration of DLC locking cylinders and DLF fittings option
0,00 €
11
IQ MultiAccess option (from V7):
Performance Features
• IQ MultiAccess PC software for collecting and
transferring the access rights and evaluating
the bookings
• IQ Cylinder PC software performs the data
exchange between IQ MultiAccess and the
PDA (USB)
• Data exchange between PDA and door
cylinder/fittings via infrared interface
22
- Offline management of electronic cylinders and electronic fittings*
- For electronic cylinders DLC and electronic fittings DLF with proX, mifare and LEGIC
reading technologies
- Data synchronisation via Palm® PDA
- Door list at the Palm indicates which doors have already been programmed
- Displays tampering attempts and battery states
- Programming takes place via room/time zones in IQ MultiAccess
- Simple permanent release of a door equipped with automatic lock during working hours
33
44
55
*Hardware not included
Function chart
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
PC software IQ MultiAccess for
collecting the access authorizations
and evaluating of bookings.
12
12
1
13
13
6
PC software IQ Cylinder handles the
data exchange between IQ MultiAccess
and the PDA (USB).
14
14
2
Data exchange between PDA and
door cylinder / strike plate via infrared
interface.
15
15
5
16
16
3
4
17
17
18
18
19
19
1. Data created/modified in IQ MultiAccess are internally trransferred to the program
section IQ Cylinder.
2. Via the HotSync operation of the PDA the data arrive at the PDA.
3. Via an infrared interface the PDA sends the data of IQ MultiAccess / IQ Cylinder to the
individual cylinders.
4. In case that bookings have already been done there, they will automatically be
transferred to the PDA.
5. The bookings received from the cylinders will be transferred to the program section
IQ Cylinder via the HotSync operation.
6. Internally, the bookings will be passed from IQ Cylinder to IQ MultiAccess for
evaluation.
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
327
Software for Access Control Systems
029641
¬#£J+−
IQ MultiAccess
MultiAccess for Windows upgrade to IQ MultiAccess
818,00 €
- Automatic update procedure
- Transfer of the following components created in MultiAccess for Windows V7.1:
System data, hardware, device groups, macros, departments, calendar days and public
holidays, time zones and automatic zones, personal records, actions, doors
- Uses the option packages already purchased for MultiAccess for Windows
- Update to the same or the next higher number of staff
- for update to standard and pro packages
- Updates of predecessor versions of MultiAccess for Windows V7.1 must have been
performed previously to V7.1 and are included in the package.
029642
¬#£K.−
Upgrade MultiAccess Lite to IQ MultiAccess
1.840,00 €
- Automatic update procedure
- Transfer of the staff records stored in MultiAccess Lite
- Transfer of the created access control central units and doors
- Update to 800 persons
- for update to standard and pro packages
029643
¬#£L1−
Upgrade IQ SystemControl to IQ MultiAccess
2.432,50 €
- Update to 500 persons
- for update to standard and pro packages
- Continued use of all connected intrusion detection control panels, expandable by access
control panels and door elements
029645
¬#£N7−
Upgrade of IQ MultiAccess predecessor version to latest version
- Automatic update procedure
- Uses the selected SQL database
- Transfer of the stored personnel records
- Transfer of the created access control central units and doors
- Uses the already purchased option packages
- Update to the same number of staff
- for update to standard and pro packages
328
www.honeywell.com/security/de
0,00 €
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Network components and Maintenance
Bus controllers
Interface converters
Interfaces
Test equipment
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
329
Network components
Bus controllers
Bus controllers
026815.10
¬#e0§/21N−
1.549,50 €
External bus controller
The bus controller controls communication between the PC and the connected terminals.
The three slots in the bus controller can be assigned as follows:
1x input interface (from/to host)
- RS-232
- Ethernet
2x output interface (from/to terminals)
- RS-485
- Current loop
Performance Features
• Management of 32 bus users (single-mode)
• free slot for host interface
(1,200 - 38,400 baud) RS-232 / Ethernet
• 2 free slots for interfaces to bus users
(1,200 - 76,800 baud) RS-485 / Current Loop
• intelligence of its own due to microprocessor
• hardware-independent
• integrated power supply unit
• Connection options for emergency power
supply
PC connecting cable 026811.10.
9-pin plug and sockets not included.
Accessories:
026840.03
026692
026693
026840.16
026840.29
018050
018001.10
Asynchronous RS-232 host interface
RS-485 5-wire interface without potential separation
RS-485 5-wire interface with potential separation
4-wire current loop current interface
Fast Ethernet interface (AutoSense, 10/100 Mbits/s)
3 V lithium battery
12 V DC accumulator / capacity 1.2 Ah
Accessories - Bus controller
026810.10
¬#e+§/21?−
Connecting cable from the PC to the external bus controller
70,50 €
Suitable for item no.: 026 815.00/.10 with RS -232 interface.
Technical Data
Connection plug
Length
026811.10
¬#e,§/21B−
25-pole/jack - 9-pole/jack
2m
Connecting cable from the PC to the external bus controller
70,50 €
Suitable for item no.: 026 815.00/.10 with RS -232 interface.
Technical Data
Connection plug
Length
026814.10
¬#e/§/21K−
9-pole/jack - 9-pole/jack
2m
Connecting cable from the modem to the external bus controller
70,50 €
Suitable for item no.: 026 815.00/.10 with RS -232 interface.
Connecting cable of external bus controller (9-pin) and modem at the remote site (25-pin).
Technical Data
Connection cable
Length
330
www.honeywell.com/security/de
25-pole/plug - 9-pole/jack
2m
Network components
Interface converters
Interface converter
026817.03
11
¬#e2§/14c−
503,00 €
22
This interface converts has an RS-232 interface connection at the input and two RS-485
interface connections connected in parallel at the output, (either 3-wire or 5-wire, as
desired).
33
Interface converter
44
In addition, this unit has a power supply unit (integrated in the RS-485 plug output) of
12 V / 0.8 A DC.
55
Without connecting cable 026809.
9-pin plug and sockets not included.
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
Accessories - Interface converter
026809
¬#e*a−
12
12
68,00 €
Serial connecting cable
13
13
The cable is used to connect a serial COM interface to:
-current intrusion detection control panels HB/MB24, HB/MB48 and MB100
-an interface converter 026817.03
-an ACS-2 or ACS-8 for hardware setup
14
14
Technical Data
Connection plug
Length
15
15
9-pole/jack - 9-pole/jack
2m
16
16
026109
¬#^*S−
67,50 €
PC adapter cable RS 232/9-pin Sub-D
17
17
Equipped with 3-pin plug connector for connecting a PC and ACT control in case of direct
connection.
18
18
Technical Data
Length
approx. 2m
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
331
Network components
Interfaces
Modem
¬&s!e−
058200
High-speed modem V.90 external
442,50 €
External unit with plug-in power supply.
Not compatible with panel 100-AB8 / AWUG, 010912.10.
For access control: connection to ACS-1 via remote data transmission interface (026840.18).
Connection to ACS-8 without interface.
Connection to PC or bus controller via RS-232.
It is recommended to use this modem only for external conection to the access system.
German manual, connecting cable RJ11 to TAE N, RS-232 connecting cable 25M to 9/25 F.
Performance Features
• HAYES AT compatible
• Pulse and multi-frequency dialling, full and
semi-duplex
• Auto dial, Auto answer, automatic switchover
between data and voice transmission
• V.24 bis /MNP5 data compression
• FAX according to V.17, V.33, V.29 and V.27ter
• Compatible with CCITT V.21, V.22, V.22 bis / V.32/
V.32 bis / 34 V, K 56 flex, V.90
(up to 56,000 baud)
Interface cards
The listed interfaces are designed for in-house operation. The line length of the potentialseparated RS-485 interface is max. 1,200 m. The RS-232 interface supports max. 15 m.
When coupled via the Current Loop interface, the maximum distance is 2,000 m.
For bus systems, one RS-485 interface without potential separation must be used. To ensure
safe data exchange, interfaces with potential separation are recommended for the remaining
units.
026840.03
¬#eI§/14A−
Asynchronous RS-232 host interface
127,00 €
2,400 to 19,200 baud.
Max. cable length 15 m.
For ACS-1, ACS-2 plus, ACS-8, bus controller, interface multiplier, TRS 8, TRS 15, TRS 35.
026692
¬#c}!−
RS-485 interface (5-wire and 3-wire)
126,00 €
Without potential separation.
Max. cable length 1,200 m.
For ACS-1, ACS-2 plus, ACS-8, ACT, bus controller, interface multiplier, TRS 8, TRS 15.
026693
¬#c~$−
RS-485 interface (5-wire and 3-wire)
155,50 €
Potential separation can be enabled/disabled via jumper.
Max. cable length 1,200 m.
For ACS-1, ACS-2 plus, ACS-8, ACT, bus controller, interface multiplier, TRS 8, TRS 15.
332
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Network components
026840.16
Interfaces
¬#eI§/27\−
141,50 €
11
Max. cable length 2.000 m.
For ACS-1, ACS-2 plus, ACS-8, ACT, bus controller, interface multiplier, TRS 8, TRS 15,
TRS 35.
22
Current loop current interface
33
44
55
026840.29
¬#eI§/3:w−
235,50 €
Ethernet interface 10/100 Mbits/s
66
Switches automatically for 10 / 100 Mbits/s.
For ACT, ACS-2 plus, ACS-8, ext. bus controller, TRS-8, TRS-15.
77
88
99
10
10
027901
¬#p"_−
89,00 €
Reader converter board
11
11
This converter board makes it possible to operate readers and biometric systems from other
manufacturers and older Esser and effeff readers at the access control panels ACT, ACS-2
plus and ACS-8 and at the TRS T&A terminals. As-delivered, the board is built into a
housing, to allow it to be installed independent of the constructional situation. However, it
is also possible to integrate it in the ACS-8.
12
12
13
13
Input of readers of other brands:
- Clock/Data
- Wiegand
14
14
Interface to access control panel/host:
- RS-232 (same as reader 026380.00 or read-in station 026490)
- RS-485
- Clock/data (only with certain readers)
15
15
16
16
Many reader models from the following manufacturers are supported:
Deister, HID, Simons & Voss, Westinghouse and different biometrics systems.
17
17
The exact types as well as other types are available on request.
18
18
Technical Data
Rated operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Current consumption
Type of protection
Operating temperature range
Environmental class as per VdS
Colour of housing
Dimensions PCB (W x H x D)
Dimensions PCP in housing (W x H x D)
12V DC
9V DC to 15V DC
25mA + reader current
IP 30
-10°C to +55°C
II
grey white
72 x 50 x 23
109 x 85 x 30
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
333
Maintenance
Test equipment
¬#e*a−
026809
68,00 €
Serial connecting cable
The cable is used to connect a serial COM interface to:
-current intrusion detection control panels HB/MB24, HB/MB48 and MB100
-an interface converter 026817.03
-an ACS-2 or ACS-8 for hardware setup
Technical Data
Connection plug
Length
¬"Cc`−
013466
9-pole/jack - 9-pole/jack
2m
76,50 €
PC adapter cable V.24 / BUS-2
With 3-pin plug connector.
For use under Windows 98SE only
013467.10
¬"Cd§/21>−
157,50 €
USB adapter box
This device is a converter from the USB interface (universal serial bus) of a PC to the BUS2 or frame BUS and V.24 for PC without available serial COM interface. The adapter box
meets the USB specification 1.1 for full-speed devices. If a PC has an available serial COM
interface, the serial programming cable 026809 gives a quicker communication for control
panel programming.
Required for BUS-2 or frame bus connection under Windows 2000/Windows XP
059998
¬&¦¥x−
316,00 €
Mobile programming device
Manual programming device with 16-key keypad and alphanumeric LCD display for userguided programming and reading out the event memory of DGA 2400, DS 6200 and older
control panel generations.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
334
www.honeywell.com/security/de
100x45x180mm
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
DLC digital locking cylinders
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
335
DLC digital locking cylinders
DLC reader modules
DLC reader modules proX / LEGIC / mifare
The DLC cylinder from this product line is an autonomous access control for proximity
cards and transponders reduced to one door cylinder.
This wireless access control component uncomplicated mounting and retrofitting to existing
doors by simply replacing the door cylinder.
The cylinder body of the DLC cylinder is designed in modular form, allowing it to be used
for all door thicknesses from 50 to 110 mm plus strike plates.
Performance Features
• Electronic modular cylinder
• Automatic activation upon approach or by turning
the outer door knob
Various access requirements can be implemented by means of the DLC cylinder:
- Double door knob cylinder with electronic access control on one side
- Double door knob cylinder with access control on both sides (including different ones)
- Electronic half cylinder
The DLC cylinder is a battery-operated locking unit for universal use, consisting of a reader
module, an extension adapter and a mechanical inner knob.
• Data preservation through non-volatile memory
• Number: 99 data carriers via Mastercard (022903)
or 2,000 data carriers via PDA/IQ MultiAccess
• Dynamic event memory
• Proximity reader, for data carriers according to
ISO 7816 ID-1 the typical reading distance is
about 2 cm
• Reading methods: proX, IK2/3, LEGIC prime,
mifare classic
• interfaces (offline) IrDA, range max. 30 cm
• Tamper monitoring
• Fire protection: For use in conjunction with a
suitable fire barrier according to EN13501-2 in
compliance with EN14600 for a fire resistance
class EI290. Proof of suitability in connection
with the corresponding fire and smoke protection
door required.
• BSI listing according to BSI 7500
• Quick mounting without drilling
The reading electronics and the mechatronics together with the batteries are inside the
reader module. Since the DLC cylinder reader module is mounted by means of a Euro
profile cylinder adapter, conventional locks for DIN Euro profile can be used, not requiring
any complicated mounting. This makes the DLC cylinder a low-cost solution for new
buildings and also for existing premises. A wide range of transponder carriers can be used
as identity cards, such as ISO cards, key fobs, clocks, etc.
The entry and modification of access data as well as the read-out of bookings and logs for
evaluation take place via an IrDA interface accessed via a PDA. The XS Manager communication software installed there ensures data exchange between the DLC cylinder and the
IQ MultiAccess access control software provided with the “Locking cylinder integration”
option.
Technical Data
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature
Battery type
Battery durability
• For all DIN locks with Euro profiled cylinders
Class of protection
Type of protection
Display
Bolt length
• Low storage capital lockup through modular
design
Dimensions
• No wiring required
• Simple programming by MasterCard or PDA/PC
• Programming via PDA requires the IQ MultiAccess from V7 on or IQ SystemControl
PC software from V2 on
Housing colour
Weight
-25 °C to +65 °C
-40 °C to +85 °C
2 x Type CR-2, 3 V Lithium
ca. 20.000 operations or 2 years, emergency power supply
possible via external voltage lead
According to EN 60950 - device with internal power supply
IP 66
1 x Duo-LED (red/green)
For DIN mortise locks with bolt length >35 mm DIN left
and DIN right suitable; door thickness 50 - 110 mm
Electronic reader module: Ø 40 mm, length 41 mm,
mechanic knob: variant A: Ø 29,5 mm, length 20 mm,
variant B: Ø 34 mm, length 20 mm
Cylinder and knob housing: similar to stainless steel,
reader cover: anthracite
Reader head: 174 g (ready for operatiion)
• Secure access through identity cards
• Transfer of all manipulation and tampering
attempts to higher-ranking software
• Emergency opening via special installation tool
• Quick and safe battery change
To prevent any mechanical attack on exposed surfaces, the cylinder adapter should end flush
with door fitting, if possible.
It should project no more than two millimeters.
When using two reading heads at the same time, the cylinder adapter must be at least
65 mm long (e. g. 35 x 30 mm).
• Access via proximity card or key fob, including:
- proX1 (IK2), proX2 (IK3 without rolling code),
Transponder (022900/022903)
- LEGIC transponder (022901)
- mifare transponder (022902)
Casing reader module
Reader module, open with batteries and control unit
The required cylinder adapter dimension is determined by measuring either the profile cylinder installed in
the door or the door and fitting thicknesses. This gives lengths L1 and L2, which are compared with the
cylinder adapter dimensions.
336
www.honeywell.com/security/de
DLC digital locking cylinders
022900
¬#>!_−
DLC reader modules
DLC proX offline reader module, outer knob for digital locking cylinders 410,00 €
11
Programming via IQ MultiAccess (on V7) and Palm ® PDA, max. 2,000 persons.
022901
022902
022903
¬#>"b−
¬#>#e−
¬#>$h−
DLC LEGIC offline reader module, outer knob
for digital locking cylinders
22
33
489,00 €
Programming via IQ MultiAccess (on V7) and Palm ® PDA, max. 2,000 persons.
44
DLC proX offline reader module, outer knob for digital locking cylinders459,00 €
55
Programming via IQ MultiAccess (on V7) and Palm ® PDA, max. 2,000 persons.
66
DLC proX MasterCard reader module, outer knob for digital
locking cylinders
77
349,00 €
88
Programming via Master Card Set, without IQ MultiAccess and PDA, max. 99 persons.
You can produce the Master Card Set yourself by using 3 proX/IK2 proximity cards.
Example: Item no. 026370.00
99
10
10
Dimensional drawing
11
11
The required cylinder adapter dimension is determined by measuring either the profile
cylinder installed in the door or the door and fitting thicknesses. This gives lengths L1 and
L2, which are compared with the cylinder adapter dimensions.
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
Dimensions in mm
22
22
23
23
337
DLC digital locking cylinders
022910
¬#>+}−
Accessories
DLC battery pack for digital locking cylinders
13,50 €
Battery pack consisting of two single batteries type CR 2 lithium batteries for fitting a DLC
reader module.
2 units
022914
¬#>/"−
Small DLC inner knob for digital locking cylinders
37,00 €
Mechanical knob to be combined with DLC cylinder components.
Design: stainless-steel-like with recessed grip.
Technical Data
Diameter
29,5 mm
1 unit
Dimensional drawing
022915
¬#>0%−
Large DLC inner knob for digital locking cylinders
Mechanical knob to be combined with DLC cylinder components.
Design: stainless-steel-like with recessed grip.
Technical Data
Diameter
1 unit
Dimensional drawing
338
www.honeywell.com/security/de
34,0 mm
42,00 €
DLC digital locking cylinders
022916
¬#>1(−
Accessories
12,00 €
DLC plug for digital locking cylinders
11
Plug for closing the core hole of a cylinder adapter used on one side only.
(Not for use with half cylinder adapter)
22
33
44
55
022917
¬#>2+−
DLC protective rosette for digital locking cylinders
120,00 €
66
To increase the mechanical protection of the DLC cylinder from vandalism. By using the protective rosette with the DLC cylinders, the performance requirements of locking cylinders
for locks in accordance with DIN EN 1303 are met.
77
When measuring the dimensions, an additional 8 mm must be included for the outside and
9 mm for the inside.
88
99
022911
¬#>,¢−
DLC battery changing tool for digital locking cylinders
10
10
29,00 €
Battery changing tool for convenient battery change of DLC reader modules.
11
11
Attention: The battery change is only possible if in possession of the battery change right
allocated to the reader module.
12
12
Recommended for maintenance purposes.
13
13
5 units
14
14
022912
¬#>-¥−
DLC emergency power tool for digital locking cylinders
15
15
63,00 €
16
16
Energising unit for DLC reading modules.
The energising unit allows the reading module to be supplied with power from outside, even
after the current has fallen below the third warning threshold. It is supplied with power via
the contact pins on the front of the reading module and the spring contacts of the energising unit from a 9 V block battery 6LR61 (not included in the delivery).
17
17
18
18
Technical Data
Dimensions
35 x 30 x 18 mm
19
19
Recommended for maintenance purposes.
1 unit
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
339
DLC digital locking cylinders
Accessories
DLC cylinder adapters
Cylinder adapter to be combined with DLC cylinder components. Suitable for directionindependent installation in PZ locks according to DIN 18251.
Profiled cylinder in modular design from 25/25 mm to 50/60 mm, other dimensions upon
request.
Separately from the DLC cylinder adapter, the following components must be ordered:
- Electronic reading module for access side (022900-903)
- DLC battery pack (022910)
- Mechanical DLC door knob (022914-915)
- Plug (022916)
- Electronic reading module for access side (022900-903)
Cylinder adapter lengths must be selected in accordance with the door details, taking into
account the selected fittings. When using the DLC protective rosette, an additional 8 mm
must be included for the dimensions of the outside and 9 mm for the inside.
1 unit
Dimensional drawing
*Sonderlänge auf Anfrage, siehe Art.-Nr. 022953.
022920
¬#>54−
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
56,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022921
¬#>67−
25 x 25 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
56,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022922
¬#>7:−
25 x 30 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
Technical Data
Dimensions
340
www.honeywell.com/security/de
25 x 35 mm
56,00 €
DLC digital locking cylinders
022923
¬#>8=−
Accessories
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
62,00 €
11
22
Technical Data
Dimensions
25 x 40 mm
33
022924
¬#>9@−
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
68,00 €
44
Technical Data
Dimensions
022925
¬#>:C−
55
25 x 45 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
66
74,00 €
77
Technical Data
Dimensions
25 x 50 mm
88
022926
¬#>;F−
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
80,00 €
99
Technical Data
Dimensions
022927
¬#><I−
10
10
25 x 55 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
11
11
84,00 €
12
12
Technical Data
Dimensions
022928
¬#>=L−
25 x 60 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
13
13
56,00 €
14
14
15
15
Technical Data
Dimensions
30 x 30 mm
16
16
022929
¬#>O−
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
62,00 €
17
17
Technical Data
Dimensions
022930
¬#>?R−
30 x 35 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
18
18
20
20
Technical Data
Dimensions
19
19
68,00 €
30 x 40 mm
21
21
022931
¬#>@U−
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
73,00 €
22
22
Technical Data
Dimensions
30 x 45 mm
23
23
341
DLC digital locking cylinders
022932
¬#>AX−
Accessories
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
80,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022933
¬#>B[−
30 x 50 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
84,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022934
¬#>C^−
30 x 55 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
90,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022935
¬#>Da−
30 x 60 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
68,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022936
¬#>Ed−
35 x 35 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
73,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022937
¬#>Fg−
35 x 40 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
80,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022938
¬#>Gj−
35 x 45 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
84,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022939
¬#>Hm−
35 x 50 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
90,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022940
¬#>Ip−
35 x 55 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
Technical Data
Dimensions
342
www.honeywell.com/security/de
35 x 60 mm
95,00 €
DLC digital locking cylinders
022941
¬#>Js−
Accessories
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
79,00 €
11
22
Technical Data
Dimensions
40 x 40 mm
33
022942
¬#>Kv−
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
84,00 €
44
Technical Data
Dimensions
022943
¬#>Ly−
40 x 45 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
55
89,00 €
66
77
Technical Data
Dimensions
40 x 50 mm
88
022944
¬#>M|−
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
95,00 €
99
Technical Data
Dimensions
022945
¬#>N¡−
10
10
40 x 55 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
11
11
101,00 €
12
12
Technical Data
Dimensions
40 x 60 mm
13
13
022946
¬#>O¤−
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
89,00 €
14
14
Technical Data
Dimensions
022947
¬#>P§−
15
15
45 x 45 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
16
16
95,00 €
17
17
Technical Data
Dimensions
45 x 50 mm
18
18
022948
¬#>Q!−
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
101,00 €
19
19
Technical Data
Dimensions
022949
¬#>R$−
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
106,00 €
21
21
22
22
Technical Data
Dimensions
20
20
45 x 55 mm
45 x 60 mm
23
23
343
DLC digital locking cylinders
022950
¬#>S'−
Accessories
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
101,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022951
¬#>T*−
50 x 50 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
106,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022952
¬#>U-−
50 x 55 mm
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
112,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022953
¬#>V0−
50 x 60 mm
DLC adapter, special length for digital locking cylinders
Technical Data
Dimensions
344
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Sonderlänge
0,00 €
DLC digital locking cylinders
Accessories
DLC half cylinder adapter
11
Half cylinder adapter to be combined with DLC cylinder components.
22
Suitable for installation in key switches.
Profiled cylinders from 25/10 mm to 50/60 mm.
33
Separately from the DLC cylinder adapter, the following components must be ordered:
- Electronic reading module (022900-903)
- DLC battery pack (022910)
44
Half cylinder adapter lengths must be selected in accordance with the details, taking into
account the installation.
55
When using the DLC protective rosette, an additional 8 mm must be included for the
dimensions of the outside.
66
77
1 unit
88
022954
¬#>W3−
DLC half cylinder adapter for digital locking cylinders
52,00 €
99
Technical Data
Dimensions
022955
¬#>X6−
10
10
25 x 10 mm
DLC half cylinder adapter for digital locking cylinders
52,00 €
11
11
12
12
Technical Data
Dimensions
30 x 10 mm
13
13
022956
¬#>Y9−
DLC half cylinder adapter for digital locking cylinders
54,00 €
14
14
Technical Data
Dimensions
022957
¬#>Z<−
15
15
35 x 10 mm
DLC half cylinder adapter for digital locking cylinders
16
16
55,00 €
17
17
Technical Data
Dimensions
40 x 10 mm
18
18
022958
¬#>[?−
DLC half cylinder adapter for digital locking cylinders
56,00 €
19
19
Technical Data
Dimensions
022959
¬#>\B−
DLC half cylinder adapter for digital locking cylinders
58,00 €
21
21
22
22
Technical Data
Dimensions
20
20
45 x 10 mm
50 x 10 mm
23
23
345
Notizen
346
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
DLF electronic fittings
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
347
DLF electronic fittings
DLF offline fittings
DLF fittings proX / LEGIC / mifare
The DLF fitting from the DLC/DLF product line is an automatic access control integrated into
a door fitting for proximity cards.
The DLF access control has the advantage that it can be retrofitted to already existing doors
without any wiring work. The DLF fitting is installed by simply replacing the door fitting.
Access control runs completely autonomously. When an employee logs in, his authorisations are checked by the DLF fitting, and the door handle is unlocked if the result is positive.
When an employee logs in, his authorisations are checked by the DLF fitting, and the door
handle is unlocked if the result is positive. In the no-load status, or when the booking result
is negative, the door handle will remain locked and the door remain closed.
Performance Features
• Electronic modular fitting for indoor use
• Automatic activation upon approaching identity
card or hand
• Data preservation through non-volatile memory
• Number: Storage capacity 2,000 master records
• Dynamic event memory
• Proximity reader, for cards according to ISO 7816
ID-1, the typical reading distance is about 2 cm
• Reading methods: proX, IK2/3, LEGIC prime,
mifare classic
• Interfaces IrDA, range max. 30 cm
• Tamper monitoring
• Fire protection:
optionally available in fire protection version
• Quick mounting
• No wiring
• Programming via PDA requires PC software:
- IQ MultiAccess from V7 or
The entry and modification of access data as well as the read-out of bookings and logs for
evaluation take place via an IrDA interface accessed via a PDA. The XS Manager communication software installed there ensures data exchange on the host between the DLF fitting
and the IQ MultiAccess access control software provided with the “Locking cylinder
integration” option.
In standby mode, the DLF fitting works largely de-energised. Activation takes place
automatically upon approach. The minimum power supply is provided by replaceable
commercially available batteries.
Technical Data
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature
Humidity range
Battery type
Battery durability
Class of protection
Type of protection
Display
Bolt length
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Housing colour
Weight
+5 °C to +50 °C (internal)
-20 °C to +70 °C
0 to 80%, non-condensing
2 x Type CR-2, 3 V Lithium
ca. 2 years with 20 operations per day
According to EN 60950 - device with internal power supply
IP 20
1 x Duo-LED (red/green), 1 x signalling device
For DIN mortise locks with bolt length >35 mm DIN left
or DIN right; door thickness 32 - 105 mm
66 x 242 x 79 mm
Housing: similar to stainless steel
ca. 1,250 g
- IQ SystemControl from V2
- DLF slot cylinder, single-locking (022993)
- DLF key for single-locking slot cylinder (022995)
Accessories:
Separately from the DLF fitting for the access side, the following components must be ordered:
- DLF internal escutcheon (022984 / 022985)
- DLF mounting kit (022986 - 022991)
- DLF monokey slot cylinder (022994)
- DLF key for monokey slot cylinder (022996)
348
022970
¬#>gc−
DLF proX offline fitting, door handle left, 72 mm
479,00 €
022971
¬#>hf−
DLF proX offline fitting, door handle right, 72 mm
479,00 €
022972.99
¬#>ii−
DLF proX offline fitting, without perforation, door handle left
479,00 €
022973
¬#>jl−
DLF proX offline fitting, without perforation, door handle right
479,00 €
022974
¬#>ko−
DLF LEGIC offline fitting, door handle left, 72 mm
579,00 €
www.honeywell.com/security/de
DLF electronic fittings
DLF offline fittings
022975
¬#>lr−
DLF LEGIC offline fitting, door handle right, 72 mm
579,00 €
11
022976
¬#>mu−
DLF LEGIC offline fitting, without perforation, door handle left
579,00 €
22
022977
¬#>nx−
DLF LEGIC offline fitting, without perforation, door handle right
579,00 €
33
44
022978
¬#>o{−
DLF mifare offline fitting, door handle left, 72 mm
519,00 €
55
022979
¬#>p~−
DLF mifare offline fitting, door handle right, 72 mm
519,00 €
66
022980
¬#>q£−
DLF mifare offline fitting, without perforation, door handle left
519,00 €
77
022981
¬#>r¦−
DLF mifare offline fitting, without perforation, door handle right
519,00 €
88
99
Accessories
10
10
022982
¬#>s©−
DLF hole gauge
022983
¬#>t#−
DLF battery pack
11
11
149,00 €
12
12
4,00 €
13
13
DLF internal escutcheon
14
14
Interior escutcheon with perforated handle section mounted in nylon bush for 8 mm pin.
Fits DLF offline fitting.
15
15
Technical Data
Dimensions
16
16
50 x 224 x 64 mm
17
17
18
18
022984
¬#>u&−
164,00 €
DLF internal escutcheon, 72 mm
20
20
Technical Data
Version
19
19
Distance 72 mm, similar to stainless steel
21
21
022985
¬#>v)−
DLF internal escutcheon, without perforation
164,00 €
22
22
Technical Data
Version
without boring, similar to stainless steel
23
23
349
DLF electronic fittings
DLF offline fittings
DLF mounting kit
Mounting kit for DLF inner door fitting, consisting of mounting plate, 8 mm square pin with
adapter follower, 8/9 mm square pin sleeve and 5 fixing screws for wooden doors and for
screwing down the DLF internal escutcheon with the DLF external fitting, adjusted to the
particular door leaf thickness.
022986
¬#>w,−
DLF mounting kit, 32 - 45 mm door thickness
56,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022987
¬#>x/−
32 - 45 mm
DLF mounting kit, 44 - 57 mm door thickness
56,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022988
¬#>y2−
44 - 57 mm
DLF mounting kit, 56 - 69 mm door thickness
56,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022989
¬#>z5−
56 - 69 mm
DLF mounting kit, 68 - 81 mm door thickness
56,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022990
¬#>{8−
68 - 81 mm
DLF mounting kit, 80 - 93 mm door thickness
56,00 €
Technical Data
Dimensions
022991
¬#>|;−
80 - 93 mm
DLF mounting kit, 92 - 105 mm door thickness
Technical Data
Dimensions
350
www.honeywell.com/security/de
92 - 105 mm
56,00 €
DLF electronic fittings
DLF offline fittings
Accessories
022993
11
¬#>~A−
13,00 €
DLF slot cylinder, single-locking
22
Slot cylinder for DLF inner door fitting.
33
Technical Data
Version
single shutting
44
55
66
022994
¬#>¡D−
13,00 €
DLF slot cylinder, monokey
77
Slot cylinder for DLF inner door fitting.
88
Technical Data
Version
similar shutting
99
10
10
11
11
022995
¬#>¢G−
3,50 €
DLF key, single lock
12
12
2 keys to fit DLF slot cylinder for DLF inner door fitting.
13
13
Technical Data
Version
14
14
single shutting
15
15
16
16
022996
¬#>£J−
17
17
3,50 €
DLF key, monokey
18
18
2 keys to fit DLF slot cylinder for DLF inner door fitting.
Technical Data
Version
19
19
similar shutting
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
351
Notizen
352
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Electrical locking devices
Door strikes
Motor locks
Key switches
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
353
Electrical locking devices
Door strikes
Electric door strikes / Security door strikes
Technical Data
Rated voltage
Current consumption
Operating time
Dimensions
12 V DC
0,22 A
100%
20,5 x 84 x 28 mm, RR Version
(without strikie plate)
Dimensional drawing in mm (019500, 019502 and 019505)
019500
¬"¢!{−
Electric door strike Universal DIN left and DIN right
124,00 €
Symmetric standard door strike, load current, with adjustable latch bolt, universal DIN L and
DIN R, and for use with flush and plain doors (position-independent).
includes enclosed FLM 24 stainless steel flat striking plate and free wheeling diode.
019502
¬"¢#£−
Electric door strike Universal DIN left and DIN right
179,00 €
Symmetric standard door strike, no-load current, with adjustable latch bolt, universal DIN L
and DIN R, and for use with flush and plain doors (position-independent).
includes enclosed FLM 24 stainless steel flat striking plate and free wheeling diode.
354
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Electrical locking devices
019505
¬"¢&#−
Door strikes
376,00 €
11
Symmetric security door strike, load current, with adjustable latch bolt, universal DIN L and
DIN R, and for use with flush and plain doors (position-independent).
22
Security door strike DIN L and DIN R
includes enclosed FLM 24 stainless steel flat striking plate and free wheeling diode.
33
44
Dimensional drawing of the striking plate
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
Dimensional drawing in mm (stainless steel flat striking plate FLM 24).
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
355
Electrical locking devices
Door strikes
Accessories
019510
¬"¢+2−
Angled striking plate for door strikes 019500, 019502 and 019505 DIN R
15,50 €
Angled face plate DIN R, rounded-off edges.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W1 x W2 x H x D)
25 x 32 x 250 x 3 mm
Dimensional drawing in mm.
019511
¬"¢,5−
Angled striking plate for door strikes 019500, 019502 and 019505 DIN L
Angled striking plate DIN L, rounded-off edges.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W1 x W2 x H x D)
356
www.honeywell.com/security/de
25 x 32 x 250 x 3 mm
15,50 €
Electrical locking devices
Switching locks
Variants SVP
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
357
Electrical locking devices
358
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Switching an motor locks
Electrical locking devices
019520
¬"¢5P−
Motor locks
820,00 €
11
Self-locking anti-panic motor lock with mechanical and electrical sequence protector for
operation via external motor lock control SVP-S2x DCW LON.
22
Equipped with microswitches for detecting “locked”, “unlocked”, “Door open/closed” and
“Handle pressed / Panic unlocking”.
33
Two-point locking through spring initial tension after closing the door.
44
Motor lock DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 35, type SVP 2719
Three-step safety bolt.
55
Universal control latch (24 mm DIN left and DIN right face plate versions can be used).
Panic unlocking via handle, changing to unlocking from outside via key.
66
Technical Data
Material
Dead bolt throw
Square nut
Distance
perforated
Bolt length
Box staple
Face plate
face plate stainless steel
20 mm
9 mm
92 mm
for profile cylinder
35 mm, behind bolt length 15,5 mm
in DIN dimensions, corrosion-resistant
270 x 24 mm
77
88
99
Stainless steel flanged face plate, universal for left- and right-hand profiled frame door.
The “Permanently Open” function of motor locks must not be used on fire and smoke barrier
doors since the locking of the door is not guaranteed in case of fire.
When using SVP 2000 motor locks in fire and smoke barrier doors, the control must be
de-energised by means of a fire/smoke detector approved by the building authority!
10
10
11
11
A door Reed contact is required. Please order separately.
12
12
Flanged face plate included in the delivery.
13
13
Accessories:
019529
Connecting cable, 12-wire, 10 m, type SVP-A 1000
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
Picture showing article 019520
23
23
359
Electrical locking devices
019522
¬"¢7V−
Motor locks
Motor lock DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 35 mm, type SVP 2277/2278
820,00 €
Self-locking anti-panic motor lock SVP 2277/2278 with mechanical and electrical sequence
protector for operation via external motor lock control SVP-S2x DCW LON.
Equipped with microswitches for detecting “locked”, “unlocked”, “Door open/closed” and
“Handle pressed / Panic unlocking”.
Two-point locking through spring initial tension after closing the door.
Three-step safety bolt.
Universal control latch (24 mm DIN left and DIN right face plate versions can be used).
Panic unlocking via handle, changing to unlocking from outside via key.
Technical Data
Material
Dead bolt throw
Square nut
Distance
perforated
Bolt length
Box staple
Face plate
face plate stainless steel
20 mm
9 mm
72 mm
for profile cylinder
65 mm
in DIN dimensions, corrosion-resistant
235 x 24 mm
Stainless steel flanged face plate, universal for left- and right-hand plain doors.
The “Permanently Open” function of motor locks must not be used on fire and smoke barrier
doors since the locking of the door is not guaranteed in case of fire.
When using SVP 2000 motor locks in fire and smoke barrier doors, the control must be
de-energised by means of a fire/smoke detector approved by the building authority!
A door Reed contact is required. Please order separately.
Flanged face plate included in the delivery.
Accessories:
019529
Connecting cable, 12-wire, 10 m, type SVP-A 1000
Picture showing article 019522
360
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Electrical locking devices
019525
SVP accessories
SVP-PR 12 Power Reserve Module for fire
and smoke protection doors
¬"¢:_−
96,00 €
11
Additional module for ensuring automatic relocking in case of power failure, obligatory for
use in fire and smoke protection doors.
22
33
44
55
SVP-S xx DCW motor lock controls
66
Re-locking time (2 - 255 seconds) via TMS-Soft software via integrated RS 232 interface
freely parameterisable at any time.
Integrated seasonal timer, 3 non-isolated inputs for activation, and two potential-free relay
outputs freely parameterizable.
Unlocking or Permanently Open (switches off self-locking, for example for day operation).
Freely selectable messages, “unlocked”, “locked”, “Door open/closed”, “Handle
pressed/Panic unlocking” are available potential-free via relay outputs.
019526
¬"¢;b−
SVP-S 22 DCW motor lock control 12/24 V,
for SVP anti-panic motor locks
77
88
99
10
10
416,00 €
11
11
Technical Data
Connection
Quiescent current
Contact rating
Dimensions housing (W x H x D)
Starting current
12/24 V DC
ca. 65 mA
24 V DC, 0,5 A inductive / 1,0 A ohmic
ca. 200 x 120 x 90 mm
1 A@12V
12
12
13
13
For mounting in switch cabinets and rescue route panels RZ TMS.
The “Permanently Open” function of motor locks must not be used on fire and smoke barrier
doors since the locking of the door is not guaranteed in case of fire.
When using SVP 2000 motor locks in fire and smoke barrier doors, the control must be
de-energised by means of a fire/smoke detector approved by the building authority!
14
14
15
15
16
16
019527
¬"¢<e−
SVP-S 23 DCW motor lock control 12/24 V,
for SVP anti-panic motor locks
473,00 €
17
17
Technical Data
Connection
Quiescent current
Contact rating
Type of protection
Dimensions housing (W x H x D)
Starting current
18
18
12/24 V DC
ca. 65 mA
24 V DC, 0,5 A induktiv / 1,0 A ohmsch
IP 40
ca. 200 x 120 x 90 mm
1 A@12V
19
19
20
20
pcb mounted in plastic housing.
The “Permanently Open” function of motor locks must not be used on fire and smoke barrier
doors since the locking of the door is not guaranteed in case of fire.
When using SVP 2000 motor locks in fire and smoke barrier doors, the control must be
de-energised by means of a fire/smoke detector approved by the building authority!
21
21
22
22
23
23
361
Electrical locking devices
019528
¬"¢=h−
SVP accessories
SVP-S 24 DCW motor lock control 230 V,
for SVP anti-panic motor locks
586,00 €
Technical Data
Connection
Contact rating
Type of protection
Dimensions housing (W x H x D) #2
230 V AC +/-10 %
24 V DC, 0,5 A inductive / 1,0 A ohmic
IP 54
ca. 200 x 120 x 90 mm
Includes power supply unit mounted in plastic housing.
The “Permanently Open” function of motor locks must not be used on fire and smoke barrier
doors since the locking of the door is not guaranteed in case of fire.
When using SVP 2000 motor locks in fire and smoke barrier doors, the control must be
de-energised by means of a fire/smoke detector approved by the building authority!
019529
¬"¢>k−
SVP-A 1000 connection cable, 12-wire, 10 m
58,00 €
Connecting cable, highly flexible, 12-wire, with coupling attached on one side for polarityreversal-protected connection to the electric anti-panic locks, key switches and motor locks
SVP 2000 and 6000.
Technical Data
Length
Diameter
Accessories:
Reed contact (see chapter Alarm contacts)
362
www.honeywell.com/security/de
10 m
6,5 mm
Electrical locking devices
Key switches
Anti-panic key switches, type 627x
11
Self-locking anti-panic key switch, load current design, inward right, electrically monitored,
with divided follower, electrically activated external handle in load current design and
mechanical sequence protector.
22
Equipped with microswitches for detecting “locked”, “unlocked”, “Door open/closed” and
“Handle pressed / Panic unlocking”. “Handle pressed/Panic unlocking” switching point
before “unlocked/locked”. In de-energized state, the external handle is uncoupled.
33
44
The external handle is coupled or uncoupled by activating the magnetic coil in the lock. The
handle is always coupled in the escape direction.
55
Permanently open (permanent coupling of the external handle, for example for day operation) is possible.
Two-point locking through spring initial tension after closing the door.
66
Three-step safety bolt. Universal control latch. Unlocking from the outside by key or couplable external handle.
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
Picture of the article
16
16
019540
¬"¢I%−
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 65, 12 V DC,
outward left, type SVP 6276/6277
583,00 €
17
17
Technical Data
perforated for
Distance
Bolt length
Dead bolt throw
Square nut
Connection
Current consumption
Contact rating
Box staple
Face plate
Profile cylinder
72 mm
65 mm
20 mm
9 mm, split
12 V DC, stabilised
max. 0,4 A
max. 30 V DC, 1,5 W
in DIN dimensions, corrosion-resistant
235 x 24 mm
Stainless steel flanged face plate.
Used for DIN right plain door inward right and DIN left plain door outward left.
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
Flanged face plate included in the delivery.
23
23
Accessories:
019529
SVP-A 1000 connection cable, 12-wire, 10 m
363
Electrical locking devices
019541
¬"¢J(−
Key switches
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 65, 24 V DC,
outward left, type SVP 6276/6277
583,00 €
Technical Data
perforated for
Distance
Bolt length
Dead bolt throw
Square nut
Connection
Current consumption
Contact rating
Box staple
Face plate
Profile cylinder
72 mm
65 mm
20 mm
9 mm, split
24 V DC, stabilised
max. 0,2 A
max. 30 V DC, 1,5 W
in DIN dimensions, corrosion-resistant
235 x 24 mm
Stainless steel flanged face plate.
Used for DIN right plain door inward right and DIN left plain door outward left.
Flanged face plate included in the delivery.
Accessories:
019529
019542
¬"¢K+−
SVP-A 1000 connection cable, 12-wire, 10 m
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 65, 12 V DC,
outward right, type SVP 6275/6278
583,00 €
Technical Data
perforated for
Distance
Bolt length
Dead bolt throw
Square nut
Connection
Current consumption
Contact rating
Box staple
Face plate
Profile cylinder
72 mm
65 mm
20 mm
9 mm, split
12 V DC, stabilised
max. 0,4 A
max. 30 V DC, 1,5 W
in DIN dimensions, corrosion-resistant
235 x 24 mm
Stainless steel flanged face plate.
Used for DIN right plain door inward left and DIN left plain door outward right.
Flanged face plate included in the delivery.
Accessories:
019529
019543
¬"¢L.−
SVP-A 1000 connection cable, 12-wire, 10 m
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 65, 24 V DC,
outward right, type SVP 6275/6278
Technical Data
perforated for
Distance
Bolt length
Dead bolt throw
Square nut
Connection
Current consumption
Contact rating
Box staple
Face plate
Profile cylinder
72 mm
65 mm
20 mm
9 mm, split
24 V DC, stabilised
max. 0,2 A
max. 30 V DC, 1,5 W
in DIN dimensions, corrosion-resistant
235 x 24 mm
Stainless steel flanged face plate.
Used for DIN right plain door inward left and DIN left plain door outward right.
Flanged face plate included in the delivery.
Accessories:
019529
364
www.honeywell.com/security/de
SVP-A 1000 connection cable, 12-wire, 10 m
583,00 €
Electrical locking devices
Key switches
Anti-panic key switches DIN L / DIN R
11
Self-locking anti-panic key switch, load current design, inward right, electrically monitored,
with divided follower, electrically activated external handle in load current design and
mechanical sequence protector.
22
Equipped with microswitches for detecting “locked”, “unlocked”, “Door open/closed” and
“Handle pressed / Panic unlocking”.
33
“Handle pressed/Panic unlocking” switching point before “unlocked/locked”. In de-energized state, the external handle is uncoupled. The external handle is coupled or uncoupled
by activating the magnetic coil in the lock. The handle is always coupled in the escape direction.
44
Permanently open (permanent coupling of the external handle, for example for day operation) is possible.
55
Two-point locking through spring initial tension after closing the door. Three-step safety bolt.
66
Universal control latch (24 mm DIN left and DIN right face plate versions can be used).
Unlocking from the outside by key or couplable external handle.
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
Picture of the article
16
16
019544
¬"¢M1−
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 35, 12 V DC,
outward left, type SVP 6719
583,00 €
17
17
Technical Data
perforated for
Distance
Bolt length
Dead bolt throw
Square nut
Connection
Current consumption
Contact rating
Box staple
Face plate
Profile cylinder
92 mm
35 mm, behind bolt length 15,5 mm
20 mm
9 mm, split
12 V DC, stabilised
max. 0,4 A
max. 30 V DC, 1,5 W
in DIN dimensions, corrosion-resistant
270 x 24 mm
Stainless steel flanged face plate.
Used for DIN right profiled frame door inward right and DIN left profiled frame door outward left.
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
Flanged face plate included in the delivery.
23
23
Accessories:
019529
SVP-A 1000 connection cable, 12-wire, 10 m
365
Electrical locking devices
019545
¬"¢N4−
Key switches
Anti-panic motor key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 35, 24 V DC,
583,00 €
outward left, type SVP 6719
Technical Data
perforated for
Distance
Bolt length
Dead bolt throw
Square nut
Connection
Current consumption
Contact rating
Box staple
Face plate
Profile cylinder
92 mm
35 mm, behind bolt length 15,5 mm
20 mm
9 mm, split
24 V DC, stabilised
max. 0,2 A
max. 30 V DC, 1,5 W
in DIN-Abmessungen, korrosionsgeschützt
270 x 24 mm
Stainless steel flanged face plate.
Used for DIN right profiled frame door inward right and DIN left profiled frame door outward left.
Flanged face plate included in the delivery.
Accessories:
019529
019546
¬"¢O7−
SVP-A 1000 connection cable, 12-wire, 10 m
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 35, 12V DC,
outward right, type SVP 6710
583,00 €
Technical Data
perforated for
Distance
Bolt length
Dead bolt throw
Square nut
Connection
Current consumption
Contact rating
Box staple
Face plate
Profile cylinder
92 mm
35 mm, behind bolt length 15,5 mm
20 mm
9 mm, split
12 V DC, stabilised
max. 0,4 A
max. 30 V DC, 1,5 W
in DIN dimensions, corrosion-resistant
270 x 24 mm
Stainless steel flanged face plate.
Used for DIN right profiled frame door outward right and DIN left profiled frame door inward left.
Flanged face plate included in the delivery.
Accessories:
019529
019547
¬"¢P:−
SVP-A 1000 connection cable, 12-wire, 10 m
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 35, 24V DC,
outward right, type SVP 6710
583,00 €
Technical Data
perforated for
Distance
Bolt length
Dead bolt throw
Square nut
Connection
Current consumption
Contact rating
Box staple
Face plate
Profile cylinder
92 mm
35 mm, behind bolt length 15,5 mm
20 mm
9 mm, split
24 V DC, stabilised
max. 0,2 A
max. 30 V DC, 1,5 W
in DIN dimensions, corrosion-resistant
270 x 24 mm
Stainless steel flanged face plate.
Used for DIN right profiled frame door outward right and DIN left profiled frame door inward left.
Flanged face plate included in the delivery.
Accessories:
019529
366
www.honeywell.com/security/de
SVP-A 1000 connection cable, 12-wire, 10 m
Electrical locking devices
Motor locks / Key switches
Application example
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
Dimensional drawings for motor locks type SVP 2xxx and key switches SVP 6xxx
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
Motor lock type 2719 for profile frame door
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
367
Electrical locking devices
Key switch type SVP 6719, SVP 6710 for profiled frame door
Motor locks type SVP 227x and key switches type SVP 627x for massive door leaf (plain door)
368
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Motor locks / Key switches
Electrical locking devices
Anti-panic lock
Multi-point locking system M-SVP 2000
11
Range of application
22
The M-SVP 2000 is used in particular in automated or access-controlled entry doors.
Other fields of application include doors with rescue route or fire protection requirements.
33
Function
Say goodbye to locking. Unlocking by motor, by hand via handle from the inside or by key
from the outside. Automatic re-locking by motor after closing the door, permanently open
with latch-hold function or day latch.
44
Particularity
55
Maximum tamper protection, intrusion resistance up to resistance class 4 in suitable door
systems. Connection of external access control systems. Profile-based delivery kits for steel
and aluminium profiles and wooden doors.
66
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Length
77
230 V AC
2170 mm
88
For freewheeling cylinders PZ or RZ only.
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
Performance Features
• Self-locking anti-panic lock with motorized steel
power cam bolt
17
17
• Motorized locking and unlocking via twin motor
18
18
• Panic unlocking via door handle
• Inputs for temporary/permanent unlocking and
day latch function
19
19
• Potential-free outputs for Door open/closed and
activation of Automatic mode
• Visual and audible signalling of the locking status
20
20
• Tappet contacts for wireless current and data
transmission
21
21
• Integrated magnetic contact
• 9 mm square follower
• Tappet contacts for wireless current and data
transmission, for freewheeling cylinders
PZ or RZ only, integrated magnetic contact
22
22
For the dimensions in mm, see the following Technical Data.
23
23
369
Electrical locking devices
¬"¢D}−
019535
Anti-panic lock
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 H 65/72 DIN L
1.365,00 €
Technical Data
Distance
Bolt length
Flach-Stulp
72 mm
65 mm
20 mm
For use in wooden doors
Delivery kits consisting of:
Lock, faceplate, cable and cable ducts, current and data transmitters, control unit and power
supply unit, incl. mounting instructions and milling pattern.
019535.01
¬"¢D§/12Y−
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 H 65/72 DIN R
1.365,00 €
Technical Data
Distance
Bolt length
Flach-Stulp
72 mm
65 mm
20 mm
For use in wooden doors
Delivery kits consisting of:
Lock, faceplate, cable and cable ducts, current and data transmitters, control unit and power
supply unit, incl. mounting instructions and milling pattern.
¬"¢E¢−
019536
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 H 55/92 DIN L
1.365,00 €
Technical Data
Distance
Bolt length
Flach-Stulp
92 mm
55 mm
20 mm
For use in wooden doors
Delivery kits consisting of:
Lock, faceplate, cable and cable ducts, current and data transmitters, control unit and power
supply unit, incl. mounting instructions and milling pattern.
019536.01
¬"¢E§/12\−
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 H 55/92 DIN R
1.365,00 €
Technical Data
Distance
Bolt length
Flach-Stulp
92 mm
55 mm
20 mm
For use in wooden doors
Delivery kits consisting of:
Lock, faceplate, cable and cable ducts, current and data transmitters, control unit and power
supply unit, incl. mounting instructions and milling pattern.
370
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Electrical locking devices
019537.99
¬"¢F¥−
Anti-panic lock
1.365,00 €
11
Self-locking anti-panic lock with motorized steel power cam bolt, Motorized locking and
unlocking via twin motor, Panic unlocking via door handle, Inputs for temporary/unlocking
and day latch function, Potential-free outputs for Door open/closed and activation of
Automatic mode, Optical and acoustic signalling of the locking status, Tappet contacts for
wireless current and data transmission, for freewheeling cylinders PZ or RZ only, integrated
magnetic contact, 9 mm square follower.
22
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 UU6 35/92 DIN L
33
44
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Bolt length
Distance
U-face plate
U-closing leaf
230 V AC
35 mm
92 mm
6 x 24 mm
5,5 x 24 mm
55
66
For use in profile systems:
- Heroal 82/90
- Hueck BSC T30
- Schüco Royal S50N
- Schüco Royal RS65
- Schüco Royal S65
- Schüco Royal S70
77
88
99
Delivery kits consisting of:
Lock, faceplate, cable and cable ducts, current and data transmitters, control unit and power
supply unit, incl. mounting instructions and milling pattern.
10
10
11
11
019537.01
¬"¢F§/12_−
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 UU6 35/92 DIN R
1.365,00 €
12
12
Self-locking anti-panic lock with motorized steel power cam bolt, Motorized locking and
unlocking via twin motor, Panic unlocking via door handle, Inputs for temporary/unlocking
and day latch function, Potential-free outputs for Door open/closed and activation of
Automatic mode, Optical and acoustic signalling of the locking status, Tappet contacts for
wireless current and data transmission, for freewheeling cylinders PZ or RZ only, integrated
magnetic contact, 9 mm square follower.
13
13
14
14
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Bolt length
Distance
U-face plate
U-closing leaf
15
15
230 V AC
35 mm
92 mm
6 x 24 mm
5,5 x 24 mm
16
16
17
17
For use in profile systems:
- Heroal 82/90
- Hueck BSC T30
- Schüco Royal S50N
- Schüco Royal RS65
- Schüco Royal S65
- Schüco Royal S70
Delivery kits consisting of:
Lock, faceplate, cable and cable ducts, current and data transmitters, control unit and power
supply unit, incl. mounting instructions and milling pattern.
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
371
Electrical locking devices
¬"¢G¨−
019538
Anti-panic lock
1.365,00 €
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 FF DIN L
Self-locking anti-panic lock with motorized steel power cam bolt, Motorized locking and
unlocking via twin motor, Panic unlocking via door handle, Inputs for temporary/unlocking
and day latch function, Potential-free outputs for Door open/closed and activation of
Automatic mode, Optical and acoustic signalling of the locking status, Tappet contacts for
wireless current and data transmission, for freewheeling cylinders PZ or RZ only, integrated
magnetic contact, 9 mm square follower.
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Bolt length
Distance
Flach-Stulp
Flat closing leaf
230 V AC
35 mm
92 mm
3 x 24 mm
3 x 24 mm
For use in profile systems:
- Alcoa AA 610
- Hueck 1.0
- Jansen Janisol T30
- Wicona Wicstyle 65
- Wicona Wicstyle 65N
- Wicona Wicstyle 77
Delivery kits consisting of:
Lock, faceplate, cable and cable ducts, current and data transmitters, control unit and power
supply unit, incl. mounting instructions and milling pattern.
019538.01
¬"¢G§/12b−
1.365,00 €
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 FF DIN R
Self-locking anti-panic lock with motorized steel power cam bolt, Motorized locking and
unlocking via twin motor, Panic unlocking via door handle, Inputs for temporary/unlocking
and day latch function, Potential-free outputs for Door open/closed and activation of
Automatic mode, Optical and acoustic signalling of the locking status, Tappet contacts for
wireless current and data transmission, for freewheeling cylinders PZ or RZ only, integrated
magnetic contact, 9 mm square follower.
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Bolt length
Distance
Flach-Stulp
Flat closing leaf
230 V AC
35 mm
92 mm
3 x 24 mm
3 x 24 mm
For use in profile systems:
- Alcoa AA 610
- Hueck 1.0
- Jansen Janisol T30
- Wicona Wicstyle 65
- Wicona Wicstyle 65N
- Wicona Wicstyle 77
Delivery kits consisting of:
Lock, faceplate, cable and cable ducts, current and data transmitters, control unit and power
supply unit, incl. mounting instructions and milling pattern.
372
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Electrical locking devices
Protective coatings
Armatures for safety locks
019530
¬"¢?n−
11
Aluminium protective coating, PZ 72 mm, long plate, type SVP-SB 210 172,00 €
22
Protective coating according to DIN 18257 ES 1 including core drawback protector for SVP
2000 full-leaf locks, checked for fire and emergency exit doors, long plate, replacement kit
including 9 mm square pin. Also for use with M-SVP 2000 for full-leaf doors (bolt length
65 mm).
33
44
Technical Data
Distance
Door leaf thickness
Cylinder excess length
Colour
019531
¬"¢@q−
Profile cylinder 72 mm
45 - 54 mm
9 - 15 mm
alu-silver
55
66
77
Aluminium protective coating, PZ 92 mm, short plate, type SVP-SB 710 189,00 €
88
Protective coating according to DIN 18257 ES 1 including core drawback protector for SVP
2000 tubular frame locks, checked for fire and emergency exit doors, short plate, replacement kit including 9 mm square pin. Also for use with MSVP 2000 for profiled systems
(bolt length 35 mm).
99
Technical Data
Distance
Door leaf thickness
Cylinder excess length
Colour
10
10
Profile cylinder 92 mm
55- 74 mm
9 - 15 mm
alu-silver
11
11
12
12
019534
¬"¢Cz−
Aluminium protective coating, PZ 72 mm, long plate, type SVP-SB 211 172,00 €
13
13
Protective coating according to DIN 18257 ES 1 including core drawback protector for SVP
6000 full-leaf locks, checked for fire and emergency exit doors, long plate, handle on both
sides includes divided square pin (bolt length 65 mm).
14
14
Technical Data
Distance
Door leaf thickness
Cylinder excess length
Colour
019533
¬"¢Bw−
15
15
Profile cylinder 72 mm
45 - 54 mm
9 - 15 mm
alu-silver
16
16
17
17
Aluminium protective coating, PZ 92 mm, short plate, type SVP-SB 711 189,00 €
18
18
Protective coating according to DIN 18257 ES 1 including core drawback protector for SVP
6000 tubular frame locks, checked for fire and emergency exit doors, short plate, handle on
both sides includes divided square pin (bolt length 35 mm).
19
19
Technical Data
Distance
Door leaf thickness
Cylinder excess length
Colour
Profile cylinder 92 mm
55 - 74 mm
9 - 15 mm
alu-silver
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
373
Electrical locking devices
Dimensional drawings for protective coatings SVP-SB 21x
374
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Protective coatings
Electrical locking devices
Protective coatings
Dimensional drawings for protective coatings SVP-SB 71x
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
375
Notizen
376
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Escape route technology
14
14
Basis
TMS
15
15
Tableau
16
16
Networking
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
377
Rescue route technology
Single door solutions
Rescue route technology
Rescue route control panels
Escape door terminals
Door locking systems
Electric surface holding magnets
378
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Basis System and Basis System Design
Rescue route technology
Basis System and Basis System Design
Escape route systems for single doors
11
Performance Features
22
Functions/Equipment
Particularly economical escape route system in two versions. As Basis System with robust
door terminal or as Basis System Design in System 55 design (see photograph).
In addition to the basic functions of emergency
door opening, prevention of misuse in an emer
gency, the Basis systems allow:
As original equipment or for retrofitting single doors of low door release frequency.
• Passage by authorised persons from the inside to
the outside
For example off-licence shops and beverage sections of supermarkets, restaurants,
cinemas, small commercial installations or offices, retail dealer shops, car parks
44
• Emergency unlocking by fire detection system
(BMA), hazard detection system(GMA), smoke
detectors, sprinklers, etc.
Particularities
55
33
Fields of application
After a power failure, the system is restarted automatically.
• Tamper protection
• Temporary unlocking (5 or 10 seconds) can be
set instead of permanent unlocking
Optional functions/equipment
66
Technical Data
Connection
Short-time unlocking
24 V DC
5 bzw. 10 sec.
77
• Access from outside via keyswitch
• TX 44 components for outdoor use with the Basis
System Design
88
• Automatic locking of the door by SVP lock
• External flash lamp and alarm siren
99
• Remote monitoring/control from a control panel
• Emergency power supply
10
10
Advantages - point by point
• Extremely attractive solution, to allow an escape
route system to be implemented using few escape
doors
11
11
• Simple mounting and installation in deep standard
flush-mounted boxes
12
12
• System 55 can be combined with cover frame
from many leading providers such as GIRA,
Berker, Merten, Jung
13
13
• Internal wiring via plug-in flat-ribbon cable
14
14
• Monitoring module immediately informs about
the door status via light signals
• Locking/unlocking via integrated key switch and
door unit
15
15
• Illuminated emergency button under protective
cover is protected against misuse by a tamper
switch
16
16
• Door opening in an emergency via an emergency
button
17
17
• Permanent unlocking
• Visual and audible status messages
18
18
• Emergency unlocking by FDCP, HDS, smoke
detector, sprinkler, etc.
• Passage from inside to outside via terminal
19
19
• Option: Passage from inside to outside via key
switch
• Tamper monitoring terminal
20
20
• Tamper monitoring door locking
• Option: Emergency power supply
• Option: Access control
21
21
• Message from IDS
• Connection of external means of alarm
22
22
• Options: Remote monitoring, control
Proof of suitability
23
23
Escape route systems conform to EltVTR Directive
and pr EN 13 637 draft
379
Rescue route technology
Basis System and Basis System Design
Basis System Design escape route system
Range of application
Escape route system with Terminal System 55 Design to be fitted to installation boxes or for
surface mounting. For fitting single doors of low door release frequency.
Function
Securely locked during daily work, quick and easy to open in case of danger. Electronic
escape route systems are best suited to meeting these opposing requirements.
Particularities
The escape route system is integrated perfectly into the electric installation design.
The system can also be used outdoors (IP44) by using suitable cover frames. Extension by
one access control function with monitoring is easy to do.
Recommended cables
Mains cable: NYM - I 3 x 1.5
System lines: I - Y (ST) Y
Terminal –> HDS = 2 x 2 x 0.6 max. 1000 m
Terminal –> Door lock = 4 x 2 x 0.6
Terminal –> Key switch ST32 = 4 x 2 x 0.6 max. 50 m
Terminal –> TG/TE = 4 x 2 x 0.6 max. 1.500 m
Terminal –> BL = 2 x 2 x 0.6 max. 50 m
Terminal –> AS = 2 x 2 x 0.6 max. 50 m
Basis System Design escape route control terminals
019570
¬"¢g¡−
Basis escape door control terminal surface-mounted set,
including power supply unit, in a 4-module housing
750,00 €
Basis FT control terminal surface-mounted set, including power supply unit, contains:
emergency button, keyswitch, control unit, power supply in a 4-module housing with
dummy plate.
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Colour
230 V AC, ±10%
alunatur
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
019571
¬"¢h¤−
Basis escape door control terminal flush-mounted set,
including power supply unit, in a 4-module frame
693,00 €
Basis FT control terminal flush-mounted set, including power supply unit, contains:
emergency button, keyswitch, control unit, power supply in a 4-module frame and dummy
plate.
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Colour
230 V AC, ±10%
reinweiß
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
380
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
019571.01
¬"¢h§/12^−
Basis System and Basis System Design
Basis escape door control terminal flush-mounted set,
including power supply unit, in a 4-module frame
693,00 €
11
Basis FT control terminal flush-mounted set, including power supply unit, contains:
emergency button, keyswitch, control unit, power supply in a 4-module frame and dummy
plate.
22
33
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Colour
230 V AC, ±10%
alusilber
44
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
55
TMS escape door terminal
019600
¬"£!}−
66
Escape door terminal housing TL-G 320, surface-mounted,
including 230 V AC power supply unit
786,00 €
77
Sabotage-protected door terminal housing made of powder-coated light metal for housing
the control and connection pcb TL-S, including integrated power supply unit and LED-lit red
emergency button according to EN 60947-5-1, positive-opening, and integrated alarm siren
with controllable loudness level > 100 dB.
Intensely illuminated emergency button surroundings, including optic display of the lockin
status (unlocked = green, locked = red) and optical alarm signalling by external flash light
in case of sabotage attempts and pressing emergency button.
Terminal upper part and lower part very easy to assemble by virtue of the mounting cylinder
accessible from the front and foldable upper part. Emergency button cover can be locked
and folded open and includes sabotage contact and safety-glass-covered segment.
Breakable safety glass with protective film as option. Integrated key switch and key unit.
88
99
10
10
11
11
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Output voltage
Rated current
Temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Type of protection
Colour
12
12
230 V AC, ± 10%
24 V DC max.
1A
-20 to + 50 °C
ca. 90 x 260 x 84 mm
IP 40
green
13
13
14
14
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
15
15
019605
¬"£&%−
Escape door terminal housing TL-G 320, surface-mounted,
excluding power supply unit
483,00 €
16
16
Sabotage-protected door terminal housing made of powder-coated light metal for housing
the control and connection pcb TL-S, excluding power supply unit Includes LED-illuminated
red emergency button according to EN 60947-5-1, positive-opening, and integrated alarm
siren with controllable loudness level > 100 dB.
Intensely illuminated emergency button surroundings, including optic display of the lockin
status (unlocked = green, locked = red) and optical alarm signalling by external flash light
in case of sabotage attempts and pressing emergency button.
Terminal upper part and lower part very easy to assemble by virtue of the mounting cylinder
accessible from the front and foldable upper part. Emergency button cover can be locked
and folded open and includes sabotage contact and safety-glass-covered segment.
Breakable safety glass with protective film as option. Integrated key switch and key unit.
17
17
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Rated current
Temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Type of protection
Colour
24 V DC
1A
-20 to + 50 °C
ca. 90 x 260 x 84 mm
IP 40
green
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
381
Rescue route technology
¬"£+4−
019610
Basis System and Basis System Design
Standard escape route door control pcb TL-S 5 N,
for installation in TL-G 320 escape door terminal housing
188,00 €
TL-S 5 N, control and connection pcb for installation in FT terminal housing TL-G 320,
including integrated power supply unit or FT terminal housing TL-G 320 with on-site power
supply 24 V DC.
Designed for connecting a max. of two door locking systems TV, key switches ST,
monitoring and control units TG/TE, flash lamp or external alarm siren, hazard detection
control panel and/or fire detection system.
Collective alarm feedback via potential-free switching output. Automatic reactivation after
power failure. Activation of the integrated permanent locking system via a key switch and
keypad unit.
Temporary unlocking with automatic reactivation after 10 (5) seconds can be optionally set
on the control pcb instead of permanent unlocking.
Technical Data
Connection voltage range
Current consumption
24 V DC ±10 %
max. ca. 65 mA ca. 110 mA (im Alarmfall)
Accessories
¬"£(+−
019607
TL-UK flush-mounting box for flush-mounting the TL-G
116,00 €
Galvanized mounting box for flush-mounting door terminal, including fixing lugs as wall
anchor.
Adjustable base plate for compensating vertical mounting tolerances.
Prepared for frontside and rear side cable feed.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
019607.01
¬"£(§/12n−
ca. 113 x 311 x 77 mm
TR-BR cover frame for TL-UK flush-mounting box
Height-adjustable to adjust the mounting depth.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
382
www.honeywell.com/security/de
ca. 130 x 331 x 4 mm
192,00 €
Rescue route technology
019645
¬"£N6−
Basis System and Basis System Design
485,00 €
11
TV 505 door locking system, including adjustable latch for concealed door frame installation, with integrated monitoring contacts for monitoring active/inactive status. Load-independent jam-free unlocking, max. retaining force according to EltVTR.
22
TV 505 door locking system DIN L
33
Technical Data
Cylinder excess length
Dimensions
Connection
Maximum current consumption
Contact rating
Cable recommendation
23 x 134 x 39 mm
Flange connected flat closing leaf 25 x 200 x 3 mm
for flush doors
24 V DC ± 5 %
58 mA
24 V DC / 0,5 A inductive / 1,0 A ohmic
I-Y (ST) Y 4 x 2 x 0,6 mm
44
55
66
Includes flanged-on flat face plate DIN L, screws bag and DCW adapter
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
Dimensions in mm
16
16
019646
¬"£O9−
485,00 €
17
17
TV 506 door locking system, including adjustable latch for concealed door frame installation, with integrated monitoring contacts for monitoring active/inactive status. Load-independent jam-free unlocking, max. retaining force according to EltVTR.
18
18
TV 506 door locking system DIN R
19
19
Technical Data
Cylinder excess length
Dimensions
Connection
Maximum current consumption
Contact rating
Cable recommendation
23 x 134 x 39 mm
Flange connected flat closing leaf 25 x 200 x 3 mm
for flush doors
24 V DC ± 5 %
58 mA
24 V DC / 0,5 A inductive / 1,0 A ohmic
I-Y (ST) Y 4 x 2 x 0,6 mm
20
20
21
21
22
22
For dimensions, see 019645.
Includes flanged-on flat face plate DIN R, screws bag and DCW adapter
23
23
383
Rescue route technology
019641
¬"£J*−
Basis System and Basis System Design
TV 501 door locking system DIN L
493,00 €
TV 501 door locking system, including adjustable latch for concealed door frame installation, with integrated monitoring contacts for monitoring active/inactive status. Load-independent jam-free unlocking, max. retaining force according to EltVTR.
Technical Data
Cylinder excess length
Dimensions
Connection
Maximum current consumption
Contact rating
Cable recommendation
23 x 134 x 39 mm
Flange connected angled face plate 30 x 48 x 220 x 3 mm
for rebated doors
24 V DC ± 5 %
58 mA
24 V DC / 0,5 A inductive / 1,0 A ohmic
I-Y (ST) Y 4 x 2 x 0,6 mm
Includes flanged-on angled face plate DIN L, screws bag and DCW adapter
Dimensions in mm
019642
¬"£K-−
TV 502 door locking system DIN R
493,00 €
TV 502 door locking system, including adjustable latch for concealed door frame installation, with integrated monitoring contacts for monitoring active/inactive status. Load-independent jam-free unlocking, max. retaining force according to EltVTR.
Technical Data
Cylinder excess length
Dimensions
Connection
Maximum current consumption
Contact rating
Cable recommendation
23 x 134 x 39 mm
Flange connected angled face plate 30 x 48 x 220 x 3 mm
for rebated doors
24 V DC ± 5 %
58 mA
24 V DC / 0,5 A inductive / 1,0 A ohmic
I-Y (ST) Y 4 x 2 x 0,6 mm
For dimensions, see 019641.
Includes angled flat face plate DIN R, screws bag and DCW adapter
384
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
019649
¬"£RB−
Basis System and Basis System Design
42,00 €
11
TV-Z 510 mortise-type spring lock with adjustable latch, as counter unit for TV 50x, for
installation in door leaf
22
Technical Data
33
TV-Z 510 mortise-type spring lock with adjustable latch
Dimensions face plate
24 x 110 mm
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
Dimensions in mm
019618
¬"£3L−
13
13
174,00 €
14
14
Key switch ST 32 in tamper-proof design, including LED display (red/green), silver-coloured
LM housing with front plate, suitable for surface- and flush-mounted installation.
15
15
ST 32 key switch prepared for on-site half cylinder according to DIN 18 252 (half 30-32.5
mm, length 40.5 43.5 mm), keybit position left (90°).
16
16
Technical Data
17
17
ST 32 key switch, surface-/flush-mounted, in housing
Dimensions of housing (W x H x D)
Dimensions front plate (W x H)
Cable recommendation
ca. 75 x 75 x 50 mm
90 x 100 x 2 mm (f.m. mounted)
1-4 (ST) Y 2 x 2 x 0,6 mm
18
18
19
19
019614
¬"£/@−
TL-ST S55 W key switch, flush-mounted, white
124,00 €
20
20
Flush-mounted key switch for escape route system Basis System Design or TMS, for
on-site half cylinder according to DIN 18252.
21
21
Technical Data
Half cylinder
Length
Setting of locking
Colour
30-32,5 mm
40,5-43,5 mm
left 90°
white
22
22
23
23
385
Rescue route technology
019614.01
¬"£/§/12¥−
Basis System and Basis System Design
TL-ST S55 S key switch, flush-mounted, silver
124,00 €
Flush-mounted key switch for escape route system Basis System Design or TMS, for
on-site half cylinder according to DIN 18252.
Technical Data
Half cylinder
Length
Setting of locking
Colour
019655
¬"£XT−
30-32,5 mm
40,5-43,5 mm
left 90°
silver
503,00 €
TV 101 door locking system
Approval
G105124
TV 101 door locking system (no-load current principle). Equipped with tamper- and doormonitoring contacts and integrated positively driven monitoring for active/inactive status.
In corrosion-resistant and tamper-proof painted metal housing. Max. retaining force according to EltVTR in case of load-independent jam-free unlocking.
Technical Data
Voltage supply
Maximum current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
Cable recommendation
24 V DC ± 10 %
ca. 250 mA
ca. 190 x 55 x 80 mm
silver
I-Y (ST) Y 4 x 2 x 0,6 mm
Including support, chuck plate set and screws bag
019651
¬"£TH−
10,00 €
TV-Z 01 chuck plate set
TV-Z 01 chuck plate set for adjusting the holder of the TV 101 in the case of coarse
mounting tolerances.
2 pieces 1 mm thick each
1 piece 3 mm thick
019652
¬"£UK−
100,00 €
TV-Z 101 fixing unit
TV-Z 101 fixing unit for angled mounting of the TV 101, for flush-surface doors.
Galvanized steel bracket with light metal protective cover, secured against unscrewing.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
386
www.honeywell.com/security/de
ca. 190 x 58 x 84,5 mm
silver
Rescue route technology
019680
¬"£q8−
Surface holding magnets
469,00 €
11
EM 5300 AH surface holding magnet (no-load principle) with integrated Hall sensor.
Symmetric design for left-/right-hand mounting, anodized aluminium housing, corrosionresistant, stainless steel counter-holding plate, door bounce protection, with door status
monitoring via 2-colour LED (red/green) and relay contact, concealed fixing system
22
EM 5300 AH surface holding magnet
33
Technical Data
Rated voltage
Current consumption
Holding power
Dimensions without fixings (W x H x D)
Dimensions adhesion counter plate (W x H x D)
12 V DC / 24 V DC
500 mA / 250 mA
5300 N (530 kp)
268 x 73 x 39 mm
190 x 61 x 17 mm
44
55
Including counter-holding plate and fixing kit
019683
¬"£tA−
66
EM 3000 T-AM surface holding magnet
77
217,00 €
88
EM 3000 T-AM holding magnet (no-load principle) with integrated Hall sensor. Symmetric
Slimline design for left-/right-hand mounting, anodized aluminium housing, corrosion-resistant, stainless steel counter-holding plate, door bounce protection, door status monitoring
via Reed contact, concealed fixing system.
99
Technical Data
Rated voltage
Current consumption
Holding power
Dimensions without fixings (W x H x D)
Dimensions adhesion counter plate (W x H x D)
10
10
12 V DC / 24 V DC
500 mA / 250 mA
3000 N (300 kp)
226 x 36 x 27 mm
185 x 32 x 11 mm
11
11
12
12
Including counter-holding plate and fixing kit
13
13
019684
¬"£uD−
353,00 €
EM 3000 AH surface holding magnet
14
14
EM 3000 AH surface holding magnet, same as EM 3000 T-AM but with door status
monitoring via 2-colour LED (red/green) and relay contact.
15
15
Technical Data
Rated voltage
Current consumption
Holding power
Dimensions without fixings (W x H x D)
Dimensions adhesion counter plate (W x H x D)
12 V DC / 24 V DC
500 mA / 250 mA
3000 N (300 kp)
268 x 48 x 27 mm
185 x 35 x 11 mm
16
16
17
17
Including counter-holding plate and fixing kit
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
387
Rescue route technology
Surface holding magnets
Accessories
019681
¬"£r;−
AMZL fixing kit for EM 5300 AH holding magnet
122,00 €
AMZL 5300 fixing kit for EM 5300 holding magnets, suitable for metal, wooden and plastic
doors.
Includes one L and adjustable Z bracket each
4
019682.99
¬"£s>−
AMF counter plate for fixing kit for EM 5300 AH
53,00 €
AMF 5300 counter plate for EM 5300 AH holding magnets for fire doors.
019689
¬"£zS−
AMZL fixing kit for EM 3000 AH holding magnet
122,00 €
AMZL 3000 fixing kit for EM 3000 holding magnets, suitable for metal, wooden and plastic
doors.
Includes one L and adjustable Z bracket each
019686
¬"£wJ−
AMF counter plate for fixing kit for EM 3000 AH
AMF 3000 counter plate for EM 3000 AH holding magnets for fire doors.
388
www.honeywell.com/security/de
53,00 €
Rescue route technology
Surface holding magnets
Dimensional drawing EM 5300 AH surface holding magnet
Dimensional drawings EM 5300 AH and EM 3000 T-AM surface holding magnets
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
Dimensional drawing EM 3000 T-AM surface holding magnet
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
Dimensional drawing EM 3000 AH surface holding magnet
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
389
Rescue route technology
TMS
From escape route system to TMS door management system
Performance Features
Advantages - point by point
• Savings in time and costs during installation
through advanced bus technology with easy
wiring
• Perfect function through self-detection and
pre-parameterisation of the individual
components.
For multi-functional requirements of any door type
In order to meet a wide range of functional requirements of doors wherever many doors
have to monitored, the traditional escape route system for TMS have been developed
further.
Door management systems (TMS)
Door management systems allow almost all functional requirements of any door type to be
meet in accordance with the customer’s requirements. If required, they can be monitored,
controlled and managed from a control panel.
• Simple programming and reprogramming
• Integrated timer
• Integrated access control
• Disabling input for intrusion detection systems
(EMA) via I/O module
• VdS-tested
• Buc connection to other systems possible,
such as building control technology systems
• LON, LAN, RS 232, OPC and ESPA interface
• Perfect documentation for immediate error
analysis when required
• All doors can be networked, allowing them to
be controlled centrally
• Visualisation and parameterisation possible
• Flexible wiring of external components
• Compact control for complete flush-mounted
installation
Proof of suitability
Escape route systems conform to EltVTR Directive
and prEN 13 637 draft
For one or more than one thousand doors
The wide range of use of TMS-Systems ranges from the single or special door solution to
far more than 1,000 individually configurable and networkable doors in large premises from simple to complex ones, for medical practices or hospital centres, travel agencies or
major airports.
Multi-functionality from a single source
As a manufacturer of system technology for any type of door, Honeywell covers security
technology, door technology and Automatic technology, that is, all areas required for providing multi-functional door management systems. The finely tuned components guarantee
smooth operation via automatic drives, even with a wide range of range of functions, for
example escape protection + access control + equipment suitable for the disabled.
The installation of components via DORMA DCW (DORMA CONNECT and WORK), a uniform
system bus, proceeds just as smoothly and moreover saves time and costs.
Reliable in its planning, future-proof and safe in terms of investments
All FWS and TMS systems as well as the individual components are VDS- and MPA-tested
and meet the required/legal approvals/standards. All systems are pre-configured and
directly ready for use after installation. Moreover, they offer high flexibility in adapting the
pre-settings to your own requirements by simple reprogramming.
Market-suitable system versions
TMS Compact, TMS Standard, TMS Standard+ and TMS Universal are the four system
versions that we offer for the most important market requirements. The system settings can
be customised at any time, are effective in their functioning and an efficient
investment.
Door management per TMS Soft
Central monitoring and control of the TMS systems, including all individual components at
the doors, is done by means of the TMS Soft door management software at the PC.
Door management within the building management
The networking of the TMS door inside the building is done via LON or LAN. The TMS doors
can be integrated into our WINMAG hazard management systems via the rescue route
technology (RWT) option.
TMS - Your interface with systematic security
Our TMS door management system offers a new stage of development in the
control of system components. The aim: reliable door functions free of problems and
adapted to the particular situation, ranging from the simple single door to networked doors
connected to the building control technology.
The flexibility of the door management also allows activation of self-locking anti-panic locks
and electric door wing drives and simple combination with other systems such as access
control, intrusion detection systems (EMA), video, etc.
In addition, TMS also provides many individual solutions.
390
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
TMS
Single door solutions - TMS
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
391
Rescue route technology
Overview TMS
392
www.honeywell.com/security/de
TMS
Rescue route technology
TMS
Escape route systems can be configured for individual requirements
11
Basis system for subsequent fitting of single doors of low door release frequency.
The system can be remote-monitored and -controlled from a panel and unlocked in case of
emergency by fire detection systems, smoke detectors, etc. After a power failure, an
automatic reactivation is started (optional emergency power supply).
22
33
TMS standard system for fitting doors of high door release frequency. In addition to the
functions of the standard systems, the self-locking anti-panic bolt lock offers authorised
persons maximum door release convenience, since only one locking process is required at
the locking cylinder of the lock. At the same time, it optimises the security status through
automatic reactivation after closing the door and other monitoring functions such as handle
pre-alarm and door open monitoring.
44
55
66
Particularly suitable for doors that are also designed as attack and rescue route for the fire
brigade and must be opened by the fire brigade from the outside via their service key.
All TMS systems can be integrated into the network and thus controlled centrally.
77
TMS universal system for fitting doors of high door release frequency and further convenience requirements. Its modular design allows the escape route system to be extended to
a complex door management system. The system can be extended at low cost, ranging from
remote unlocking and/or activation options via access control systems, for example CODIC,
to a configuration suitable for the disabled that includes automatic drives. TMS also takes
the design requirements into account. Terminals can be integrated in different versions
88
99
10
10
TMS special systems for special applications, for example psychiatric institutions, closed
wards in hospitals, home for the elderly, nursing homes and other premises in which no
on-site enabling is desired or possible. To this end, the escape route system can also be
operated on-site without door terminal. The legal requirement is that the doors can
be viewed directly from a central, permanently manned position where an enable facility
with the same disconnection reliability as via the on-site emergency button is in place.
11
11
12
12
Recommended cables
Mains cable: NYM - I 3 x 1,5
TMS terminal –> Door lock xxx DCW = 4 x 2 x 0.8
TMS terminal –> Key switch ST32 DCW = 2 x 2 x 0.8
TMS terminal –> TExx = 2 x 2 x 0.8
TMS terminal –> Smoke detector” = 2 x 2 x 0.8
TMS terminal –> BL” = 2 x 2 x 0.8
LON module –> LON gateway = 2 x 2 x 0.8
“via DCW I/O module
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
393
Rescue route technology
TMS
For full functionality in a minimum amount of space - TMS Compact
Performance Features
Functions/Equipment
In addition to the basic functions of emergency
door opening, prevention of misuse in standard
use, TMS Compact allows:
• Passage by authorised persons from the inside
and outside
• Emergency unlocking by fire detection system
(BMA), hazard detection system(GMA), smoke
detectors, sprinklers, etc.
• Manipulation monitoring or tamper monitoring
• Temporary, long-term and permanent unlocking
• Door open monitoring
• Automatic locking of the door each time it is
closed
• All functions can be parameterised by PC
via TMS Soft
Smallest TMS system for securing escape routes and for door management in tamper-protected design. As original equipment or for retrofitting. A flush-mounted solution developed
as a result of increased market demand that allows doors to be equipped with all TMS
functionalities and, if required, also allows them be integrated into a network and which do
not require any additional components, such as an SVP motor lock. Due to the deliberately
reduced number of connections, the TMS Compact control also fits into a single standard
flush-mounted box.
Fields of application
For example supermarkets/warehouses, discos, cinema centres, business installations,
car parks, office/administration buildings, sports arenas and event venues.
Particularities
Many extensions possible without new wiring, flexible reprogramming. Prepared for connection via LON or LAN. Direct parameterisation via RS-232 interface or bus. Conventional
systems, such as building control technology or additional control or signalling installations
can be connected via I/O module.
Optional functions/equipment
• External flash lamp and alarm siren
• Remote monitoring, control, parameterisation by
PC via TMS Soft
• Emergency power supply
• Networking with other doors and PC
Practical example: TMS Compact
1) Emergency button NC S55 terminal
2) Key switch TL-ST S55 S
3) Control TL-S TMS Compact
(Positions 1-3 in Set 019583)
4) Door locking TV 500 DCW
(e.g. 019645)
5) Power supply
Application example
394
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
TMS
TMS escape door/control terminals design
019580
¬"¢q6−
11
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design
surface-mounted, in 5-module housing
860,00 €
22
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design surface-mounted set, including power
supply unit, in a 5-module profiled housing.
The set can be networked via an additional flush-mounted LON module.
33
Technical Data
44
Connection voltage
Colour
230 V AC, ±10%
alunatur
55
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
The set includes: emergency button, key switch, TL-TMS Compact control unit, 230 V power
supply unit, dummy plate, 5-module profiled housing.
019581
¬"¢r9−
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design
flush-mounted, in 5-module frame
66
77
880,00 €
88
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design flush-mounted set, including power
supply unit, in a 5-module frame.
The set can be networked via an additional flush-mounted LON module.
99
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Colour
230 V AC, ±10%
reinweiß
10
10
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
11
11
The set includes: emergency button, key switch, TL-TMS Compact control unit, 230 V power
supply unit, dummy plate, 5-module frame.
019581.01
¬"¢r§/12|−
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design
flush-mounted, in 5-module frame
12
12
880,00 €
13
13
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design flush-mounted set, including power
supply unit, in a 5-module frame.
The set can be networked via an additional flush-mounted LON module.
14
14
Technical Data
15
15
Connection voltage
Colour
230 V AC, ±10%
alusilber
16
16
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
17
17
The set includes: emergency button, key switch, TL-TMS Compact control unit, 230 V power
supply unit, dummy plate, 5-module frame.
019588
¬"¢yN−
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design
surface-mounted, in 4-module housing
18
18
830,00 €
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design surface-mounted set, including power
supply unit, in a 4-module profiled housing.
The set can be networked via an additional external flush-mounted LON module.
19
19
20
20
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Colour
230 V AC, ±10%
alunatur
21
21
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
For networking, an additional flush-mounted box must be included in the planning.
22
22
The set includes: emergency button, key switch, TL-TMS Compact control unit, 230 V power
supply unit, dummy plate, 4-module profiled housing.
23
23
395
Rescue route technology
¬"¢zQ−
019589
TMS
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design
flush-mounted, in 4-module frame
850,00 €
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design flush-mounted set, including power
supply unit, in a 4-module frame.
The set can be networked via an additional external flush-mounted LON module.
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Colour
230 V AC, ±10%
reinweiß
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
For networking, an additional flush-mounted box must be included in the planning.
The set includes: emergency button, key switch, TL-TMS Compact control unit, 230 V power
supply unit, dummy plate, 4-module frame.
019589.01
¬"¢z§/12-−
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design
flush-mounted, in 4-module frame
850,00 €
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design flush-mounted set, including power
supply unit, in a 4-module frame.
The set can be networked via an additional external flush-mounted LON module.
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Colour
230 V AC, ±10%
alusilber
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
For networking, an additional flush-mounted box must be included in the planning.
The set includes: emergency button, key switch, TL-TMS Compact control unit, 230 V power
supply unit, dummy plate, 4-module frame.
019582
¬"¢s<−
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design
surface-mounted, in 3-module housing
650,00 €
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design surface-mounted set in a 3-module
profiled housing.
The set can be networked via an additional external flush-mounted LON module.
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Colour
24 V DC
alunatur
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
For networking, an additional flush-mounted box must be included in the planning.
The set includes: emergency button/controller unit, key switch, TL-TMS Compact control unit,
dummy plate, 3-module housing.
396
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
019583
¬"¢t?−
TMS
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design set
flush-mounted, in 3-module frame
680,00 €
11
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design flush-mounted set in a 3-module frame.
The set can be networked via an additional external flush-mounted LON module.
22
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Colour
33
24 V DC
reinweiß
44
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
For networking, an additional flush-mounted box must be included in the planning.
55
The set includes: emergency button/controller unit, key switch, TL-TMS Compact control unit,
dummy plate, 3-module frame.
019583.01
¬"¢t§/12¤−
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design set
flush-mounted, in 3-module frame
66
680,00 €
77
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design flush-mounted set in a 3-module frame.
The set can be networked via an additional external flush-mounted LON module.
88
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Colour
24 V DC
alusilber
99
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
For networking, an additional flush-mounted box must be included in the planning.
10
10
The set includes: emergency button/controller unit, key switch, TL-TMS Compact control unit,
dummy plate, 3-module frame.
11
11
Accessories - TMS Compact escape door control terminal design set
019616
¬"£1F−
I/O module DCW, flush-mounted
12
12
430,00 €
13
13
Bus transponder module for connecting products using conventional wiring technology
integrated into the DCW system bus
Three optocoupler inputs for transmitting external signals or control commands and two
outputs for activating external components. Mounting can be done either in standard installation boxes Ø 65 mm or by flush-mounting. The I/O modules can be combined with the line
of switches FR-x, Berker, GIRA, Jung or Merten. The power supply for the I/O module can
optionally come from the DCW bus.
14
14
15
15
16
16
Technical Data
Optocoupler input
Relay outputs
Dimensions panel (W x H)
Installation
to DIN
24 V DC
Change-over contact 45 V DC / 35 V AC / max. 2 A
55 x 55 mm
in standard outlet sockets (62 mm deep) according
17
17
18
18
Hinge covers in white (similar to RAL 9010), silver-coloured and anthracite are included in the
delivery.
019586
¬"¢wH−
19
19
392,00 €
20
20
Flush-mounted TMS LON bus module for installation in installation boxes (62 mm deep)
according to DIN
21
21
TMS LON bus module, flush-mounted
22
22
23
23
397
Rescue route technology
TMS
TMS Standard and TMS Standard+
Performance Features
Functions/Equipment
In addition to the basic functions of emergency
door opening, prevention of misuse in standard
use, TMS Standard allows:
• Passage by authorised persons from the inside
and outside
• Emergency unlocking by fire detection system
(BMA), hazard detection system(GMA), smoke
detectors, sprinklers, etc.
• Manipulation or tamper monitoring
• Temporary, long-term and permanent unlocking
• Door open monitoring
• Automatic locking of the door each time it is
closed
For doors of high door release frequency and higher requirements
TMS Standard
Powerful system for securing escape routes and for door management in tamper-protected
design. As original equipment or for retrofitting doors of higher door release frequency and
higher requirements.
Fields of application
For example supermarkets/warehouses, discos, cinema centres, business installations, car
parks, office/administration buildings, sports arenas and event venues.
Particularities
Many extensions possible without new wiring, flexible reprogramming. Prepared for connection via LON or LAN. Direct parameterisation via RS-232 interface or bus. Conventional
systems, such as building control technology or additional control or signalling installations, can be connected via I/O module.
• All functions can be parameterised by PC via
TMS Soft
Optional functions/equipment
• External flash lamp and alarm siren
• Remote monitoring, control, parameterisation by
PC via TMS Soft
TMS Standard+
In addition to TMS Standard, the self-locking anti-panic bolt lock SVP 4000 offers authorised persons high door release convenience, since only one locking process is required
from the inside at the locking cylinder of the lock. At the same time, it optimises the security status through automatic reactivation after closing the door and other monitoring functions such as handle pre-alarm and door open monitoring.
• Access control functions
• Emergency power supply
• Networking with other doors and PC
Fields of application
Same as TMS Standard.
Particularities
Same as TMS Standard. In addition, particularly suitable for doors that are also designed as
attack and rescue route for the fire brigade and must be opened by the fire brigade from the
outside via their service key.
Practical example: TMS Standard+
1) Escape door terminal housing TL-G 320,
including 230 V AC power supply unit (019600)
2) Control and connection pcb TL-S TMS 2
(019611)
3) Door locking TV 500 DCW (e.g. 019645)
4) Self-locking anti-panic bolt lock SVP 4000
5) Cable link
6) Top door closer ITS 96
7) Smoke detector RM
8) Power supply
Accessories:
SVP-A 1000
Application example
398
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
TMS
TMS escape door terminal
019600
¬"£!}−
11
Escape door terminal housing TL-G 320, surface-mounted,
including 230 V AC power supply unit
786,00 €
22
Sabotage-protected door terminal housing made of powder-coated light metal for housing
the control and connection pcb TL-S, including integrated power supply unit and LED-lit red
emergency button according to EN 60947-5-1, positive-opening, and integrated alarm siren
with controllable loudness level > 100 dB.
33
44
Intensely illuminated emergency button surroundings, including optic display of the lockin
status (unlocked = green, locked = red) and optical alarm signalling by external flash light
in case of sabotage attempts and pressing emergency button.
55
Terminal upper part and lower part very easy to assemble by virtue of the mounting cylinder
accessible from the front and foldable upper part. Emergency button cover can be locked
and folded open and includes sabotage contact and safety-glass-covered segment.
66
Breakable safety glass with protective film as option. Integrated key switch and key unit.
77
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Output voltage
Rated current
Temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Type of protection
Colour
230 V AC, ± 10%
24 V DC max.
1A
-20 to + 50 °C
ca. 90 x 260 x 84 mm
IP 40
green
88
99
10
10
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
11
11
12
12
019605
¬"£&%−
Escape door terminal housing TL-G 320, surface-mounted,
excluding power supply unit
483,00 €
13
13
Sabotage-protected door terminal housing made of powder-coated light metal for housing
the control and connection pcb TL-S, excluding power supply unit Includes LED-illuminated
red emergency button according to EN 60947-5-1, positive-opening, and integrated alarm
siren with controllable loudness level > 100 dB.
14
14
15
15
Intensely illuminated emergency button surroundings, including optic display of the lockin
status (unlocked = green, locked = red) and optical alarm signalling by external flash light
in case of sabotage attempts and pressing emergency button.
16
16
Terminal upper part and lower part very easy to assemble by virtue of the mounting cylinder
accessible from the front and foldable upper part. Emergency button cover can be locked
and folded open and includes sabotage contact and safety-glass-covered segment.
17
17
Breakable safety glass with protective film as option. Integrated key switch and key unit.
18
18
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Rated current
Temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Type of protection
Colour
24 V DC
1A
-20 to + 50 °C
ca. 90 x 260 x 84 mm
IP 40
green
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
399
Rescue route technology
¬"£,7−
019611
TMS
TL-S TMS 2 control and connection pcb for installation
in escape door terminal housing TL-G 320.
404,00 €
Control and connection pcb, including integrated 2-zone I/O module, for installation in
escape door terminal housing TL-G 320, including integrated power supply unit or escape
door terminal housing TL-G 320 with on-site power supply 24 V DC. Two optocoupler inputs
(wired to receive signals from 5 - 30 V AC/DC) for external activation.
Two potential-free outputs for activating external components or for signal output. Integrated temporary, long-term and permanent unlocking via key switch unit programmable
with parameterizable key actuating times and functions.
DCW system bus with component self-detection and default programming of all DCW
system modules, customer-specific requirements programmable via the TMS Soft standard
parameterization software. Parameterization of TMS DCW protection systems via customer
PC or mobile PC.
Networking in 2-wire technology. Parameterization of up to more than 1,000 door management systems via LAN or LON interface and LON adapter card. Control and connection pcb
designed for a max. of four door locking systems TV 1xx DCW and key switches ST 3 x DCW
and further DCW bus components.
For connecting an intrusion detection control panel and/or fire detection control panel for
emergency unlocking via a potential-free contact. After power failure, locking without delay.
Automatic relocking after authorized unlocking programmable between 3 and 180 seconds
via temporary timer or 3 and 120 minutes via the TMS Soft standard parameterization software.
After timer has run down, door open monitoring will start. Door open alarm signalling
delayable from 5 to 180 seconds. Duration of pre-alarm and main alarm programmable.
After closing door, when automatic re-locking is active, premature locking via door contact
programmable.
Differentiated acoustic alarm signalling of door open time exceeded (pre- and/or main
alarm), sabotage, attempt of unauthorized use, emergency open and fire alarm with local
alarm signalling and automatic local alarm switch-off parameterizable up to 180 seconds.
Parameterizable alarm and signal loudness level. Tamper-monitored bus wiring. Functions
of the integrated key switch and of the external key switch ST 3 x DCW can be set and
limited.
Technical Data
Connection voltage range
Current consumption
Contact rating
24 V DC ±10 %
max. ca. 65 mA ca. 90 mA (in caase of alarml)
24 V DC / 0,5 A inductive / 1,0 A ohmic
Accessories
¬"£(+−
019607
TL-UK flush-mounting box for flush-mounting the TL-G
116,00 €
Galvanized mounting box for flush-mounting door terminal, including fixing lugs as wall
anchor.
Adjustable base plate for compensating vertical mounting tolerances.
Prepared for frontside and rear side cable feed.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
019607.01
¬"£(§/12n−
ca. 113 x 311 x 77 mm
TR-BR cover frame for TL-UK flush-mounting box
Height-adjustable to adjust the mounting depth.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
400
www.honeywell.com/security/de
ca. 130 x 331 x 4 mm
192,00 €
Rescue route technology
TMS
Escape door terminals design set on external control unit RZ TMS
019590
¬"¢{T−
11
Escape door terminal set, surface-mounted in a 2-module housing 460,00 €
22
The FT door terminal surface-mounted kit contains: Emergency button, key switch, in a
2-module housing. Connection and power supply via rescue route panel RZ TMS Compact
or TL-S TMS 2.
33
44
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Colour
24 V DC
alunatur
55
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
Bidirectional escape route also possible.
66
Consisting of:
- Emergency button/controller unit TL-NC S55
- Key switch TL-ST S55
- 2-module housing
77
88
019591
¬"¢|W−
Escape door terminal set, flush-mounted, in a 2-module frame
409,00 €
99
The FT door terminal flush-mounted set contains: Emergency button/controller unit, key
switch, in a 2-module frame. Connection and power supply via rescue route panel RZ TMS
Compact or TL-S TMS 2.
10
10
11
11
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Colour
24 V DC
reinweiß
12
12
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
Bidirectional escape route also possible.
13
13
Consisting of:
- Emergency button/controller unit TL-NC S55
- Key switch TL-ST S55
- 2-module frame
14
14
15
15
019591.01
¬"¢|§/123−
Escape door terminal set, flush-mounted, in a 2-module frame
409,00 €
16
16
The FT door terminal flush-mounted set contains: Emergency button/controller unit, key
switch, in a 2-module frame. Connection and power supply via rescue route panel RZ TMS
Compact or TL-S TMS 2.
17
17
Technical Data
18
18
Connection voltage
Colour
24 V DC
alusilber
19
19
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
Bidirectional escape route also possible.
Consisting of:
- Emergency button/controller unit TL-NC S55
- Key switch TL-ST S55
- 2-module frame
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
401
Rescue route technology
TMS
Installation accessories
¬"£4O−
019619
Surface-/flush-mounted key switch ST 32 DCW, in housing
for activating the door management system TMS
216,00 €
Key switch in tamper-proof design, including LED display (red/green), silver-coloured LM
housing with front plate, suitable for surface- and flush-mounted installation, for activating
the door management system TMS via DCW system bus.
Functionalities of the key switch ST 32 DCW can be set via the TMS Soft standard parameterization software. ST 32 DCW prepared for on-site half cylinder according to DIN 18 252
(half 30-32.5 mm, length 40.5 43.5 mm), keybit position left (90°).
Technical Data
Dimensions of housing (W x H x D)
Dimensions front plate (W x H)
Cable recommendation
¬"£/@−
019614
ca. 75 x 75 x 50 mm
90 x 100 x 2 mm (f.m. mounted)
1-4 (ST) Y 2 x 2 x 0,6 mm
TL-ST S55 W key switch, flush-mounted, white
124,00 €
Flush-mounted key switch for escape route system Basis System Design or TMS, for
on-site half cylinder according to DIN 18252.
Technical Data
Half cylinder
Length
Setting of locking
Colour
019614.01
¬"£/§/12¥−
30-32,5 mm
40,5-43,5 mm
left 90°
white
TL-ST S55 S key switch, flush-mounted, silver
124,00 €
Flush-mounted key switch for escape route system Basis System Design or TMS, for
on-site half cylinder according to DIN 18252.
Technical Data
Half cylinder
Length
Setting of locking
Colour
019587
¬"¢xK−
30-32,5 mm
40,5-43,5 mm
left 90°
silver
TL-NC S55 emergency button/controller unit for the Design
product range
269,00 €
Includes LED-illuminated red emergency button according to EN 60947-5-1, positive-opening, intensely illuminated emergency button surroundings, including optic display of the
locking status (unlocked = green, locked = red) and optical alarm signalling by yellow flash
light in case of sabotage attempts and pressing emergency button, audible alarm signalling
via alarm siren with parameterisable loudness level. Tamper-protected emergency button
cover with splinter-proof safety glass covered segment.
For installation in installation boxes (62 mm deep) according to DIN.
For connection to rescue route panel RZ TMS Compact or TL-S TMS 2.
019575
¬"¢l'−
TL-Z 04 emergency button cover
Breakable safety glass with protective film.
402
www.honeywell.com/security/de
27,00 €
Rescue route technology
TMS
Escape door terminal on external control unit RZ TMS
019605
¬"£&%−
11
Escape door terminal housing TL-G 320, surface-mounted,
excluding power supply unit
483,00 €
22
Sabotage-protected door terminal housing made of powder-coated light metal for housing
the control and connection pcb TL-S, excluding power supply unit Includes LED-illuminated
red emergency button according to EN 60947-5-1, positive-opening, and integrated alarm
siren with controllable loudness level > 100 dB.
33
44
Intensely illuminated emergency button surroundings, including optic display of the lockin
status (unlocked = green, locked = red) and optical alarm signalling by external flash light
in case of sabotage attempts and pressing emergency button.
55
Terminal upper part and lower part very easy to assemble by virtue of the mounting cylinder
accessible from the front and foldable upper part. Emergency button cover can be locked
and folded open and includes sabotage contact and safety-glass-covered segment.
66
Breakable safety glass with protective film as option. Integrated key switch and key unit.
77
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Rated current
Temperature range
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Type of protection
Colour
24 V DC
1A
-20 to + 50 °C
ca. 90 x 260 x 84 mm
IP 40
green
88
99
10
10
Half cylinder on site or, for example, Art. No. 028032.
11
11
019612
¬"£-:−
12
12
TL-S DCW Terminal connection PCB, for installation in TL-G 320 escape
123,00 €
door terminal housing and in TL-S TMS 2 or RZ TMS 2 control units
13
13
Terminal connection PCB for installation in escape door terminal housing TL-G 320,
including integrated power supply unit, or escape door terminal housing TL-G 320 with
on-site power supply 24 V DC. For connection to TL-S TMS 2 or RZ TMS Compact control
units via system bus DCW.
14
14
15
15
Up to four TL-S DCW can be connected via system bus. Parameters, for example: Alarm and
signal loudness can be set, functions of the integrated key switch can be set and limited,
functions of the TL-S TMS 2 or RZ TMS Compact are applied automatically.
16
16
Technical Data
Connection valua
17
17
24 V DC +/-10 % (via system bus DCW)
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
403
Rescue route technology
TMS
Accessories
¬"£(+−
019607
TL-UK flush-mounting box for flush-mounting the TL-G
116,00 €
Galvanized mounting box for flush-mounting door terminal, including fixing lugs as wall
anchor.
Adjustable base plate for compensating vertical mounting tolerances.
Prepared for frontside and rear side cable feed.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
019607.01
¬"£(§/12n−
ca. 113 x 311 x 77 mm
TR-BR cover frame for TL-UK flush-mounting box
192,00 €
Height-adjustable to adjust the mounting depth.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
019619
¬"£4O−
ca. 130 x 331 x 4 mm
Surface-/flush-mounted key switch ST 32 DCW, in housing for
activating the door management system TMS
216,00 €
Key switch in tamper-proof design, including LED display (red/green), silver-coloured LM
housing with front plate, suitable for surface- and flush-mounted installation, for activating
the door management system TMS via DCW system bus.
Functionalities of the key switch ST 32 DCW can be set via the TMS Soft standard parameterization software. ST 32 DCW prepared for on-site half cylinder according to DIN 18 252
(half 30-32.5 mm, length 40.5 43.5 mm), keybit position left (90°).
Technical Data
Dimensions of housing (W x H x D)
Dimensions front plate (W x H)
Cable recommendation
404
www.honeywell.com/security/de
ca. 75 x 75 x 50 mm
90 x 100 x 2 mm (f.m. mounted)
1-4 (ST) Y 2 x 2 x 0,6 mm
Rescue route technology
TMS
Control panels
019555
11
¬"¢XR−
RZ TMS 2 rescue route control panel in a housing including
230 V power supply unit
901,00 €
22
Rescue route control panel RZ TMS 2 in a plastic housing with cover contacts; including
NT-S 24-1.5 power supply board, TL-S TMS 2 with integrated 2-zone I/O module, DCW
distributor, prepared for holding the motor lock control SVP-S 2x DCW, LON module,
TV DCW transponder and 4-zone I/O modules. Emergency power supply possible.
33
44
Designed for connecting up to four TL-G DCW or TL-UP S 55, door locking systems TV 101
DCW, 5xx DCW, and key switches ST 32 DCW and further DCW bus components.
For connecting an intrusion detection control panel and/or fire detection control panel.
55
DCW system bus with component self-detection and default programming of all DCW
system modules, customer-specific requirements via TMS Soft Standard parameterization
software programmable from version 4.x.
66
77
Integrated temporary, long-term and permanent unlocking via key switch unit (e.g. TL-G
DCW, TL-UP S55 or ST DCW) programmable with parameterizable key press times and
functions. After power failure, locking without delay.
88
Automatic re-locking after authorized unlocking between 3 and 180 seconds via temporary
timer, or 3 to 60 minutes via long-term timer freely programmable using TMS Soft standard
parameterization software from version 4.0.
99
After timer has run down, door open monitoring will start. Door open alarm signalling
delayable by 5 to 180 seconds Duration of pre-alarm and main alarm programmable. After
closing door, when automatic re-locking is active, premature locking via door contact
programmable.
10
10
11
11
Differentiated acoustic alarm signalling of door open time exceeded (pre- and/or main
alarm), sabotage, attempt of unauthorized use, emergency open and fire alarm with local
alarm signalling and automatic local alarm switch-off after 180 seconds via door terminal.
12
12
Parameterizable alarm and signal loudness level. Functions of external key switch unit can
be set and limited, for example TL-G DCW, TL-UP S55 or ST32 DCW I/O module DCW. Input
and output module for connecting products using conventional wiring technology integrated
into the DCW system bus
13
13
14
14
Four optocoupler inputs for transmitting external signals and four potential-free outputs for
activating external components or for signal output. Prepared for connection via LON
module on LON bus and standard LON using FTT10A protocol or LAN modules.
15
15
Technical Data
Connection voltage range
Current consumption
Power supply
Type of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
16
16
230 V AC, ±10%
max. ca. 85 mA, ca. 105 mA (in case of alarm)
1,5 A
IP 54
ca. 300 x 230 x 85 mm
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
405
Rescue route technology
019554
¬"¢WO−
TMS
RZ TMS 2 rescue route control panel in a housing excluding
power supply unit, 24 V
630,00 €
Rescue route control panel in a plastic housing, same function as RZ TMS 2
(Art. No. 019555), but for connection to 24 V DC power supply units and emergency
power supplies or other power supplies or on-site power supply units according to
DIN 60950.
019550.99
¬"¢SC−
Power supply module in housing 24 V DC, 1.5 A, type NT 24-1.5
301,00 €
Power supply module with plastic housing for connecting a control/connection pcb TL-S5,
TL-S TMS, including operational status indication via LED, also for use as power supply for
SVP-S 2x and SVP-S 2x DCW.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Anschusswerte
Output voltage
Type of protection
406
www.honeywell.com/security/de
ca. 200 x 120 x 75 mm
230 V AC ±15 %
24 V DC, max. 1,5 A
IP 21
Rescue route technology
019552
¬"¢UI−
TMS
RZ TMS Compact rescue route control panel in a housing,
including 230 V power supply unit, no extension possible
630,00 €
11
Rescue route panel in plastic housing containing the cover contact. Function same as RZ
TMS 2, (Art. No. 019555), but without DCW distributor and devices for holding
further components.
22
33
Technical Data
Anschlusswerte
Type of protection
Power supply
Current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D)
230 V AC, ± 10%
IP 54
1,5 A
max. ca. 85 mA, ca. 105 mA (in case of alarm)
ca. 200 x 120 x 90 mm
44
55
Includes NT-S 24-1.5 power supply unit pcb
66
77
88
99
Performance Features
• RZ TMS Compact with integrated 2-zone I/O
module, prepared for holding a LON or LAN
module
B atteri e
CR 203 2
10
10
• Emergency power supply possible via 230 V
AC UPS 700
11
11
• Designed for connecting up to four TL-G
3xx/5xx DCW or TL-UP S 55
• Door locks TV 1xx, 2xx, 5xx DCW, and key
switches ST 32 DCW and further DCW bus
components
LON-Modul
12
12
Application example RZ TMS Compact + LON-Modul (Option)
13
13
• For connecting a hazard detection control panel
(GMA) and/or fire detection control panel
(BMA) or smoke detector RM for emergency
unlocking via a potential-free contact.
14
14
• DCW system bus with component self-detection and default parameterisation of all DCW
system modules
15
15
• Customer-specific requirements programmable
via TMS Soft standard parameterization
software from version 4.x
16
16
• Integrated temporary, long-term and permanent unlocking via key switch unit (e.g. TL-G
3xx/5xx DCW, TL-UP S55 or ST) programmable with parameterizable key press times and
functions
• After power failure, locking without delay.
• Automatic re-locking after authorized unlocking
between 3 and 180 seconds via temporary
timer, or 3 to 60 minutes via long-term timer
freely programmable using TMS Soft standard
parameterization software from version 4.0
• After closing door, when automatic re-locking
is active, premature locking via door contact
programmable.
17
17
• Differentiated acoustic alarm signalling of door
open time exceeded (pre- and/or main alarm),
sabotage, attempt of unauthorized use,
emergency open and fire alarm with local alarm
signalling and automatic local alarm switch-off
parameterizable up to 180 seconds. Parameterizable alarm and signal loudness level.
18
18
• After timer has run down, door open
monitoring will start
• Functions of the external key switch unit, for
example TL-G 3xx/5xx DCW, TL-UP S55 or
ST32 DCW I/O module DCW can be set and
limited
• Door open alarm can be delayed by 5-180
seconds duration of pre- and alarm can be
programmed
• Prepared for connection via LON module on
LON bus and standard LON using FTT10A
protocol or LAN modules.
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
407
Rescue route technology
019557
¬"¢ZX−
TMS
RZ TMS VdS rescue route control panel in a housing
including 230 V power supply unit
1.427,00 €
Rescue route control panel RZ TMS version VdS. Functions same as RZ TMS 2
(Art. No. 019555), but in connection with TV 101 DCW (Art. No. 019655) approved as
blocking element in intrusion detection systems up to Class C.
Includes CD-ROM containing special TMS Soft standard parameterisation software and a
special parameter database.
Technical Data
Connection voltage range
Current consumption
Power supply
Type of protection
Dimensions (W x H x D)
230 V AC, ±10%
max. ca. 85 mA, ca. 105 mA (in case of alarm)
1,5 A
IP 54
ca. 300 x 230 x 85 mm
Accessories
019558
¬"¢[[−
1.160,00 €
NT 1224 N emergency power unit
Power supply module, including accumulator charge regulation, deep-discharging protective circuit and potential-free power-fail message in IP 30 sheet steel housing lockable via
on-site half cylinder and provided with cover contacts, including emergency power supply
provided by battery back AP 3034.
Technical Data
Netzteilmodul
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Connection
Outputs
Contact rating
Protection class IP 30
ca. 305 x 380 x 130 mm
230 V AC ± 10 %
12 V DC, 1 A and 24 V DC, 1,5 A
24 V DC / 0,5 A inductive / 1,0 A ohmic
Battery pack 019559 included in delivery.
019559
¬"¢\^−
AP 3034 emergency power supply battery pack
310,80 €
30 V / 3.0 Ah for NT 1224 (N) emergency power supply, for maintaining the operation of
door securing system in case of power failure/power interruption for about 1 hour at a max.
load of 12 V, 1 A and 24 V, 1.5 A.
019551
¬"¢TF−
894,00 €
UPS 700 emergency power supply
Integrated into 230 V line, 700 VA.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
408
www.honeywell.com/security/de
ca. 120 x 160 x 360 mm
Rescue route technology
019595
¬"¢¢c−
TMS
404,00 €
11
TMS Compact control unit, flush-mounted or surface-mounted, consisting of TL-S TMS
Compact.
22
TL-S TMS Compact flush-mounted S55
33
44
55
019615
¬"£0C−
I/O module DCW, surface-mounted
202,00 €
66
Bus link module for connecting products to the DCW system bus by conventional wiring
technology.
77
Technical Data
Supply voltage
Maximum current consumption
Optocoupler input
Relay outputs
88
about DCW®Bus
45 mA
Uin, 5V/2,8mA, 12 V/8mA, 24 V/17 mA, 30 V/28 mA
24 V DC/1A
99
Recommended cable: 1-4 (ST) Y 2 x 2 x 0.6 mm.
10
10
Performance Features
• Four optocoupler inputs (wired to receive
signals from 5-30 V AC/DC) for external
activation
• Addresses for various requirements pre-parameterised
• Four potential-free relay outputs for activating
external components or for signal output
• Individual requirements can be freely programmed via TMS Soft standard
parameterization software (switch-on delay, switch-off delay, pulse, etc.)
019616
¬"£1F−
I/O module DCW, flush-mounted
11
11
12
12
13
13
430,00 €
Bus transponder module for connecting products using conventional wiring technology
integrated into the DCW system bus
Three optocoupler inputs for transmitting external signals or control commands and two
outputs for activating external components. Mounting can be done either in standard installation boxes Ø 65 mm or by flush-mounting. The I/O modules can be combined with the line
of switches FR-x, Berker, GIRA, Jung or Merten. The power supply for the I/O module can
optionally come from the DCW bus.
14
14
15
15
16
16
Technical Data
Optocoupler input
Relay outputs
Dimensions panel (W x H)
Installation
24 V DC
Change-over contact 45 V DC / 35 V AC / max. 2 A
55 x 55 mm
in standard outlet sockets (62 mm deep) according to DIN
17
17
18
18
Hinge covers in white (similar to RAL 9010), silver-coloured and anthracite are included in the
delivery.
19
19
019553
¬"¢VL−
PSU-24 flush-mounted power supply unit
143,00 €
Switching power supply unit according to EN 60950 for mounting in standard installation
box for supplying direct voltage to door strikes, locks or control units.
20
20
21
21
Technical Data
Connection voltage
Outputs
Power output
Dimensions (W x H x D)
230 V AC ±10%, 50/60 Hz
24 V DC
12 W
51 x 51 x 24 mm (max. diiagonal 55 mm)
22
22
23
23
Mounting in standard installation box Ø 65 mm.
409
Rescue route technology
019645
¬"£N6−
Door locking systems
TV 505 door locking system DIN L
485,00 €
TV 505 door locking system, including adjustable latch for concealed door frame installation, with integrated monitoring contacts for monitoring active/inactive status. Load-independent jam-free unlocking, max. retaining force according to EltVTR.
Technical Data
Cylinder excess length
Dimensions
Connection
Maximum current consumption
Contact rating
Cable recommendation
23 x 134 x 39 mm
Flange connected flat closing leaf 25 x 200 x 3 mm for flush doors
24 V DC ± 5 %
58 mA
24 V DC / 0,5 A inductive / 1,0 A ohmic
I-Y (ST) Y 4 x 2 x 0,6 mm
Configuration (DCW version):
For connection, as desired, to rescue route control panels RZ TMS 2 or RZ TMS Compact on
door terminals using integrated control/connection pcbs TL-S 5/55 and TV DCW adapters to all
TMS systems.
Includes flanged-on flat face plate DIN L, screws bag and DCW adapter
Dimensions in mm
019646
¬"£O9−
TV 506 door locking system DIN R
485,00 €
TV 506 door locking system, including adjustable latch for concealed door frame installation, with integrated monitoring contacts for monitoring active/inactive status. Load-independent jam-free unlocking, max. retaining force according to EltVTR.
Technical Data
Cylinder excess length
Dimensions
Connection
Maximum current consumption
Contact rating
Cable recommendation
23 x 134 x 39 mm
Flange connected flat closing leaf 25 x 200 x 3 mm for flush doors
24 V DC ± 5 %
58 mA
24 V DC / 0,5 A inductive / 1,0 A ohmic
I-Y (ST) Y 4 x 2 x 0,6 mm
Configuration (DCW version):
For connection, as desired, to rescue route control panels RZ TMS 2 or RZ TMS Compact on
door terminals using integrated control/connection pcbs TL-S 5/55 and TV DCW adapters to all
TMS systems.
For dimensions, see 019645.
Includes flanged-on flat face plate DIN R, screws bag and DCW adapter
410
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
019641
¬"£J*−
Door locking systems
493,00 €
11
TV 501 door locking system, including adjustable latch for concealed door frame installation, with integrated monitoring contacts for monitoring active/inactive status. Load-independent jam-free unlocking, max. retaining force according to EltVTR.
22
Technical Data
33
TV 501 door locking system DIN L
Cylinder excess length
Dimensions
Connection
Maximum current consumption
Contact rating
Cable recommendation
23 x 134 x 39 mm
Flange connected angled face plate 30 x 48 x 220 x 3 mm f. rebated doors
24 V DC ± 5 %
58 mA
24 V DC / 0,5 A inductive / 1,0 A ohmic
I-Y (ST) Y 4 x 2 x 0,6 mm
44
55
Configuration (DCW version):
For connection, as desired, to rescue route control panels RZ TMS 2 or RZ TMS Compact on
door terminals using integrated control/connection pcbs TL-S 5/55 and TV DCW adapters to all
TMS systems.
66
Includes flanged-on angled face plate DIN L, screws bag and DCW adapter
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
Dimensions in mm
019642
¬"£K-−
16
16
493,00 €
TV 502 door locking system DIN R
17
17
TV 502 door locking system, including adjustable latch for concealed door frame installation, with integrated monitoring contacts for monitoring active/inactive status. Load-independent jam-free unlocking, max. retaining force according to EltVTR.
18
18
19
19
Technical Data
Cylinder excess length
Dimensions
Connection
Maximum current consumption
Contact rating
Cable recommendation
23 x 134 x 39 mm
Flange connected angled face plate 30 x 48 x 220 x 3 mm f. rebated doors
24 V DC ± 5 %
58 mA
24 V DC / 0,5 A inductive / 1,0 A ohmic
I-Y (ST) Y 4 x 2 x 0,6 mm
Configuration (DCW version):
For connection, as desired, to rescue route control panels RZ TMS 2 or RZ TMS Compact on
door terminals using integrated control/connection pcbs TL-S 5/55 and TV DCW adapters to all
TMS systems.
For dimensions, see 019641.
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
Includes angled flat face plate DIN R, screws bag and DCW adapter
411
Rescue route technology
019649
¬"£RB−
Door locking systems
TV-Z 510 mortise-type spring lock with adjustable latch
42,00 €
TV-Z 510 mortise-type spring lock with adjustable latch, as counter unit for TV 50x,
for installation in door leaf
Technical Data
Dimensions face plate
24 x 110 mm
Dimensions in mm
019650
¬"£SE−
485,00 €
TV 101 DCW door locking system
TV 101 DCW door locking system (no-load current principle). Equipped with tamper- and
door-monitoring contacts and integrated positively driven monitoring for active/inactive
status. In corrosion-resistant and tamper-proof painted metal housing. Max. retaining force
according to EltVTR in case of load-independent jam-free unlocking. Connection to the door
management system TMS via DCW system bus.
Technical Data
Voltage supply
Maximum current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour
Cable recommendation
24 V DC ± 10 %
ca. 250 mA
ca. 190 x 55 x 80 mm
silber
I-Y (ST) Y 4 x 2 x 0,6 mm
including support, chuck plate set and screws bag
412
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
Door locking systems
Accessories
019651
11
¬"£TH−
10,00 €
22
TV-Z 01 chuck plate set for adjusting the holder of the TV 101 in the case of coarse mounting tolerances.
33
TV-Z 01 chuck plate set
2 pieces 1 mm thick each
1 piece 3 mm thick
44
55
66
019652
¬"£UK−
77
100,00 €
TV-Z 101 fixing unit
88
TV-Z 101 fixing unit for angled mounting of the TV 101, for flush-surface doors.
Galvanized steel bracket with light metal protective cover, secured against unscrewing.
99
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Colour #2
ca. 190 x 58 x 84,5 mm
silver
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
019613
¬"£.=−
TV DCW Adapter for connection to DCW system bus
64,00 €
14
14
TV DCW adapter for example for connecting door locking systems to DCW system bus.
15
15
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
ca. 40 x 40 x 80 mm (housing)
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
413
Rescue route technology
Dimensional drawing for TV 101
Mounting in embrasure of frame opens outward.
414
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Door locking systems
Dimensional drawing for TV-Z 101
Rescue route technology
Door locking systems
Dimensional drawing
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
Mounting on flush with the adjacent areas door via TV-Z on embrasure opens outward.
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
Mounting on flush with the adjacent areas door via TV-Z on embrasure, without restriction of headroom, opens outward.
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
Mounting on flush with the adjacent areas door via TV-Z on embrasure, without restriction of headroom, opens inward.
23
23
415
Rescue route technology
019680
¬"£q8−
Surface holding magnets
469,00 €
EM 5300 AH surface holding magnet
EM 5300 AH surface holding magnet (no-load principle) with integrated Hall sensor.
Symmetric design for left-/right-hand mounting, anodized aluminium housing, corrosionresistant, stainless steel counter-holding plate, door bounce protection, with door status
monitoring via 2-colour LED (red/green) and relay contact, concealed fixing system
Technical Data
Rated voltage
Current consumption
Holding power
Dimensions without fixings (W x H x D)
Dimensions adhesion counter plate (W x H x D)
12 V DC / 24 V DC
500 mA / 250 mA
5300 N (530 kp)
268 x 73 x 39 mm
190 x 61 x 17 mm
DCW adapter required for interface connection to the DCW bus.
Including counter-holding plate and fixing kit
019683
¬"£tA−
EM 3000 T-AM surface holding magnet
217,00 €
EM 3000 T-AM holding magnet (no-load principle) with integrated Hall sensor. Symmetric
Slimline design for left-/right-hand mounting, anodized aluminium housing, corrosion-resistant, stainless steel counter-holding plate, door bounce protection, door status monitoring
via Reed contact, concealed fixing system.
Technical Data
Rated voltage
Current consumption
Holding power
Dimensions without fixings (W x H x D)
Dimensions adhesion counter plate (W x H x D)
12 V DC / 24 V DC
500 mA / 250 mA
3000 N (300 kp)
226 x 36 x 27 mm
185 x 32 x 11 mm
DCW adapter required for interface connection to the DCW bus.
Including counter-holding plate and fixing kit
019684
¬"£uD−
353,00 €
EM 3000 AH surface holding magnet
EM 3000 AH surface holding magnet, same as EM 3000 T-AM but with door status
monitoring via 2-colour LED (red/green) and relay contact.
Technical Data
Rated voltage
Current consumption
Holding power
Dimensions without fixings (W x H x D)
Dimensions adhesion counter plate (W x H x D)
12 V DC / 24 V DC
500 mA / 250 mA
3000 N (300 kp)
268 x 48 x 27 mm
185 x 35 x 11 mm
DCW adapter required for interface connection to the DCW bus.
Including counter-holding plate and fixing kit
019613
¬"£.=−
TV DCW Adapter for connection to DCW system bus
64,00 €
TV DCW adapter for example for connecting door locking systems to DCW system bus.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
416
www.honeywell.com/security/de
ca. 40 x 40 x 80 mm (housing)
Rescue route technology
Surface holding magnets
Accessories
019681
11
¬"£r;−
AMZL fixing kit for EM 5300 AH holding magnet
122,00 €
22
AMZL 5300 fixing kit for EM 5300 holding magnets, suitable for metal, wooden and plastic
doors.
33
Includes one L and adjustable Z bracket each
44
55
66
019682.99
¬"£s>−
AMF counter plate for fixing kit for EM 5300 AH
53,00 €
77
AMF 5300 counter plate for EM 5300 AH holding magnets for fire doors.
88
99
10
10
11
11
019689
¬"£zS−
AMZL fixing kit for EM 3000 AH holding magnet
122,00 €
12
12
AMZL 3000 fixing kit for EM 3000 holding magnets, suitable for metal, wooden and plastic
doors.
13
13
Includes one L and adjustable Z bracket each
14
14
15
15
16
16
019686
¬"£wJ−
AMF counter plate for fixing kit for EM 3000 AH
53,00 €
17
17
AMF 3000 counter plate for EM 3000 AH holding magnets for fire doors.
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
417
Rescue route technology
Surface holding magnets
Dimensional drawing EM 5300 AH surface holding magnet
Dimensional drawings EM 5300 AH and EM 3000 T-AM surface holding magnets
Dimensional drawing EM 3000 T-AM surface holding magnet
Dimensional drawing EM 3000 AH surface holding magnet
418
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
Panel
Multiple door solution - networked TMS systems TE BUS tableau via RS 485
Multiple door solution - networked TMS systems TE BUS tableau via RS 485 bus
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
419
Rescue route technology
Panel
Monitoring and operating panel for emergency exit and escape route doors
4
420
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
Panel
Example system
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
421
Rescue route technology
Panel
Operating units
019620
¬"£5R−
TE BUS SET control tableau
1.325,00 €
BUS control tableau for controlling or monitoring a max. of 60 escape route doors.
Standard system for 6 doors consisting of:
- 1 module carrier in a combined wall/table housing made of aluminium
- Colour Aluminium (EV1)
- for single-row installation of 4 modules
(1 BUS basic unit + 3 BUS operating modules, or 4 BUS operating modules) including at
most 84 TE (= HP = Horizontal Pitch)
- External dimensions (H x W x D): approx. 145 x 440 x 76 mm
1 BUS basic unit as central operating and display unit for conventional escape door
systems or TMS.
Processor-controlled central module containing:
- Buzzer as audible collective fault message,
- Button for alarm reset,
- LED for operational status indication,
- four LEDs for status indication,
- three inputs for fire detection system (NC contact), emergency unlocking (NC contact)
and external operation locking.
- Key switch for enabling/disabling the operating keys for door control;
- Group functionality, recommended cable J-Y(st)Y 2 x 2 x 0,8 mm,
Cable approx. 1.000 m bus line.
1 BUS operating module containing operating and display elements for 6 doors of three
LEDs each (red, green, yellow) for optical door status display, group function for several
doors can be set by means of a keypad block via DIL switch.
2 dummy plates containing 21 TE (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) each per integrated power
supply unit and connection pcb. The BUS control tableau is installed completely in the 19”
module carrier. All external connections are designed as plug-in terminals with screw
connection on the connection pcb at the back of the housing. Emergency unlocking via
integration of a potential-free NC contact of fire detection system possible. Enabling via
integration of an emergency button TL-N S55 only with TMS and with separate no-load
current loop/wiring of the emergency button with the TL-S TMS.
019621
¬"£6U−
TMS TE IF-TMS door control interface
119,00 €
Plug-in TMS door control interface for connecting the bus cable to the TMS door management system. Its installation in TL-G or RZ-TMS is possible.
Parallel operation using LON/LAN wiring and TMS-Soft is not possible.
Installation for example in 019600 or 019555 (TL-G or RZ-TMS).
019623
¬"£8[−
TL-S 5 TE IF-FWS door control interface
119,00 €
Conventional plug-in door control interface for connecting bus cable to conventional rescue
route systems such as the basic system.
Its installation in TL-G or TL-S 5N is possible. It can also be connected to the Basic System
Design via separate wiring and external installation of the adapter pcb.
422
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
019622
¬"£7X−
Panel
TE 60 (= HP= Horizontal Pitch) Control BUS operating module
299,00 €
11
Contains operating and display elements for 6 doors each containing:
- three LEDs (red, green, yellow) for optical door status indication
- two buttons for locking/unlocking or reset
(Functionality temporarily, long-term, permanently open)
- Width 21 TE (= HP= Horizontal Pitch)
22
33
44
Connection line for connection to a bus operating unit.
55
019631
¬"£@s−
Dummy plate TE 01 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) for bus panel
66
59,00 €
77
Bus panel dummy plate TE 01 BUS, 21 TE (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) with membrane pad.
88
99
10
10
11
11
019630
¬"£?p−
217,00 €
TG 12 module carrier for 4 modules
12
12
Module carrier in a combined wall/table housing made of aluminium for assembling four
modules in 1 row (1 standard bus unit + 3 bus operating modules, or 4 bus operating
modules) including at most 84 TE (TE = HP = Horizontal Pitch).
13
13
Technical Data
14
14
Colour
Outside dimensions (WxHxD)
Aluminium (EV1)
ca. 440 x 145 x 76 mm
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
423
Rescue route technology
019635
¬"£D¡−
Networking
336,00 €
TMS LON module, plug-in
TMS LON bus module, including earth cable for plug-in connection on TL-S TMS, RZ-TMS
Compact and TE25/60 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch), SVP S-DCW.
019586
¬"¢wH−
392,00 €
TMS LON bus module, flush-mounted
Flush-mounted TMS LON bus module for installation in installation boxes (62 mm deep)
according to DIN
019638
¬"£G!−
1.056,00 €
TMS LON USB gateway
LON Gateway for linking door management systems to TMS LON modules and for connecting them to PC systems containing the WINMAGplus software via USB connection.
Technical Data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
23 x 18 x 114 mm
1 USB gateway
1 driver software
019636
¬"£E¤−
TMS LAN TCP/IP module, plug-in
333,50 €
TMS LAN TCP/IP module for plug-in connection on TL-S TMS (019611) or RZ TMS 2
(Art. No. 019555).
The TMS LAN TCP/IP module allows TMS control panels and the PC TMS Soft professional
parameterization software to be linked via Ethernet.
The PC requires a commercially available Ethernet card.
This allows it to be connected to WINMAG.
424
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
Networking
Software
019560
11
¬"¢]a−
TMS Soft standard parameterization software
150,00 €
22
TMS Soft standard software - Parameterization software for use on Windows NT, 2000,
XP Platform for parameterization of all settable functions and parameters of a door management system TMS by PC via RS 232 interface.
33
44
System requirements: PC, min. 512 MB main storage, min. 25 MB available hard disk
capacity, min. 256 colours, min. 800 x 600 pixels resolution, CD-ROM drive, mouse, printer,
available serial interface, extension cable, Windows NT, 2000, XP.
55
System requirements: PC with Pentium, min. 512 MB main memory, min. 25 MB hard disk
memory, colour graphic card, colour display 256 colours, resolution at least 800 x 600 pixels.
CD-ROM drive, mouse, printer, one spare serial interface, extension cable for RS-232,
Windows NT, 2000, XP.
66
77
1 CD-ROM
1 TMS-PC adapter for extension cable with connector and SUP D9 plug
88
99
019561
¬"¢^d−
TMS Soft Professional programming software
992,00 €
10
10
TMS Soft V4.x control, parameterization and visualization software for use on Windows NT,
2000, XP platform for parameterizing all adjustable functions parameters by PC. Used for
controlling, parameterizing and visualizing a door management system TMS via RS-232,
LON/LAN interface.
Performance Features
• Control of a TMS via RS-232, LON/LAN
interface
• Parameterization of networked TMS via LON
bus system for up to 32 doors or up to more
than 1,000 doors
11
11
12
12
Control, parameterization and visualization of networked door management systems TMS
via LON/LAN bus system for up to 32 doors or up to more than 1,000 doors.
13
13
System requirements: PC with Pentium, min. 512 MB main memory, min. 25 MB hard disk
memory, colour graphic card, colour display 256 colours, resolution at least 800 x 600 pixels.
CD-ROM drive, mouse, printer, one spare serial interface, extension cable for RS-232,
Windows NT, 2000, XP.
14
14
1 CD-ROM
1 TMS-PC adapter for extension cable with connector and SUP D9 plug
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
425
Rescue route technology
Networking
Multiple door solution - networked TMS systems TE BUS tableau / TMS-Soft via LON / LAN
426
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
Control panel
Wall/tabletop housing
11
To control or monitor doors, escape route doors, assembled by
modular design.
22
Example of a standard system for 6 doors consisting of:
- 1 TG 12 module carrier
- 1 TE 25 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) basic module as operating and display unit
- 1 TE 60 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) Control operating module
- 2 TE 01 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) BUS dummy plate
- 1 plug-in power supply unit
33
44
55
Modules for a possible later extension that are not required can be covered with dummy
plates (TE 01 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) BUS).
66
External dimensions (W x H x D): approx. 145 x 440 x 76 mm
77
All external connections are designed as plug-in terminals with screw connection on the
connection pcb. Emergency unlocking via integration of a potential-free NC contact of an
intrusion detection system possible.
88
Tableau systems must be parameterized ex works before delivery.
40 € per door (not subject to discount).
99
019630
¬"£?p−
217,00 €
TG 12 module carrier for 4 modules
10
10
Module carrier in a combined wall/table housing made of aluminium for assembling four
modules in 1 row (1 standard bus unit + 3 bus operating modules, or 4 bus operating
modules) including at most 84 TE (TE = HP = Horizontal Pitch).
11
11
Technical Data
12
12
Colour
Outside dimensions (WxHxD)
Aluminium (EV1)
ca. 440 x 145 x 76 mm
13
13
14
14
019631
¬"£@s−
Dummy plate TE 01 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) for bus panel
59,00 €
15
15
Bus panel dummy plate TE 01 BUS, 21 TE (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) with membrane pad.
16
16
17
17
18
18
019632
¬"£Av−
TE 25 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) basic module as operating
and display unit for LON/LAN bus
19
19
350,00 €
LON/LAN BUS basic unit, TE 25 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch). Central operating and display unit
for TMS; Processor-controlled central module containing: Buzzer as audible collective alarm
message, button for alarm reset, LED for operating display, four LEDs for status display,
three inputs for fire detection system (NC contact), emergency unlocking (NC contact) and
external operation disable, key switch for enabling / disabling the operating keys for door
control; group functionality, 21 TE.
For each TE 25 standard LON/LAN-BUS, one TMS LON/LAN module is required. The
standard unit is not required for operating the LON/LAN BUS panel, but it is required for
the central functions such Operation On/Off, buzzer, etc. Profiled cylinder versions available.
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
427
Rescue route technology
019633
¬"£By−
Control panel
TE 60 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) Control operating module
for LON/LAN BUS
280,00 €
Operating module contains operating and display elements for 6 doors each containing:
For each TE 60 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) Control operating module, one TMS LON/LAN
module is required.
019634
¬"£C|−
Plug-in power supply for TE 25 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch)
standard module
70,00 €
Technical Data
Output voltage
current output
24 V
420 mA
Alternatively, a PSU 24 can be used.
019635
¬"£D¡−
TMS LON module, plug-in
336,00 €
TMS LON bus module, including earth cable for plug-in connection on TL-S TMS, RZ-TMS
Compact and TE25/60 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch), SVP S-DCW.
019586
¬"¢wH−
TMS LON bus module, flush-mounted
392,00 €
Flush-mounted TMS LON bus module for installation in installation boxes (62 mm deep)
according to DIN.
019639
¬"£H$−
LON tableau configuration ex works, service provided
in accordance with customer requirement
40,00 €
Service:
LON modules must be parameterized ex works before delivery in connection with control
tableaus in LON bus technology.
An Excel file that allows the requirements to be defined when a tableau
is to be generated via LON Binding can be obtained from our in-house service department.
Not subject to discount.
428
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Rescue route technology
Control panel
Multiple door solution - networked TMS systems TMS-Soft via TCP/ IP
Multiple door solution - networked TMS systems TMS-Soft via TCP/IP
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
429
Notizen
430
www.honeywell.com/security/de
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
Order forms
14
14
- WINMAG plus
- WINMAG Lite
15
15
- IQ SystemControl / WINFEM-User
16
16
- IQ MultiAccess / MultiAccess Lite
17
17
Customer service
18
18
List of article numbers
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
431
CO no.
Order form WINMAG plus
Telefax master copy
Honeywell Security & Data Collection
Novar GmbH
Johannes-Mauthe-Str. 14
72458 Albstadt - Germany
1. Licence
Internal Sales Department:
Fax: + 49 74 31/ 801-16 71
(Please fill in the form for data collection.)
End user data: (data must be entered: min. 8, max. 45 characters)
Example:
Name:
Novar GmbH
Street:
Johannes-Mauthe-Straße 14
ZIP-Code/Residence:
D -72458 Albstadt
Country:
Germany
Object:
Central Monitoring Station/Building
Installer data: (data must be entered: min. 3, max. 45 characters)
Example:
Name:
Brown Engineering Co.
Street:
Liverpool Road
ZIP-Code/Residence:
GBM3 4 Manchester
Country:
United Kingdom
Contact person:
Edward G. Wilson
Entry of data optional: (max. 12 characters)
Phone:
Fax:
E-mail: (max. 45 characters)
+49 (0) 7431/ 000 -1234
info@brown.uk
2. Ordering (One of the following must be selected.)
2.1 WINMAG plus Management System Basic Package (select options on page 2)
쏔 013610 WINMAG plus standard (Demo without licence), must be ordered for every new installation, and
쏔 013630 WINMAG plus standard licence (parallel interface hardware key), or
쏔 013631 WINMAG plus standard licence (USB interface hardware key)
(The standard licence requires 013610 - please order or download from our website.)
쏔 013590 Gateway including OPC-Server and USB-Dongle
쏔
013618 Data Points Package (must be ordered, 1 package = 500 data points)
012590 PanelPC with WINMAG Touch and USB Dongle
2.2 WINMAG Upgrade
쏔 013616 Upgrade of a WINMAG-installation from V6.0 to WINMAG plus or
쏔 013617 Upgrade of a WINMAG-installation up to V5.0 to WINMAG plus
쏔 for USB interface
쏔 for Parallel interface
Please enter the licence/update number.
Update-No.:
쏔 013636 WINMAG Lite Upgrade to WINMAG plus Basic Package
Update-No.:
2.3 WINMAG / WINMAG plus later option upgrade (select options on page 2)
쏔 013609 retrofitting of options for WINMAG (from V6.0 on)
Update-No.:
Updates or option upgrades require the update number!
432
www.honeywell.com/security/de
CO no.
Order form WINMAG plus
11
Telefax master copy
22
3. Options
33
(a basic license is required for each connection)
Multi-station / distributed PCs
Item no. Designation
Computer 1
Computer 2
Computer 3
Computer 4
Computer 5
Computer 6
44
Computer name / interface
55
013601 Licence - Intrusion Detection
66
013626 Licence - Fire Detection
77
013603 Licence - Access control
88
013604 Licence - CCTV
99
013605 Licence - Escape Door Control
013623 Licence - CMS interface to DEZ 9000
10
10
013608 Licence - Remote Data Transmission
11
11
013606 Licence - Connection Server
12
12
013611 Licence - OPC Server1)
13
13
013612 Licence - OPC Client
14
14
013613 Licence - Notification
013650 Licence - Escalation
15
15
013651 Licence - DTMF control
16
16
Licence - Customized User
013652 Interface and Authorization
17
17
013653 Licence - Multi Monitor
18
18
013660 Licence - WEBX
19
19
013655 Licence - AutoCAD® Import
013624 Licence - Redundancy
20
20
013625 Licence - WINMAG plus client2)
21
21
1) Please order the required quantity of 013618 on page 1.
22
22
2) Number of PCs to which network data are transmitted.
All sales are subject to our sales and delivery conditions. · Subject to modifications and errors.
23
23
433
CO no.
Order form WINMAG Lite
Telefax master copy
Honeywell Security & Data Collection
Novar GmbH
Johannes-Mauthe-Str. 14
72458 Albstadt - Germany
1. Licence
Internal Sales Department:
Fax: + 49 74 31/ 801-16 71
(Please fill in the form for data collection.)
End user data: (data must be entered: min. 8, max. 45 characters)
Example:
Name:
Novar GmbH
Street:
Johannes-Mauthe-Straße 14
ZIP-Code / Residence:
D -72458 Albstadt
Country:
Germany
Object:
Central control unit/building
Installer data: (data must be entered: min. 3, max. 45 characters)
Example:
Name:
Brown Engineering Co.
Street:
Liverpool Road
ZIP-Code / Residence:
GBM3 4 Manchester
Country:
United Kingdom
Contact person:
Edward G. Wilson
Entry of data optional: (max. 12 characters)
Phone:
+49 (0) 7431/ 000 -1234
Fax:
+49 (0) 7431/ 000 - 5678
E-mail: (max. 45 characters)
info@brown.uk
2. Ordering
2.1 WINMAG Lite
쏔 013635 WINMAG Lite, package incl. USB-Dongle
쏔 013637 WINMAG Lite Upgrade to WINMAG lite latest version
All sales are subject to our sales and delivery conditions. · Subject to modifications and errors.
434
www.honeywell.com/security/de
CO no.
11
Order form IQ SystemControl / WINFEM-User
Telefax master copy
Honeywell Security & Data Collection
Novar GmbH
Johannes-Mauthe-Str. 14
72458 Albstadt - Germany
1. Licence
22
33
Internal Sales Department:
44
Fax: + 49 74 31/ 801-16 71
55
(Please fill in the form for data collection.)
End user data: (data must be entered: min. 8, max. 45 characters)
Example:
Name:
Novar GmbH
Street:
Johannes-Mauthe-Str. 14
ZIP-Code / Residence:
D -72458 Albstadt
Country:
Germany
Object:
Main building
66
77
88
99
10
10
Installer data: (data must be entered: min. 3, max. 45 characters)
Example:
Name:
Brown Engineering Co.
Street:
Liverpool Road
ZIP-Code / Residence:
GBM3 4 Manchester
Country:
United Kingdom
Contact person:
Edward G. Wilson
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
Entry of data optional: (max. 12 characters)
Phone:
+49 (0) 7431/ 000 -1234
Fax:
+49 (0) 7431/ 000 - 5678
E-mail: (max. 45 characters)
info@brown.uk
15
15
16
16
17
17
2. Ordering data
18
18
2.1 IQ SystemControl
쏔 013596
쏔 013598
19
19
IQ SystemControl (for 561-MB100.10/48/24 from V9 on)
Option IQ User ControlCenter
20
20
2.2 WINFEM-User
쏔 013595
WINFEM-User (for 561-MB100/48/24 up to V8 and 561-MB256 plus)
2.3 Language
All sales are subject to our sales and delivery conditions. · Subject to modifications and errors.
21
21
22
22
23
23
435
OC no.
Order form IQ MultiAccess / MultiAccess Lite
Telefax master copy
Honeywell Security & Data Collection
Novar GmbH
Johannes-Mauthe-Str. 14
72458 Albstadt - Germany
1. Licence
Internal Sales Department:
Fax: + 49 74 31/ 801-16 71
(Please fill in the form for data collection.)
End user data: (data must be entered: min. 8, max. 45 characters)
Example:
Name:
Novar GmbH
Street:
Johannes-Mauthe-Stra§e 14
ZIP-Code / Residence:
D-72458 Albstadt
Country:
Germany
Object:
Access control system
Licence number: (for updates or function extensions)
Installer data: (data must be entered: min. 3, max. 45 characters)
Example:
Name:
Brown Engineering Co.
Street:
Liverpool Road
ZIP-Code / Residence:
GBM3 4 Manchester
Country:
United Kingdom
Contact person:
Edward G. Wilson
Entry of data optional: (max.12 characters)
Phone:
+49 (0) 7431/ 000-1234
Fax:
+49 (0) 7431/ 000-5678
E-mail: (max. 45 characters)
info@sample.uk
2. Order data
1.
MultiAccess Lite: (only tick one option)
쏔
쏔
쏔
027009
Demo version MultiAccess Lite
027010
MultiAccess Lite, latest version for up to 800 persons
027011.99 MultiAccess Lite, upgrade from EnterpriseAccess 2000
2. Demo version IQ MultiAccess
쏔
436
029600
Demo version IQ MultiAccess
www.honeywell.com/security/de
OC no.
Telefax master copy
11
Order form IQ MultiAccess / MultiAccess Lite
22
3. Order data IQ MultiAccess
Basic Package
Professional Package
Licence for number of persons
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
029631
up to
300 persons
029632
up to
500 persons
029633
up to
800 persons
029634
up to 1000 persons
029635
up to 1500 persons
029636
up to 2000 persons
029637
up to 3000 persons
029638
up to 5000 persons
029639
up to 7500 persons
029640
up to 10000 persons
029647
more than 10000 persons
029601
029602
029603
029604
029605
029606
029607
029608
029609
029610
029646
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
Only for professional package:
Which SQL database (version) is to be supported...
10
10
4. Licence extensions IQ MultiAccess, basic and professional version
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
029611
from
300 to
500 persons
029612
from
500 to
800 persons
029613
from
800 to 1000 persons
029614
from 1000 to 1500 persons
029615
from 1500 to 2000 persons
029616
from 2000 to 3000 persons
029617
from 3000 to 5000 persons
029618
from 5000 to 7500 persons
029619
from 7500 to 10000 persons
029620
from 10000 to unlimited number of persons
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
5. Order options for IQ MultiAccess, basic and professional version
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
029621
Option Database partitioning for multi-tenant systems
029622
Option Antipassback, balancing, barring repeated entry, virtual tableau
029623
Option Interface to time & attendance systems
029624
Option Life image comparison
029625
Option card and form management
029626
Option Integration of Intruder Alarm Panels MB 24 /48 /100
013598
Option IQ User ControlCenter
029627
Option Integration of DLC locking cylinders and DLE door fittings (escutcheons)
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
6. Upgrades for basic and professional version
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
029641
Upgrade MultiAccess for Windows to IQ MultiAccess current version
029642
Upgrade MultiAccess Lite to IQ MultiAccess with 800 persons
029643
Upgrade IQ SystemControl to IQ MultiAccess with 500 persons incl. 029626
029645
Upgrade IQ MultiAccess older version to IQ MultiAccess current version
21
21
22
22
23
23
All sales are subject to our sales and delivery conditions. · Subject to modifications and errors.
437
Customer service
Customer Service CentreApplication Technology
To assist you in troubleshooting and repair, our service team can be contacted daily during the following office hours:
Monday - Thursday
7:30 am to 5:00 pm
Friday
7:30 am to 3:00 pm
This service is free of charge. When you use this service, please give your customer number.
Attention! No commissioning of systems any longer possible over the telephone.
For the Security product line, our service team can be reached at the following collective call number:
for intrusion detection systems
for AC
for time recording
for WINMAG
and for escape route technology
Support international
+49
+49
+49
+49
+49
+49
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
7431 /
7431 /
7431 /
7431 /
7431 /
7431 /
801-1820
801-1830
801-1840
801-1850
801-1860
801-1800
Packaging/Shipping
Packaging and shipping costs are charged depending on the value of the goods. The larger the value of goods of an
order, the lower the packaging and shipping costs.
Standard shipping fees
0.00 € to 1000.00 €
1001.00 € to 2500.00 €
2501.00 € to 5000.00 €
5001.00 € and more
Shipping fee 3.0%
Shipping fee 1.5%
Shipping fee 0.5%
free of charge to address of buyer
Partial deliveries are charged according to the value of goods, relative to the entire order.
Important shipping information
• The goods will always be shipped by the shipping type that is cheapest to us.
• Special express shipping types (such as UPS Express) will only be used at the special request of the customer.
These special shipping costs at the cheapest house fee must be paid for by the customer (recipient).
Novar GmbH warranty
• The warranty period is 24 months from the date of delivery.
• Any claim under warranty must be proven by the customers by means of an invoice copy or the delivery note.
• The test or inspection stickers attached to the units or components are the basis of the claim under warranty.
If they have been removed, any claims under warranty become void.
• Warranty is given for damage and defects in components which can be proven to have been caused by manufacturing
errors.
• Please, send the defective parts along with the invoice copy or the delivery note and a description of the defect to our
repair/return department (the address can be found under Processing of Repairs and Replacement Components).
• For components available as replacement components, a previous delivery of a replacement component is also possible
as part of the warranty settlement.
• For components that cannot be repaired, for example those that have been damaged mechanically or by excess voltage,
no replacement is possible under warranty. After consultation with the customer, they will be sent back or disposed of
free of charge.
• For all other cases, our sales and delivery conditions shall apply.
Return of units
Units can be returned within the first 6 months from the date of delivery. We shall take back only goods in their original
packaging. When returning goods, please always enclose the delivery note or an invoice copy.
We shall charge 15% of the purchase price.
438
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Customer service
Training offers
11
For assistance and further education, we offer an extensive training program.
Training will usually take place at decentralised sites near you.
In our training program, you will find information on the training contents, dates, training sites, prices and the organisational
sequence.
The course fees also include daily meals. Travel expenses and, if required, costs for overnight stays must be paid by the
training participant.
22
33
44
The current training program and any further information is available at phone +49 (0) 7431/ 801-1165 and
+49 (0) 7431/ 801-1331 or as a download from the Internet.
55
Support services
66
Order service for sales documentation
We have available a wide range of sales-supporting documentation.
Especially for promoting sales, the following documents are available: Brochures, price lists, product catalogues and
planning documentation.
You can contact the order service in Albstadt at +49 ( 0 ) 74 31/ 801 -14 14 (telephone) and +49 ( 0 ) 74 31/ 801-16 41 (fax).
77
Honeywell Security & Data Collection
99
88
Always up-to-date - Available 24 hours a day - around the world. The product catalogue is available for download at the
service area
as a pdf file.
www.honeywell.com/security/de
eMail: docucenter.security.de@honeywell.com
10
10
11
11
CD-ROM service
12
12
CD-ROM containing LV texts and gross prices in the formats Word, Excel, DATANORM 4 and 5/ES2000, ASCII/dBASE.
If you want to know more, just give us a ring!
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
439
List of article numbers
440
Item no.
Description
010109.10
010110.10
010111
010112
010116
010118
010120
010121
010123
010124
010125
010138
010145.10
010146
010686.01
010690.01
010690.02
010691
010692
010693
010935
011900
012135
012141
012168
012169
012170
012171
012520
012521
012525
012526
012529
012532
012540
012540.F0
012540.G0
012540.HR
012540.I0
012540.NL
012540.P1
012540.R0
012540.T0
012540.U0
012540.W0
012541
012541.F0
012541.G0
012541.U0
012542
012544
012544.G0
012546
012548
012550
012575.10
012577
BUS-1 1-detector group connection module
BUS-1 2-detector group connection module
BUS-1 Universal connection module, flush version
BUS-1 Universal connection module, flush-mounted version
BUS-1 distributor module
BUS-1 2-detector group connection module, flush-mounted
DUO I/O module BUS-2/BUS-1, flush-mount
DUO relay module 230 V AC/8 A, flush-mounted
2-module cover frame for DUO/relay module
Decorative film for DUO module 5 per packaging unit (4+1)
BUS-1 key switch operating unit
BUS-1 tester
Intruder alarm control panel 50-M5
Intruder alarm control panel 100-A5
Power supply/charger unit 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 17Ah
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 32 Ah
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 40 Ah
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 20 Ah
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 32 Ah
NTC temperature sensor
Compact operating unit for intrusion detection control panels HB/MB24 and HB/MB48
Intruder alarm control panel 561-H8
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 17 Ah
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 80 Ah
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC/ 24 V DC / 80 Ah
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 130 Ah
ZG 4 housing for power supply 012170
Flush-mounted outdoor safety operating unit excluding logic
Decorative film for outdoor safety operating unit 012520
Surface-mounted outdoor safety operating unit including logic
Surface-mounted outdoor security operating unit excluding logic
Decorative film for operating units 012525, 012526 and 010125
8-detector group compact operating unit with disabling unit
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, French version
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, English version
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Croatian version
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Italian version
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Dutch version
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Polish version
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Romanian version
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Czech version
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit Russian / Cyrillic
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, Hungarian version
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit
2x40-stelliges LCD-Bedienteil, aP
2 x 40-digit LCD operating unit, English version
2x40 digit LCD operating devicel, s.m.
16-detector group disable and display module
16-detector group operating unit (10 detector groups can be disabled)
10-DG-operating device (10 DG to disable)
Mounting and extension kit for flush-mounting
16-detector group display module
3-wire flat-band cable
Comfort Touch Colour BUS-2 operating and display panel
TouchCenter BUS-2 graphic operating unit
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Page
119
119
120
120
120
119
113
113
114
114
150
122
58
59
62
62
63
65
66
67
107
60
64
65
63
66
64
64
150
151
149
149
151
103
100
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
102
102
102
102
102
103
103
104
103
102
106
105
List of article numbers
Item no.
Description
012578
012590
012690.03
012830
012831
012832
012835
012911
013069
013100.04
013100.05
013100.08
013100.10
013100.11
013100.12
013100.13
013100.14
013106
013118
013119
013128
013130.10
013131.10
013133
013140
013201.10
013202.10
013203.10
013204.10
013208.10
013209.10
013220.04
013220.05
013220.06
013220.07
013220.07
013220.07.10
013220.11
013220.11
013220.13
013220.14
013222.10
013223.10
013224.10
013225.10
013228.10
013229.10
013230
013320.03
013330.10
013331.10
013332.10
013335
013335.01
013336
013466
013467.10
VdS kit for TouchCenters
PanelPC with WINMAG touch
Siren plug-in card for 2 pressure chamber loudspeakers
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB24
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB24, “Bundle with LCD operating unit”
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB24, “Bundle with LED operating unit”
Mechanical kit for MB24
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB48 in ZG 3.1
V.24 connection adapter set
16-DGE input module type A
2-BLC/10-DGE module
Relay card
Connecting cable set 40 mm / 250 mm
Connecting cable 15.75 in
Connecting cable 250 mm
Connecting cable 39.37 in
Connecting cable 25.59 in
Rear wall mounting plate for 19” rear wall mounting
19” dummy unit 6 HE
19” dummy unit 3 HE
BUS-2 isolation module
5-input module BUS-2
5-output module BUS-2
Mini module, BUS-2
64-detector group BUS-2 display terminal
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB100 in housing ZG 3.1
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB100 in ZG 3.1, incl. printer
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB100 in housing ZG 4
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB100 in housing ZG 4, incl. printer
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB100, 19”, incl. LCD operating unit
Intruder alarm control panel MB100, 19”, incl. LCD operating unit and printer
Connection module for MB256 / MB256 plus
I/O basic module for MB256 / MB256 plus
Keyboard module
BUS-2 module
BUS-2 module
BUS-2 loop module
BUS-1 module
BUS-1 module
Adapter for auxiliary power supply
Connection pcb for table-top printers
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus in housing ZG 4
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus in housing ZG 4, incl. printer
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus 19” model
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus 19” model, incl. printer
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus 19” model, incl. LCD operating unit
Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus 19” model, incl. operating unit and printer
Reconversion kit IDCP 561-MB256 to IDCP 561-MB256 plus
16-DGE group input module type B
IGIS-LOOP Controller
IGIS-LOOP Controller (in housing ZG0)
IGIS-LOOP Controller (in housing ZG2)
LED panel activation module
Connection adapter of the external power supply
Ethernet connection module
PC adapter cable V.24 / BUS-2
USB adapter box
11
Page
106
23
51
36
36
36
37
39
27
44
45
276
55
56
56
56
56
44
280
280
112
111
111
112
104
42
42
43
43
43
44
50
50
51
45
51
45
45
51
51
55
49
49
49
49
49
50
50
44
26
26
26
27
27
27
334
334
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
441
List of article numbers
442
Item no.
Description
013498
013590
013595
013596
013598
013598
013601
013603
013604
013605
013606
013607
013608
013609
013610
013611
013612
013613
013616
013617
013618
013623
013624
013625
013626
013627
013630
013631
013635
013636
013636
013650
013651
013652
013653
013655
013660
013900
013901
015600
015601
015602
015605
015610
015620
015630
018001.10
018002.10
018003.10
018004.10
018005.10
018006.10
018007.10
018008.10
018010.10
018011.10
018012
WINFEM Advanced parameterisation software
Universal Gateway for PC
WINFEM - User
IQ SystemControl
IQ User ControlCenter
IQ User ControlCenter
Intrusion detection technology licence
Access control licence
Video technology licence
Escape route technology/escape door control licence
Connection Server licence
Connection Server developer kit
WINMAG plus including RDT licence
WINMAG plus control centre software later extension
CD control centre software WINMAG plus standard package
OPC Server licence
OPC Client licence
Notification licence
Upgrade of a WINMAG installation from version 6
Upgrade of a WINMAG installation up to version 5
Data point package
DEZ 9000 interface licence
Redundancy licence
WINMAG plus Client licence
Fire detection technology licence
BACnet Server licence
WINMAG plus control centre software standard licence
WINMAG plus control centre software standard licence
WINMAG Lite including USB copy-protection plug
WINMAG Lite upgrade to WINMAG plus full version
WINMAG Lite upgrade to WINMAG plus full version
Escalation licence
DTMF control option licence
Client processing ability licence
Multi-Monitor licence
Auto-CAD® connection licence
WEBX licence
Alphanumeric heat transfer printer
Paper roll for 40-digit heat transfer printer
RF BUS-2 wireless receiver
RF 4 I/O module
Relay card, 1 output for RF 4 I/O module, for MB radio system
Lithium battery for MB radio components
Viewguard PIR RF, radio PIR motion detector
RF Smoke Detector Base
RF Panic Button
12 V accumulator / capacity 1.2 Ah
12 V accumulator / capacity 2.0 Ah
12 V accumulator / capacity 3.5 Ah
12 V accumulator / capacity 6.5 Ah
12 V accumulator / capacity 10 Ah
12 V accumulator / capacity 24 Ah
12 V accumulator / capacity 17 Ah
12 V accumulator / capacity 38 Ah
12 V DC accumulator / capacity 65 Ah
12 V accumulator / capacity 12 Ah
12V DC accumulator / capacity 16 Ah
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Page
31
14
31
29
29
326
12
13
13
13
14
14
13
12
11
14
15
15
11
12
14
13
16
16
12
15
11
11
20
12
20
15
15
15
16
16
16
55
55
94
95
95
95
96
97
96
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
69
69
69
69
List of article numbers
Item no.
Description
018050
018051
019020
019022
019023
019024
019025
019026
019028
019030.10
019030.20
019032
019033
019035
019036
019038.10
019039
019101
019103
019105
019106
019500
019502
019505
019510
019511
019520
019522
019525
019526
019527
019528
019529
019530
019531
019533
019534
019535
019535.01
019536
019536.01
019537.01
019537.99
019538
019538.01
019540
019541
019542
019543
019544
019545
019546
019547
019550.99
019551
019552
019553
3 V lithium battery
9 V alkali-manganese battery
Threaded sleeve
Counter unit with flange
Counter unit with flange
Surface mounting kit
Surface mounting kit
Angular face plate
Mounting aid
Replacement locking bolt for locking element 1
Electro-mechanical blocking element 1 plus
Electro-mechanical blocking element 3
Electro-mechanical locking element SE 1 plus / magnetic contact
Special face plate
Special face plate
Blocking element SLIM-LOCK
Conventional control unit SLIM-LOCK, surface-mounted
Blocking bolt for normal doors/windows
Blocking bolt for heavy doors/windows
Blocking bolt with adjusting option
Surface mounting kit
Electric door strike Universal DIN left and DIN right
Electric door strike Universal DIN left and DIN right
Security door strike DIN L and DIN R
Angled striking plate for door strikes 019500, 019502 and 019505 DIN R
Angled striking plate for door strikes 019500, 019502 and 019505 DIN L
Motor lock DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 35, type SVP 2719
Motor lock DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 35 mm, type SVP 2277/2278
SVP-PR 12 Power Reserve Module for fire and smoke protection doors
SVP-S 22 DCW motor lock control 12/24 V, for SVP anti-panic motor locks
SVP-S 23 DCW motor lock control 12/24 V, for SVP anti-panic motor locks
SVP-S 24 DCW motor lock control 230 V, for SVP anti-panic motor locks
SVP-A 1000 connection cable, 12-wire, 10 m
Aluminium protective coating, PZ 72 mm, long plate, type SVP-SB 210
Aluminium protective coating, PZ 92 mm, short plate, type SVP-SB 710
Aluminium protective coating, PZ 92 mm, short plate, type SVP-SB 711
Aluminium protective coating, PZ 72 mm, long plate, type SVP-SB 211
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 H 65/72 DIN L
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 H 65/72 DIN R
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 H 55/92 DIN L
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 H 55/92 DIN R
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 UU6 35/92 DIN R
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 UU6 35/92 DIN L
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 FF DIN L
Anti-panic lock M-SVP 2000 FF DIN R
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 65, 12 V DC,outward left, type SVP 6276/6277
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 65, 24 V DC,outward left, type SVP 6276/6277
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 65, 12 V DC, outward right, type SVP 6275/6278
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 65, 24 V DC, outward right, type SVP 6275/6278
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 35, 12 V DC, outward left, type SVP 6719
Anti-panic motor key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 35, 24 V DC, outward left, type SVP 6719
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 35, 12V DC, outward right, type SVP 6710
Anti-panic key switch DIN L / DIN R, bolt length 35, 24V DC, outward right, type SVP 6710
Power supply module in housing 24 V DC, 1.5 A, type NT 24-1.5
UPS 700 emergency power supply
RZ TMS Compact rescue route control panel in a housing, including 230 V power supply unit, no extension possible
PSU-24 flush-mounted power supply unit
11
Page
69
69
131
131
131
131
132
132
132
131
129
130
129
132
132
128
128
224
224
224
224
354
354
355
356
356
359
360
361
361
361
362
362
373
373
373
373
370
370
370
370
371
371
372
372
363
364
364
364
365
366
366
366
406
408
407
409
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
443
List of article numbers
444
Item no.
Description
019554
019555
019557
019558
019559
019560
019561
019570
019571
019571.01
019575
019580
019581
019581.01
019582
019583
019583.01
019586
019586
019586
019587
019588
019589
019589.01
019590
019591
019591.01
019595
019600
019600
019605
019605
019605
019607
019607
019607
019607.01
019607.01
019607.01
019610
019611
019612
019613
019613
019614
019614
019614.01
019614.01
019615
019616
019616
019618
019619
019619
019620
019621
019622
RZ TMS 2 rescue route control panel in a housing excluding power supply unit, 24 V
RZ TMS 2 rescue route control panel in a housing including 230 V power supply unit
RZ TMS VdS rescue route control panel in a housing including 230 V power supply unit
NT 1224 N emergency power unit
AP 3034 emergency power supply battery pack
TMS Soft standard parameterization software
TMS Soft Professional programming software
Basis escape door control terminal surface-mounted set, including power supply unit, in a 4-module housing
Basis escape door control terminal flush-mounted set, including power supply unit, in a 4-module frame
Basis escape door control terminal flush-mounted set, including power supply unit, in a 4-module frame
TL-Z 04 emergency button cover
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design surface-mounted, in 5-module housing
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design flush-mounted, in 5-module frame
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design flush-mounted, in 5-module frame
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design surface-mounted, in 3-module housing
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design set flush-mounted, in 3-module frame
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design set flush-mounted, in 3-module frame
TMS LON bus module, flush-mounted
TMS LON bus module, flush-mounted
TMS LON bus module, flush-mounted
TL-NC S55 emergency button/controller unit for the Design product range
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design surface-mounted, in 4-module housing
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design flush-mounted, in 4-module frame
TMS Compact escape door control terminal design flush-mounted, in 4-module frame
Escape door terminal set, surface-mounted in a 2-module housing
Escape door terminal set, flush-mounted, in a 2-module frame
Escape door terminal set, flush-mounted, in a 2-module frame
TL-S TMS Compact flush-mounted S55
Escape door terminal housing TL-G 320, surface-mounted, including 230 V AC power supply unit
Escape door terminal housing TL-G 320, surface-mounted, including 230 V AC power supply unit
Escape door terminal housing TL-G 320, surface-mounted, excluding power supply unit
Escape door terminal housing TL-G 320, surface-mounted, excluding power supply unit
Escape door terminal housing TL-G 320, surface-mounted, excluding power supply unit
TL-UK flush-mounting box for flush-mounting the TL-G
TL-UK flush-mounting box for flush-mounting the TL-G
TL-UK flush-mounting box for flush-mounting the TL-G
TR-BR cover frame for TL-UK flush-mounting box
TR-BR cover frame for TL-UK flush-mounting box
TR-BR cover frame for TL-UK flush-mounting box
Standard escape route door control pcb TL-S 5 N, for installation in TL-G 320 escape door terminal housing
TL-S TMS 2 control and connection pcb for installation in escape door terminal housing TL-G 320.
TL-S DCW Terminal connection PCB, f. installation in TL-G 320 escape door terminal housing and in TL-S TMS 2 or RZ TMS 2 control units
TV DCW Adapter for connection to DCW system bus
TV DCW Adapter for connection to DCW system bus
TL-ST S55 W key switch, flush-mounted, white
TL-ST S55 W key switch, flush-mounted, white
TL-ST S55 S key switch, flush-mounted, silver
TL-ST S55 S key switch, flush-mounted, silver
I/O module DCW, surface-mounted
I/O module DCW, flush-mounted
I/O module DCW, flush-mounted
ST 32 key switch, surface-/flush-mounted, in housing
Surface-/flush-mounted key switch ST 32 DCW, in housing for activating the door management system TMS
Surface-/flush-mounted key switch ST 32 DCW, in housing for activating the door management system TMS
TE BUS SET control tableau
TMS TE IF-TMS door control interface
TE 60 (= HP= Horizontal Pitch) Control BUS operating module
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Page
406
405
408
408
408
425
425
380
380
381
402
395
395
395
396
397
397
397
424
428
402
395
396
396
401
401
401
409
381
399
381
399
403
382
400
404
382
400
404
382
400
403
413
416
385
402
386
402
409
397
409
385
402
404
422
422
423
List of article numbers
Item no.
Description
019623
019630
019630
019631
019631
019632
019633
019634
019635
019635
019636
019638
019639
019641
019641
019642
019642
019645
019645
019646
019646
019649
019649
019650
019651
019651
019652
019652
019655
019660
019661.01
019661.02
019661.99
019680
019680
019681
019681
019682.99
019682.99
019683
019683
019684
019684
019686
019686
019689
019689
021130
021131
021150
022060
022099
022100
022102
022102.62
022112
022113
TL-S 5 TE IF-FWS door control interface
TG 12 module carrier for 4 modules
TG 12 module carrier for 4 modules
Dummy plate TE 01 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) for bus panel
Dummy plate TE 01 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) for bus panel
TE 25 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) basic module as operating and display unit for LON/LAN bus
TE 60 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) Control operating module for LON/LAN BUS
Plug-in power supply for TE 25 (= HP = Horizontal Pitch) standard module
TMS LON module, plug-in
TMS LON module, plug-in
TMS LAN TCP/IP module, plug-in
TMS LON USB gateway
LON tableau configuration ex works, service provided in accordance with customer requirement
TV 501 door locking system DIN L
TV 501 door locking system DIN L
TV 502 door locking system DIN R
TV 502 door locking system DIN R
TV 505 door locking system DIN L
TV 505 door locking system DIN L
TV 506 door locking system DIN R
TV 506 door locking system DIN R
TV-Z 510 mortise-type spring lock with adjustable latch
TV-Z 510 mortise-type spring lock with adjustable latch
TV 101 DCW door locking system
TV-Z 01 chuck plate set
TV-Z 01 chuck plate set
TV-Z 101 fixing unit
TV-Z 101 fixing unit
TV 101 door locking system
Tear-off detector AM115
Heavy-duty dowel SLD 41 M12/100
Heavy-duty dowel SLD 51 M16/100
Heavy-duty dowel SLD 31 M10/100
EM 5300 AH surface holding magnet
EM 5300 AH surface holding magnet
AMZL fixing kit for EM 5300 AH holding magnet
AMZL fixing kit for EM 5300 AH holding magnet
AMF counter plate for fixing kit for EM 5300 AH
AMF counter plate for fixing kit for EM 5300 AH
EM 3000 T-AM surface holding magnet
EM 3000 T-AM surface holding magnet
EM 3000 AH surface holding magnet
EM 3000 AH surface holding magnet
AMF counter plate for fixing kit for EM 3000 AH
AMF counter plate for fixing kit for EM 3000 AH
AMZL fixing kit for EM 3000 AH holding magnet
AMZL fixing kit for EM 3000 AH holding magnet
Surface-mounted block switch with mechanical lock disabling
Flush-mounted block switch with mechanical lock disabling
Dead bolt lock for half cylinders
Block lock surface mounting kit
Standard block lock
Standard block lock including mechanical protection against drilling
Standard block lock including electronic protection against drilling
Standard block lock including electronic protection against drilling
Bolt length extension from 25 to 50 mm
Bolt length extension from 25 to 2.56 in
11
Page
422
423
427
423
427
427
428
428
424
428
424
424
428
384
411
384
411
383
410
383
410
385
412
412
386
413
386
413
386
245
245
245
245
387
416
388
417
388
417
387
416
387
416
388
417
388
417
148
148
134
140
138
138
138
138
141
141
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
445
List of article numbers
446
Item no.
Description
022114.01
022114.02
022114.03
022114.04
022115
022117
022120
022121
022122
022123
022138
022151
022153
022160.20
022167
022169
022172
022180
022182
022183
022185
022189
022190
022193
022194
022195.10
022196
022197
022198
022199
022220
022310.10
022420.10
022421.10
022900
022901
022902
022903
022910
022911
022912
022914
022915
022916
022917
022920
022921
022922
022923
022924
022925
022926
022927
022928
022929
022930
022931
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 1.38 in
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 55 mm
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 3.15 in
Extension of special bolt length from 25 mm to 3.94 in
Safety rosette for half cylinder
Spacer
Core drawback protection rosette, chrome-coloured
Set for face plate special dimensions
Chrome-coloured safety door plate
Chrome-coloured safety door plate
Internal rosette with profiled cylinder perforation
Standard dual bit block lock including protection against drilling
Standard dual bit block lock including protection against drilling
IK2 evaluating unit for BUS-2
IK2 rosette
IK2 rosette
Gluing set
Spacer for IK2 rosette
Spacer for IK2 rosette
IK2 operating unit
ID key cap
Decorative film for IK2 operating unit 022183
proX1 key ring
Decorative foil for IK2 operating units 022194 and 022195.10
IK2 operating unit
IK2 operating unit, contactless, with numeric keypad
Adapter base for IK2 operating unit 022194
Adapter base for “Classic” readers and keypads
Comfort-Key IK2
Replacement cover for IK operating unit 022198
IK2 block lock
BUS-1 door module 1 for conventional block lock connection
ACD contactless, 8 mm
ACD pin code, 8 mm
DLC proX offline reader module, outer knob for digital locking cylinders
DLC LEGIC offline reader module, outer knob for digital locking cylinders
DLC proX offline reader module, outer knob for digital locking cylinders
DLC proX MasterCard reader module, outer knob for digital locking cylinders
DLC battery pack for digital locking cylinders
DLC battery changing tool for digital locking cylinders
DLC emergency power tool for digital locking cylinders
Small DLC inner knob for digital locking cylinders
Large DLC inner knob for digital locking cylinders
DLC plug for digital locking cylinders
DLC protective rosette for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Page
141
141
141
141
142
142
142
140
143
143
142
139
139
127
136
136
176
136
136
167
176
167
177
164
164
165
164
165
166
166
135
140
284
283
337
337
337
337
338
339
339
338
338
339
339
340
340
340
341
341
341
341
341
341
341
341
341
List of article numbers
Item no.
Description
022932
022933
022934
022935
022936
022937
022938
022939
022940
022941
022942
022943
022944
022945
022946
022947
022948
022949
022950
022951
022952
022953
022954
022955
022956
022957
022958
022959
022970
022971
022972.99
022973
022974
022975
022976
022977
022978
022979
022980
022981
022982
022983
022984
022985
022986
022987
022988
022989
022990
022991
022993
022994
022995
022996
023100
023101
023310
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC adapter, special length for digital locking cylinders
DLC half cylinder adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC half cylinder adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC half cylinder adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC half cylinder adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC half cylinder adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLC half cylinder adapter for digital locking cylinders
DLF proX offline fitting, door handle left, 72 mm
DLF proX offline fitting, door handle right, 72 mm
DLF proX offline fitting, without perforation, door handle left
DLF proX offline fitting, without perforation, door handle right
DLF LEGIC offline fitting, door handle left, 72 mm
DLF LEGIC offline fitting, door handle right, 72 mm
DLF LEGIC offline fitting, without perforation, door handle left
DLF LEGIC offline fitting, without perforation, door handle right
DLF mifare offline fitting, door handle left, 72 mm
DLF mifare offline fitting, door handle right, 72 mm
DLF mifare offline fitting, without perforation, door handle left
DLF mifare offline fitting, without perforation, door handle right
DLF hole gauge
DLF battery pack
DLF internal escutcheon, 72 mm
DLF internal escutcheon, without perforation
DLF mounting kit, 32 - 45 mm door thickness
DLF mounting kit, 44 - 57 mm door thickness
DLF mounting kit, 56 - 69 mm door thickness
DLF mounting kit, 68 - 81 mm door thickness
DLF mounting kit, 80 - 93 mm door thickness
DLF mounting kit, 92 - 105 mm door thickness
DLF slot cylinder, single-locking
DLF slot cylinder, monokey
DLF key, single lock
DLF key, monokey
IK2/proX1 key ring with ring
IK3/proX2 key ring with ring
Conventional IK3 evaluating unit
11
Page
342
342
342
342
342
342
342
342
342
343
343
343
343
343
343
343
343
343
344
344
344
344
345
345
345
345
345
345
348
348
348
348
348
349
349
349
349
349
349
349
349
349
349
349
350
350
350
350
350
350
351
351
351
351
176
176
125
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
447
List of article numbers
448
Item no.
Description
023312.10
023314
023315
023316.99
023317
023318
023319
023320
023322.99
023324
023329
023330
023332.99
023340
023342
023350
023360
023500
023501
023502
025050
025105
026000.10
026009.00
026064
026100.10
026101.10
026109
026110
026363.02
026363.07
026364
026364.01
026364.02
026364.03
026364.05
026366.10
026367
026367.01
026367.02
026367.03
026367.05
026368.00
026370.00
026371.00
026372.00
026375
026376
026377
026378
026379.10
026380.00
026384.10
026389.10
026420.10
026421.10
026422
IK3 evaluating unit for BUS-2
Face plate for IK3 and “Accentic” readers with keypad, aluminium-white
Face plate IK3 and “Accentic” readers with keypad, pure white
Face plate for IK3 and “Accentic” readers with keypad, anthracite
Face plate for IK3 and “Accentic” readers, pure white
Face plate for IK3 and “Accentic” readers, anthracite
Face plate for IK3 and “Accentic” readers, aluminium-white
IK3 reader with keypad aluminium-white
IK3 reader with keyboard, contactless, aluminium-white
Housing bottom for Accentic readers with cover contact
Mounting plate for “Accentic” readers
Contactless reader IK3 / proX2, white
Contactless reader IK3 / proX2, silver
Proximity reader with keypad IK3 / proX2, white
Proximity reader with keypad IK3 / proX2, silver
Door controller module for MB
proX2, IK3 USB desktop reader
Plastic shield (view/weather) for “Classic” readers and keypads
Plastic housing (weather/view)
Plastic shield (view/weather) for fingerkey
Door code compact device
Keypad unit, lockable (matrix)
ID magnetic card (coded), with inscription
ID card holder
Keypad unit, surface-mounted plastic housing, “Classic”
Access Control Central Control Unit ACT
Access Control Central Control Unit ACT
PC adapter cable RS 232/9-pin Sub-D
Software upgrade for ACT 300 to 800 persons
mifare card 4k, coded for mifare fingerkey
mifare key ring 4k, coded for mifare fingerkey
Printable mifare card (from 10 units)
Printable mifare card with magnetic stripe (from 10 units)
Printable mifare card (from 10 units)
Printable mifare card with magnetic stripe (from 10 units)
mifare key ring
proX1 proximity reader - with extended range
Printable LEGIC card (from 10 units)
Printable LEGIC card with magnetic stripe (from 10 units)
Blank LEGIC card (from 10 units)
Printable LEGIC card with magnetic stripe (from 10 units)
LEGIC key ring
IK2/proX1 ID card, printable
IK2/proX1 ID card, with inscription
IK2/proX1 ID card, with inscription, with uncoded magnetic stripe
Printable IK2/proX1 ID card with uncoded magnetic stripe
IK3/proX2 ID card, with imprint
IK3/proX2 ID card, with inscription with magnetic stripe
IK3/proX2 ID card, printable with magnetic stripe
IK3/proX2 ID card, printable
Foil for contactless readers
“Classic” proX1 proximity reader
ACCK 50
ACC 50
“Accentic” proX2 reader without keypad
“Accentic” proX2 reader with keypad
“Accentic” mifare reader without keypad
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Page
124
159
159
159
159
160
160
155
155
160
160
174
174
174
174
125
182
165
160
163
287
183
181
181
183
292
292
331
292
163
163
179
179
179
179
179
169
180
180
180
180
180
177
178
178
178
177
178
178
177
169
169
286
285
156
156
157
List of article numbers
Item no.
Description
026423
026424
026425
026445
026445.10
026480.10
026481
026488
026489
026547
026548
026575
026580
026585
026587
026590
026591
026592
026593
026594
026595
026596
026596
026597
026597
026598
026598
026692
026693
026809
026809
026810.10
026811.10
026814.10
026815.10
026817.03
026840.03
026840.16
026840.29
027009
027010
027660
027661
027662
027663
027664
027665
027666
027667
027668
027669
027670
027671
027672
027673
027674
027675
“Accentic” mifare reader with keypad
“Accentic” LEGIC advant reader without keypad
“Accentic” LEGIC advant reader with keypad
proX1 reader with scramble keypad, plastic housing
proX1 reader with scramble keypad, stainless steel housing
“Classic” proX1 proximity reader
“Classic” proX1 proximity reader with keypad
Read-in station for non-read-protected LEGIC cards
Read-in station for non-read-protected mifare cards
ACS-2 plus, 230V AC, without interface
ACS-2 plus, 12V AC, without interface
ACS-8 standard system with freely selectable power supply unit installation
ACS-8 standard system, 12 V DC
ACS-8 standard system, 230 V AC
Communication module
Input module, RS-485
Output module, RS-485
Input/output module, RS-485
Door module, 12 V DC, RS-485
Door module, 230 V AC, RS-485
Module potential separation, RS-485
1 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus
1 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus
2 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus
2 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus
3 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus
3 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus
RS-485 interface (5-wire and 3-wire)
RS-485 interface (5-wire and 3-wire)
Serial connecting cable
Serial connecting cable
Connecting cable from the PC to the external bus controller
Connecting cable from the PC to the external bus controller
Connecting cable from the modem to the external bus controller
External bus controller
Interface converter
Asynchronous RS-232 host interface
Current loop current interface
Ethernet interface 10/100 Mbits/s
MultiAccess Lite Demo Version
MultiAccess Lite
“Insertic 50” proX reader, clock/data interface
“Insertic 50” proX reader, RS-485 interface
“Insertic 50” mifare reader, clock/data interface
“Insertic 50” mifare reader, RS-485 interface
“Insertic 50” LEGIC reader, clock/data interface
“Insertic 50” LEGIC reader, RS-485 interface
“Insertic” proX reader without keypad, clock/data interface
“Insertic” proX reader with keypad, clock/data interface
“Insertic” proX reader without keypad, RS-485 interface
“Insertic” proX reader with keypad, RS-485 interface
“Insertic” mifare reader without keypad, clock/data interface
“Insertic” mifare reader with keypad, clock/data interface
“Insertic” mifare reader without keypad, RS-485 interface
“Insertic” mifare reader with keypad, RS-485 interface
“Insertic” LEGIC reader without keypad, clock/data interface
“Insertic” LEGIC reader with keypad, clock/data interface
11
Page
157
158
158
175
175
168
168
182
182
294
295
299
299
299
300
301
301
301
302
302
302
295
300
295
300
295
300
332
332
331
334
330
330
330
330
331
332
333
333
312
312
173
173
173
173
173
173
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
449
List of article numbers
450
Item no.
Description
027676
027677
027850
027901
028028
028029
028031
028032
028033
028034
028050
028050
029340
029341
029600
029601
029602
029603
029604
029605
029606
029607
029608
029609
029610
029611
029612
029613
029614
029615
029616
029617
029618
029619
029620
029621
029622
029624
029625
029626
029627
029631
029632
029633
029634
029635
029636
029637
029638
029639
029640
029641
029642
029643
029645
029646
029647
“Insertic” LEGIC reader without keypad, RS-485 interface
“Insertic” LEGIC reader with keypad, RS-485 interface
10 protective cover for EC, ID cards
Reader converter board
VdS half cylinder, Ikon 5532
VdS half cylinder, Ikon 5532, including core drawback protection
Half cylinder
Half cylinder
VdS half cylinder, length A: 32.5 mm, VdS: M104369, Winkhaus TI602
VdS half cylinder
VdS lock insert
VdS lock insert
“Accentic” IK3 finger key reader
“Accentic” mifare reader with keypad
IQ MultiAccess Demo Version
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 300 ID-cards
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 500 ID-cards
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 800 ID-cards
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 1,000 ID-cards
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 1,500 ID-cards
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 2,000 ID-cards
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 3,000 ID-cards
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 5,000 ID-cards
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 7,500 ID-cards
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 10,000 ID-cards
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 300 to 500 ID-cards
Database Expansion - IQ MulitAccess from 500 to 800 ID-cards
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 800 to 1,000 ID-cards
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 1,000 to 1,500 ID-cards
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 1,500 to 2,000 ID-cards
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 2,000 to 3,000 ID-cards
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 3,000 to 5,000 ID-cards
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess 5,000 to 7,500 ID-cards
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess 7,500 to 10,000 ID-cards
Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess > 10,000 ID-cards
Client processing ability, multi-location ability
Zone change control, balancing, blocking of repeated access options
Gate keeper module with image comparison option
ID card and form management option
Connection to intrusion detection control panel option
Integration of DLC locking cylinders and DLF fittings option
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 300 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 500 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 800 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 1,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 1,500 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 2,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 3,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 5,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 7,500 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 10,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases
MultiAccess for Windows upgrade to IQ MultiAccess
Upgrade MultiAccess Lite to IQ MultiAccess
Upgrade IQ SystemControl to IQ MultiAccess
Upgrade of IQ MultiAccess predecessor version to latest version
Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for more than 10,000 ID-cards
Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, > 10,000 cards
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Page
171
171
181
333
144
144
145
145
145
144
67
145
161
162
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
321
321
321
321
321
321
321
321
321
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
328
328
328
328
319
320
List of article numbers
Item no.
Description
029730
029731
029732
029733
030000.16
030001.16
030002.16
030010.16
030100.16
030110.16
030200.16
030201.16
030202.16
030210.16
030211.16
030241.16
030243.16
030245.16
030247.16
030249.16
030260.16
030261.16
030270.16
030271.16
030295
030296
030297
030800.16
030801.16
030802.16
030803
030810.16
030811.16
030812
030813
030814
030815
031000
031001
031030
031065
031066
031067
031068
031102
031110
031125
031125.03
031125.04
031203
031204
031207
031208
031220
031230
031300
031308
“IS-310WH” access control motion detectors
“IS-320WH” access control motion detector plus
“IS-310BL” access control motion detectors
“IS-320BL” access control motion detector plus
Recessed reed contact “N”
Flat reed contact “N”, white, 6 m
Flat reed contact “N”, white, 6 m
Round reed contact “N”, white, 6 m
Universal reed contact slimline “Z”, white, 6 m
Surface mounted base for Slimline sensors
Recessed reed contact “Z”, white, 6 m
Flat reed contact “Z”, white, 6m
Block-type reed contact “Z”, white, 6 m
Round reed contact “Z”, white, 6 m
Round reed contact “Z”, white, 6 m
Recessed reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Flat reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Block type reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Round reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Round reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Flat reed contact “Z”, white, 6.56 yd
Flat reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Recessed reed contact “Z”, white, 6 m
Recessed reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Round reed contact with flange
Steel mounting kit, white
Steel mounting kit, brown
Installation support for recessed reed contacts Class A/B
Installation support for round reed contacts with flange
Installation support for recessed reed contacts, Class C
Installation support for recessed reed contacts, Class C
Surface-mounted base for flat reed contacts
Surface-mounted base for block type reed contacts
Installation support for recessed reed contacts Class A/B
Surface-mounted base for flat reed contacts
Surface-mounted base for block type reed contacts
Installation support for round reed contacts with flange
Cone contact
Pin contact
Micro contact with spring lever
Sliding door contact in plastic housing
Sliding door contact in plastic housing
Sliding door contact in aluminium housing
Terminal box
Trip wire switch with cover contact
Rope 100 meters
Mechanical kit including turnbuckle and suspension hook
Guide roller for angled mounting
Guide roller for linear mounting
Recessed tappet contact, 4-pin, brown
Recessed tappet contact, 4-pin, white
Screw-on tappet contact, 4-pin, white
Surface mounted base for screw-on tappet contact, white
Spring contact
Floor mat 720 x 390 mm
Bolt switching contact in zinc die-cast housing
Bolt switching contact
11
Page
196
196
196
196
214
214
214
214
217
218
215
215
215
217
216
215
215
216
217
216
219
219
219
219
220
223
223
220
222
221
221
221
222
221
221
222
222
226
226
226
225
225
225
225
229
229
229
229
229
230
230
230
230
226
243
228
228
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
451
List of article numbers
452
Item no.
Description
031309.06
031311
031521
031530
031540
031550
031551
031552
031561.16
031580
031581
031590
031591
031592
031593
031594
032000
032113
032208
032210
032211.10
032215
032220
032221.10
032222.10
032223
032230.10
032232
032233
032235
032236
032237
032238
032241
032242
032245
032256.01
032265
032266
032267
032268
032272.16
032274.16
032420
032520
032524
032540
032542
032546
033080
033081
033082
033083
033084
033085
033086
033087
Bolt switching contact
Mounting plate
Hold-up floor alarm bar, 30 cm long
Paper money contact standard design
Module for hold-up pushbutton BUS-1
Hold-up detector, grey-white, surface mounted
Closing cover with cap, grey
Paper seal
Water detector for wall mounting, white
Alarm wall paper
Wall paper terminal strip
Hold-up detector, white, surface mounted, without LED display
Hold-up detector, white, surface mounted, without LED display
Hold-up detector, white, surface mounted, with LED display
Hold-up detector, white, flush mounted, with LED display
Paper seal
Film connecting terminal
Electronic vibration detector
Tester DETEKT 1000
IDENTLOC evaluating unit, conventional
IDENTLOC evaluating unit, BUS-2 / BUS-1
IDENTLOC flush mounting kit
IDENTLOC transmission unit
IDENTLOC opening sensor
IDENTLOC opening sensor, including cable
IDENTLOC alarm glass sensor with socket
IDENTLOC glass breakage sensor
IDENTLOC cable for window handle lock monitoring
IDENTLOC alarm glass sensor with cable
IDENTLOC slimline transmission unit
IDENTLOC slimline locking sensor
IDENTLOC Slimline opening sensor
IDENTLOC Slimline glass breakage sensor
IDENTLOC alarm glass sensor, slimline with cable
IDENTLOC alarm glass sensor, slimline with socket
Locking sensor with magnetic contact
Sensor tester for passive glass breakage sensors
Silicone glue RTV
Contact spray
Glass/metal gluing set
Glue gauge for passive glass breakage sensor
Mini glass breakage sensor “Z”, white, 6 m
Mini glass breakage sensor “Z”, brown, 6 m
Acoustic glass breakage sensor DETEKT 1000 BUS-1
Seismic detector GM 565 / GM 570
Mounting plate for hazard detector 565
Alarm display unit YA 8 for GM 565
Test transmitter for GM 565
System housing for YA 8
IRS 509 light barrier inside; 22 cm high, 1 beam
IRS 509 light barrier inside, 100 cm high, 3 beams
IRS 509 light barrier inside, 59.06 in high, 5 beams
IRS 509 light barrier inside, 78.74 in high, 8 beams
IRS 509 O light barrier inside; 22 cm high, 1 beam
IRS 509 O light barrier outside; 100 cm high, 3 beams
IRS 509 O light barrier outside; 59.06 in high, 4 beams
IRS 509 O light barrier outside; 78.74 in high, 6 beams
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Page
228
228
243
244
240
242
242
242
246
231
231
241
241
241
241
241
231
238
233
206
207
211
207
208
208
208
208
211
208
209
210
210
210
210
210
218
235
274
274
275
235
234
234
232
238
239
239
239
239
202
202
203
203
203
203
203
203
List of article numbers
Item no.
Description
033090
033095
033096
033107
033111
033112
033120
033121
033130
033131
033140
033330
033332.20
033360
033361
033362
033370
033371
033372
033390
033391
033401
033404
033407
033430
033432.20
033434
033435
033440
033441
033442.20
033443.20
033450
033451
033588
040110
041150.10
041151.10
041410
041411
041412
042100
042105
042120
042230
042235
043050
043060
043065.10
043066.10
043117
043119.02
043130
048700
048720
050000
050002
Adjusting device including LED and adapter cable
Square profiled mast, black, for setting in concrete
Square profiled mast, black, including plate
Dual detector Micra 360 - ceiling detector
Dual detector Jupiter Vol 27
Dual detector Jupiter LR 61
VEx VOL outdoor detector
VEx KORR outdoor detector
Microwave detector MX 950
Microwave detector MX 960
Dual ceiling detector Micra 360 / Universal connection module Bundle
Viewguard PIR FAI with wide angle optics
Viewguard PIR BUS-2/BUS-1 with wide angle optics
SCM 2000 first alarm indication with wide angle optics
SCM 2000 first alarm indication with longe range optics
SCM 2000 first alarm indication with curtain optics
SCM 2000 BUS-1 with wide angle optics
SCM 2000 BUS-1 with longe range optics
SCM 2000 BUS-1 with curtain optics
Adjusting hinge for motion detectors
Lock seals for motion detectors
SCM 3000 BUS-1 with wide angle optics
SCM 3000 BUS-1 with longe range optics
SCM 3000 BUS-1 with curtain optics
Viewguard PIR AM FAI with wide angle optics
Viewguard PIR AM BUS-2/BUS-1 with wide angle optics
Viewguard PIR set of mirrors Curtain optics
Viewguard PIR set of mirrors Route optics
Viewguard DUAL AM FAI with wide angle optics
Viewguard DUAL FAI with wide angle optics
Viewguard DUAL AM BUS-2/BUS-1 with wide angle optics
Viewguard DUAL BUS-2/BUS-1 with wide angle optics
Viewguard DUAL AM FAI
Viewguard DUAL FAI
Ball joint set for wall and corner mounting
Microphone
BUS-1 switching module, 24 V DC / 1 A
BUS-1 switching module, 250 V DC / 5 A
Day alarm
Day alarm BUS-1
Parallel panel
Optic alarm device, red
Optic alarm device, yellow
Supporting bracket for alarm devices 042100 and 042105
Indoor blinking light, conventional connection
Indoor blinking light, BUS-1 connection
Module for indoor siren, BUS-1
Piezo indoor siren, BUS-1 connection
Piezo indoor siren, conventional connection
Piezo indoor siren, conventional connection - red
Replacement card for loudspeaker monitoring
Connection module for pressure chamber loudspeaker
Electronic buzzer
Audible alarm device
Compact alarm in a plastic housing
8-pin surface-mounted distributor without protection of the cover
6-pin surface-mounted distributor with protection of the cover
11
Page
204
204
204
198
199
200
197
197
201
201
198
190
190
192
192
192
192
192
192
194
194
193
193
193
190
189
194
194
187
187
186
187
187
187
194
75
121
121
257
121
257
253
253
253
255
255
252
251
251
251
277
277
252
250
256
263
263
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
453
List of article numbers
454
Item no.
Description
050019
050020
050021
050022
050023
050024
050025
050030
050034
050035
050040
050046
050049
050050
050055
050057
050060
050061
050062
050065
050065.10
050066
050067
050070
050095
050097
050162
050163
050164
050165
050189
050205
050206
050213
050223
050226
050233
050236
050250
050251
050252
050260
050261
050262
050265
050302
050304
050305
050306
050510
055105
055106
055111
055112
055113
055114
055115
Distributor block, 16-pin
Distributor, 16-pin
Distributor, 32-pin
Metal distributor, 44-pin
Metal distributor, 88-pin
Metal distributor, 176-pin
16-pin surface-mounted distributor with protection of the cover
Solder distribution terminal, 16-pin
Distributor, 64-pin
Alarm glass terminal box
Additional housing ZG 1
Additional housing ZG 2
Housing ZG 3.1
Additional housing ZG 3.2
19” additional housing ZG 4
19” additional housing ZG 6
Distributor, 48-pin
Distributor, 96-pin
Distributor, 160-pin
Surface mounted plastic distributor (without insert)
Distributor board containing 23 double soldering tabs and 1 cover contact
Flush mounted plastic distributor (without insert)
Flush mounted housing for articles 050066 and 050066.01
Standard block lock distributor
Plug-in labelling field for distributor block
VdS adhesive seal Ø 12 mm
Flush-mounted box distributor, soldering technology
Flush-mounted box distributor, IDC method of termination
Flush-mounted box distributor, spring terminal technology
Cover for flush-mounted distributor
19” additional housing ZG 6.0.B
Fixing caps for metal protective tube type II, white
Fixing caps for metal protective tube type II, brown
Protective sleeve for metal protective tube type II, white
Cable link type II, white
Metal protective tube type II, white
Cable link type II, brown
Metal protective tube type II, brown
Concealed cable link, long
Concealed cable link, short
Concealed cable link, narrow
Concealed cable link, medium
Concealed cable link, short
Concealed cable link, long
Miniature cable link
Flush-mounted housing
Flush-mounted basic housing cover, without LED opening
Flush-mounted basic housing cover, 1 LED opening
Flush-mounted basic housing cover, 2 LED openings
Mains interference suppression filter type 2KV3
Sealing caps
Press-in mandrel for sealing caps
2-pin solder plug-in strip
3-pin solder plug-in strip
4-pin solder plug-in strip
5-pin solder plug-in strip
6-pin solder plug-in strip
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Page
268
267
267
267
267
267
264
264
268
263
279
279
279
279
280
280
268
268
268
262
263
262
263
140
269
277
260
260
260
260
280
272
272
272
271
271
271
271
272
272
273
273
273
273
273
122
122
122
122
274
278
278
275
275
275
276
276
List of article numbers
Item no.
Description
055131
055260
055300
055301
057350.99
057351
057355.10
057356
057530.10
057551
057572
057575
057580
057605
057620.04
057623
057631
057632
057650.10
057651.10
057700
057701
057711
057800-5
057846
057850
057860
057871
057872
057880
057881
057882
057883
057884
057885
057886
057888
058200
059200
059998
062090
062092
062093
062094
062095
062096
070478
070750.03
070750.04
070750.09
082001.16
082003.16
082004
082013.16
082402.16
082403.16
082412
Sealing screws, M4x6
Glass/metal gluing set
Cable drum 4 x 0.14, white
Cable drum 4 x 0.14, brown
Compact gas detector for methane
Compact gas detector for propane
Compact heat detector
Compact cold detector
Power supply unit/charger 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah
Covering case for NTBA and terminal box
GSM adapter for ISDN reception module
RFW-3000 GSM/GPRS transmission system
RFW-2000 E
AWAG 4200 dialler with annunciator
Voice recording pcb for AWAG 6200
2-channel dialler AWAG 6200
Additional housing ZG 0 for ISDN transmission devices
Additional housing ZG 1 for ISDN transmission devices
DS 7600 ISDN transmission device, incl. voice transmission
DS 7700 ISDN/IP transmission device
Analog transmission device DS 8800
Additional housing ZG 0 for DS 8800
Additional housing ZG 1 for DS 8800
Multi-frequency dialling plug-in card
ISDN connecting cable including two Western connectors, 1.5 m
ISDN terminal box
DS 6600 Analog transmission device with Contact ID and TELIM
DS 9500 ISDN transmission device with AWAG function
DS 9600 ISDN transmission device with dialler function for MB24
DEZ 9000 alarm receiver in housing
DEZ 9000 19” front plate 6 HE, installation in 19” cabinet
19” mounting plate
TELIM receiver module for DEZ 9000
2 MB RAM extension for DEZ 9000
ISDN receiver module DEZ 9000
Datex-P receiver module for DEZ 9000
IP receiver module for DEZ 9000
High-speed modem V.90 external
Software update, German for DEZ 9000
Mobile programming device
Smoke Detector Base BUS-2/BUS-1
Fixed temperature detector IQ8Quad
Rate-of-rise detector IQ8Quad
Optical smoke detector IQ8Quad
O2T intelligent detector IQ8Quad
OTG intelligent detector (CO) IQ8Quad
Group relay card
32 groups display pcb
Driver print SMD
10-pin connecting cable
Universal reed contact “N”, white, 6 m
Universal round reed contact “Z”, white, 6 m
Universal reed contact set “Z”, white, 4 m
Universal reed contact “Z”, brown, 6 m
Surface mounted housing for universal reed contacts
Spacer plates for surface mounted housing
Surface mounted housing for universal reed contacts
11
Page
277
274
278
278
246
247
247
247
62
85
87
87
87
74
75
74
85
85
81
84
77
78
78
75
85
85
76
79
37
90
90
90
91
91
91
91
91
332
92
334
115
116
116
117
117
118
276
28
28
28
214
216
216
217
222
223
223
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
455
List of article numbers
456
Item no.
Description
082413
094051
120015
120016
120211
120213
120215
120240
120242
120244
120250
120252
120253
120254
154428
154430
154437
154438
154439
160204
160206
160209
160215
160435.10
160436
160455.10
160456.10
160465
160467
160498
160705
170080
170084
170087
170088
180012
180013
180844
218782
381156
382001
382011
382030
382031
797027
Spacer plates for surface mounted housing
Power supply unit 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 0.5 A
Electronic indoor siren
Electronic indoor siren with integrated flashing light
Surface mounted plastic distributor WD 215, 30-pin
Plastic distributor WD 215K, 30-pin
Surface mounted plastic distributor WD 320, 40-pin
Plastic distributor VVD 230 (surface mounted)
Plastic distributor VVD 230K
Plastic distributor VVD 230 (flush mounted)
Distributor LSA 16 w
Distributor LSA 32 w
Distributor LSA 32 b
Distributor LSA 64 w
Key switch SS 90
Key switch SS 90
Protection against drilling
Mounting kit for flush-mounting in wall
Hollow-wall mounting kit
Surface mounted distributor WD 300, 48-pin
Surface mounted distributor WD 400, 84-pin
Surface-mounted distributor WD 600
Paper money contact GSK 1 E
Acoustic glass breakage detector AGB 600
Tester for acoustic glass breakage detector AGB 600
Optic/Acoustic compact alarm device P2500
Acoustic compact alarm device P2500
Alarm flashing lamp BLZ-RV, red
Alarm flashing lamp BLZ-OV, amber
Mounting bracket
Surface mounted plastic distributor, 20-pin
Active glass breakage sensor MAGS-E
Sensor of active glass breakage sensor
Gluing gauge for active glass breakage sensor MAGS-E
Tester for active glass breakage sensor MAGS-E
Screw-on strip
Wire guiding strip for screw-on strip
100-pin distributor terminal
VdS half cylinder BKS 3453 B
92-pin distributor with cover contact
Hazard alarm computer GMZ 2001
Hazard alarm computer GMZ 2001 - English
10-pin distributor without cover contact
42-pin distributor with cover contact
Special Allen key
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Page
223
67
252
256
264
265
265
261
261
261
265
266
266
266
146
146
147
147
147
269
269
269
244
233
233
256
250
254
254
254
264
236
237
237
237
270
270
270
145
262
57
57
262
262
147
Honeywell Security
Novar GmbH
Johannes-Mauthe-Str. 14
72458 Albstadt · Germany
Phone: + 49 (0) 74 31/ 801- 0
Fax: + 49 (0) 74 31/ 801-12 20
www.honeywell.com/security/de
info.security.de@honeywell.com
Item no. 097093 · September 2009
Subject to change without notice.
2009 Honeywell International Inc.
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising